A C OM PLETE
P RACTICAL GRAMMAR“
OF TH E ‘
H U NGARIAN LANGUAGE ,
W ITH
EXERC ISE S, SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS,AND VOCABULARIES .
TO WH ICH IS ADDE D A
Mammal 5mm!) of finngarian l iterature.
J . C S I N K,
FORM ERLY EL ECTED AS ORDINARY PROFESSOR OF TECH NICAL SCIENCESAT THE P ROTES TANT SCHOOL OF KESMARK.
L O N D O N
W I L L I AM S AN D N O R GATE,
HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN .
1853 .
Tutus et in tra
Spem ven ise can tus , vi tavi den ique culpam,
Non l audem merui .
Bora t . Epist . ad Pis .
When I resolved to sta rt from the shores of quotidian life tocross a sma ll bay of the va st litera ry ocean , a fa ir win d of
public Opin ion promised a prosperou s journ ey ; the n ovelty of
the objects which my ba rk carried gua ra n teed a cordial welcome
fr om those whose spy-gla sses were dir ected a fter some n ot yet
observed flag . I have rea ched the port , a n d discha rged mybark ! Viewin g my route from this side of the bay , I n ow fir st
perceive, tha t in my pa ssa ge over its dan gerou s sha llows, I ha veven tured on perilou s voya ge , being un a ssisted by the experien ceof a n y previou s n aviga tor .I ha ve en dea vour ed to meet the desires of those who a re in ter
ested in lin gui stic studies , either in in crea sin g their kn owledgeex t e n s e n s i v e l y , or in seekin g i n t e n s i v e a ugmen ta tion of the
cogn ition of tha t medium thr ough whi ch min ds commun ica te wi thmin ds , a n d hea rts lea rn to feel fr om hea r ts ; a n d I ha ve tr ied to
meet the wishes of those who felt in terested in the poli tica l lifeof the Hun ga ri a n n a tion
,by .
“
tr a cin g in a short sketch the pa stof the in tellectua l a n d men ta l developmen t of the n a tion .
As the book is a lso in ten ded for learn ers , I may be
a llowed to make a few expla n a tory rema rks .
TheDiv ision en titled ,,C om p o s i t i o n s“ is purely a pra ctica l
on e, in order to give the studen t some previous kn owledge, beforehe a ttempts the study of a Grammar ; therefore , repea tin g themore difficul t objects , a n d rega rdin g them from differen t poin tsof v iew , will n ot be thought pr olix. The words rela tin g to thi spa rt a re a ll collected in a Vocabul a ry a t the en d of the fir st par t.The Th e o r e t i c a l Divi sion con ta in s a short but complete Gram
IV
mar of the language. The a rra n gemen t of the ma teri a ls , per
ha ps , may a ppear a n ew on e , but it is , t h e r e fo r e , n ot to
be rejected. I chose a n d rejected terms a n d rea ssumed them a ga in ,when , I foun d n o better on es ; yet , I a lways ha d the a ltern a tive
before me either to force the la n gua ge in to the schola sti ca lforms , or to ven tur e a pa rtly n ew a rra n gemen t of Gr amma tica l
ma teria ls ; bein g fully con vin ced, tha t, in either a short or a lon gtime, Philosophy will give somethin g better tha n Wha t we n ow inherit from Don atus a n d others . In rega rd to Or thogr a phy,I preferred followin g the pr in ciples established by the Hun gar ia nAca demy , ra ther tha n to fluctu a te dr iven by the whims of s om e
a uthor s. I ha ve n ot given a n y or thogr a phica l ru les, for the wordsbein g wr itten a s they a re soun ded a n d a r ticu la ted, a little a tten
tion pai d to the spellin g of the words when pra ctica l exercisesa re don e, a n d a kn owledge of the Gramma tica l forms, will compen sa te for the absen ce of
‘
a Section on Orthogra phy.
The secon d pa rt con ta in s Selection s in prose a n d poetryfrom a uthor s whom the Aca demy a n d the n a tion ha ve crown ed
with reputa tion . As I wa s obliged to con sider the studen t, I couldn ot choose a n y lon ger or more difficult litera ry pr odu ction s . The
fir st Section of this pa rt will n ot be deemed in su fficien t by thosewho desire deta iled a rr a n gemen ts of the causes which in fluen cethe in tellectua l a n d men ta l developmen t of a n a tion , a n d of the
even ts produced by these ca u ses , if it be con sidered tha t , inthis work , the sketch ha d to be forced in to a very sma ll
fr ame ; n or will thi s S ection be thought superfluou s by thosewho seek a fter Gramma tica l studies, for the lea rn in g of the la n
guage of a n a tion itself excites the desire a fter some kn owledgeof its in tellectua l life.
L o n d o n 18 52 .
J . C s i n lc.
CONTENTS OF THE FIRST PART.
INTRODUCTION.
Or thophon y , Orthoepy .
Division of the soun ds a n d wordsAss imila tio n of soun ds a n d a r ticul a ti on sP r olon ga tion of the v owels
Co n tr a ctio n s
COMPOSITIONS .
Verbs . Activ e a n d Neu ter
P o ssessiv e forms of the Subst a n tiv e
Affixes r ela tiv e to pla ce a n d dir ection sE xp r essio n of the Verb
, ,to ha v e“
Attr ibu tes of Substa n tiv es
Tr a n sfo rm a tio n of the Verba l r oo t .
Irr egula r ities in Verba l forma tio n sP a r ticip les
The Verb Lyell to w a n t, to be obliged, mustFutur e
P r on oun s .
Co n jun ction sAdv erbs
VI
THEORY OF THE LANGUAGE .
P age
A. Gr amma tica l Forms 40 7 ~ —9 9 5.
I. Verbs.
4. Verba l r oots 407 .
9 . Con juga tion 448 .
3 . Der iv a tion a n d Comp osmon of Verbs 469 .
II . Nomin a l Forms 47 4.
4. Cha ra cteristic of the Objectiv e Ca se 47 9 .
9 . Cha r a cter istic of the P lur a l . 48 0 .
3 . P ossessiv es Affixes 489 .
11 . P a r a digm a of the differen t forms of a
Substa n tiv e 488 .
5 . Der iv a tion a n d Composition of Sub
sta n tiv es 49 9 .
III . Attri butes 9 O& .
4. Adjectiv es 9 05 .
9 . Adv erbs 9 43 .
IV. P ron oun s 946 .
4. P er son a l P r on oun s 9 46 .
9 . Rela tiv e a n d In terr oga tiv e Pr on ou n s 9 48 .
3 . Demon str a tive P ron oun s 9 49 .
4. Defin ite P r on oun s 9 9 0 .
5 . In defin ite P r on ou n s 9 9 0 .
V. P r epo sition s 9 9 0 .
VI. Con jun ction s 9 9 3 .
VII. In terj ection s 9 9 6.
B . Syn ta x 9 9 5 9 7 9 .
I. Of the combin a tion of the differen t P a rtsof Sp eech w ithou t the in termedia tion of
Gr amm a tica l forms 9 9 6 .
A. Of the Ar ticle (12 , a’a nd its Co n gr uen t 9 9 6 .
B . Of Adj ectiv es a n d Numer a ls with Substa n tiv es
C . Of the Subject a n d P redica te
D . Of other Congruen ces
VII
Of the combin a tion of P a rts of Speech bymea n s of Gr amma tica l form s
A. Of the Obj ectiv e C a se
B . Of the P o ssessiv e AffixesC . Of the P r eposition a l Affixes
D. Of the Adjectiv e termin a tion s : i , n yi ,
Of the use of the differ en t forms of the
Verb , a n d the differ en t P a r ts of Speech
fo r con n ectin g sen ten ces
A. Of the Fo rms of the Verb .
4. The Defin ite a n d In defin ite Formsof the Activ e Vo ice
9 . Moods a n d Ten ses of the Verb3 . P a r ti ciples4. The In fin itv e w i th Affixes
B . Of te rms of p er iodica l con struc tion. Of the r ela tiv e P r on oun s
9 . Of the Con jun ction sOf the Con sequen ce of P a r ts of Sp eech , o r
the a r r a n gemen t of words in a sen ten ce
READING EXERCISE S.
9 8 7 39 0 .
VOCABULARY TO THE COMPOSITIONS.
9 8 7 — 39 0 .
INTRODUCTION.
Or thophon y a n d Or thoepy.
Ar t i cula t i on s,Soun ds a n d Cha r a ct er s.
The Hun ga r ia n la n guage ha s 7 differen t soun ds,
which , being either lon g or shor t produce
14 differen t forms of cha r a cters , ca lled v o w e l s ;
a nd 24 differen t a rticula tion s , ma rked by a s ma ny
c o n s o n a n t a
The vowels a re a , e , i , o , o, u ,
u . If these
he the m a rks o f proira éted soun ds in speaking,they a re distingu ished by a n a cute a ccen t , a s . d , é,
o's 1 o f
i,
o'
, o,
u,
i t ,
”
in stead of the forms 0 ,u, the
sho r ter forms 6, ,
ha ve been in troduced recen tly.
As rega rds the u se of the words l o n g a n d s h o r t : bylon g is mea n t the protra ction or prolon ga tion , by short the con
tra cti on , or qui ck pron un cia tion of the same soun d ; thu s 0 a n d o'
,
the former short , the la tter lon g , difi'
er merely , the first bein gsoun ded in ha lf the time of the la tter . When a n E n glishma n ,men tion s a lon g i a n d a short i , we un dersta n d two di stin ct
soun ds ; hen ce , in m i l e , the i will be lon g , the syllable m i
ma y be protra cted or n ot. On the con trary , in the Hun ga ria nla n guage , the dura tion or the abbrevia ti on of the soun d wi ll
make the soun d lon g o r short .Csmk hun g Gram .
9
The 24 con son a n ts , 6 , es , oz , (1, f, g , gy ,
h,
j, If, 1, lg, m, n,ny, p , r , s
,327 , t
, ty, v,z , a s ,
o r B , Cs , Ca , 0 , F,G
,Gy , H, I
, If, L (Ly) ,M, N , Ny, P , B , S , S z, T, Ty, V, Z, Z S , a re
div ided in to 16 s i m p l e o n es : b, d, f; g, h, j, lo,I, m, n , p ,
r,s,t, v
,z , which ha ve the same a rti
cula tion a s the E n glish on es , excep t j equa l to the
E nglish y a s a con son a n t (in youn g) , 3 equa l to Sb,
9 a lways ha rd like g in gu ide , a n d r ha v in g a lways
a stron g trill ; a n d in to 8 c o m p o u n d on es : cs, oz
,
gy ,ly , my , os ,
ty ,a s . Fo r these there a re o n ly
three a rticula tion s in the E nglish la nguage exa ctlyin den tica l w i th the Hun ga r ia n on es , such a s ch (in
chapter) iden tica l w ith 0 8 , the sha rp s (in seven ,
six) iden tica l with sz,
a n d the a r ticula tion of 1 be
fore a lon g u (in seizure) iden tica l w ith a s .
Fo r the o ther con so n a n ts there a re n o a rticula tio n s in
the E n glish la n guage , a n d ther efore the co r rect
pron un cia tion must be a cquired by hea r ing speakers
who a re well a cqua in ted w ith the la nguage .
The con son a n t oz is a r ticula ted like ts in the
E nglish la n guage ,equa l to the Germa n z.
Approxima te a rticula tion s for the con son a n t gy
a re produced in the E nglish la n guage by the con
so n a n t d followed by a lon g u , a s in due , duce etc . ;
thus , in the Hun ga r ia n gyalm'
, to ca tch fire , is
so much like the E n glish dule , tha t foreign ers may
ea sily take them to be iden tica l. The con curren ce
of the con son a n t d a n d j have the a rticula tion o f
the E n glish con son a n ts d a n d y in tima tely combin ed.
3
The co n so n a n t [y is iden tica l with the Fren ch
i l , i l l e etc . preceded by a n o ther vowel , a s in t r a
v a i l , fe u i l l e etc . This iden tifica tion goes even
so fa r , tha t , a s in the Fren ch la n guage the l m o u
i l l é,which ha s the same a r ticula tion a s the E nglish
con son a n t y , ha s ga in ed groun d recen tly , the Hun
ga r ia n ly by ma ny excellen t speakers ha s been
a ssimila ted to the Fren ch I mouillé ; ev en by some
w r ite rs (i , which is n ea rly rela ted to ly ,h a s been
repla ced by jf (= yy) ; a s , v ai foa , in stea d of v a ly'
on .
The Ar ticula tio n of ny is like the Fren ch g n e
in c a m p a g n e , c h a m p a g n e etc ., a n d the E n glish
11 w ith a lo ng 11,o r the n in n ew .
Ty is the , sha rp a r ticula tion of gy, a n d very
n ea rly the a r ticula tion of the con son a n ts t a n d u,
a s in the word t u b e ; o n ly the Hunga r ia n is a n
in ter n a l combin a tio n of the two co n son a n ts , while
the E n glish rema in s a mere con curren ce.
Thus the most difficult a r ticula tion s a re those of
gy a n d ty ; the la tter being a sha rp a rticula tion of
the former , they a re in the same rela tion to ea ch
o ther a s the E n glish sylla bles du a n d tu , i n the
words due a n d tube .
To these may be a dded the combin a tion of dzs
in dzsz’
da ,which is equa l to the E n glish g in
g e n e r a L
The fourteen differen t ma rks for the sounds
may be a rra n ged in the following scheme .
a'
, iden tica l with the E n glish a in Fa ther .
1*
4
(1 , iden tica l with the Fren ch a in
e is like the E n glish a in fa te , if the a sson a n ce of
e be a vo ided.
e is iden tica l w ith the E n glish a in fa t. In mon o
syllables , a s to ,meg ,
etc . ,if e is n ot followed
by m or a sha rp con son a n t , the soun d of e is
soften ed , a n d the pron un cia tion of 3 like the
E n glish shor t e , is preferable ; the same in the
words ten n i , enm'
, meam'
, venm’
, a n d simila r on es.
i is equa l to the E n glish lon g e in dea r , deed etc.
i is the shor t soun d of the preceding on e , a s is
often the ca se w ith the sylla ble re in compoun d
E n glish words ; its soun d takes the medium between
the E n glish lon g e a n d shor t i , a n d is iden tica l
w ith the Fren ch i ‘
in fin e .
0' iden tica l w ith the E n glish lon g 0 in coa l , loa n etc .
0,the shor t soun d of the precedin g (like the Fren ch
shor t
o is like the Fren ch cu in jeudi . A verydeep a n d
u n clea r soun d of a sho r t e .
d o r 6’
is the pr otra cted soun d of the preceding,equa l to the Germa n 6 in ti d e , h o
' h e etc.
a ,iden tica l w ith the E n glish 11 in bull.
12,iden tica l wi th the lon g double 0 in the wo rd food.
ii , iden tica l w ith the Fren ch u in un e , (je) fus etc .
Although some tea cher s of the Hun ga ria n la n guage ha verecommen ded the short a to be soun ded like the E n glish a in
wa tch , wa s etc. , n evertheless good speaker s make n o otherdi stin ction tha n tha t whi ch i s the n a tura l con sequen ce of the a h
brevia tion of the same soun d.
the veil , faygyzi (fab - due) ta llow , fa l wa ll , ga zdag(gahz
- dahg) r ich, yaza
’a (gahz
- dah) husba n dma n ,
gb’
r - be crooked , yyz’
ilés meetin g, (a ssembly), gyer ty a
ca n dle , yyb'
ngy pea rl, yya'
v a cowa rd , gyd-
gy i- ta -
‘
m'
to cure, gya
- log on foot , hé - bo - r a w a r,lea d
ba ttle , ha - da - lroz -m’
to comba t , led - la tha nks,
hé - dol-m'
to do hom age , lzoz-m
’
, to br in g, Izaj ha i r ,hay la rd , lui -gom my you n ger sister , i - ga yoke ,
i -gaz true , i -ga—zz
’
r ea l,i -gen yes , fizzy ; to w a lk,
yo (yo) good , yam- ba r p i ous“ , jég (ya ig) ice , jel
m a rk , jel - szo’
apophthegm , pa role , jd -m‘
to come,
ka - to - n a soldier , Irel me w a res , [fell (to) n eed,
[any girl, til - la ir, lila c , 10' horse, moi—ma r in toxica tion ,
menm’
to go , me- r ész bold , me- r eg poison , n é - nye
the elder sister , n agy- n é - nye a un t , o- r a hou r ,
w a tch , fi- r eg old , {i he , okos pruden t , p o - r osz
pr ussia n , p a’
r - n a cushion , p énz mon ey , p é l- da
example , p a l- 10 3 sword , r osz bad , r ozs corn , r a
a asz cun n in g , r z’
t - Ira r a re , r ift - Iran r a rely , r d - a s’
a'
r ose , r en d order , r a né , r en - de - zé s a rr a n gemen t,
r en - del - lte - zés disposition ,direction , s ac eagle ,
s é ta a wa lk , s é - ta l -m’
to wa lk , se - lyem silk , s a - r a
a pa ir of slippers , s a'
n ez scon ce , en tren chmen t , saly
weight , szZ - lyoza-m
'
to weigh , sci - [yes w eighty, szosa
spir its (of w in e etc .) szel - lem min d ,szdz hun dred,
szék cha ir , sa a - ba d free , sze - lz’
a’tame , gen tle, szo
'
r
m’
to strew , ta - la'
n perha ps , tud -m’
to kn ow
(something) , ta r -ta -lom con ten ts , lei -gas wide , roomy,
ten -m'
to do , tz'
Zr -m'
to suffer ,tit- r e - de - lem
pa tien ce , tita - do - lrb‘
l -m’
to gleam ,tisa - ta clea r ,
pure , tel w in ter , to'
lake (la on s) , ud - va r cour t , ziz
m’
to pu rsue , iil-m'
to sit , u - r a l - kod -m’
to
domin eer , u - n a - lom tediousn ess , v a'
r -m’
to wa it,o a r -m
’
to sew, ver -m
’
(ver r - n y) to bea t , v ér (v a re)
blood ,ao- r ez -m
’
(va re - a s - n y) a n d v é r -ze - n i to
bleed , v é - yez-m
’
(vage-
ga z- n y) to fin ish , v é -ge
en d a o - n e (zan a) music , ze - n ész (za n - a se) mu sicia n ,
zé - log forfeit , zon -
go- r a (zohn -
gob- r ah) pia n o .
In o rder to fa cilita te the lea rn in g o f the pro
n u n cia tion of co n son a n ts a n d v owels which ha ve
the same a r ticula tion a n d soun ds a s the E n glish , the
follow ing shor t a r ra n gemen t of E n glish words spelt
in the Hunga r ia n Alphabet , is subjo in ed.
E nglish wo rds,
spelt in Englishz") spelt in Hungarian
Bull
Chamber
Deed
Did
Da n ger
E agle
Fa t
The on ly differ en ce between the E n glish lon g a a n d the
Hun ga ri a n 6,i s , tha t the E n gli sh a , ha s a term in a tiv e soun d
which somewha t a ppro a ches the E n glish shor t i , whilst theI
Hun ga ria n e is a clea r sou n d.
Fa te
Germa nLoa n L dn
La sting (a ccordin g to Wa lker) Ldsztin
Moon Man
Meek Mile
Newly Nydlz‘
(amon g a ll othersimila r pron un cia tion s, tha t of N ew l y is themost a pproa chin gthe Hun ga ri a n Nyt
’
i li, which shows the a rticula tion of the
con son an t Ny or n y .
9
2. Div i s ion of the s oun ds a n d
words.
In order to fa cilita te E tymologica l forma tion s, l
Gramma r ia n s have a ssumed the division o f v owels
in to h a r d a n d s o ft on es , un der the fo rmer bein gun derstood the full a n d deep soun ds of a ,
o,
i t,
either long or shor t ; un der the la tter , the closed
on es of e ,z'
,o, it , ei ther lon g or shor t. The lon g
i may be con sidered a s a medium soun d between
the two . Accordin g to this div ision of the vowels, the
words of the Hunga r ia n la n guage a re div ided i n to
two differen t cla sses : ha rd soundin g on es a n d soft
soun din g on es. The former con ta in in g such vowels
a s a , a'
,o,
u, 22, the la tter either of the vowels
e,é,i, b
’
, 6 ,22,12.
Thus the words ha’
bor d wa r ,ho ld moon , hom
lok forehea d , a'
r pr ice , a re ha rd or deep on es ; the
words édes sweet , 51 fa thom , levegd a ir ,in te m
’
to
admon ish , esm'
to fa ll,a re soft c ri es .
When the same word con ta in s vowels of the
two differen t cla sses , the ha rd v owels a re con sidered
a s the pr in cipa l on es , a n d the words belon g to the
cla ss of ha rd words .
As the vowel z'
is con sidered to be a media te
on e ,between the ha rd a n d soft v owels , m a ny words
in which the soun d 2'
predomin a tes or is the on ly
For the sake of a bbrevia tion the Terms h a r d , a n d s o f twords , will be u sed.
10
v owel occurr in g , belon g to the cla ss of soft Wo l‘ds ’
especia lly the w ords os ipm'
to pin ch , os ir iz pa ste ,os iz green fin ch , ozim firma , title , disz or n amen t,
fiv’
yy a llia n ce , fr iz fr isia n , yim fa llow deer , hi
mezm'
to embro ider , hir reputa tion ,repor t , lzia
fa ithful , iny gum , iv a sheet (of paper) a n a r c, iz
ta ste . miv mil’
. w ork, ny ir birch - tree , r im r ime, szin
colour,sziv hea rt
,tiz ten
, v iz w a ter .
All o thers in which i is the v owel of the r adi
ca l syllable belon g to the cla ss of ha rd words ; a s
szii , strap ; hid , br idge ; irm'
,to w r ite .
3. As s imi la t i o n of s oun ds a n d
a r t i cu la t i on s.
It is a gen era l rule , tha t a ll a f fixes jo in in gwo rds beca use of Gramma tica l forms a ssimila te
their vowels to those of the root of the word itself ;thu s , words which belon g to the cla ss of ha rd on es
hav e in their a ffixes , wha tever they may be , the
h a rd vowel a,0,or a ; on the con tra ry ,
o
wo rds be
l on ging to the secon d cla ss ha v e in their a ffixes‘a soft vowel , e
,b‘
, o r a .
The cor respon din g vowels a re a a n d e,
0 a n d
o,
u a n d it ; thus ,if the a f fix for on e cla ss of
w ords be kn own , the a ffix for the other cla ss w ill
be kn own by itself.
For in sta n ce :
In the wo rd v a'
rmik w e wa it , the Verba l roo t
is ndr , the a ffix w ith its cemen ting vowel is un lit,
11
if a ny Verba l r oo t w ith a soft-vowel , a s a ], to sit
be giv en , in o rder to form the first Person Plura l,the a ffix un it must be a dded
,a n d a liink (we sit) is
the form requ ired ; Iza'
zam my house ,ha s 772 a ffixed »
w ith the v owel a , the soft word szek cha ir , w ill thus
ha v e szé lrem (my cha i r) for the same Gramma tica lform a s Iza
'
zam.
As the v owels of Gr amma tica l a ffixes a re a ssimi
la ted to those of the root , so some con son a n ts
of a ffixes a n d r oo ts a re a ssimila ted to ea ch o ther .
E specia llv
The con son a n t j in the Conjuga tion of the Verb
is a ssimila ted
a ) to the con son a n t sz,if the v erba l roo t term i
n a tes w ith such a con son a n t ; a s, ma’
sz - szon he m a v
creep , in stea d of ma'
rz -jon ; vesz - szen he may be
lost , in stea d of v esz -jen .
b) to the con son a n t z,if the v erba l root term i
n a tes w ith this con son a n t ; a s , hoz -zon he m ay
br in g , in stead of hoz -jon .
c) to the con son a n t s .
1) if the v erba l r oot termin a tes w ith the
same con son a n t ; a s (is - son he may dig;
i n stea d of a'
s -jon .
9 ) if the v erba l root termin a tes w ith the con
son a n t t , preceded by a long vowel or bv
a n other con son a n t ; a s , ta n it - son he ma v
tea ch , in stead of ta n it —jon .
3) if the v erba l root termin a tes w ith the con
son a n t t, preceded by a short vowel ; in this
19
ca se the radica l l itself is cha nged in to s,
a s , fits - son he may run , in stead of fut - son ,a n d this in stead of fution ; p erson he may
sow , in stea d of vet -fen , etc .
When the Demon stra tive Pron oun az tha t, ez this ,jo in s the a ffixes , which a re used in stead of Preposition s , its con son a n t z is a ssimila ted to the in itia l
con son a n t of the a ffix : a s, a r - r o
’
l of tha t , in steado f az - r o
’
l ; eb out of this , in stead of ez - bd’
l,
ek-kép en in stead of ez - Ire'
p e n.
The a ffixes v a l , vel , which express the Prepo
s itiou w i t h , a n d mi, a o
'
, which mea n s i n t o , a ssimi
la te their in itia l con son a n t , v,to the fin a l con son a n t
of the word to which they a re jo in ed ; thus , Irez
zel w ith the ha n d , in stead of Irez - vel ; a z - za'
in to tha t , in stead of az -ou'
; fegyver - r el with a rms,
i n stead of [egyver -vel.
O b s . a vva l a n d azza l, w ith tha t, evvel a n d ezzel,
w ith this , a re both in u se , but the la tter forms a re
preferable .
4. Prolon ga t i on of the v owel s.
The short fin a l vowels a a n d e a re prolon ged
a s often a s the word a ssumes a ny a ffix . This pro
longa tion of the short fin a l a a n d e is common to
a ll words in a ll Gramma tica l forms .
r ulza a dress , r uhd-m my dress , m in i - t a
dress (objective ca se) , r a hd -za i to dress , m in i - v a l
with a dress ; eke plough , eké - n ek to a plough,
14
the la st syllable a n d the pen ultima ha ve the same
fin a l co n son a n t or con son a n ts the a rticula tion s of
which a re n ot rela ted in some way. The con so
n a n ts which ea sily combin e a re the liqu id 1, m,
n ,r,a n d the lin gua l cs , oz , sz ,
z,
either amo ng
themselves or w ith o ther con son a n ts , especia llypa la ta ls a n d den ta ls . For in sta n ce : doloy
- o t the
thin g ,con tra cted dolyot ; ja
’
r om - a t the yoke , ja'
rma t ;
taker - fit the mirror , tit/cr ii t ; hajo l am ,I stoop ,
Izajlom.
COMPOSITIONS.
I .
V e r b s . A c t i v e a n d N e u te r .
The Hun ga r ia n la n gu age , a s men tion ed a bove ,
expresses the differen t Gramma tica l fo rms (Declen
sion , Conjuga tion , Compa r ison ) by mea n s of a ffixes ,which a re jo in ed to the r oots of the words . The
root o f a Verb is ca lled tha t pa r t of it which re
ma in s a fter the term in a tion of the In fin itive , a i,
is taken away ; thus ,from v a
'
rm'
the root is v a'
r .
The Active Vo ice of Hun ga r ia n Tra n sitive Verbs
ha s two differen t forms , which hav e been styled by
Gr amma r ia n s the In defin ite a n d the Defin ite fo rms .
The former r ela tes to objects n ot str ictly determ in ed
by the speaker , a n d may be ca lled the Un iversa l
fo rm ; the la tter rela tes to objects determin ed by the
speaker either expressively or un derstood , to objec
tive ca ses r epresen tin g a n y determin ed object , a n d
ha s been ca lled the Defin i te form .
A . In d e fi n i t e fo r m o f t h e Ac t i v e V o i c e a n d
t h e N e u t er .
I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .
l . PRESENT TENSE .
Va'
r - olr I wa it , I am wa itin g ,I do wa it , v a
’
r -sz
thou wa itest , thou a rt wa itin g , thou dost wa it,va
'
r he wa its , he is wa iting , he does wa it ; var - un is
16
we wa it , we a re wa itin g , we do wa it , v a'
r - tok
you w a it , you a re wa itin g , you do wa it , va'
r
n ak they wa it , they a re wa iting , they do wa it.
El - e/r I live ,I am a live ,
é l - sz thou livest , thoua rt a live , é l he lives , he is a live ; é l - z
’
ink we live ,we a re a live ,
e'
l telc you live , you a re a liv e , é l - n ek
they live , they a re a live .
A’
fi22 v a'
r ; ember elc v a'
r n a lr . A’
fi22k im ak.
Ir olc. Ir a a k. Az a ty a ir ; fi22k jdm ak. Ja'
r unk. Az
ember ek s é ta'
ln ak. Az a'
lla t e'
l a'
lla tolr é ln e/c.
A ’
Ira ton a v iv . Ka ton dk vivn a lc. Vzvun lr . Viv tok.
The fa ther writes . The mo ther is wa iting. The
boys a re waitin g. I live . We live . They live . I
am wa lking. Boys a re w a lkin g. The mo ther takes
a wa lk. We ga ther . Men ga ther . The boy ga thers .
I am sittin g. An ima ls a re a live . The a n ima l is a live .
The fa ther is sittin g. We a re sittin g. (A) soldier is
figlhin g. Soldiers do fight. The boys a re fightin g.
FIRST PERFE CT TENSE (Imper fect).Va
’
r - ék I wa ited , vdr - a'
l thou wa itedst , va'
r
a he wa ited ; va'
r - dn lr we wa ited , vdr - a'
tok you
wa ited , va’
r - a'
n ak they wa ited. (Tl -elf I sa t , iZl - é l
thou sa test, ul - e he sa t ; il l-enk we sa t, u l - é telt you
sa t , ill - en ds they sa t. On the u se of this Ten se,see the Theoretica l par t.
3 . SECOND PERFE CT TENSE (preter itum).Va'r - tam I have wa ited , I wa s wa it
ing , did wa it , va'
r - ta'
l thou ha st wa ited,
See the Voca bul a ry.
17
wa st wa iting , didst wa it , va'
r - t he wa s wa iting, did
wa it ; v a'
r - tunk we were wa iting , did wa it , v a'
r
ta ta lr you were wa iting , did wa it , v a’
r - ta n ak a n d
v a'
r - ta lr they were wa iting , did wa it. ill - tom
I wa s sitting , did sit , il l - tel thou wa st sitting , didst
sit , ill - t he wa s sitting , did sit ; ill - tank we were
sitting , did sit,
z‘
i l - tetek you were sitting , did sit,
z‘
i l tek a n d ill - ten ch they were sittin g , did sit.
A’
fi22k szedtek. F222 a lt. L a'
ny va r t. Lednyolc
v a r ta lr. Az a nya vo'
r t. Ember ek szedtek. S é ta'
l
ta nk. Az u'
lla tok é ltelr. A’
[522ja'
r t. Fi22k ja'
r tak.
Ta n ultzmlr ; a’
fi221r ta n a lta lr. Az a tya ir t. Az Em
ber elr ta n a ltak. Ta n ulla tok. A’ Ka ton a viv -ott
(in stead of viv - t) . Ka ton a’
lr v iv tak.
The E n glish compoun d Perfect : I have wa ited,we have sa t , etc. is expressed by the same form of
the secon d Perfect ; thus , I have wa ited mea n s va'
r
tam they have lived , é ltelr.
Men were fighting. People did fight. The man
did fight. I ha ve fought. I ha ve sa t. You have
walked. The boy ha s wr itten . The fa ther did write.
Mother wa s wr iting. The daughter did sew. The
son did wr ite. We were wa lkin g. You were wa i
(A) soldier wa s fighting a n d (a) boy wa s
The Person a l Pron oun s , I , thou , he , we , you , they, areby n o mean s forms of Con juga tion in the Hun gar i a n la n guage.
The whole of the Con juga tion con sists in differen t a ffixes . ThesePron oun s ar e u sed before the Person a l forms of the Verb a s
often a s Empha sis requires them , or a s often a s they supplythe Subject of the Verb . In this respect the Hun garian lan guageagrees with the La tin en tirely, a s, amamus an d n os amamus etc.
Csink. hung. gram . 2
18
walking. We were sittin g. Thou wa st wr itin g. I
lea rn ; fa ther wr ites. The mother wa s sittin g ; the
girl did sew. An ima ls were a live . Men did live .
The boys have ga thered. I ga ther . We did ga ther .
You were ga ther ing.
4. COMPOUND FUTURE .
va'
r n i -fagak I sha ll wa it, v a'
r n i fogsz thou wilt wa it,v a
’
r n i fog he will wa it ; v a’
r n i fogunk we sha ll wa it,va
'
r n i fogtolr you will wa it , v a'
r n i fogn ak they will
wa it.
A’
ta n a ln i foyn a /r. A’Ira ton a
'
lc v ivn i fogn a lr. Szedm
'
fogunk. Ja'
r n i fogtolr. A’
lea'
ny va r n i
fog. Az a tya ir t. Az ember ti lt. Az a'
lla t elt.
Mi é ln i foyunk. Te ir n i foysz és d ta n n ln i fog.
A’
10 fa t. Az ole/lin t ja'
r .
Soldiers were fightin g. We a lso did fight. I
sha ll fight. The soldier will fight. People will run .
The boys will play , we a lso sha ll play. I sha ll
take a wa lk. The mother w ill sit, a n d the daughter
will wa lk. We did take a wa lk. We sha ll wr ite .
You w ill wr ite. They w ill sit. The boy is sittin ga n d wr itin g. The girls do wa lk a n d kn it. Girls
will wa lk , boys will run . We sha ll look. You w ill
see. Thou seest. We did see. You have seen .
They were lookin g.
B . D efi n i te F o r m o f t h e Ac t i v e V o i c e .
The Defin ite Form a lways rela tes to objects
spoken of which a re , in a ny way wha tever , deter
m in ed , thus if the Objective Case govern ed by the
19
Active Voice be left out , it is un derstood to be
r epresen ted by the Pron oun h im , h e r or i t , which
in foreign la n guages a re a lways added to the Verb .
Thus , in v a'
gom is un derstood , I cut i t , ir om,
I wr ite it (the letter , or sen ten ce men tion ed) .
In dica tive Mood.
l . PRE SENT TENSE .
Va'g - om I cu t , I am cu ttin g , v a'
g- od thou
cu test , v a'
y-ja he cuts ; v a
'
g-julc we out , we a re
cutting , v a'
g-jdtok you ou t , vdy
-jdlr they cut .
Ko'
t - o'
m I bin d , I am bin din g, Iro'
t -o'
d thou bin dest,ko
'
t - i he bin ds ; ko'
t -jiik we bin d , ko’
t - i tek you
bin d , loo'
t - ilc they bin d. Ker es - em I look for ,
[cor es - cd thou lookest for , [cor es - i he looks for ;
ker es - siilr*) we look for , [cor es - i tch you look for,
ker es - ilc they look for .
Fi22t leer eselc, a’
flat ker esem. Ember - t ldtok,
a z ember t ldtom. Ka ton d ver n ek , a’
ka ton dt
vem'
k. A’
lea'
ny r a /w'
t v a r , lea'
nyolc v a ryak a’
r a li a'
t.
A’
lea'
ny va rja a’r uli a
'
t. B 22za'
t Iro tn elr (they shea fcom ) , a
’
bz2za'
t Iro'
lilr (they shea f the com ) . A’
lednyok bokr e'
tdt Iro'
tn elr , lea'
nyok ko'
tik a’
bokr é ta'
t.
A’
19221: ta n n ifdk a’
leczké t. E n leoz/re'
t ton a lolr.
The cha ra cter istic of the Objective Ca se is t,
preceded by a vowel if the fin a l con son a n t of the
Substa n tive were n o t ea sily combin able with it.
The Plu ra l of Substa n tives is ma rked by the
Cha ra cter Ir , preceded by the same vowel tha t
on a ssimil a tion above 3 .
S ee on Prolon ga tion 4.
9 0
precedes the t of the Objective Ca se . In rega rd
to the vowels to be used , see 2 , 3 , a n d the
Theoretica l pa r t. The Objective Ca se of the Plura l
Number ha s the same cha ra cter istic a s the Objective
Ca se of the Sin gula r Number . This t is jo in ed to
the plura l form by mea n s of the vowels a for ha rd
words , a n d e for soft on es. Thus , ember,Plura l
ember i elt Objective Plura l ember - ek- et. The
same , lea ny ,Pl. lednyolr , Obj. Pl. lea
'
nyolca t.
The labourer will work , the soldier w ill fight.
The boys will lea rn , the girl w ill sew . We sha ll
take a wa lk ; the child w ill wa lk. Children play,the fa ther wr ites . The mother did read a n d we
a lso did rea d. I have spoken . We ha ve r ead (a)
book. You ha ve wr i tten the book. We did look
(a t) the horses. You ha ve seen the soldiers. I did
see the soldiers . We ha ve wr itten the letter . Thou
wa st wr itin g (a ) letter . I have r ea d the letters . Do
you see the soldiers ? Do you ga ther fru it ? We
bin d (make a ) n osegay , a n d you bin d (shea f the)cor n .
2 . PERFE CT TENSE AND FUTURE .
Olvas - tam I have read , did read , wa s reading (it),olva s - ta d thou ha st r ead etc. (it) , olv as - ta he ha s
read ; o lvas - tulr we have rea d etc. , o lv as - tdtok you
ha ve r ead , o lv as - ta'
le they ha ve read. Olva sn i
fogom I sha ll r ea d (it) , o lvasn i fogod thou w ilt
r ead , o lv asn i foyfa he v ill rea d , a lousa i foyiulc we
sha ll read , o lv asn i fow'
dto/r you will read , olvasn i
fow’
dk they will read.
22
cdr -ja n ak
v a’
r -ja'
k
The forms of the Impera tive Mood a re en tirelyexpressed by those of the Subjun ctive mood. The
secon d Person of the Singula r Number a dmits v a'
rja'
l
a n d v a'
rf (wa it) , the others suffer n o a ltera tion wha t
ever . Thus , he sha ll wa it , let him wa it , a re ex
pressed by : v a’
rjon ; so , let us wa it ! a n d sha ll
we wa i t? a re both v a'
m'
unk; etc. In r ega rd to a ssi
mila tion s of the cha ra cter istic j see 3.
Olva ssun /r. N ézzzl‘
n lc. Im'
zmk. Kossé l (in stea d
of Hazza'
l. Vivya'
l. E ben . A’
k duy v erjon .
Ja’
rj! Vdrjunk ? A’
fid vdrjon .
The boy sha ll wr ite , the soldier sha ll fight a nd
overcome the en emy. Let us r ead. Lea rn the les
son . Rea d the letter . Sha ll we lea rn ? Wr ite !
Wa it ! The boy sha ll play. Let us look for the
book. Let u s bin d (make a ) n osegay. He sha ll
bin d (make) it. Let us speak Hunga r ia n . Let him
speak E nglish . Speak Germa n .
tha t they may wa it.
I) . C o n d i t i o n a l .
1 . PRE SENT.
In def. form . o lv as -n ék
Def. form . olva s - n a'
m
o lv as - n dl
o lv a s - n dd
I would , should read , a n d
tha t I might read
thou wouldst read
Words tha t belon g to the cla ss of soft on es receive 8 ,
in stea d of a , in their termin a tion ; thus : ver -jem I may bea t,
z’
i l -j ek I may sit.
23
”lvas ' mfjhe would read ;
o lva s - n a
o l'vas - n a'
nk we would , should read ,
olv as - n o'
k tha t we might read
olv as - n a'
tok
o lvas - n a'
tok
olv as - n a'
n ak
o lv as - udh
jyou would read etc.
jthey would read etc.
Expressing a n a ction don e or n eglected because
of a con dition precedin g. This Ten se is a com
pound on e a n d in Gramma rs it is given a s the Plu
perfect of the Subjun ctive Mood , a s the former
Ten se is given a s the Imperfect Ten se of the same
Mood.
The forma tion of this Ten se is ea sy , it beingmerely a r epetion of the Perfect Ten se of the In
dica tive Mood w ith the a ddition of vo ln a (which
mea n s , it would be) to ea ch Person a l form .
In def. v a'
r - tam
lI should have wa ited,
voin aDef. v ar - tam (if) I had wa i ted
- t'
lv a r avoln a , thou woulds t have wa i ted etc .
v ar - ta dr
- tv a
’
r
voln a , he would ha ve wa i ted etc.
va r - ta
v a'
r - tzmkva lue , we would ha ve wa i ted
v a r - tuk
v a
'
r - ta'
tokvoln a , you would have wa ited
va r - ta tok
cdr - ta'
kvoln a , they would have wa i ted.
24
Words that belong to the cla ss of soft on es , have
6 in stead of a a n d o ; u in stead of u , a n d 6 in stead
of o'
, in their termin a tive syllable . Thus é l tem
voln a , I should have lived ; é l - té l vo ln a ; é l- t voln a ;é l—tz
’
ink voln a , é l—tetek v oln a , é ltek or é l-ten ek voln a .
Az a nydm (a nyd-m ,my mother) ir n a ; az
a tya'
m (my fa ther) ir i voln a . En ir n ék. Ti ir n d
tok. A’
fidk ta n uln a'
n ak. A’
lednyok (plura l) v a'
r
ta lc voln a . A’
gyermek Jam a . Mi s é ta'
ltunk voln a .
A’
Ica ton a'
lf gyfiztek voln a . Mi tz'
szteln é’
k a’hdst.
A’
Ka ton a'
lc ti s‘zteln é lc a’vezér elcet (objective ca se
plura l see B. Szer etn élc s é ta’
ln i . Szer etn énk
illn i . Szer etn é l Jam i . Szer ettem voln a le'
tn i . A’
fiuk szer emén ek jdtsza n i . A’
ta n ulo’
lc szer etn én elt
ir n i . Az a nya'
m se er etn e tam'
len i , én szer etn ék
ta n n ln i . A’
1712 szer etn e olv a sn i . A’
Ica ton a szer et
v ivn i . A’
hadvezér szer et gydzn i . Szer etn é l le'
tn i ?
Szer etn é telc ii ln i ? Mi szer etn énk s é ta'
ln i .
I should r ead , you would wr ite: My fa ther
would have wr itten . If the soldiers ga in the
ba ttle. The en emy will take to flight. We shouldovercome the en emy. You would see. The en emy
would have left the field of ba ttle. If the a rmy
ha d fought (a) ba ttle. I should like to lea rn . Ishould like to learn E nglish (put : E nglish to lea rn ) .
I should like to speak Hunga r ia n . Would you liketo read? I should like , if I kn ew (I should if Icould) . My mother likes the flowers . My fa therwould wr ite. We should have wr itten . I shouldlike to write. I should have liked to read.
2 5
E 0 Th fl V e r b ”to b e “. V a g y o k , I a m .
1 . PRESENT.
‘ Qfi—f ‘
Vagyok I am , v agy thou a rt , c a n a n d v agyon
he is , she is , it is ; vagyunk we a re , vagytok you
a re , v a n n ah or v aigy’
n ak they a re.
The third Person of this Ten se is missed in the
sen ten ce a s often a s it is a mere copula between
the Substa n tive a n d its Adjective or a ny other Sub
sta n tive used a s Predica te. Thus , the sen ten ce
,,the flower is bea utiful“ w ill be tra n sla ted in ,,the
flower bea utiful , “ a n d there w ill be : ,,a’
v ir a'
g
szép“, in stead of ,, a
’
v ir a'
g v a n szép .
“ The roses
a re beautiful flowers , will be : A’
r o'
zsdk szép v ir d
golf , in stead of saying : a’
r o’
zsa'
k v a n n a h szép
v ir a'
gok.
The Verb ,,to be“ , in a ll its forms , follows
the Adjective or Substa n tive u sed a s Predica te of
the sen ten ce ; thus , in stead of saying : ,,I am a
ma n , thou a rt diligen t , we say : ,,I (a ) ma n am ,
thou diligen t a rt . Subject , Predica te a n d Copula
agree in Number .
2 . PAST TENSE .
Voli am I wa s , I ha ve been , Volta'
l thou wa st,a n d ha st been , volt he wa s etc. ; vo ltzmlc we were,
volta tolc you were, v a ltak or volta n a lc they were etc.
A’
fiu szorga lma tos . A’
fidk szorga lma tosak
(n omin a tive plura l) v a ltak. Mi szorga lma tosak vol
tunk. A’ka ton a
'
k Msb‘
k (heroes). A’
csa ta v ér es
volt. A’
csa tamezd terjedelmes . A’
ta'
bor n agy .
26
A’
ba r cz hosszzi . A’
gyb‘
zedelem bizony ta la n . A’
munka v égketlen . A’
fdr a ds a'
g mér té lfen tzi li .
(The) Flowers a re pla n ts. The elepha n t is (a n )a n ima l. The tiger is cruel. The fox is cun n in g,Tyra n ts a n d tigers a re equa l. Foxes a n d politicia n s
a re a rtful . (The) Lyon s a re gen erous . Men a re
selfish . Nelson is ren own ed. E n gla n d is free.
Hunga r ia n s a re sla ves. Hunga ry wa s (a) kingdom .
The Hunga r ia n s were brave . We were r ich . You
a re poor , they were idle.
Va le'
k I wa s , v a ldl thou wa st , va la he wa s ;
va la'
nk we were , v a la'
tok you were , v a la'
n ak theywere
3 . CONDITIONAL .
Voln e'
k I should be , If I were ; voln a'
l thou
wouldst be , If thou were , voln a he would be ; v ol
n a'
nk we should be , voln a'
tok you would be ,vol
n dn ak they would be.
There a re n o more Ten ses of the Verb vagyok;
a ll the others , a s those of the Subjun ctive a n d In
fin itive Moods , the Pa rticiples , a re supplied by the
Verb lemi i , to become . The Presen t Ten se of the
Verb len n i , is used a s a Future of v agyolf .
L eszek I sha ll be a n d I become , leszesz a n d
leszcl thou wilt be , Iesz , less en he w ill be ; lesziin lc
we sha ll be , lesztel: you will be , leszn ek theyw ill be .
Ha gazdagok volndnk. Ha sza ba d voln é lc. Ax
ido”szép lesz. A’
ny a'
r meleg voln a . A5 dss hives
On the use of this ten se see the Theoretical part.
27
té l kideg. A’
ta vasz szép volt. A5 a nya'
m6
2 A ti a'
m bete voln a . E11'
0'
ess . z a 3/ y J
leszek. Te szorga lma tos c a ln a'
l. M i ta n ulo'
lc leszun lcx
We should be r ich . You w ill be diligen t. Theywould be n a ughty. Thou a r t n aughty. The boy
would be good. The girls a re good. We sha ll be
ready. The soldier is bra ve. The soldiers w ill be
bra ve . Nelson wa s (a ) soldier . E n gla n d is sma ll.
Br ita n ia is grea t. Amer ica is (a) republic. Repu
blics ar e ra re . (A) fr ien d is fa ithful.
l l .
P o s s e s s i v e fo r m s o f th e S u b s ta n ti v e .
A. T h e o bje c t p o s s e s s e d i s b u t o n e .
Ruhd-m my dress , 1 111112 6 thy dress , r uhd -J
'
a
his a n d her dress. B a hd 1111: our dress , r 12ha'
ta lc
your dress , r u/i a’
-
J'
ok their dress. In r ega rd to the
prolon ga tion of the a , see In trod. 4.
Mez6 -m my field , mez6 d thy field ,mesr e -Je
*)
his a n d her field ; mez6 71k our field , mez6 tb‘
k your
field , meze -jb’
k their field.
B a r a'
t- om my fr ien d, ba r a'
t 0 d thy fr ien d, bar a'
t
Ja his a n d her fr ien d ; ba r a'
t - a nk our fr ien d , ba r a'
t
a tolc your fr ien d , ba r a'
t -J'
ok their fr ien d.
The same al tera ti on of 6 i s to be observed in a ll the
mon osyllables a n d dissyllables , thus 716 wi fe , 716m my wi fe,n e -je hi s wi fe ; erde-je hi s wood. Words of more tha n two
syllables do n ot a dmit this a ltera tion ; thus , leveg6je from
28
Felelet - em my a n swer , felelet - ed thy a n swer ,
felelet - e his a n d her a n swer ; felelet - unk ,our a n s
wer ; felelet -etb‘
lc your a n swer , felelet -d’
le their
a n swer.
Con sider ing the a ffix Ja , Je , which mea n his,
her a n d its , a n d the a ffix Jok, Jolt , which mea n
their , the J is m issed if the Substa n tive term in a tes w ith on e of the con son a n ts cs , os , s
,sz ,
z,
Wig , lg , ty , gy , or if the fin a l syllable meets
with a n abbrev ia tion . In con sidera tion of the vowel,
which is to be used with these a ffi x e s o f p o s s e s
s i o n , it may he rema rked , tha t the same vowel
which forms the Plura l of the Substa n tives is used
in these a ffixes a s well ; thus , a szta l , Pl. aszta l - ok
tables , a szta l - om my table ; ma ddr ,Pl. ma da r - ak
b irds , ma da r - um my bird.
A’
K6nyvem J'
0’
(my book is good. See above
sub E) . A5 a ty a'
d cdr . Az Anya'
n lc ir . Anya'
nk
ir . B a r dtotolc hiltelen . A’
B a'
tya'
m ka ton a (is a
soldier) . A’
ha dser egilnk v ite'
z. Veze'
r itn lc 1igyes .
Ta'
bor zmk n agy . E llen ségd'
n lc Iciengesztelhetlen . A’
Ta'
bor n agyotok hir es . A’
kir a'
lyunk szer eti a s a r
sza’
got. A’
Irir a'
lg/ o tok gy12'
16‘
li a’
n e'
r et.
The Objective Ca se ,,my fr ien d ,
“ my book“etc,
is given in the Hun ga r ia n la n guage by ba r dtom - a t,
Iconyvem-et etc.
, a n d the Objective of a ny Substa n
tive , tha t may ha ve the possessive a ffixes , will be
given by a n a ffixed t, preceded by the vowel a or e.
The a ffix of the third Person ,termin a ting in a
or e , does n ot admit the vowel a or e before the t.
30
begin n ers may a lways form the Nomin a tive of the
Plura l Number of tha t Noun , to which they wish tojo in the required possessive a ffix ; if the Plura l beformed , then take away the Plura l k
, a n d jo in the
requ ired a ffix to it. For in sta n ce , I w ish to say
,,my n eighbour ;“
szomszéd ha s in the Plura l
szomszédok, takin g off If a n d jo in in g m, I ha ve
which is the word r equ ired. The
a ffix of the third person J'
a a n d J'
e join s the Nomi
n a tive of the Singula r n umber immedia tely , thus
,,his n eighbour“ is , szomszéq
'
ia .
B . T h e o bje c t s p o s s e s s e d a r e m o r e
t h a n o n e .
Ruhd - im my dresses , r ukd- id thy dresses,
m in i - i his dresses , r uli d- ink our dr esses , r ubri
i tok your dresses , m ild- i i: their dresses .
The cha r a cter istic of the Plura l is i, which
precedes the a tfixa l con son a n ts m , 6 , 71k, If a n d
the syllable tok.
When the Substa n tive to which the a ffixes a re
to be join ed termin a tes with a con son a n t , a s : ba r a'
t,
a szta l , the third Person of the Sin gula r Number of
a ,is taken a s the radica l, a n d the Plura l a ffixes a re
a dded to this radica l , thus ba r a'
tfa his fr ien d beingthe third Person of the Sin gula r , ba r dtfa - im w ill be
my fr ien ds , ba r dtJ’
a - id thy frien ds , ba r a'
tfa - i his
fr ien ds etc. L evele - im my letters , levele - id thy
letters , levele - i his letters , tevele - in lc our letters,
levele - i tek your letters , levele -ilc their letters.
3 1
As the a ffixes : im , id , i may ea sily be join ed
to the Substa n tives themselves , w ithout the a cces
s ion of a ny o ther vowel , we sha ll get a secon d’
Plura l form , which will be : ba r dt - im my fr ien ds,ba r a
'
t - id thy fr ien ds , ba r dt - i his fr ien ds , ba r dt - ink
our fr ien ds etc . The first form is preferable in
famili a r con versa tion .
Substa n tives termin a ting w ith 6 abbrev ia te this
vowel in the third person of the Sin gula r n umber
(see u n der A) , such Substa n tives , a s above men tion ed,therefore ha ve a double plur a l form , the first of
them is given in con sider ing a s their r a dica l the
lon g 6,the secon d , in con sider in g a s thei r radica l
the short e of the tird Pe rson ; thus the Substa n tive
mez6 forms mez6 - im a n d meze - im my fields etc. ,
both forms a re correct , but the la tter ha s received
the sa n ction of the people.
Szer essed a’
feleba r dtoda t. Szer esse'
tek ellen
se'
gei teket is . As a tg a'
m és a’
bdty a'
m is elutazott
(in stead of eluta zt , Perf. Ten se) . B a r a'
tim v a ltak.
Nem min den ba r dtink hivek (m issed v amzak , a re) .
E llens égeink gyillb'
ln ek. A’
Ka ton a'
ink megver te'
k a s
ellen séget. Az Anga lak (a re) ba r dtjoin lt . Or sza'
gok
(in stead or sza'
gfok) n agy , ker eskedésb’
k terjedelmes ,ha ta lmuk (in stead ha ta lom-
J'
ok) er 6s . A’
Ta'
bor n ok
szer eti a’
ka ton a'
it. A’
szz’
i l6 szer eti gyermelrei t.
Kb’
nyveim elvesztek. Kong/veidet la'
ti am, leveleidet
o lv as tam. A’
bdty a'
m o lvas ta a’
leveledet. A’
fi12
ta n ulia a’
leszkeJ'
é t ; a’
lea'
nyom a’
r a l'
a'
t va r ta .
En a’
n ényédet v a'
r tam.
32
Our soldiers hon our their leader . Your kingpays his soldiers . They do pay their debts. Our
soul is immorta l, but our body is mor ta l. Yourchildren (a re) idle ,
but his da ughter (is) diligen t .My fr ien ds (a re) in dustr ious . Your en em ies (a re)powerful. My dress is dea r . His time is va luable
(dea r) . We foun d your book. Cha rles foun d his
pen . Albert read .(the) his lesson . The tea cherha s seen our tra n sla tion . (The) Our fa ther ha s pra i
sed your brother , he ha s lea rn ed his lesson .
C . T h e P o s s e s s i v e C a s e . G e n i t i v e .
1.
The Hun ga r ia n la nguage expresses the Posses
s ive Ca se by mea n s of the p o s s e s s i v e a ffi x e s .
The Possessive Ca se a lways supposes two diffe
ren t n otion s , the on e tha t of the Subject possessing,the other tha t of the object possessed ; this la tter
r eceives the possessive a ffixes of the third Person
either Singula r or Plura l.
With the Substa n tive r ela tin g to the posses
sor there is used the a ffix n a k or n ek , which is
n ot expressed , but in dica ted by a n a postrophe, un less
the perspicu ity or Euphony would require its
pla in expression . Thus , the fa ther’
s house , we say
azt a tya’
ha’
za ; the schola r’
s books , a’
ta n ulo"kb
’
ny
vei ; the courage of the soldiers , a’ Ira ton a
'
k’
ba'
tor
sa'
guk; the pen s of the schola rs , a’
tanulé lr’
tolla ik;
33
or a’ta n ulo
’
k-nok tolla ilc , a’
ka ten afk-m k bdtor
sa'
guk etc.
This possessive form, resulting from the represen
ta tion of the Possessive Ca se , is to be con s idered
a s a n ew Nomin a l root the Objective a n d Possessive
ca ses of which will be formed regularly. Thus , the
r oof of our n eighbour’
s house , will be :~ a’
szomszé
dunk’
(szomszédunk-n ak) ha'
zdn ak a’
fedele ; I ha veseen thy brother
’
s book a’ba
'
tya'
d’
ko'
nyvé t lu'
ttom.
A5 ember elmek é letuk (is) ro’
v itl. Az ember ek’
szer eflcséjiik (is) va'
ltozo'
. A’szomszédunkn ak Iidza
szép . A ’szz
’
i leink’
(szul6i11k) v égii etetlen szer el
m12k (szer el-m ) . B a r a'
tjoink’
hils ége v iga szta lo'
.
A ’
lé lelmek telzetsége’
i felulmdlfdlc a’testn ek er eJ
’
é t
(in stead of eroj'
et) . As ember’
cselekedetén ek for r a'
sa
a’sziv . A’
vi la'
gn ak o’
t r e'
szei . Columbus felfedeztc
a’
v ila'
gn ak egg (on e) r e'
szé t. Amer ika'
n ak ter me
kenysége. Azs idn ak terme'
ng/ei . AK n ép ekn ek ter
E ngla n d exports (kiv iszi) its products. (The)E nglishmen sell their p roduction s. (The) My fa therreceived my mother
’
s letter . You ha ve wr itten
(the) your letter . I sha ll wr ite my letters . The
in stin ct of the a n ima ls . The rea son of men . The
destiny of huma nkin d. The fa te of people (n é
p ekn ek The wisdom a n d goodn ess of (the)God. The power of (the) kings . The desires of
(the) n a tion s. The commerce (Ico‘
zlelcedés) of n a
tion s en r iches the mind of the people a n d in crea sestheir wea lth . The commerce (ker es lcedés) of Amef
Csink hung. Gram 3
r ica in exten sive. The inven tion (felta ldlds) of (the)Typography. The in ven tion s of Wa tt.
The History of Fra n ce. The wa rs of the middle
ages.
2 .
Wh o s e It i s th a t o f. Is tha t o f? etc.
The in terr oga tive sen ten ce rela ting to possession ,which in other la nguages is expressed by the Pos
sessive Ca se , is given by the a ffix é in the Hun
ga r ia n la nguage ; thus ,,whose is . mea n s Ki é P— It
is tha t of the mercha n t , mea n s a’
ka lma'
r é , a n d
,,is this house that of our n eighbour ?“ mea n s a
’
ss omss edunké es a’
Iza'
s .
In con sidera tion of this la tter expression , the
in terroga tive e is often a n n exed to it, a n d in stead of
,, a’
ss omss édunke'
es a’
1111'
s,
“ we may say a’
ss om
ss é a’unké - e es a
’
ha'
s . The expression s 11dmy fa ther , n énye
'
d thy elder sister , etc. being con
sidered a s so ma ny n ew Nomin a tive Ca ses , the a ffix
6 will be a dded to them a s it is a dded to r adica ls
of Substa n tives ; thus , a s a tya'
mé tha t of my fa ther.The Defin ite Ar ticle a s or a
’
is n ever missed before
Substa n tives of this form ; the Demon stra tive es this,as tha t , precedes the Substa n tives represen ting the
Objects possessed.
As a tga'
m’
Iza'
s a . E s a’1111’s a s a tya
'
me'
. Eze
es a’ko
'
nyv ? A’ba r dtomé . E s a
’toll a
’
tam’
to'
é .
Kié es a’
Iter t ? A ’
n agyba'
tya'
mé . E s a’
J’
o'
ss a'
g
a’n agyn ényémé . E s a
’n agyn ényém
’
Kié
u as ir a'
s? As ca me (that of my younger
35
brother) Ldttuk a s a tya'
d’
Iza'
s a'
t de n em a'
n agg
ba'
ty a'
dé t. Kié es a’
Icocsi ? a s a ny time. Kze es 6’
1111 ? As eng/em. L a'
tta d a s o'
r a'
ma t ? E 11 la'
ttam
a’
ba'
ty a'
dé t. E s ek a’
lres ty ilk (pa ir of gloves) a s
a nydmé i . E s ek a’
tollak a’
ba'
ty a'
mé i . Kiéi a s o/r
(those) a’lov ak. A’
Her cs egé i , a’
gr o’
fe’
it 71cm
e'
smer em.
If we con sider the precedin g sen ten ses, we sha ll
fin d , tha t the expression is r ea lly a Nom i
n a tive Ca se of the Sin gula r , the Objective Ca se of
which is Kie'
t , the Plura l Kiei , the Objective Ca se
for the Plura l Number is Kie'
i t. The same of a s
a tya'
mé,the Objective Ca se w ill be a s a tya
'
mé t.
The Plura l Nomin a tive a s a ty a'
mez, the Plur . Obj.
a s a ty a'
me'
i t.
The copula tive Verbs ,, is“a n d ,, a re
“a re missed.
Whose is tha t ga rden , a n d whose a re ,those
houses. This ga rden is my father’s (tha t of my
fa ther) a n d those houses a re my un cle’
s. Whoseha t is this . It is tha t of my brother . My fa ther
’
s
is (a n ew on e) n ew . Do you like your fa ther’s
horses ? I like those of my a un t. (I tha t of my
a un t like .) Whose gloves a re these (whose a re
these gloves) . They a re those of my tea cher . Do
you kn ow (tudJ'
a - e) our tea cher’
s residen ce ? I do(I kn ow it). Whose is tha t book? My frien d’
s.
Is this book th'
y frien d’
s or n ot (Thy frien d’
s thisthe book , or n ot) ? Simila r sen ten ces a s : Is this
house our fa ther ’s? a re to be resolved in : Is thisthe house of our fa ther ? etc .
36
3.
M i n e, T h i n e etc . , o f m i n e ,
o f’
o u r s etc ., i t
b e l o n g s t o m e etc.
As often a s the possession is in dica ted by forms
simila r to the premised on es , which is the ca se
when the Per son a l Pron oun s a re used in stead of the
Substa n tive represen ting the possession (a s i n the
sen ten ce whose is tha t book? min e in stead of
it is my book) , the Hun ga r ia n la n guage makes use
o f a ffixes, which a re iden tica l wi th those given un der
II. A. B. (p2 6 , 29 ) These a ffixes a re jo in ed to the
Person a l Pron oun s : E11 I , te thou , 6 he , mi we ,
ti you , 611: they.
Their complete forms a re
1. The object possessed is but o n e engem
min e , tied thin e ,o
'
vé his , her , its ; mi en k ou rs ,
tie'
telc yours o'
v é lc theirs .
2 . The objects possessed a re more tha n on e
eny é im a n d eny im m in e , tié id thin e , o'
ve'
i his , hers ,its ; mie
'
ink ours , tié itek yours , 6vé ik theirs .
E s a’ko
'
nyv a s engem , a s a’
toll a’
ti ed,de
kié es a s ir a'
s ? A mien /c. Kie'
es a’
16 ? A ’
ti é d
Kié es a’
tollkés (to whom belon gs this penkn ife) ?
a s ové (it belongs to him) . Kie'
es a’
p ap ir os ? a’
mien h. A ’
tié telr es a’Iza
'
s ; a’
tzetek- e es a'
ha'
s (does this house belon g to you) ? n em , (n o) a’
ss omss é dunké (it belon gs to o ur n eighbour) . E s a’
kb’
nyv a s engem , a s a’
Ices ty il a’
ti éd. E s :
a’
se'
ta - bot a’
tie'
d volt. Kiei a s ok a’
r é tek? A ’
mié ink, de a s er d6 a’ ‘
tié tek.
38
a few cla ssified them a s Postposition s (utolya rOIc) .
In examin ing them closer we fin d , tha t they a re
merely a ffixes used like a ll other a ffixes to express
the difi'
eren t rela tion s of pla ce , direction s a n d com
bin a tion s of objects. Such a re
ba in to , rela tin g to movemen t , motion ,
ba n in , rela ti ng to qu ietude ,rol from , rela tive to direction s downwa rds ,tol from of, rela tive to remova l,
bo’
l out of,
hos to , exp ressing : by the side of, or n ext to ,
towa rds,
n ak to , which in the Germa n a n d La tin is ex
pressed by the Da t i v e C a s e ,n a
'
l by , a t,
va l w ith,er t for ,
n , with or w ithout a vowel o , a or e .
upon , a t ; a t the question where ?
r a on , upon (a t) ; a t the questio n where to ?
ér t for ,
ig till , un til],ke
’
p in the form in the shapeke
’
n t like , a s,
12l a s,
ml to , in to , expressing a tra n sforma tion .
The words of the Hungar ia n la nguage beingeither ha rd or soft , a ll the a ffixes a ssim ila te their
vowels to those of the word '
.to which ”
they are
added ; th is ,"we shall '
ha ve'
a s ma ny affixes of‘
the
30
same kind , having the vowels 6 in stead of 6 , a n d .
8 in stead of a , thus , be in stead of ba , ro'
l in stead
of rd! etc. The a ffix hos gives [16'
s a n d hes for
A ’temp lombo
'
l. A'
ssoba'
bdl. A ’
fa lhas , as
a ss ta lon . A’
Iconv en En a s ass talr a tettem (I
ha ve put it on the table). A’
temp lomba n volta nk.
As oskola'
ba megy ilnk (we go). A’
kb‘
nyvbe ir tam.
As a tya'
mn a'
l v oltam. En és a’
ba'
ty a'
m mi a’
n agg
ba'
ty a'
nk’ker tfében voltunk (we ha ve been in cdr
un cle’s ga rden) . A’
ba r a'
tombos megyelc (I go) .
En a s a tya'
mn ak a dtam. A’n ényémn ek a dom.
As a nya'
mto'
l kap tam. A’
bagom (my younger
s ister) a’
bar a'
tn éjdn ak Ico’
ayvet a dott (ha s given )ajcin dékba (for a presen t) . En es t a
’
Ico’
nyvet aJ’
a'
n
de'
lcba kap tam a s a nya'
mto'
l. A’
ker tb6l A’
ss oba'
ba megy iink. A’
hu’
s ba n v agyunk. As a ss ta l
r a tettem. A’
konyv as ass ta lon va n .
The Verb follows its Substa n tive.
We come from (out of) church . You
go (men tek) to (ba) school. We go in to the ga rden .
I ha ve been a t my fr ien d’
s . I lea rn w i th plea sure.
You write w i th (a) pen . He lea r n s out of (a) book.
I have received (a) book for a presen t from my fa ther .
My mother gave (a dott) (a ) book to her elder
s ister . I ha ve ca rr ied a letter to my un cle. We
have received flowers from our ga rden er . Our ga r
den er'
s son ha s given flowers to my younger sister .
40
He ha s put it (tette) on the table. The book is *)
on the table. The letter is a t my fa thers. My bro
ther wen t (mea t) for (some) flowers. I bought
(vottem) (a) horse (lova t) for two hun dred (ké t
s a'
s) guin ea s .
2 .
All the other terms , represen ting the Preposi
tion s of foreign la n guages , a re pla ced immedia telya fter the Substa n tive to which they belong , but theya re n ot join ed with the Substa n tives ; thus , ,,over
the table“ mea n s a s ass ta l felett. As (under II C, 3)
the Possessive Pron oun s min e , thin e ,his etc. were
expressed by mea n s of possessive a ffixes m , d , J'
a ,
etc. , the Preposi tion a l a ffixes likewise a re join ed
w ith the p o s s e s s i v e p e r s o n a l a ffi x e s. In stead
of join ing ben to the Pron oun 611 , a s én ben , in me,
the possessive a ffix m wi th the proper vowel is a d
ded to the Preposition a l a f fix ben ; thus , én ben
becomes ben n em , tebe a (in thee) becomes bemzed,a n d so on . There bein g some irregula r i ties in form
ing these expression s , therefore they a re subjoin ed
in the following scheme
ben n em in me , ben n ed in thee , bemio
gives , in him , in her , in it , benm’
ink in us,
bemi etelc in you , ben n b’
k in them .
(to the question where to ?) belém in me,
in belé cl in thee, belé or belejje in him, her , it,
belo'
uk in us, bele'
tek in you, belejbk in them.
ba n
ben
In simila r con struction s the ,,is“va n , must be expressed.
(1
r ea'
m (r a'
m) on me , r ead
on thee ,r ea
'
r ea’
nk
(1161111) on us , r a
'
tok ,r aJolt .
on (where to ?)
n on (where?) r aJ'
tam on me , r aJ'
ta d on thee, r aJ'
ta ,
r ajtzmk on us , r aJ’
ta tok,r aJ
'
tolr.
hos to (towa rds?) bos s a'
m , to me , bos s a'
d to thee,bos s a
’
, bos s q'
ja to him , her , it , hos
s a'
nk to us , bos s a’
tok, bos s aJ’
ok.
n ek to (to whom ?) v elt em to me , a sked to thee,n eki to him , her , it , n ekiiak to us,
n ektek mobile.
661 out of, bel6lem out of me , from me , bel6lea’
,
bel6le , bel6la'
11k out of us , from us,
bel6letek bel6lb'
k.
t6l from , t6lem from me , t6leal from thee , t6le
from him , her , it , t6la'
n lc from us,
t6letek from you , t6l1’
ik from them .
r o'
l of, from, (motion downwa rds) r o'
lam ofme , from
me , r o’
la d of a n d from thee , r o'
la of
a n d from him (her , it) , r o'
lzmlir, r o’
la
to/c, r o’
luk.
by , a t (rela tive to pla ce) , 11a'
lam a t my home,by me , w ith me , n a
'
la d , n a'
la ; n a'
la nk,
11a'
la tok, n dlok.
er t for , er tem for me (for my sake) é r ted , ér te ;
e'
r tz’
mk e'
r tetek ér tb‘
k.
vel with (in compa ny wi th) , velem w ith me , veled,
vele , velank with us , veletek, velo'
k.
42
As Isten igas sa'
gos bis s zmk (in stead of bisjunk,see 3) ben n e (let us trust in him) . As b
‘
csém
n a'
lam volt. Tegn ap n a'
lunk ven dégelc voltak. As
a tya'
m n ekem a dta a s o'
r aJ'
dt , én p odig (a n d I)a cked a dom. Neka nk ajdn de
'
kos ta'
k es t a’c
‘
nyvet
(this book) . En n ektek a dtam a’m in ima l . Mon d
meg (tell) n eki . As a nya'
m n eki a s t mon dta . Ent6led kap tam. A’
ker te'
ss a nk t6la'
nk kapja Ice
nyer é t. E s am all r aJ’
tam (this does n ot depen d
on me) . Ro'
lam ast mon clfa'
k (people say tha t of
me) . Ha s a’
nk t6lu’
nk ba'
la da tossa'
got kiva'
n , r aJ'
tunk
a'
ll kb’
telességunket telyesiten i . Ss z'
lleink min den t
tess n elc (do) ér ta‘
nk. A’
gyermekek 71cm less a ch
minden t ér tb’
k.
He told me (to me) tha t. My pa ren ts ga ve me
(to me) a very fin e book. 1 sha ll give you (to you)a pples , pea rs a n d Did you give him (to
him) grapes a n d figs. I make you a pr esen t of these
pictures (I pr esen t to you these pictures) . We ha ve
received from you (a ) book , (a ) pen a n d (a) Copybook. I ha ve been to your home. Our brother ha s
been with you . Will you go to him (to him w ill you
go) ? No , we ha ve r eceived (a ) letter from himf(fromhim we
'
ha ve received letter) . Did you say tha t of
him ? We have n ot spoken of him (of him n ot we
have spoken ) . If you speak of me, I sha ll speak of
you (If of me you speak , I of you sha ll speak).
The collective n oun s a re to be used in tho S in gula r Number .
43
E xp r e s s i o n o f th e V e r b ”T o h a v e“,
”to b e i n p o s s e s s i o n o f .
l .
Nekem v a n o’
r a'
m I ha ve a wa tch , n eked v a n
or a'
d thou ha st a wa tch , n éki v a n o'
r aJ’
a he ha s a
wa tch , n ekz’
lnk va n o'
r a'
n lc we have a wa tch , n ektek
v a n or a'
tok you have a wa tch , n ekik v a n o'
r aJ'
ok
they ha ve a wa tch .
The pa st Ten se is formed by using vo lt a n d
voltak ; thus :
I have had a wa tch n elcem volt o'
r a'
m,
thou
ha st had a wa tch n eked vo lt o'
r a'
d , etc.
The Fu ture : I sha ll ha ve a wa tch , n e/cem
less o'
r a'
m, thou w ilt have a wa tch n eked
less o'
r a'
d etc.
Thus the Verb ,,to ha ve“ is expressed by mea n s
of n ekem , n eked , n eki , n ekilnk , n elctek , n ekilc,the
third Person s of the Verb to be , throughout a ll its
Moods a n d Ten ses , a n d the object possessed w ith
its rela tive a ffixes of possession .
The littera l tra n sla tion of n ekem v a n o'
r a'
m is
,,to me is my wa tch ,
“ which is der ived from : ,,my
wa tch is belon ging to me“
. This expression rea lly is
a pleon a sm a n d this pleon a sm is the rea son why the
expression n ohom v a n o'
r a'
m is shorten ed in to v a n
o'
r a'
m ,in which the n ekem is n eglected en tirely.
Thus, the shorter expression s a re : wa tch,van ordm ,
thou ha st a
44
a n d she ha s a wa tch , v a n o'
r aJa etc. The same
way a ll the other Ten ses a re shor ten ed.
If in stead of the Person a l Pron oun : En ,to , 6,
I , thou , he , she etc . a ny o ther Substa n tive be used,
the a ffix n ak or n ek to must be jo in ed w ith the
Substa n tive u sed : A’
ta n ito'
n ak v a n o'
r aJ’
a,
the
tea cher ha s a wa tch .
As a tya'
mn ak va n bds a ; a’
n agyba'
tya'
mn ak
v a n her tje ; n ekn nk v a n kb'
nyvn nk. Va n - e mun
ka'
d ? Nelta nk v a n ker tn n ls. Va n - e bds a tolc ? Ne
kem v a n kedv em dolgos n i . Mi do lgod va n (wha t
ha ve you to do) ? Ne/rem v o'
lt ko'
nyvem a’
ba'
ty a'
m
n ak less p ap ir osa és to lla . Nekilnk less'
p en
s ank n ektek p edig less L ess - e id6d?
L ess - e n elctels id6tb‘
k? Ha vo ln a id6m. Ha id6m
voln a . Voln a id6m. L egyen n eki is a lmaJ’
a (let
him have apples a s well) . L oggen n eked o'
r a'
d (thou
mayst hav e a wa tch) .
I had (a ) book , you ha d mon ey , they had (a )dress . My fa ther had (a ) house ,
my a un t had a
ga rden . We may ha ve fru it . You had grapes , but
they had pea rs . My brother will ha ve (a ) wa tch ,let him ha ve (a) penkn ife . If I had a book . I
should learn . If my sister had a ma ster
she would learn Hunga r ia n (Hun ga r ian she would
The letter e is very o ften a dded to the Verb in in ter
roga tive sen ten ces ; if the Verb be missed it is a dded to the
Substa n tive , to which the question rela tes . Thus va n -e ma n’
kdd ? hafifl shou got work ; konyv-e v ogy ir a
'
s,
a bo ok or
46
v a n n ah loka sa i . A ha ton a'
n ah va n ba'
tm sa'
ga . A’
ha dves ér n eh v a n tehets ége (The leader of the a rmy
is a n able ma n ) . A'
n épn eh v a n ss a ba dsa'
ga . A’
ki r a'
lyohn a h v a n ha ta lmnh. Anglia'
n ah v a n ga s da g
s a'
ga . Br i ta n idn ak v a n hoJoser ege . A’
Magya r n ak
v a n hir e . Amer ica'
n ak v a n ss a ba ds a'
ga . A’
Br i ttek
n eh v a n E a r op a’
n ah v a n n ah s sa r n oha i .
Men have (a ) soul. An ima ls have (a n ) in stin ct.
The lion is stron g (tra n sla te : ha s strenght) . (The)
Birds have w in gs . (The) Pla n ts ha ve roots . Our
ga rden er ha s flowers. My a un t ha s (a) ga rden . We
ha ve trees in our ga rden . The trees ha v e fru it. We
ba d a pples , you had gr apes . My youn ger sister w ill
ha ve fin e (ss ép ) dresses . You w ill ha ve (a) fin e
pia n o . My fa ther ha s fin e horses . Our un cle ha s
la rge (n agy) houses . (The) kings hav e (the) power
over the people . The gen era ls ha ve so ldiers. E n g
la n d ha s brave a dmira ls . Nelson had bra ve soldiers.
(The) People sha ll ha ve their liberty. The righteou s
will have their rewa rd.
3 . I h a v e n o t.
Nega tion s a re expressed by n em. I have n ot,
w ill be n ehem n em v a n a n d n ehem n em v a n n ah. The
expression s n em v a n a n d n em va n n ah, a re con tra cted
in n in es,n in csen a n d n in csen eh. The Pa st Ten se i s z
n em volt , the Future : n em less . In the Subjun ctive
Mode the n em is cha nged in to n e ; thus , n e legyen ,mea n s may n ot have.
47
Nelsen: n in es br ains (I have n o watch). Neked
n inesen ruha'
d , n ehi n in es hb’
nyve. A’ta n iton ah
n in es idofe. As a tya'
mn ak n in esen lav a . Nehitn h
n in es ker ta'
nh. Nehtek n in esen eh tolla itoh. 6 n ekilc
n in esen eh kb’
nyveih. A’ta n ulo
'
n ah n em volt ten taJ’
a .
A’
fianah n em less hea’ve. Nohom n in esen Icedvem
(I am n ot in the humor for) . Nehteh n in esen hedvetek
ta n n ln i (you a re n ot in the humor for lea rn in g). A’
h12gomn ak n in es hedve J’
o'
ts a n i . Ne loggen n ehi
or aJ’
a . Ne legyen eh a’
finn ah hb’
nyvei . Nem less
n eh lov a i a s a tya'
dn ah. Nin esen eh - e n eked tolla id?
Nem volt - e a’
finn ak lecs keJ’
e ? As a nyddn ak n em
v olt - e kocs1J’
a ? As a nya'
mn ah v a n hocsiJ’
a do a’
n agyn e'
nyémn eh n in esen .
I do like (n ekem va n hedvem) to play. Mybrother likes to lea rn . I am in the humor for read
ing. We have got (a) house , you have n o ga rden .
Your paren ts have (a) fin e (ss ép) house a n d la rge
fields. Our soldiers have muskets a n d bayon ets .
Your soldiers ha ve swords . My brother ha s books,but my sister ha s n on e. Our fa ther ha s mon ey, butwe ha ve n on e. I had n o pocket-ha n dkerchief. You
have n o cra va t. I sha ll ha ve a n ew dress , but you
will have My brother ha s a fin e bird , a nd
my sister ha s a little (his) dog. Our a un t ha s fin e
jewels. I ha ve a diamon d , my sister a ruby , a n d
my brother a n emer a ld. The king ha s ma ny (sols)diamonds in his crown .
n ektek n em. less you will have n on e.
V . Attr i b u te s o f S u b s ta n t i v es
(Adjectives a n d Numera ls).
1.
Any a ttr ibutive term of a Substa n tive wha teverprecedes its Substa n tive immedia tely a n d is in va r iablebefore it ; if the Substa n tive is m issed, the Adjective
receives the a ffixes of the Substa n tive .
Jo'
ember . Jo'
ember’
tette (his a ction ) . A’
Jo fi12t ss er eti a’
len ito'
. A’
ta n ito’
a’
szorga lma tos
finn ah ho'
nyvet a dott. As é n *) n agy ko’
nyvemet
a s édes”) (dea r) a nya'
mto'
l h'
ap tam ajdn dékba . A’
J'
o'
Isten ben bis s unh 6 min den ha to’
e'
s
As é des a ty a'
m n ehem ss ép he'
p et odo ti (gave) . As
én hb’
ng/vemben va n n a h ss ép hép eh, de a’
te lsb'
nyved
ben n in esen eh' (a re n on e : see above) . A’
mi n agy
her tn’
n hben va n n ah magas fills , a’
his her ta’
nhben
n in esen eh fa'
k,de ss ép v ir dgoh. Va n n ehn nh n agy
r é tilnk, sols ss dn to’
fb’
ldn nh é s ss e'
p ha'
s n nh.
I have a fin e wa tch, a n d you ha ve (a ) beautiful
gold- cha in . My brother ha s received (a ) fin e picture
from his good un cle. Our dea r a un t ga ve us two (hé t)
books for a presen t. Our Queen ha s ‘
a la rge a rmy,
ma ny ca n n on s , a n d a grea t fleet. The commerce of
E n gla n d is exten sive , its fleet protects the fa r-sa ilin gships of the mercha n ts. The grea t ocea n sepa ra tes
the savages of Austra lia from the civ ilized n a tion s
o f E urope .
é n precedes the substa n tive konyvem my book , beca u se of
empha sis , see IV. 2 .
édes,sweet, is a common a ttn
‘
butc of person s beloved to us .
49
2 .
C o m p a r i s o n o f Adj e c t i v e s .
Magas high , magasa bb higher , leg-maga sa bb
highest ; r i tha r a re ,r i tka
'
bb ra rer , more sca rce ,leg
- r itha'
bb r a rest ; ver es red , ver esebb redder ,
leg- ver esebb reddest.
The Compa ra tive is fo rmed by mea n s of bb, which
is p receded by the vowel a or e , if the Adjective
termin a tes with a con son a n t.
O b s . Words en ding in 12, i , a n d s receive the
termin a tion of the Compa ra tive either w ith a precedingvowel , or w ithout it ; if the v owel a or e is m issed
a fter s , then on ly a sin gle b is used a s the termin a tion
of the Compa ra tive . Re’
gi a n cien t , r égibb a n d r égiebb
more a n cien t ; s 1’
inz2 den se , s 12’
r 12’
bb a n d s12’
r 12’
ebb more
den se ; v ila'
gos light, v ila'
gosa bb a n d v i la'
gosb lighter .
In compoun ds the la tter pa rt of which ha s a fin a l
12 or a”
,on ly the first pa r t of the coin position receives
the term in a tion of the Compa ra tive : n agy lelkd , n a
gyobblelhu”
.
As or oszla'
ny n agy a'
lla t a’v i s ila
'
n agyobb,
a s elefdn t legn agyobb, Seotidn ah v a n n ah magas
bér es ei . Ola ss or ss a’
gn ah a’
hegyei maga sa bbah , a’
sv aJ'
cs i heygeh legmaga s a bbah. A ’tigr is (va n)
hegyetlen , a’
hyen a (va n) hegg/ etlen ebb, de a’s sa r n ohoh
(v a n n ah) leghegyetlen ebbeh. A’
hegyetlen s sa r n oh
kifis i a’
jo'
ha s afit a’
ha s aJ’
dbo'
l. As es a’
st dr a'
ga ,
a s a r a ny dr a'
ga'
bb , a’
gyéma’
n t legdr a'
ga'
bb. Min den
ember n ek va n ess e , de n em min den ember hass n a'
ljaa s es set. A’
J'
o'
ma nka’
s ta dia hass n a'
ln i a’r oss
Csxnk hung. Gram. 4
50
ss er ss a'
mot is . Ra vass ember ha’
r osa bb min t a s a’
lla t.
As é let dr a'
ga'
bb min t as b’
ltb’
s et. En la'ttam magashogget , de a
’
ba'
tga'
m maga s a bba t la'
tott (he saw) . A ’
mi ha'
s a nh dr a'
ga , de m a ha'
s a itoh még dr dgd‘ba h.
Our room (is) light , but yours (is) lighter . His
coa t (is) dea rer tha n yours . Ou r lesson (is) difficult,
yours (is) more difficult (n ehes ebb) , theirs (is) the
most difficult. The pa tr iot loves his coun tryThe gen era l loves the bra ve soldiers , he pr a ises the
ga lla n t struggler . Nelson wa s a va lia n t a dmira l a n d
Napoleon a n excellen t m ili ta ry comma n der . Luther
wa s the grea t reformer of the declin in g church of
Chr ist. Mela n chthon wa s the sin cerest fr ien d of
Luther a n d the meekest of a ll (the) reformers .
Grea t men a re immor ta l , their n ames a re a s ma ny
mon umen ts in History. The wa r s of the middle ages
were more sa n guin a ry tha n the wa rs of recen t times .
3 .
Jo'
good , J’
obb better , ln’
obb best.
ss ép bea utiful , ss ebb more beautiful , legss ebb most
beautiful.
soh much , ma ny , tb’
bb more , legtobb most.
ho'
n ng il light , ea sy , hb‘
n ngebb lighter , ea sier , leghb
’
n ngebb lightest , ea siest.
hiesing , his little ,hisebb less , leghis ebb lea st.
Jobb egg ver e'
b a’hés ben , min t egg tn s oh
a’ha
'
s on . To‘
bbet a dn i n em v é teh. As ember eh
min de’
y te‘
bbet fivdn n ah. Kin eh soh va n (he who
ha s much) a s me'
g tb‘
bbet hiv a'
n . Kb‘
n ngebb mon dan i
5 1
min t sem ten n i . Ss ebb (more plea sa n t) a s é let a’
mesé ben min t a’
v a lo'
ba n . A ’
mi her tz’
tnhben va n n ah
ss ép v ir a'
goh , de a’tzetehben ss ebb v ir a
'
g va n .
Nohom v a n his ha tga'
m , de a’
n e'
ngémé me’
g hisebb.
A’
mi her tiln h hicsing ; a’
ti ha'
s a toh is hi‘csi ng .
A’
his her tben ss ebb v ir dg v a n min t a’n aggba n .
The da ughter of our n eighbou r is more bea utiful
tha n this gir l. We ha ve much mon ey , but o ur un cle
ha s (still) more . We ha ve seen a fin e horse ,but we ha ve (a ) fin er (on e). The little dog of my
s ister ha s a bla ck colour . Your dog is (a ) little (o n e) ,but tha t of my sister is (a sma ller on e) less . Ha ve
you much mon ey ? I had more tha n I ha ve n ow .
You had ma ny houses . We sha ll ha ve more ga rden s .
You will receive more letters . Our lesson is ea sier
(The) Wood is lighter tha n (the) meta l , a n d the
a ir is still lighter .
4.
Num e r a l s .
tis en egg 11 ha rmin es
tis en hett6 12 ha rmin cs egg
tis en ha'
r om 13
tis en n e'
gg 14 n eggven egg
etc . b'
iv en
h12ss 20 ha tv a n
hnss on egg 21 botven
huss onhett6 22 ngo les va n
huss on ha'
r om 23 hilen cs ven
etc . s s a'
s
es er 1000 , mi lliom million .
439
2
E ls6 first, tis en eggedih eleven th,ma
’
sodik second, etc .
ha rma dik thi rd, ha ss a dih twen tieth,n eggedih four th , ha ss on eggedih twen ty
-first ,
b’
to’
dih fifth , ha rmin es a dih thirtieth,ha todih sixth , etc.
hetedih seven th ss a'
s a dih hun dredth ,ngolcs a dih eighth , etc .
hi len cs edih n in th , es r edih thousa n dth ,tis cdih ten th, etc.
Ha'
ng a s o'
r a (wha t o’
clock is it) ? Ha'
r om
n egged n éggr e (a qua r ter to four) . Ha'
ng ember
v a n a’
ss oba'
ba n ? Tis en n égg . Men ng it a dta'
l a s
or da'
e'
r t ? Ha’
r om fon t s ter linget. Ha'
ng shi lling
va n egg fon t s ter lingben ? H12ss . Men ngit hiv a'
n
a’
ha ima'
r ? Ha t fon tot meg (a n d) he'
t shi llinget.
Ha nga dih v a n ma (wha t is the da te) ? A’
ha ss on
ha rma dih. E ls6 ,v agg ss en t Istva
'
n volt a s els6
magga r hir a'
lg , ha rma dik An dr és p odig a s a tolso.
Magga r or ss a'
gn ah volt o'
t mogga r fefedelme , é s
h12ss mogga r hir a'
lga . E ls6 L a'
ss lo'
volt a’
leg
hir esebb magga r hir a’
lg . E ls6 L ajos hir a'
lg a la tt
Magga r or ss a'
g legterJ'
edelmesebb v olt.
Wha t o’
clock is it ? It is ha lf pa st five (twoqua rters on six) . How much mon ey ha ve you ? We
ha ve six shillin gs a nd a few pen ce . How ma ny
pen ce a re (is) in a shilling? In a shilling there
a re twelve pen ce . A week ha s seven days , a n d a
yea r ha s 365 days . Sun day is the first day of the
54
A’
dolgos o'
n ah gga hr a n n in es J'
a ta lma he
who works ha s often n o rewa rd. A’
soha t v a'
r o'
gg ahr a n hev eset nger those who expect much ,
get often v ery li ttle .
A’
megver t E llen s éggel n agg lelhiien ba’
n n i di
cs6s éges ,it is glo r ious to trea t the v a n qu ished en emy
gen er ously. (l megnger te a s elves s ettn eh gon doli
csa ta'
t , he won the ba ttle , which he thought wa s lost .
These Adjectives , especia lly tha t of 6 , a re very
often used a s Substa n tives
Ss a bo’
ta ilor , from ss a bn i to cu t ; bes s é l6,
ss o'
lo'
speaker , from bess e'
ln i , ss o’
ln i to speak ; vet6
sower ,from v etn i to sow (semin a te) ; mesel6 the
sto ry teller ,from mesé ln i to n a rra te ; ir o
'
the wr iter,a uthor , from ir n i to wr ite ; a
’
megtébolgodott the
madma n ; etc .
V I .
T r a n s fo r m a ti o n o f th e V e r b a l r o o t .
A. P a s s i v e V o i c e .
1.
By the a ddition of the syllable a t , et , to the
r adica l of the Active Voice , there is formed a n ew
V e r b a l r o o t, the root of the Pa ssive Vo ice .
the r oot of va'
r n i , ha s a Pa ssive root in v a'
r a t,
Infin . v a'
r a tn i to he wa ited for , to be expected,ver n i to bea t , v er etn i to be bea ten .
Verbs which ha ve a fin a l t in their root,
preceded by a long vowel or a con son a n t , a n d
55
Verbs ha v ing two or more syllables in thei r Activeroot , receive the syllable ta t or let a s the termin a tionof the Radica l of the Pa ssive vo ice.
P r e s . Va’
r a tom I am expected , v a’
r a tol thoua r t expected , v a r a tih he is expected ; v a
'
r a tn n h we
a re expected , v a'
r a ttoh you a re expected , v a’
r a tn a h
they a re expected. Ver etem I am bea ten , v er et—é l
thou a r t bea ten, v er etih he is bea ten ; v er etitn h
we a re bea ten ver etteh you a re bea ten , ver etn eh theya re bea ten .
A ’
fi12 v er etih , mi is ver etiln h . A’
ta n n lo'
ta
n i tta tih. A’
v ir a'
goh gg itJ’
ttetn eh. As én hb’
ngveim
beho‘
tetn eh. A’ha
'
s a toh ma ela da tih. A’
ba'
iga'
m a s
o'
r aJ’
dt - ela dfa . As a tgdm ha'
s a t eldd (he sells) . As
ellens ég megver etih. S oh or ss a'
gohbdl hi ils etn eh a’
ss a ba ds a'
g’
ba r a’
tfa i . A’
ss er en esé tlen eh min dég ta la'
l
n ah men edéhhelget , ss ivesen Telve'
tet neh . X1
ss ivesen fielv ess , a s s s ivesen felv é tetih.
Hun ga r ia n cha ra cters a re wr itten like the E ng
lish bu t ma n y Hu n ga r ia n cha r a cters a re n ot pron oun
ced like the E n glish . My brother is liked by a ll his
fr ien ds . Children a re loved bv their pa ren ts . Men
a re educa ted by the circumsta n ces in which they live .
Sav ages a re guided by n a ture . Sa ilors a re ta ught to
ha za rd. Hun tsmen a re led to (r a) persevera n ce . In
times of w a r mu ch blood is shed , town s a re set
on fire , ca stles a re demolished , coun tr ies a re depo
pula ted , a n d the in habita n ts of them a re r uin ed.
When pea ce is restored , trade is ca rr ied on .
66
2 .
IMPERFE CT.
Va'r a t - a'm I wa s expected , v a'
r a t - a'
l , thou wa st
expected ,va
'
r a t - éh he wa s expected ; va'
r a t -dnh
we were expected , v a'
r a t a'
toh you were expected ,
v a'
r a t - a’
n ah they were expected.
PERFE CT.
Va'
r a t - tam I ha ve been expected , I wa s ex
pected , v a'
r a t - ta'
l , v a'
r a t - ott ; v a'
r a t - tun h we ha ve
been a n d we were expected , v a'
r a t - ta teh ,va
'
r a t tah.
FUTURE .
Va'r a tn i fogoh I sha ll be expected , va'
r a tn i
fogss thou wilt be expected , v a'
r a tn i fog he will be
expected ; v a'
r a tn i foga nh we sha ll be expected,va
'
r a tn i fogtoh ,v a
'
r n in i
A’
fi12 v er etn i fog ,v igga
'
s ott (Perfect) .
A’mi ha
'
s un h cl fog a er t mi idegen f'
b'
ldr e
a tas unh. Mi v a'
r a tta nh ebe'
dr e a’n aggba
’
tgdnhto'
l.
As édes a ngo'
m’
her tfében ma ss edetih a’
ggilmb'
les .
A ’vir a
'
goh bohr é ta'
ba hb’
tetteh a’h12gomto
’
l. E s ek
(these) a’
heg eh a’
leghir esebb fes t6t6l festetteh.
A’
ti ha'
s a toh a’
leguggesebb ép i téss t6l ép ittetett.
You w ill be expected a t supper by your aun t.
Cha r les ha s been taught to read a n d wr ite , yet he
does”) n ot wr ite well. The boy wa s bea ten , be
et fog a do ta i in stead of ela da tm’
fog , such diremption sof compoun d Verbs a re made becau se of the Empha sis ; in suchca ses the a ccen t is a lways on the first part of the composition .
The Verb ,,to do“ a s a n Auxili ary , is n ever u sed in the
Hun ga ria n lan guage,but the prin cipa l Verb receives the Con
juga tion of the Auxiliary ; thus ,
57
ca use be offended his tea cher . (The) Boys who
(hik) .a re in a tten tive a re pun ished. We ha ve n evbr
been pun ished , beca use we a lways did our duty.
All men (min de n ember) were bo rn with equa l r ights ,a n d pr iv ileges have been in troduced through the
injustice of tyra n ts . Men a re pun ished by their own
v ices . A la rge empire ha s been foun ded by Alexa n
der the Grea t (the grea t Alexa n der) , but it wa s
dismembered soon a fter the life of its foun der wa s
extinguished.
3 .
SUBJUNCTIVE .
Va'
r assem (in stead of v a'
r a tfam , see In tr . 3)
I may be expected , I sha ll be expected ,v a
'
r assa'
l
thou mayst a n d sha lt be expected , v a'
r a sséh ; v a'
r as
sn n h , v a'
r assa toh , v a'
r assa n ah.
CONDITIONALVa
'
r a tn a'
m I m ight a n d I should be expected
v a'
r a tn a’
l , v a'
r a tn éh ; v a'
r a tn a'
n h , v a r a tn a'
toh ; v a'
r a t
n dn a h.
Va'
r a ttam voln a I should a n d m ight ha ve been
expected , a n d if I had been expected , v a'
r a tta'
l v oln a ,
va'
r a toti voln a,
v a'
r a ttn nh vo ln a ,va
'
r a tta toh voln a ,
va'
r a ttah voln a .
As ohos ember 12gg in tes i el dolga it (makes
such a rra ngemen t) hogg n e v a'
r asséh. Ip a rhodom
n ehogg v a'
r a ssem. A’
1212 megver etn e'
h ha n em enge
delmeshedn éh. Ha mi n em ta n itta tndn h ,n em is
tadn a'
n h semmi tsem. Ne hér esse'
l (be n ot asked , do
n ot let you a sk) a r r a , hOgg mdssa l J’
o'
t teggé l.
58
En mon dtam hogg a’
hongvem her estesséh. As
a tga'
n h megp a r a n csolta , hogg a’
tollah megss a'
mi t
ta ssa n a h. Ugg bess é lj hogg mege'
r tessé l. Idegen eh
meg n em ér tetn eh ha saJ’
a'
t ngelva hb‘
n bess é ln eh.
If the letters had been wr itten , you wouldn o t ha ve been blamed by the tea cher . The tyra n t
comma n ded , tha t the citizen should be flogged.
The en em ies were bea ten by our a rmy , but the fa ct
ha s been den ied by them . An exten sive trade is
ca rr ied on between E ngla n d a n d its colon ies . The
trade would be more exten ded , if such in ten tion sw ere n ot prev en ted by en vy. My fa ther ha s disposed,tha t our house a t Pa r is m ight be sold. Our r ich
n eighbour ha s ordered , tha t his ten a n ts be dr ivenou t of his house . The Fren ch were dr iven from
(ou t of) E a st In dia .
B . F a c t i t i v e V e r b a l r o o t s .
The mea n ing of a ll Active Verbs may be repre
sen ted in such a con dition a s to express by them the
subjec t m a d e a c t i v e by a cause which lies withoutthe sphere of the subject . Such represen ta tion s in
the moder n la nguages a re expressed by mea n s of the
Verbs t o l e t , t o m a ke , t o c a u s e , t o h a v e , etc .
The Hun ga r ia n la n guage forms a n ew Verba l
root fo r these represen ta tion s , by the addition of the
syllable ta t or tet to the root of the Ac t i v e vo ice.
Va'r n i to wa it , forms v a'
r - ta t -n i to let wa it for , a n d
to ca use a ny on e to wa it.
59
O b s . 1. The Pa ssive root is very often usedin the mea n in g of Fa ctitive Verbs , a n d the root ofFa ctitives must often be tra n sla ted by the Pa ss ive
v o ice of our moder n la n guages ; thus , horma'
ngos n i
to gover n ,forms horma
'
ngos ta tn i to be govern ed,
hor on a'
s n i to crown , hor on a’
s ta tn i to be crown ed , etc.
O b s . 2 . The Fa ctitives have both , the defin ite
a n d in defin ite ,forms of Conjuga tion ; Fa ctitive roots,
used a s Pa ssive on es , ha ve o n ly the forms of the
Pa ssive vo ice .
A’
B a'
tg a'
m soha zg v a'
r ta t (My brother lets me
wa it a lon g time) . As a tga'
m ss ép hb’
ngvet foghb
‘
ttetn i . Mi esin a'
lta ta n h (we have made) 12J’
ha ba'
tot . a’
tollhésedet ha a s t a ha r od
hogg va'
gjon . As Atga'
m ss a'
mo lta tfa a’
ho'
ngvei t a’
ba'
tga'
mma l (My fa ther makes my bro ther coun t his
books) . A’
ta n ito'
v elem ir a g’
a . a’
levelehet (the
tea cher , lets me w r i te the letters) . As e'
des a ngo'
m
a’
h12gomma l olv as ta tja es t a’
ho'
ngv et. Ha n ehem
pen s em voln a r a ha’
t cs in a'
lta tn éh. Min den ba r a'
tim
velem fis ettetih a do'
ssdga iha t. Ss a'
mi ttasd fel a’
p én s t hogg ta djuk me nngi v a n . M i ha'
s a t ép ittetunh,
ti p edig ha'
s té lgt.
We ha ve our dresses made a t our ta ilor’s , bu t
our fr ien d ha s his m ade a t your ta ilor’
s . Let your
brother read his lesson . We had a fin e house built.
The termi n a tion of the secon d P er son of the Subjun ctiveJ
’
a d a n d flat,is o ften con tra cted in to (1 ; thu s , ,,
sa d“ a n d,,sed“
becomes d a s well ; a n d in stea d of v a’ry’
a d wa it , we ha ve vdr d,
in stea d of ho’
ssor ii ltessed,we have hess bm’
i ltecd .
0
Our fa ther causes u s to read every n ight (min de n
es tve) . I sha ll let you wr ite a letter for my fr ien d.
We sha ll have our sa loon lighted up by forty-five
lamps . Do m ake your brother fin ish his wr itings
(do make fin ish : v éges tesd) . If you ha ve a n ew
coa t made , give it to our ta ilor . We ha ve our
boo ts made a t Mr . B’
. s . I do n ot like to go out
w ith Cha rles , because he keeps me wa iting for him
a very lon g time . Our tea cher lets us coun t everyday. After we ha ve fin ished our school -work , our
mother lets us play on the pia n o . Our music ma ster
lets us sin g a s well.
C . P o t e n t i a l r o o ts .
The possibility of a ny a ction represen ted in the
Verb , a s well a s the n otion of ,,b e i n g a b l e“ to
p erform the a ction , is expressed by the syllables
ha t , bet , whi ch a re a dded to the root of the Verb,Active , Pa ssive , or Fa ctitive ; thus is or igin a ted a
n ew root , to which the Conjuga tion a l termin a tion sa re join ed a s to a Pr imitive Verba l r oot. Va
'
r n i to
wa it for , va'
r a tn i to he wa ited for , v a'
r ta tn i to let
(make a ny on e) wa it , have a s ma ny roots of
possibility in v a'
r ha t , v a'
r a tha t a n d vdr ta tka t , a n d
va'
r lza tok, mea n s : I may, I ca n , I am able to wa it ;v a
'
r a tha tom , I ca n he wa ited for , it is possibletha t I am wa ited for ;
v a'
r ta tlza tok I am able to make on e wa it , or
I can let a uv on e wa it.
6 2
the people is able to govern itself , it w ill throw off
the gua rdia n ship of mon a r chs .
A’
bb‘
nyveim be n em bb’
tetbetn eb‘ (ca n n ot be
boun d) e’bé ten (this week) . E s ele a’ [ea ch ]: n em
ir a tba tn a le ma . Bes t ta n a lo lc n em dics ér tetbetn ek.
Idegen fa’
ldb'
n n ebes en ta ldlta tba tik a s on ss iv esség
melly (which) minket (us) tulajdon tit’
s belyeinkn e'
l
a'
p olga t . Messs e fe’
ldon ker es tetbetik a’bz
’
i ba r a'
t,
ba ben n a nk biis ég n in esen . Nem min dny aja n ta n it
ta tba ta nk egg mester s égr e Amba’r v a'
r ta tba tn a'
m
(I wa s able to let wa it) a’
flat, me’
g is inka'
bb s iette
tem. En elbess e'
ltetbetn e'
m vele a s eyess iigyet , a’e
a n a lma s a s t ba llga tn i .
I ca n n ot be expected a t my un cle’
s . You could
be r eceived better (you possibly m ight be received
better) if you ma de him a presen t. It is u n cer ta in
whether (ba) the ba ttle could ha ve been won . The
en emies might have been va n qu ished , if the soldiers
had ha d capable leaders . Gutta - percha ca n be usedfor (r a ) fa n cy works ; of it ca n be made ba skets,
pla tes , spoon s ,inksta n ds , picture a n d lookin g-gla ss
frames . I could n ot let you wa it a ny lon ger . If Iwere a ble to ha ve my coa t made a t your ta ilor
’
s ,
I should ga in in (72) its pr ice a n d in the bea uty of
its shape .
D 0 M e d i u m .
Ma ny Verbs whi ch r ea lly have a n a ctive or
reflexiv e mea n ing a re u sed a s Neuter , a n d a s such
they r eceive Person a l termin a tion s of Conjuga tion
6 3
like those of the Pa ssive Vo ice . L akn i to in habit,mea n s in its media l form to live , to dwell.
P r e s . lakom I live ,I dwell , lakol thou livest,
labile he lives ; la ba nk , laktolt , lakn ak.
P a s t. la lttam I have lived , I have dwelt,la bta
'
l
thou ha st lived, la ba tt he ha s lived ; la btun lc,la kta tok ,
laktak,
F u t. lubn i fogok I sha ll live , lakn i fogss thou
w ilt live , la bn i fog he w ill live ; lakn i
foga nk we sha ll live , lakn i fogtok vou w ill
live , lak ni fogn a b ,they w ill live .
SUBJUNCTIVE .
L akjam tha t I m ay live , lakja'
l , lakjek ; lak
ja nk , lakja tok , lakja n a lc.
L akn a'
m I would live , labn a'
l, l a kn é lc ; la /ma'
nk,
lakn a'
tob , lakn a'
n ab' .
L on don ba n tb‘
bb min t ke’
t milliom ember laki lr’k
) .
En igen ss ép tafion lakom, ba n em te n em la be l a lly
ss ép v idéken . S ob bajia l biis dik a s ember mig e’
v ila'
go t lakja (in habi ts) . Mi tetss ilc n eked ja bba n ,a
’
v er es v agg a’
s b’
ld ss in . Nakem zigy la'
tss ilc
bogy n in es iga s a d. Min dey iga s a t ss o'
lfa nk ba'
r
n e is ma'
s okn ak A’
n ap for ogn i
lcitss ik a’
fol d [cor al Ha Jot tess iink (we do)
n e bogy b’
n s ésbdl tettiik (we did) .
S in gu la r a fter the Numera ls .
Tessiin lr in stea d of teta sjitn lc we may plea se.
M r
) Ia'
tsza ss ék,in stea d of ldtss a tjék ,
it sha ll a ppea r .
64
Ango lor ss dg a’
v ila'
gn a lr min den r e'
ss eivel her es
Icedib . A’
n agylcer eskea’é'
n em ker eskedilc kicsinyben
(in reta il) . Ker eskecljé l bogy nyerjé l va lamit , mer t
nyer ésbdl e'
lss .
We live in Oxford street , a n d you live in Hol
born , but he lives in Ken tish Town . If he would
live a t my un cle’
s , he da ily could take a wa lk in
the pa rk. If E ngla n d traded to Russia , it would
ga in a grea t dea l. He trades (w ith) in drapery.
My brother works a t (in ) the ca rpen ter’s trade , a n d
I work a t the pr in ting tra de . Men who do n ot work
a re a burden (ter bé r e) to society. Men sin aga in st
the law of the n a ture , when they oppress their fellow
crea tures. Tyra n ts sin aga in st society by ruling(when they rule) others aga in st their w ill . The
Kin g domin eers over his people in stead of govern ingit (in stead tha t he m ight govern it) .
V I I .
l r r egu l a r i ti e s i n V e r b a l fo r
m a t i o n s .
A. V e r b a l r o o t s i n
Verbs the root of which is n ot a mon osyllabica l
o n e , a n d term in a ting with d , preceded by a vowel , a re
liable to con tra ction in the Presen t Ten se of the
Verbs of this kin d a re Medium s , but in regard to a ludn i,
the people a n d Gramma ria n s do n ot yet a gree ; the former ,though erron eously , u sin g it a s a Neu ter a n d Medium . The
orms in whi ch it commonly occur s a re subjoin ed , its Medial
form ha s the same termin a tion s a s la lmi . See p . 155 .
65
Indica tive Mood ; the whole syllable a d , a d , 5 d,
it'
d , e d is m issed , a n d the con son a n t as is put in
stead. Thus , fekiidn i, to lie , ha s febssmn I lie ; a ludn i,to sleep , ha s a lss om I sleep .
O b s e r v . If the pen ultima of the Verba l root
ha s more tha n on e con son a n t , such con tra ction s a re
n ot made , but d is cha nged in to ss : a s , a lkudn i to
bid , a lka ss om I bid.
1.
INDICATIVE .
P r e s. a lss om I sleep , a lss ol thou sleepest , a lss ik
he sleeps , a lss a nk we sleep , a lss otolc you
sleep , a lss a n a lc they sleep . Febss em I lie ,
fekss el thou liest , febss ik he lies ; fekss i mk
we lie , fekss etek you lie , fekss en elc they lie.
P a s t t e n s e . a la dtam I did sleep , Lwa s sleeping,I have slept , a la dta
'
l, a la dott a n d a ludt ; a la d
tun /r , a ludta tob, a ludta lc a n d a la dta n ak.
F u t. a ludn i fogok I sha ll sleep , etc., regula r .
Ha s udn i , to tell a lie , a n d Verbs in which the
syllable of con tra ction is pr eceded by s or ss , a re
n o t abbrev ia ted , bu t the primitive roo t is used ; thus ,ba s a dom in stea d of ba s ss om.
As ocs ém min dey ba r agss ib' ba va la bi a
’
tolldt
elv ess i (tak esaway) . A’
ta n ita'
megba r aga dott a s on ,
bogy a’
fizt n em tudta a’
lecs kejé t. En n em ba r ag
ss om r a'
cl (r ead : w i th you) , mer t te n em tebetss
r o'
la (you ca n n ot help it) . A’
ba'
ty a'
m soba'
ig a lss ik.
Ti még 10 o'
r a lcor a s a'
gyba n febss etek, te is addigCsnnk hung. Cram 5
66
(till then a s lon g) fekss el. Mi lefebss iink tis dr akor , és a lss un lc bet o
'
r a ig r eggel. En minde’
y a lka
ss om ba v a lamit vess ek (buy) . A’
ba'
tya'
m soba sem
a lka ss ik,és a s e
'
r t dr a'
ga'
n fis et. En a lkua’tam. Ti
n em a lkudta tolc. A’ki ba s a dik bi telt n em er demel.
We do n ot go to bed before 11 o’
clock. Mybrother is a lways in bed a t 10 o
’
clock. Do you
sleep lon g (lon g you sleep) ? We sleep for seven
hours (till seven hours) , but our frien d sleeps on ly
for five hours . I do n ot go to bed ea rly. My bro
ther is offen ded , because I did n ot len d him my
book. You a re a lways a ngry when you go to school.
(The) Men tha t have on ce told a lie ha ve n o credit.
He often tells a lie to defen d his w ickedn ess. Our
tea cher wa s offen ded yesterday , because on e of his
pupils (his on e pupil) told a lie. I am n ever angry
with you.
2 .
SUBJUNCTIVE .
a ludiam (common ly a la a’
iak) sha ll I sleep ,tha t I may sleep , a la clfa
'
l, a la clfé lc; a la clja nk
tha t we may sleep , sha ll we sleep , a lad
ja tok, a luclfa n ak.
P r e s. a ludn a'
m (common ly a ludn éb) I would sleep ,if I slept, a lua
’n a
'
l,a ludn élt (common ly a lud
7i a) , a la dn a'
nb , a ludn a'
tok, a ludn a'
n ak.
P a s t. a ludtam voln a I would have slept , if I hadslept , a ladta
'
l voln a , a ludt voln a,
a ludtun lc
voln a , a la dta tok voln a , a la dtak voln a .
67
The Imperative is the same a s the Subjun ctive
Mood ; in the secon d person of the Impera tive Mood"
the termin a tion cil , é l , is often missed.
Ne a la alya l solsa zg ,mer t bosss zt a
'
lom ar t a s
egéss se'
gn ek. Alualf. Ala alfa n b (let us sleep) . Ne
ba r agua’
fa tok a s akr a , kik (who) aka r a tla n zll megba'
n
ta n ak. Ha megba r agudn a'
tols mi n em men n énk N
bes . A’ba
'
tya'
m tova'
bbig a ladn e'
k ba n em [sellen e
(were n ot obliged) oskola’
ba men n i . Res t ember els
min dey a lba tn a b. En n app a l n em a lba tom de
Ka'
r olg/ min dey a lba tik. L efekadbetiink (ca n we go
to sleep) ? Ne fekiiclietelc me'
g le , mer t me'
g n in es 9
o'
r a . Ha mi r ayta (abou t it , in stead of a s on) megba r agudta nk voln a , n em jb
’
tta'
nk voln a ide. Ke'
r em
meg n e ba r agua'
i a n ak bogy v isss a n em bos tam a’
kb'
nyvaket. B a'
r ba r aga clfék is é n n elci n em a dom.
Go to bed. Let us go to bed (febuclfunk le) .
Do n ot tell lies , for you sin aga in st yourself a n d
aga in st others . If he should tell a lie , he would be
pun ished by his tea cher . I should ha ve told you
a lie, if I had sa id it wa s n ot true. Never be a n gry
w ith your n eighbours. Be n ot offen ded a t trifles.
You would have been offen ded , if I had gon e away
w ithout taking lea ve. Would you be offen ded , if Itold you the truth ? We a re reposing ; you have
been reposing. Na ture is in repose , a n d the a irs of
the birds do n o t soun d (the birds their a irs n ot soun d).
The sun ha s set. The sun sets. As soon a s the
sun sets the n octurn al birds leave their lurking places.
68
B . Ve r b a l r o o t s i n
3.
Ven n i to buy , to take.
In d i c a t. P r e s . v ess els I buy , vess el , vess en
a n d vess ; vess a'
n ls we buy , vess
telc, vess n elc.
Im p . vev é ls I bought , vevé l , veve ; ve
v én ls we bought, veve'
telc, vev én elc.
P e r f. vettem I have bought , I bought,I wa s buyin g , vettel , v ett ; vettiink,
vettetels , vetten els.
Fu t. ven n i [ago/c l sha ll buy , ven n i fogss ,ven n i fog , etc.
S u bj u n c t. vegyelc tha t I may buy , sha ll I buy,vegyé l , v egyen ; vegy ii n ls , vegyetelc
vegyen elc.
C o n d i t. 1. ven n e'
ls I would buy , if I bought,ven n e
'
l , ven n e ; v en n én ls , ven n é tek,
v en n e'
n eb' .
2 . vettem voln a I would or should ha ve
bought, vetté l voln a , vett voln a ; vetta’
n lt
voln a ,v ettetelc voln a ,
vettek voln a .
E n n i to ea t in n i to dr ink, len n i to become,
bin n i to believe , v in n i to ca rry , to take , ten n i to do ,
a lthough vess ess is the proper form , yet v ess el is
common ly u sed.
E n n i a n d in n i (which takes the per son a l a ffixes withha rd vowels) a re u sed in the Media l form ; thu s , css em I ea t,ess el thou ea test , ess ik he ea ts , etc. , a n d iss om
,iszo l, iss ik, etc.
7 0
No ; he wen t for a foot - soldier . The more we
recede from the sta te of n a ture , the more difficult itbecomes to be happy.
In d i c. P r e s . meggels I go , meggss thou goest,megg , men he goes ; meggiin lc we
go , man tele, men n elf .
Imp . men élc I wen t , men é l , men e ; men e'
nk
we wen t , men é telc, men én elc.
P e r f. me ntem I wa s go ing , I wen t ; Ihave gon e , men tel , men t ;
men tz'
in lc we have gon e , we were
going , we wen t , men tetelc, mentekor men ten ek.
F u t. men n i fogolc I sha ll go , men n i fogss ,thou wi lt go , menn i fog he will go ;men n i foga n lc, etc.
S ubj . menjelc, sha ll I go , tha t I may go ,
menjel , menjen ;menjitnb , menjetels , menjen elc.
C o n d. 1. men n éb I would go , menn é l , menn e, etc.
2 . men tem voln a I would have gon e , if
I would have gon e , men té l voln a , men t
voln a ,
men'
tz'
in lt voln a , etc .
Ha a s i515 ss ép less sé tciln i megya n lc. As
a ny tim a s t ma n ata , bogy ki n a meagelc. Ha ki
7 1
mennek as a tga'
m ba r agadn é ls r dm. Ki mon dta
bogg N. a rbos menjetelc. Menjilnk (let us go)ba s a mer t lse
'
sb. Ha elmenn é l , s a'
r d (in stead of
drg'
ad) be a’ss oba ajto
'
t. E n Pa r isba meggelc a s
b’
csém p edig Br itsselbe megg . Ke’
r em n e vegge
r oss neven (do n ot take it ill) ba n em men n é lc
ba nd (wi th you) . Mi elmegy ilnk, n em men tcle ti
is ? Mi n em mebeta n lc mer t as a nga'
n ls n em engedi .
I should go to Pa r is , if my mother took (would
take) me with her . Will you go for a wa lk (to walk)this a ftern oon (ma dé luta
'
n ) ? No ; we sha ll n ot go for
a walk. Ca n you ca rry this book? I sha ll take
(ca rry) this book to the bookbin der . Do n ot take
tha t boot to the shoemaker . The boy took his
books a n d his wr itin gs to the school. Have you
don e your work? We did our work yesterday , a n d
you w ill do yours to -morrow . He n ever does his
work. Believe Wha t I told you . I believe i t,
beca use your frien d told me of it before he
wen t to Pa r is. I should believe it , if he n ever
had told a lie.
Kib ele Icin ek (to every body) ott ba s aya , a bol
ga l megy do lga (he does well) . Nem megg a s
min dég zigg a bogg a s ember maga'
ba n feltess i .
Tess em fel (suppose) bogg ebn en n ék, mit fog b
a s uta'
n csina'
ln i . Ki v itte at a s én lcb'
ngvemet ? A'
ba'
tga'
d a s t maga'
va l v itte. As t soba sem bittem
voln a hogg b elmenjen . Ne hidd (biclfed) n eki mer t
7 2
p a'
p ista . En hiss em , mer t magam’
ss emével
(my own eye) la'
ttam. Hiss ed - e a s t bogg té len
men ngdb’
r b’
g ? Hiss em , mer t magam is ba llottam.
Boldogols leile n em la'
tn a ls e'
s meg is biss n ek.
Take this n ewspaper up sta irs . My brother
took his coa t to your ta ilor , for he had bought it
of him . Never buy things w ithou t seein g them . Ishould like (ss er etn é lc) to buy a horse , if I hadmon ey. The brother of your un cle sudden ly became
ill. I become ill if I ea t fruit. Did you ea t a ll
the fruit which my mother ha s bought for you ? We
took some of it to your fr ien d Cha rles , a n d some
(n émit) we a te in compa ny w ith our fr ien d Fra n cis .
Take these’ pea rs to your fa ther ; my brother ha s
bought them for him ; I believe they a re good
(on es) . Do you (think) believe (tha t) we sha ll have
some r a in ? Take this book ba ck to the bookseller ,
a n d tell him (tha t) I sha ll n ot buy it.
C . V e r b a l r o o t s i n
In d i e. P r e s . Ib’
vb’
lc I come , jb’
ss thou comest , jb'
(ib’
n) he comes , Jov ilnk we come,
J'
b’
n ek
ja’
veh I came , jb'
ve'
l , jb'
ve ;
jb‘
v é nls , jb'
vé tels , jb'
vén els.
Proverb , mea n in g to be cau tious .
7 3
P e r f. jbtem I came , I did come , I wascomin g ,
I have come, jbté l , jbt,
jo"tiZnk, jbtetels, jb
'
telc.
F u t. jbn i (a n d jb'
n n i ) fogok I sha ll
come , will come , jb'
n i (jb'
n n i)
fogss , jb’
n i fog ,
j0”n i foga n ls, jbn i fogtols , jbn i
fogn a le.
S u bj jb’
jels (a n d jbfiek) sha ll I come , tha t Im ay come , jbjé l (jbfié l a n d jer ) jbfib
’
n
jbjzin ls tha t we m ay come , sha ll we come ,
j0”
jetelr (fb’
fietek) jbjen els (jejjen 8b?)C o n d. 1. jbn e
'
lc (a n d fe’
n n els) I would come , if Icame , jbn é l , jbn e ;
jbn én lc, jbn é telc, jbn é n els.
2 . jbtem voln a I would ha ve come,
je”tel vo ln a , jb
'
tt voln a ,“
jc’
lta'
n lf voln a , jbtetels voln a , jetek
voln a .
Alike to the Verb je’
n i to come , a re formed
Mn i to shoo t, ss b’
n i to weave , bin i to ca ll , ss in i
to dr aw , to smoke (toba cco) , a n d simila r on es,
a n d their compoun ds.
O b s . 1. Verbs of this kin d a re con tra cted from
their pr im itive roots jb’
v, lb
‘
v,
ss b'
v, hiv , ss iv ; this
r oot is restored in a ll forma tion s in which the a ffix
begin s with a vowel ; on the con trary , if the a ffix
begin s with a con son an t , the r adical v is thrown off
7 4
an d the radica l vowel protracted : thus lb-tem in steadof lb
'
v - tem , .bi -t am in stead of biv - tam , etc.
2 . The Verb jbn i , forms its Ten ses regula rly a s
Well as by mea n s of a ssimila tion of the con son a n t v ,
w ith the in itia l con son a n t of the person a l a ffixes ; thus,we form jbn i an d jb
'
n n i , jdjele a n d jbfiele.
This ha s m islea d some Gramma r ia n s to a dopt this
a ssimila tion in the Conjuga tion of a ll other Verbs ,but they forgot tha t jb
‘
n n i reta in s its short vowel
when the v is assimila ted , a n d prolongs it when the
v is thr own off. This is n ot the ca se w ith the other
Verbs , for their vowel a lways rema in s a long on e, when
the a ffix begin s wi th a con son a n t. This is the rea son
why some a uthors wr ite bittam, lbttem, bin i, bin é le, etc.
Ha ti beln ap eb'
b’
ttb‘
le bos s a'
n le (to us) ma la tosm
fogan le. En elfb’
ttem ebln a ban em sole mun ira'
m mia tt
lei n em mebettem. i etele el ma , mer t beln ap n em
less iln le (sha ll be) o ttbon Mi el fogun le jba i .
Ba r a'
tom n e jbj; (Impera tive) bos s a'
m, mer t n em
a dba tom a s t a’
mit leér te'
l. Jbfietele vela n le s é ta'
ln i.
Mi n em jb’
viln le sé ta'
ln i min tbogg dolga n le va n . Ha s a
- e ma'
r a’
n aggba'
tga'
d ? Még n em jb’
tt ba s ch‘
(és) n em is va'
rja le esa le ba’
r om n ap mulva . Hos s a'
tole
jb'
n n ék de fe'
lele bogg dolgotole less . Ne jb‘
z'
i ma
ba n em beln ap , a lekor jdtss ba tun le. Ha tegn ap jbtetele
voln a még la'
tba tta'
tole voln a a’
lee'
p et mit a s a tgam
Br ilsselbe killdb’
tt. A‘
,lei n em jb
’
n . ann a le menn i
n em leell .
7 5
My brother came from the play (thea tre) last
n ight (yesterday even ing) a t 11 o’
clock. We came
from the coun try (fa la ) in to (be) the town . Did
you come from Lon don ? No ; we came from Ba th .
Did you n ot go to‘
Lon don when you came from
Par is ? Yes. My fr ien d came from Fra n ce to see a ll
the cur iosities of Lon don . We sha ll come to you
to -n ight, when we ha ve don e our work.
Do n ot come to day ,for we sha ll be out (we n ot
sha ll be a t home) . If you would come to -morrow
morn ing we should go in the coun try. Sha ll I comethis a ftern oon (ma dé la ta
'
n ) ? No , you had better
(in lea'
bb) come a fter to -morrow (beln ap uta'
n ) . Sha ll
we come to see (la'
toga tn i) you n ext (jb’
vb) week?
En tegn ap va ddss n i voltam de n em le’
tem semmit.
A’
v a da'
ss ole gga ler a n n em lbn elef Ss er etn é le lbn i .
Ki bive tt (bit) . gon dolem begg a s b’
ese'
d bit
te'
ged (thee) . Hifdtole el a s t a s ember t. Ka'
r oly
leibz'
mer t va lami t a lea r mon da n i . Nem aka r ss egg
p ip a doba'
ngt ss in i (to smoke) ? En n em ss oletam
ss in i (I am n ot used to smokin g) . As a tga'
n lemin de'
y
ss zva r t ss i . A’
ta ledes ss b'
v i (defin ite form of s sbn i)
a’
v a'
ss n a t , a s a br ess olea t e'
s a s a ss ta l - leen a’bleet.
A’Poss to
'
s ss b'
veti (lets weave) a’
p oss td- leelmé t.
Angolor ss a'
gba n ge'
ppel ss b’
v etile a’
p oss to'
t és a’
vdss n a t , Magga r or ss a'
gba n tb‘
bbngir e lee'
s s el.
When we were hun ting we shot ma ny ha resand par tr idges. Can you shoot (do you kn ow to
7 6
shoot) ? No , I ca n n o t shoo t ; but my brother shoots
very well (very well shoots) . I shot two deers
yesterday. We ha ve shot some w ild ducks . Do n ot
shoo t when people a re pa ssing before you (elbttetele) .
If you should shoot you would kill them . Did you
ca ll your brother ? Ca ll your youn ger brother a s well.
Your fr ien d ha s ca lled you , he wa n ts to speak to
you . Sha ll I ca ll this gen tlema n . Ca ll him. You
n ever should ca ll me when I am a t work. Wha t
do you smoke , ciga rs or a pipe (toba cco)? I prefersmoking a pipe (toba cco) . Did you ever smoke
Ha va n a sega rs ? I did smoke them formerly ,but n ow
I prefer smoking Virgin ia n toba cco .
l ) . V e r b a l r o o t s o f ,,z , s z“ .
6 .
Verba l roots termin a ting in ss ,s , preceded by a
vowel, common ly receive 0 1, el, bl in the secon d Person
Sin gula r Number in stea d of ss ; the con son a n t j, is
a ssimila ted to the radica l ss,s . In the third Person
Sing. of the Perfect Ten se the t is redoubled a n d pre
ceded by a short vowel , which a ccordin g to the Verba l
root is either 0 or b’
a n d e : thus , bos o tt he brought,in stead of bes t , fbs b
’
tt he co oked , etc .
O b s . 1) If the verba l r oot en ding in s be of
two or more syllables the ultima is con tra cted
a ccordin g to 5 . In trod. Thus , from ss er es n i to pur
cha se , we form : ss er s ele, ss er s el , ss er es , ss er s iin le,
ss er es tele, ss er es n ele. Verbs the roots of which are
7 8
Verbs hav ing a vowel before the termin ation of the In fin itive a i , a n d such a s have a
fin a l t in their root preceded by a shor t vowel (a svet , fa t , receive a short vowel (o ,
b‘
, e ,)before the Cha ra cter istic of the Perfect Ten se,which in this ca se is reduplica ted. For in sta n ceba lla n i to hea r , forms ba ll- o - ttam I have hea rd ;leiey
’
ten i to pron oun ce, kiejt- e - ttem I have pron oun ced ;leils den i to struggle, leils d-b ttem I have struggled, etc.
Naggen solea t ba llettun le bess e'
ln i a’
r egiele’
v ités ségzller bl ; ba llotta d bogy mit mon dott. A’
Tolvaj n em v a llott meg semmi .t O elr ejtette a s t a’
mit ma'
sole lap ta le. Hov a’
fa tottcil a milter bita la le
(ca lled thee) . Te engemet ir n i ta n itotta'
l a’ba
’
tga'
m
p edig téged r ajs oln i ta n itott. Ti a da'ig ba la ss totta
'
tole
mig leesa volt. En n em ba lass tottam voln a ba n em
a s b‘
esém leér t begy n e s iessele. Mit vetettetele a bba
(in tha t) a’
ker tbe . Mi v ir a'
got meg s b’
lds éget
v etettiln le. Ki z’
ltb’
tt meg ? A’
fia megiltb’
tte a’
lap da'
v a l. O megss er i totta a’
lees emet e'
s cltun t.
Naggen ss or i totta le min leet a’
n aggss omba ti esa ta
uta'
n . A’
Magya r ole megbo'
ditotta'
le P a n n dn ia'
t 894
évben . En megss o'
litottam a s a tes a'
n ba n em b’
n em
ba llga tott r a’
m. Ka'
r olg leiey’
tette jo'
l es eleet a’
ss a v a lea t. Ha llo tt ad - e begga n mon dta lei 6 ? Ha
jo'
l leiejtetted v oln a a s t a’
ss o'
t , a’ta n ite
'
n em
iga s itott volna . Mzer t (why) n em iga s itottad ba
7 9
la'
ttad bogy biba'
s ott. Mileor gea s t bos eti én oda
ngujtottam a’
lees emet bogg tb’
le a'
tvegg/em.
He ha s hidden himself, for he fea red the
pun ishmen t. He stretched out his ha n d , when he
hea rd (person s) speaking of fruit. Did you listen to
(tha t) wha t he ha s sa id? I ha ve n ot listen ed. Mytea cher ha s corrected me a lways, when I ha ve madea mistake (biba
'
t ejten i, to make a m istake) . I ha vefo rgotten to lea rn my lesson . Cha rles ha s forgotten
to take his books wi th him . William the Con queror
ha s con quered this isla n d. The E nglish n a tion
delayed its a ssista n ce to foreign n a tion s till it wa s
too late . The clock struck on e. We have sown
seeds of flowers in our ga rden ; our un cle ha s sown
seeds of v egetables in his ga rden . The thief ha s
run away. My brother ha s spoiled my blue ink.
I have pa in ted a fin e picture.
8 .
Dissyllabica l Verbs w ith a fin a l t in their root,
a nd Verbs the roots of which term in a te w i th d , g,
k, r eceive the shor t vowel (o , b’
, e , before the t
of the Perfect in the third person Sing. Ss er et - n i
to love , ss er etett he loved , a dn i to give , a dott he
ha s given .
O b s . 1. Dissyllables in d ha ve , in the third
per son Perfect, ei ther a single t or tt preceded by a
short v owel ; thus , ss a lead a i to tea r , will be ss a le
edt a n d ss a lea do tt it tore, r ep ed a i to cr ack, r ep edt
a nd r ep edett it cracked.
80
2 . Le'
tn i , to see ,forms la
'
ttam I have seen ,
la'
tta'
l thou ha st seen , la'
to tt he ha s seen .
As e ese'
m ba s a sietett ; 6 n em ss er etett voln a
teva'
bb v a'
r n i . Solea t fis etett a s a tga'
m a’
bds a ér t.
Is tva'
n min ap fa r leas t leergetett . Ha b mega lea dott
voln a én segitettem v oln a r ajta (on him ; him) . Ki
segitett midbn es t es in a'
lta d. A’
bdtga'
m segi tett,
mer t én btet segitettem mileor o"delgos ott. A
’
flu
ss a la a'ott , én is elss a la dtam. .lll egss a lea dt a’
ss ive
a’
ba s afin a le ba s aj'
dn a le As e'
r a la'
n es
elss a leodott’
s a s ér t a s ar e n em megg . As a tgam
L ondon ba n la leo tt , de en min dég fa la n la letam. As
a ng a'
m n eleem a lmat a dott , é s e'
n es t a’
ba r a'
tomn a le
a dl am.
I have pa id you a ll tha t I owed to you , but
my debtor did n o t pay me . My brother pa id 50 1. for
his pia n o . I should ha ve pa id him , if he would
h a ve given me a r eceipt for it. My fr ien d ha sten ed
away. Did be r un ? He cut his fin ger when he wa s
cuttin g mea t. The tea cher expelled tha t boy from
his school , because he wa s disobedien t. Did you
ever see a lio n ? No , but our fr ien d ha s seen a lion .
He r a n away beca use he wa s a fra id of pun ishmen t.
I loved you when you were obedien t a nd behaved
yourself well. I did n ot like (ss er etn i) the boy
beca use of his in solen ce.
9 .
The Hunga r ia n la nguage ha s the peculia rjéy of
expressing the Objective ca se of the Person a l Prongoun
8 1
of the secon d person , govern ed by a ny Active
Verb , by mea n s of a n a ffix added to the Verbal
root. This peculia r form is used ~on ly when the
speaker himself is represen ted a s Active . The a ffixused is [a le a n d lele. Thus , I wa it for thee or Iexpect thee , w ill be expressed by v a
'
r - la le , in stead
of v a'
r om tégedet ; I bea t you , wi ll be ver -lele in stead
of ver em titeleet ; la'
t - la le (la'
tn i to see) I see you
a n d I see thee.
Whether the form la'
tla le mea n s ,,I see you
“or
,,I see thee“ will be un derstood by the sen ten ce in
which such a form is used. The same a ffix maybe a dded to the root of the Perfect a n d Future,in a ll the Ten ses of the Con dition a l , a n d the
Ten ses of the Poten tia l a n d Fa ctitive Verba l forms,a n d thus be formed : va
'
r ta la le I wa ited for thee,va
'
r n i fogla le I sha ll wa i t for thee , vdrja la le tha t
I may wa it for thee , v a'
r n a'
la le I should wa it for
thee , v a'
r ba tla le I ca n wa it for thee , v a'
r ta tba tla le
I ca n let thee wa it.
Ha min elfa'
r t eyess még megva'
r la le. En m eg
la'
toga tta la le voln a tegn ap de n aggen esett a s esa,
a s ér t esa le a’
fe‘
eb’
bé ten fogla le la'
tega tn i . Ta la'
n
n agya n solea'
ig va'
r ta tla le (I let you wa it) . Ma lt
be’
tfbn bos s a'
m biva tta la le. E n v édtelele (I havedefen ded thee) a
’
tolvajole ellen , leile tegn ap meg
ta'
ma dta le. E n n em ss er etlele, mer t n em a lea r ss
engedelmesleedn i ; ss er ettelelemig szorga lma tos vo lta'
l.
En majd ba s a ves etlele (take you home) mer tn em esme
'
m'
tele a s uta tolea t (your way). Vigga'
s s
Csink. bung. gr am. 6
82
bagg meg n e fisselele. Vdey’
a la le? En tabbé n em
va'
r ba tla le, mer t fé l o'
r a ma lva osleola'
ba leell
men n i . Megver lele ba n em baggss bé leé t (keep the
pea ce) . Add (a clja d) ide a’
lees edet hogg a’
v is bbl
lei bels s a la le. Hogg v a n a s bogg a’
ss in bas ba n n em
la'
t ba tla le. Te leillb’
n ben min dég oda ss oleta'
l jcir n i .
En n em ba llba tla le ba ollg ba llelea l bess e'
ltele.
I ca n n ot rea ch you ,for you sta n d very fa r
from me. I sha ll bea t you . if you spoil my book.
I should love you if you were diligen t. If I shouldhav e seen you , I would have wa ited for you . Ica n n ot bea t you , a lthough you deserved it. I could
offen d thee , but I shall show to thee , tha t I esteem
thee higher (tb‘
bbr e) tha n my pr iva te in terest.
Could I n o t see you ? I would v isit you ,if you were
a t home to -morrow . Did I hurt thee? I did n ot see
you . If I could have recogn ised you , I should have
spoken to you (addressed you) . I ha ve sen t for you
la st n ight. Did I ca ll you ? No , I ca lled you n ot .
If he would have left you in the field , you would
have lost your way. I do n ot kn ow you , for In ever ha ve seen you before . Did I n ot dr aw you
out of the pon d. I appea sed you when you were in
grea t emotion about (mia tt) the loss of your fortun e .
VII I . P a r ti c i p l e s .
The Verb of the Hun ga r ia n la nguage forms its
Pa r ticiples by mea n s of termin a tion s a dded to the
Verba l root , Active , Pa ssive , Fa ctitive Poten tial,Medium etc. .
83
Such termin a tion s a re : v a , v a'
n ; thus , va'
r va
wa ited (wa iting, having expected, being expected) . va'
r
v a'
n wa itin g ; va'
r a tva hav in g been wa ited for , va'
r a tva'
n
being wa ited for ; va'
r ba tva '
, va'
r ba tva'
n being able to
wa it for ; v a'
r ta tva , v a'
r ta tva'
n lea v ing on e wa iting ; va'
r
ta tba tva , va'
r ta tba tv a'
n being able to let on e wa it.
The Pa rticiple of v a is often used in stead of a n
Adverb w ith a ny other person a l form of the same
Verb ; for in sta n ce : vdr va va'
r ta n le we wa ited
wa itingly. Su ch forms of con struction a re on ly used
to give the person a l Verb a stron ger expression .
Eggn eba'
ng ss o'
t a s ajto’
r a ir va'
n leiss a ladt.
Ka'
r olg n em men t isleola'
ba a s t mon dv a'
n bogg a‘
lees leéjé t n em ta dja . En ela dtam a’
ba'
s ama t n em
ta doa'
n bon n a n p én s t ss er es n i . Nem ss er es betv én
(n ot bein g able to procure) p én s t , én leén telen
voltam a’
ba'
s ama t ela dn i . 0”
leén ss er itv e ja'
r osleo
la'
ba . Ss er etve ss er etett ss ii lein leet el leellett bagg
n a n le (we were obliged to leave) . Ha n iba l elon
s égeitdl a’
ldb’
s ve , As sia'
ba ss b‘
bb’
tt. Ga ss ta'
v Adolp h
v ite'
s iesen ba r es olva elesett . A’
lei leén ss er i tve
ta nul n em nagg elo’
men telt tess . Ja'
tss va ton a l a’
ggermele. Allea ir n i , z’
llve en n i . S ietve ja'
r t
mileor bt ldttam. Nem mebetvén leer ess till , v i s‘
ss a
tér tz'
tn le. Hir telen megba lt , n em esin a'
lba tva'
n v égr en
deletet.
You were expected a t your a un t’s . We were
forced to seek refuge in foreign coun trie s , expelledfrom our own . Not bein g able to pay wha t he
6*
84
owed his property wa s sold. Louis Philippe, lulled in
security , wa s surprised by the Fren ch people. He
left the room ,n ot sayi n g whether he would return
soon . As we a re n ot able (n ot being able) to speakcorrectly , we do n ot like to Speak a word. Ha n n ibal,leav ing Ita ly, deserted the pa th of for tun e. Bein g leftto myself (magamr a) , I wa s n ot able to fin ish the
work. He wrote the letter sta nding. By keepingsilen ce he a ckn owledged his fault. Hav ing return ed,he left this message for you . Having a rr ived a t my
home , I wrote to you a letter directly.
IX .
T h e V e r b h e l l , to w a n t , to b e
o b l ig e d , m u s t .
1.
The (imperson a l) Verb leell is used in con n ection
with Person a l Pron oun s in their forms : n eleem to
me n eleed to thee n eki to him , to her , to it , n eleiln le
to us , n eletele to you , n eleile to them , thr oughout a ll
the Ten ses , of which the Verb leell ha s on ly the
third person . Thus
In d. P r e s . n eleem leell I wa n t , I must , n eleed
leell thou wa n test , n elei leell he
wa n ts , etc.
P a s t. b eleem leellett I wa n ted, I wa s obliged,a n d I must , n eleed leellet , etc.
Fu t . n eleem bellen i fog I sha ll wa n t etc.
S u bj. P r e s. n eleem leellj’
en tha t I may wan t ,
tha t I may be obliged , etc.
86
Ha nebteb feggver bell , majd dd a’
borma'
ng . A’
n ép n eb bit ves ér bell , bogg a’
s sa rn obob’
eselss b'
v é
nyein ggb’
s edelmesbedje n.
No objective ca se is used with the Verb bell.
I do wa n t pen s a n d ink ,for I have bought
paper on ly. Do you wa n t fin e poin ted or common
pen s ? I do n ot wa n t the fin e poin ted (on es) . Did
you wa n t (a ny) mon ey? Yes , I did wa n t (some) ,
but n ow I do n o t wa n t (a ny) . Sha ll you wa n t this
book? Not to -day , but I shall wa n t it to -morrow . If
you should wa n t it , I would sen d it home to you . We
wa n ted a fr ien d , who (bi) could (would be able)
len d us (some) mon ey. Such frien ds a re often wa n ted.
I wa n ted a book , thou dost wa n t ink,
a n d he
wa n ts paper . You a lways wa n t something. I dowa n t him. Do you wa n t your mother ? No , we
wa n t our a un t. Well , do you wa n t n o tea (don’
t
you wa n t . Yes , we do wa n t (some) . Does
Charles wa n t (a ny) bread a n d butter ? No , but he
wa n ts some prun es a n d grapes . You do n ot wa n t
(a ny) apples , do you (wa n t you) ? Yes ,“
a n d (some)
pea rs a s well.
The Pa ssive vo ice of bell is formed regula rly ;
thus , I am wa n ted belletem , tha t I may he wan tedbd essem , I should he wa n ted belletn ém, etc.
If the Objective , in Hun ga r ia n Nomin a tive,ca se , govern ed by the Verb ,,to wa n t“ , should be
replaced by a ny In fin itive wha tever , in the Hunga r ia n
8 7
la nguage the l nfin itive is used with the Possessive
a ffixes . Thus , I wa n t to read is : olv asn om (in stead
of o lvasn i - em) bell , a n d n ebem bell olv a sn - em; thou
wa n test to wr ite, n ebed ir n od (ir n i 0 d) bell he wa n ts
to go n ebi men n ie bell we wa n t to wa it , n eba‘
n b v a'
r
n a n b bell (vdrn i - a nb) they wa n t to speak , n ebib be
ss é ln io’
b bell. In the same way a ll other Ten ses of
the Verb ,,wa n t , w ith a ny Infin i tive wha tever , may
be formed.
As the Verb ,,to wa n t ,“ when mea n ing n eces
sity , is r epla ced by ,,to be obliged“
a n d must ,“
a ll such forms , a s : I am obliged or I must go , a re
expressed by n ebem men n em bell , etc.
The person a l distin ction represen ted in n ebem,
n ebed , n ebi etc . bein g expressed pla in ly en ough bythe a ffixes added to the In fin itive , the Pron oun s
b ebem,n ebed etc. become superfluous a n d a re merely
used empha tically.
The Verb ,,must“ (but n ot the Verb to be obli
ged) is often expressed simply by the In fin itive a dded
to the Verb bell. Thus , n ebem bell olvasn i , I must
read , but olvasn om bell , I am obliged to read.
A’
ba'
ty a'
mn ab fr a n es iazll bell olv asn i , n ebem
p edig n e'
metit’
l. Ma el fog bellen i men n eteb (you will
be obliged to go to -day) . Ha v isss a tér nz’
tnb bell esab
ba r dda l a’
bés ben térz‘
lnb visss a . Nebteb n em bellott
voln a elmen n eto‘
b. Ss omoml bin eb (who) bas ajdt el
bell baggn ia . As ajsdgot olvasn om bell mer t bil
88
lon ben n em ta dn a'
m mi v a n ben n e. Ha'
t bellett - e
elmen n i , v agg a bor ta'
l elmen n i . A’
ba'
tya'
mr a bell
v a’
r n om , a ba'
r a ba r ak a ba'
r n em. Kin eb fog bellen i
men n ie ? Nebem n em bell , n ebem sem (n either
Ha n em bell most ela ta s n otob (uta s n i) n o menjeteb
a in ab (go on a journ ey) most , mer t r oss a s idd.
Ir n om bell a s a tya'
mn ab. Ir n i bell a s a tga'
mn ab.
Nebteb bellet o lv asn otob a s osbola'
ba n, n ebib p odig
ott bellett ma r a dn iob mer t n em ta dta'
b a’
lees
béj’
b’
bet. Ta n uln a nb bell , billo'
n ben megbiin tet a’
ta n ito'
nb.
You a re obliged to work , while your brother
takes a wa lk. We a re obliged to wa lk , while you
a re playing. I must read , you mu st wr ite. I am
obliged to read , thou a rt obliged to work. If Iwere obliged to go home , I should go by (on ) the
steam -boa t. You would be very sorry (Igen sajn a
'
ln a'
tob) if you were obliged to return this pre
sen t. They a re obliged to leave E n gla n d ,beca use
they can get n o employmen t. My brother wa s obli
ged to go to Fra n ce , because his fr ien d wa n ted
him. Were you obliged to leave your coun try?
Were your fr ien ds obliged to leave you ? I wa sn ot obliged to do tha t , but I did it from my own
will. People (men ) a re obliged to give way , when
they exper ien ce con stan t urgen cy. My fa ther wa s
obliged to sell his horse , for it wa s very wild. He
must sell his esta tes if he wishes to pay his debts.
Soldiers a re obliged to learn the differen t movemen ts
9 0
The Ten ses of v a'
r a nd , from var n i , a re
In d. P r e s . v a'
r a n dob I sha ll or w ill wa it,v a
'
r a n dss , v a'
r a n d ; v a'
r a n da nb we
w ill wa it , v a'
r a n dtob,v a
'
r a n dn ab.
P a s t. v a'
r a n do ttam I sha ll or w ill have
wa ited, v a'
r a n do tt a'
l , vdr a n dott ;
v a'
r a n do tta n b we w ill have wa ited,v a
'
r a n dotta tob , v a'
r a n da ttab .
F u t. v a'
r a n dn i (va'
r a n da n i) fogob I sha ll
be wa itin g (for the future) , etc.
S ubj . Pres . v a'
r a n dja b sha ll I be wa iting (for
the future) , a n d tha t I may be
wa itin g (for the fu ture) , var a n dya'
l,
v a'
r a n djon ;°
vdr a n d7’
a nb , v a'
r a n dja tob,v a
'
r a n dfa n a b.
C o n d. 1. v a'
r a n dn éb I should bewa iting (for thefuture), v a
'
r a ndn a’
l,va
'
r a n dn a ; va'
r a nd
n a’
nb ,va
'
r a n dn a'
tob , va'
r a n dn dn ab.
v a'
r a n do ttam voln a I should have
been wa itin g (for the future) , va'
r a n
do tta'
l voln a , v a'
r a n dott voln a,
va'
r a n dotta nb voln a , va'
r a n dotta tob
voln a , v a'
r a ndottab voln a ,etc.
The preceding scheme shews , how difficult it
is to express these Verba l forms of the Hunga r ian
la nguage ; even , the modern languages have n o ex
pression s wha tever to represen t the true mea n ing of
many of these forms ; a n d a s the Hunga r ian la nguage
ha s been cultiva ted by men , who received their edu
9 1
ca tion in foreign coun tr ies a nd foreign la nguages,such forms a re less in use in wr itin g , a n d
I
en tirely
lost in familia r con versation .
Verba l Adjectives formed by 0'
a n d o tt , in
va'
r a n do’
a n d v a'
r a n do tt , correspon d w ith the La tin
future Pa r ticiple of the Pa ssive voice in da s , a n d
va'
r a n do’
expresses a future n ecessity ; thus , es a’
somma beln ap bifis eten db mea n s : this sum must be
pa id to -morrow.
A’
n aggba’
tga'
n b boln ap utdn elyoven d , bogg
minbet la'
togasson . As t mon dta , bogg n ebem aja'
n dé
bos a n dia a s t a’
bép et. Nem biss em , bogg p én s t
a da n d. Reméng len dd bogg fa bbr a fordal sor s a n b.
As ember ma n em ta dfa mit les s teen db be ln ap .
Min den ember ba la ndo’
. A’ba r a
'
tod elmen en d
mielo'
tt téged la'
togasson . Ki mit bb‘
lesb’
n b’
s a s t
visss a tém'
ten dfe. A’
fb'
ld mivelen do’
,bogg bass n ot
bajtson . Addig ba’
mos a n do’
a’
bo'
r sfa mig ba'
mlib
(prov . hammer the iron while it is hot) . B a’
r sob a’
te
lgesitendo'
bb’
telességilnb , mégis minden ib bielégiten db.
XI . P r o n o u n s .
A. P e r s o n a l .
1.
En I , to thou , 6 he , she , it ; mi a n d minb
we , ti a n d tib you , 6b they. E ngem a nd engemet
me , téged a n d tégedet thee , btet him ,her , it ;
minbet us , titebet you , o"bet them ; in stead of
minbet , ti tebet a re often used : ben n ilnbet a n d
benn eteleet.
9 2
The Person a l Pron oun s a re n ever used beforethe Verb , except when empha sis or the con struction
of the sen ten ce requ ires it (when they a re Subjectsof the sen ten ce) .
The Person a l Pron oun s often precede a Noun
with its possessive a ffixes empha tica lly : a s , a s ea
ba’
tya'
m my brother , in opposition to a’
te ba’
tga'
d
thy brother , etc.
The y o u of a ddressing Person s is in the Hun
gar ian la n guage either t o thou , amon g familia rs a n d
in tima te fr ien ds , or (i n (his person , he) , common ly
maga (he himself) , among stra ngers ; thus , either
the Secon d or Third Person of the Singula r Number ;bond is used by the pea sa n try.
Besides these forms there ha s been in troduced
begged , the shorten ed form of beggelmed , which
la tter is used by the pea san try in addressingtheir super iors.
Te n em la'
tta'
l minbet ba n em mi la'
tta nb te'
gedet.
Ki (who) bos ta es t a’
bb‘
ngvet ? Te , vagg a’ ba
'
tga'
d.
Ba r a'
tom én beln ap eluta s om,
’
s a s ér t jbtem bos s dd
bogg tbled elbzleszls s am. E lmeggilnb osbola'
ba , jo'
t
tb’
b ti is ? A’ta n i te ss idott ben etebet mer t n em
tudta'
tob a’lees bé tebet. Va llfon (used in question
ing if we eagerly wish to kn ow something , like
the E nglish : I should like to kn ow) bi volt tegn ap
én n a'
lam ? Te n a'
la d is volt va labi . Titebet meg
biin tetett a‘mester eteb mer t n em esin a
'
lta'
tob jo’
l a'
ma nba'
toba t. 6 i s elfo‘
tt és a’ ba
'
tya is , banem 6b
4
En a s t b‘
n tbl n em vdr tam voln a soba . Hova aba r
o‘
n a ta s n i Ne'
metor ss a'
gba- e e agy Magga r or ss a
’
gba .
En a s b’
n ter vel n em belgeselem ; mas ta n deso t
a dn éb on n eb. Mit gon dol (you , is m issed) less - e
osbak, v agg sem. Kibes (to whom) for dzllt ?
Y o u r , is expressed by mea n s of the Possessivea ffix of the third person . Your book a
' ba'
ngve ;
Yours mea n s o’n n e'
.
You n ever tell me when it is time to go to
school. Did you see your brother to - n ight ? Whoseis tha t book? Yours . Is it yours or m in e ? I think
it is yours. I kn ow it is n ot his . You have n ot
been in Germa ny ,n or in Switzerla n d. With
whom sha ll I sen d this to you ? I have sen t for
you , but you did n ot come. Have you ever read
the beautiful poems of Vorosmarty ? Yes , but do
you n ot prefer Berzseny ? Did you ever see the
capita l of Fra n ce ? Do you think it is a s . la rge a s
Lon don ? You ca n n ot imagin e wha t a n impression
Lon don makes on the m in ds of foreign ers . How can
you expect him doin g tha t (tha t he w ill do tha t) ?
B . R e l a t i v e p r o n o u n s .
Their Declen sion is like that of the Substa n tives.
1.
Ki who , molly which , mi wha t. These a re
preceded by the Defin ite : a rticle a’
, when they begin
9 5
the per iod , or when they refer to a certa in deter
min ed Substa n tive.
A’
bi ma’
sn ab vermet (ver em) as ,maga esib
belé . A’
bi n em a ba r dolgos n i , a s n e is eggen .
As a s ember , a’bi tegn ap i tt vo lt , ma ela ta s ott.
Ember eb ,bib min de nubet etvess itettéb , n em o llg (so)
ss er en esé tlen eb min d a s eb , bibn eb semmi sem siber ill.
As t a’be
'
p et , a’
mellget ma ma ta ttam , egg bir es
fes to’
tdl bap tam. As on n b’
véngeb ,mellgeb dr nge
'
b
ba n n dn eb ,min dég ba la vdng ab. A ’
mellg or ss dg’
nep e n em mivelt , a n n a b n in es ss a ba dsa'
ga . Csab
as on ember eb bib , er bo’
lesi leg mivelteb , va lo'
ba n
ss a ba d ember eb. Kin eb lelbe testi tunyasa'
g a la tt
vess , as eleven en bolt.
Men who a re v irtuous a re sa trsfied with their
own lot. Those who a lways fin d fault w i th others
a re gen erally faulty themselves . The horses which
you have seen belon g to my un cle. The ga rden
which we have bought is 148 feet long , a n d 34 feet
wide . Tha t house , in which you live , is la rger
tha n tha t in which we do live. Did you kn ow
tha t before, wha t I have told you n ow ? This is
the ma n whom you did look for . People , who lose
their,moral power , lost their extern a l liberty. You
do n ot kn ow what I think of. Wha t you think
of I do n ot kn ow , but I kn ow tha t , wha t you have
told me .
9 6
2 .
Milly ,millyen wha t , wha t sor t , how , i llgen ,
i lly
such , so ; olly such a’min d a s
,min d wha t sort,
wha t olly a n , o lly such ; mi wha t , a s tha t.
Milly ,mi llyen , min d a re used in the a n teceden t ,
i lly ,i llyen ,
olly , o llya n in the con sequen t.
The a r ticle a s a n d a’ precedes them if they
refer to a ny determin ed Subject. A’millyen
o llya n , a n d mi llyen o lly a n often may be“
tra n s
la ted by like like ; a s , a’millyen a
’mes ter o llyan
a’ss er ss a
'
m like ma sters like tools.
Illyen eb a s ember eb (such a re men ) . As i llgen
ember eb v a lodi ter beb (such men a re rea l burden s) .
Milly n agy begyebet [at a s ember ba a’Sv ajes ba n
a tazik. A’
min d a’munba , ollya n a
’
fis ete'
s .
Illgen r i tbasa’
got csab L on don ba n la'
tba tn i . A’
millyen a’
ga s do a lly a n a’ss olga . Olly ss ép
s enet , min bt még soba sem ba llottam. Olly a n a s
ember n eb a’siber e a
’min d a s ilgyessége. Nem
ss er etn e'
b olly ma nbo’
t v éges n i a’min bt sob bés i
ma nbdsn ab v éges n ie bell.
He promised to pay such a large sum , a s will
be difficult to get up (a s to make up difficult w ill
be) . Such men , a s live in Born eo , could n ot subsist
ga sda husban dman (ma ster) used in stead of mester
ma ster , because the prin cipal occupa tion of the Hunga rians is
agriculture.
9 8
Min eb (for wha t purpose , why , wha t for) udtad
n ebi es t a’ bb
’
nyvet ? Kibet la'
tta'
l a’ss inba
'
s ba n ?
Whom do you expect? What do you say? Wha t
sort of birds have you shot ? Wha t colour a re
their fea thers ? Wha t book have you lost ? Wha t
dress have you bought ? To whom did you give your
mon ey? From whom did you receive the picture?
Wha t do you ca ll (min eb bifdb) in Hunga r ia n
win dow , table , door , room , house , street , town a n d
ca pita l ? Which is the ca pita l of E ngla n d ? Which
town is the la rger , Lon don or Pa r is ? In which room
sha ll I fin d him ? Wha t sort of furn iture ha ve you
in your rooms? Which is the best hotel in Lon don ?
Who gave you the book? My bro ther . Who ? Mybrother . With whom ha ve you been in E ngla n d?
Wha t did you do it with (with wha t)?
D em o n s t r a t i v e a n d d efi n i t i v e P r o n o u n s .
(va r iable like n oun s.)
As tha t , es this , amas tha t , emes this
here ; magam myself, maged thyself, maga himself ,herself , itself; maga nb ourselves , maga tob yourselves.
magob themselves ; bibi every body , ea ch (used of
person s) , as on (in va r iable) tha t , often in the mea n ingof: a ; a s , a s on doloy melly a thing which .
As a‘bonyv a s enge
'
m , es a’ti e
'
d. As eb a’
bonyveb a’mie
'
in b , es eb p odig a’
n agybdty a'
n b - é i .
Ama s oba t eladn i fogiub , emes ebet p odig ma vettz'
lb.
9 9
An n ab a s a'
lla tn ab n in esen la'
ba , ca n ek f edig
ss a'
r ny a i va n n ab ? Millyen tulajdonsdga va n a n n ab
a’
fa'
n ok. As t a s embor t tegn ap la'
ttam. Magam
n em mebeteb ,ma
'
s t p odig n em lez'
tldbeteb. En
magam sem (n either) ten n ém. Te moya d mon dtad,
bogy lev elet bap ta'
l. Hiss b maga sem ta dfa
bogya n bellfen es t csin a'
ln i . Va llfon maga el fog-e
men n i v ogy csab a’ss olgay
’
a'
t billden di (w ill sen d) .
Mi maga nb megtudj’
a b es t csin a'
ln i , n em bell
a’
ti segitségteb. Min dég jobb less ba maga
tob ss o’
ltob v ele. Kin eb bin eb ott v a n bas a’ja
a bol jo’
l v a n dolga (where he is do ing well).
Kibi tadj’
a mi llyen n ebe’
s er ényt gyaba r oln i . As on
esetben , ba el n em jo'
n n e , n ebi ir n i fogob. As on
ember , bi soba é leté ben jo'
t n em tett , soba b’
r b‘
met
n em o'
r s ett.
Tha t house , which you have seen yesterday,
belon gs to our un cle . Did you buy this book , or
ha ve you received it for a presen t? This is the ma n
tha t in quired a fter you yesterday. Ha ve you seen
him yourselves ? We w ill go to buy the book our
selves , for if you wen t they might deceive you .
Ha ve you spoken to himself? Thou shalt love
(ss er essed) thy n eighbour a s thyself. Men gen era llylove themselves more tha n their n eighbours (fellowmen ) . We ourselves a dmon ished him a lways
to be ca utious. If I had been there myself, that
see In troduction in stead of a s - n a b .
10 0
n ever would have happen ed. E very body (bibi)kn ows best his own wa n ts. E a ch (of them) ha s
rebeived his sha re himself.
XI I . C o n ju n et i o n s .
Correla tive on es a re : miér t why , mer t because,for ; a
'
mba'
r,ba
’
r a lthough , mégis n evertheless,
yet ; miker when , abbor then ; min t a s ,
zlyy a s , so ; va lamin t like , a s , ss in tzlgy (ss in tén
zlyy) so , the same ; men nyir e , amen nyir e so fa r ,
a n ny ir a , a s ; sem , before con son a n ts se n either ,— sem, se n or ; is a s well, — is a s, (a n d — a n d) ; the
Adverb r éss in t pa r tly , when used a s a Conjun ction
in the a n teceden t , is repea ted in the con sequen t.
Mzer t hoggto el a’ba
'
tya'
d Lon don t ? Mer t
levelet bap ot bogy ss iilei ss z'
lbséglib (wa n t him).
Amba'r n ebi n agyon n ebes en esett a’
ss e'
p v a'
r os i
elbagyn i , mégis a’
ss illei er a'
n ti ss er etett r a'
bir ta dt.
Miker a’
ss ii‘
leinb ben n a nbet elbagytab , akber a s
b‘
esém sir va fa ba dt. Ki (a ny on e) min t ayya'
t veti
(makes his bed) , zlgy a ludn i fog well a n d
have it Sem eu ,sem a s a tga
'
m n em
fog a’
va'
r osba men n i . Se lova t , se p e'
n s t n em
bos eti . As a'
lla tob se n em bess é ln eb ,se n em
gon do lbos n ab zlgy min t a s ember eb. Mibor
Ha n n iba l As sza ba érbes ett a bbor Ca r tbago nga ba t
bajtott (submitted) a’r o
’
ma i iga a la'
. Ca r tbago is,
Ro’
ma is elesel t.
10 2
ta dem , bogy ma'
s boa n a n Jon min t Angolor ss a'
gbol.
Ha beln ap jdtbb e'
n n ebteb oda a dba tom a’
bb’
nyvet.
Most menjmin dfa'
r t. En ma n em mebeteb a s osbola'
ba .
Csab egy p illa n a tig vdrja'
l, d a s on n a l i tt less . Ta la'
n
inba'
bb ss er etn e ba s a men n i . Igen gya br a n esik a s esd
Angolor ss a'
gba n . Olass or ss a'
gba n min de'
g ss ép idd
va n . Iga s a'
n mon dv a (in truth) 6 se n em bb'
lto’
, se
n em ss o'
n ob. Hiss en (en clitica l , ha s n o mea n in g in E nglish) e
'
n n ebi v ila'
gosa n mon dtam, bogy ma Jofl on el.
A’
ba r a'
tom bis onyosa n meg ma el fogjbn i . Men n é l
n agyobb a’
bogy , a n n a’
l n ebes ebb a r r a fel men n i .
Men n é l tb’
bbet o lva s a s ember , a n n a'
l tb’
bbet ta n a l.
Men ny ivel tova'
bb a lss unb , a n nyiva l r b’
v idebb ideig
é lilnb , mer t é leta'
nb min den o’
r aj’
a v ess tesség , a’
melly ibben a lss unb.
(The) Kings a ct unjustly , when they make wa r
aga in st their own people . If you tell it on ce to me
(If on ce I sha ll kn ow it a n other time . The
more you speak , the less they will un dersta n d. He
kn ows it perhaps himself (wha t) how he ought to
a ct (how he must a ct) . My brother left Lon don
yesterday a n d a rr ived a t Pa r is to -day. (The boys
wen t to school a lready (The boys a lready to
school wen t) . Thy fr ien d ha s left Fra n ce long
ago . Formerly people were un der the governmen tofPa tr ia rchs. The steam -engin e ha s been in ven ted
recen tly. Amer ica ha s been discovered more tha n 350
yea rs ago (350 ess ten dbvel es eldtt) . Formerly men
kn ew on ly three pa rts of the ea rth . The more men
10 3
kn ow , the more wa n ts they have. The soon er you
fin ish your lesson s , the soon er you sha ll play? How
do you kn ow, whether my brother ha s a rr ived, or n ot.
We often ha ve been in the king’
s ga rden s , but a s
often a s we go we find n ew plea sure . When ce do
you come? I come from Brussels a t this momen t
(e’
p illa n a tba n ) .
A. GRAMMATICAL FORMS.
ETIMOLflGI.
The E tymologica l forma tion s , a s well a s the
Syn tax , of the Hun ga r ia n la nguage a re con formable
to the cha ra cter of Or ien ta l la n guages.
The la nguage ha s sca rcely a ny Declen sion for
objective terms (Substa n tives a n d Adjectives) , n o pr i
mitive possessive Pron oun s , is poor in Preposition s
str ictly taken , but seems to be in exha ustible in Ver
ba l forma tion s. These la tter may be exten ded
to such a n immen se n umber of va rious Verba l
r oots , tha t a ll other Europea n la nguages a re but
poor a n d in complete represen ta tives of Verba l forms
in compa r ison w ith it.
As these a re the prin cipal on es in the la nguage,they may be premised , a lthough ma ny Gramma ria n sprefer to begin w ith the Noun s .
I o V e r b s .
l . V e r b a l r o o t s .
A. Primitive roots.
In other Europea n la nguages we a re in the habit
of expressing the Verbs in the In fin itive , a s their
simple form , in the Hunga ria n la n guage we must
in quire a fter the root of the Verb. The In fin itive
10 8
of a ny Verb°
en ds w ith the syllable n i, preceded by a vowel or a con son a n t. The root of
Verbs a lways ha s a fin a l con son a n t ; thus , if the ter
m in a tion of the In fin itive be taken off , a n d the
rema in der of the verb ha s a fin a l vowel , this vowel
must be omitted a s well , a nd then the rema in der
w ill be the r oot of the Verb.
The Verb il ln i , to sit , ha s its roo t in u l ;
va lla n i , to con fess ,ha s it in va ll. Such Verba l
roots ar e ca lled pr imitive Verba l roots , a n d a re for
the grea test pa r t mon osyllabica l on es , a t lea st in a ll
pr im itively Hunga r ia n Verbs . They a re either
r e gu l a r on es , when the Verba l roots rema in en tirelyun cha nged wha tever termin a tion may be jo in ed tothem , or i r r e gu l a r on es , when they a re liable to
differen t tr a n sforma tion s a s often a s some termin a tion s
a re a dded to them in order to form the differen t
Ten ses of the Verb. Irr egular ities a re produced : bya c o n t r a c t i o n of the Verba l root ; by i n s e r t i n g a
c o n s o n a n t between the vowel of the root a n d tha t
of the person a l termin a tion of the Verb , which is
then a ssimila ted to tha t of the person a l term in a tion
a s often a s this begin s w ith a con son a n t ; o r by
e x c h a n g e o f c o n s o n a n t s , especia lly of the con
son a n ts d ,ss
,v .
a ) C o n t r a c t i o n s .
C o n t r a c t i o n s a re produced by the o m i s s i o n
of a vowel or of a c o n s o n a n t in the la st syllable
of the verba l root.
110
3. If the la st syllable is formed by the con
son a n ts l , m , n , r , or if the con son a n ts ss, s , s s,
es , should meet with them ; a s, bin os - n i to plague , to
trouble ; con tra cted , bin s ,bin s om I plague ;
p or os- n i to dust , p ors om I dust ; er demel - n z
to deserve , ér deml , ér demleb I deserv e .
4. The den ta ls d, t , followed by r, a dmit the
same abbrev ia tion . Sedor - n i to fling to twist ; sodr ,sodr om I fling ; gyb
’
r tb’
r - n i to trouble , gyo‘
tr b'
m
I do trouble .
O b s e r v . These abbrev ia tion s very often recur
in the In fin itive Mood , but in such in sta n ces
the v owel is repla ced when the root is used by
itself: a s , in the third person of the Presen t Ten se
in the Singula r Number in the Active ; or the root
is n ot used by itself a n d the third person receives
the termin a tion ib, a s, in the Medium. Sodr a n i in stead
of sodor n i , gyb'
tr en i in stead of gyo‘
to'
r n i ; ba bs a nz
in stead of babos n i , of which is , ba bs i b it foams.
Om i s s i o n o f C o n s o n a n t s .
There a re on ly a few Verbs which a dmit such
a con tra ction , a n d these a re the Verbs : ss b’
n i to sew
(with a n eedle) , ldn i to shoot , r in i to cry , n bnz
to grow , jbn i to come , sinn i to cry , to yell ,
r o'
n i to tally (to ma rk) , bin i to ca ll , ss in i to
suck , v in i to con test , to fight a duel , ban i to hide,to con cea l on e
’
s self, filn i to blow ; which a re
formed by con tra ction of the radica ls : ss b'
v
lb'
v , r iv , a b’
v , jo'
v , etc. the con son a n t v beingleft out a nd the radica l vowel prolonged.
111
O b s e r v . 1. If the Person al termin a tion s begin
with a vowel , the pr imitive roots (en ding with the
con son an t v) a re used ; thus we have : n b’
vb’
b I
gr ow , n btem I have grown .
O b s e r v . 2 . The Verbal roots bi , ss i , v i , bzi,
[ii ha ve , besides their precedin g roots , the respective
roots , hiv , ss iv , v iv , bzij, faj , equa lly used in fa
milia r con versa tion a s well a s in wr iting.
fl. In s e r t i o n s a n d a s s im i l a t i o n s o f
C o n s o n a n t s
A few mon osyllabica l Verba l roots dev ia te
in their r adica l forma tion s so fa r a s to shew a n ew
r oot for n ea rly ea ch Ten se . The on ly a n a logy
n oticed in their tra n sforma tion is , tha t they r e
d o u b l e the con son a n t of the person a l termin a tion
of those Ten ses whi ch have a n in itia l con son a n t. Such
are : the Perfect Ten se (t) , the Con dition a l a n d In
fin itive Moods (n) . The following Verbs a re of this
kind : bin n i to believe , the root of which is bi,
v in n i to ca rry , v i ; v en n i to buy , v e ; en n i to ea t,
e in n i to dr ink , i , to which may be a dded 7728 72722
the root of which is men , its Presen t in the
Indica tive Mood is formed by the root megy .
In rega rd to these , I refer to the first pa r t
Numb . VII : Irregula r Verbs.
7 . C h a n g i n g o f C o n s o n a n t s a n d om i s s i o n
o f V ow e l s .
Verba l roots termin a ting w ith the syllables ed,
0 d , 6d , ud , it'
d , especially when preceded by the
112
pa latels g ,b , or the liquids r
,l, sufi
’
er a doublea ltera tion of their pr imitive root. Firstly the
‘
vowel
e , o ,a , a , or u is om itted ; secon dly the den ta l
d is cha nged in to ss for the Presen t , in to v for the
Imperfect Ten se , of the In dica tive Mood. In the
o ther Ten ses the pr imitive root is restored. Ala d-a i
to sleep , cha nges its r oot, ,a lud“ in to a n d
I sleep mea n s a lss om (in stead of a la dom) ;diesebed - n i to glory , to ha ve a pr ide (in ) , forms
diesebss em,I glory ; men ebed
- n i to take refuge , to
sa ve on e’
s self, forms men ebss em ; ga s dagod n i to
grow r ich , forms ga s dagss om. In the Imperfect
Ten se they form : a lv a'
m , I slept (in stead of a la da'
m) ;diesebve
'
m,in stead of diesebédém , etc.
O b s e r v . 1. Verbs in which g precedes the fin a l
syllable of the root a re preferably used a s regula rs
in the Imperfect Ten se ; thus , megeléged - ém is
preferable to megele'
gv-em ,
I wa s sa tisfied ; megbetegedém I became ill , is better tha n megbetegv ém.
O b s e r v . 2 . If the pen ultima of the root be
preceded by a double con son a n t n o con tra ction will
take pla ce ,but the cha nge of d in to ss a n d v ,
is
effected. Alba d - n i to bid (in the pr ice) , a lbass om
I bid , a n d a lba va'
m I bade , etc.
All the pr imi tive Verba l roots a re div ided in to
three cla sses : Ac t i v e , Ne u te r a n d Med i a l Verbal
roots . Active Verba l roots a re of a Tra n sitive , the
Neuter on es of a n In tra n sitive mea n in g ; Media l
roots a re of a n In tra n sitive a n d Reflexive mea n ing ,
which in most of the Europea n la nguages a re con
114
(3) O f F a c t i t i v e a n d P e rm i s s i v eE x p r e s s i o n s.
Such Expr ession s , in the E nglish la nguage , a re
formed by mea n s of the Verbs : to m a ke , to c a u s e,to h a v e , to l e t , a s , I ca use him to wr ite , I let
him read , I ha ve my coa t m ade , etc. The Hun ga
r ia n la n guage a dmi ts the forma tion of Fa ctitive a n d
Permiss ive roots from a ny Active Verb or such Neu
ters a s a re u sed w i th the Objective ca se , by the a ddition
of the syllable ta t,tet to the pr imitive Verba l root.
Vdr n i to wa it , va'
r ta t - n i to let a ny on e wa it ; bes -a i
to ta r ry , béstet - n i to ca use delay.
O b s. 1. E n n i , bin n i , in n i , ven n i form : etet
n i to feed , bitet - n i to ca use to believe , ebi et - n i
to ca use to buy.
O b s . 2 . In some in sta n ces the Fa ctitive r oot is
used in stead of the.
Pa ssive on e , ,a s in polysyllabica l
Verbs , a n d the Pa ssive root in stead of a Fa ctitive
a n d Permissive on e , a s in mon osyllabica l Verbs. Ir a t~
n i , to be wr itten , to let wr ite , a n d to ca use to be
wr i tten ; olvas ta t - a i to be read , a n d to make on e
read.
O f F r e qu e n t a t i v um s .
These a re used when a r epea tedly performed
a ction is to be r epresen ted. Verbs of this kin d a re
fo rmed by mea n s of the syllables ga t , get , a n d bill ,
be'
l ; a s , ta n it a n i to tea ch , ta n itga t- a i to he often
tea ching ; irbdl - in to wr ite repea tedly.
O b s e r v . 1. In most Verbs this Frequen ta tive
syllable is preceded by the vowel 0 or e , especially
when Euphony requ ires it. Ver -n i to beat , ver egetu i to be bea ting repea tedly ; n és - n i to look, n és e
get- n i to he often looking.
O b s e r v . 2 . If the pr imi tive Verba l root ter
min a tes wi th the liquid l or r , a Verbal root may
be formed for dimin utive - frequen ta tive a ction s bymea n s of the addition al syllable doga’l , degé l ; for
in sta n ce , ir doga'
l , he is wr itin g a little a t a time.
8) O f th e P o t e n t i a l Mo o d.
If the possibility of the a ction , expressed by a ny
Verb wha tever , is represen ted , or the capability of
the Active subjects is to be expressed , a n ew root
is formed by the addition a l syllable ba t , bet. This
syllable may be added to pr imi tive Verbal roots a s
well a s to der iva tive on es. Ir - n i to wr ite , ir a t-a i
to be wri tten ; ver - n i to bea t , ver et-ai to be bea ten ,
v er tet - n i to have a ny on e bea ten , ver eget n i to
bea t repea tedly , ver degé l-n i to beat repea tedly but
a little a t a time , have their Poten tial roots in
ir -ba t he is able to wr ite , ir a t -ba t may be wri tten ,
ca n be wr itten ; ver bet he can bea t , ver etbet
may be bea ten or being possible to bea t him , ver
tetbet he is able to bea t or able to empower othersto bea t a ny on e , ver eget
-bet , he may beat re
pea tedly , ver degé l bet , etc.
3) O f th e Fu t u r e.
This is formed by the addition of a nd, end,
to a ny of the preceding or other Verbal roots .
8 *
116
The root of the Future, formed tha t way, in volves
the n otion of con dition a lity when used in a ny of the
Ten ses , a n d tha t of n ecessity a n d duty in the form
of the Verba l Adjective (the Presen t Pa rticiple a ccord
ing to some Gramma rs) . The preceding roots ir ,
ir a t , ir ba t , ir a tba t , ver , ver et , ver eget , ver degé l,
ver bot , ver etbet , ver egetbet , ver degé lbet , w ill
give a s ma ny n ew roots for the Future : ir a nd,
(he) will wr ite ; ir a ta n d , will be wr itten or
)he) w ill let write ; ir ba ta n d , (he ) will be
able to wr ite ; ir a tba ta n d , (he) will be able to
have wr itten ; ver en d , (he) w ill bea t ; ver eten d ,
will be bea ten ; ver egeten d , (he) w ill bea t frequen tly ;ver degé len d , (he) w ill bea t frequen tly softly ; v er
beten d , (he) will be able to bea t ; ver etbeten d,
will be able to let him bea t , a n d might be
bea ten ; ver etbeten d , (he) will be able to bea t re
pea tedly etc.
As it is n ot the in ten tion of this work to give
a n e x t e n s i v e E tymology of the la n guage, the pre
ceding forma tion s of der iva tive Verba l roots may
suffice to indica te the fertility of the Hunga r ian Verbs.
To give a short v iew of the forma tion s of the
differen t roots , the followin g a re subjoin ed
Active Ver - n i , to bea t.
Pa ssive Ver et -n i to be bea ten .
Frequen ta tive Ver eget- n i , to bea t frequen tly.
Dimin utive-Freq. Ver degé l - n i , to bea t frequen tly (butn ot so ha rd) .
Frequen ta tive Ver des - n i , to bea t frequen tly.
118
As we often use Metaphor ical expression s,when the la n guage a ffords n o proper term for the
represen ta tion s of our thoughts , ma ny of these
Verba l roots a re used metaphor ica lly ; this Rhe
torica l licen ce is on e of the sources of Verba l
abun da n ce.
From the root vess , to per ish , may be formed
vess t -en i , to lose (Fa ctitive : to ca use to per ish) .
vess it en i , to lose (to permit per ishing) .
vess teget- n i , to squa n der (to let become lost
frequen tly) .
vess tegel- a i
,to be idle (to lose time con tin uallyor frequen tly) .
vess ebed - n i , to qua rrel (to lose words a n d
fr ien dship for on e a n other) .
Those who wish to see the whole exten t
of the der iva tion of roots may con sult ,,C om a r i n u s
C s i pkes H u n g a r i a i l l u s t r a t a 1655“ or the
,,System of the Hunga r ia n language by the Hunga ria n
Academy.
“
2 . C o n ju g a t i o n .
A. Tenses , Person s , Moods.
The differen t represen ta tion s of action , expressedby a ny Verb , rela tive to Time , when it took pla ce ;to Person s who a re a ctive , a nd to Moda lity of a ctionor a ctiv ity itself , gave or igin to what is ca lled the
”C o n j u g a t i o n o f t h e V e r b.
“
119
This C o n j ug a t i o n of a Hunga r ia n Verb is
performed by mea n s of differen t a ffixes jo in ed to the
Verba l roots .
In con sidera tion of the Verba l roots themselves
there a re two differen t cla sses of Conjuga tion a l a ffixes ;on e for the Ac t i v e a n d Ne u te r , the o ther for the
P a s s i v e an d M e d i u m (Neutro -Pa ssive) .
T im e is represen ted a s : pa st , presen t , a n d
future , comprehen din g a n in fin ite ser ies of successive
cha n ges . The Gramma tica l forms for these represen
ta tion s (Ten ses) w ill be a s ma ny a s there may be
made distin ction s of time .
The Europea n la nguages distinguish P r e s e n t ,
P a s t , a n d F u t u r e . The more Na tion s become culti
v a ted in Rhetor ic, the more combin a tion s of the diffe
ren t sta tion s of time will occur a n d the more Ten ses
w ill be requ ired in the Gramma r of their la nguage.
The Hun ga r ia n la n guage , hav in g been a tta ched
to the fam ilia r home of the agricultur ists , is n ot so
r ich in Gramma ti ca l forms of Ten ses , a n d in familia r
con versa tio n we may do w ith two ; the on e for the
presen t a n d future , Presen t Ten se a n d the other
for the pa st , Perfect Ten se . The in termedia te Ten se,Imperfect , an d the compoun d on e , the Pluperfect,a re Ten ses more of the solemn style a n d n ot
fa m i l i a r in the home of the true Hunga r ia n s. The
compoun d Future is a foreign elemen t.
For the future the Hun garian Verb may form a n ew root
see above.
120
P e r s o n s . The n otion (idea ) of this expression
bein g a logica l con sequen ce of the distin ction made
between : s p e a ke r , s p o k e n t o , a n d s p o ke n o f,
the Hun ga r ia n Verb ha s a s ma ny distin ction s re
la tive to Person s a s a ll o ther Europea n la n guages ;
but , w ith rega rd to the distin ction of G e n d e r , the
Hun ga r ia n s ha ve reta in ed the Or ien ta l cha ra c
ter , makin g n o distin ction of Gen der wha tever .
The distin ction of Gen der made in Gramma r
is in comprehen sible to Hun ga r ia n s ; just a s the wa n t
of tha t disti n ction would puzzle foreign ers . Gramma rin deed a n d la nguage may dispen se w ith the distin o
tion of be , sbe ,i t , if they be repla ced by a ny
other word tha t would comprehen d them a ll .
M o d a l i ty is the Logic of the Verb. The
Verb is either : in apodictica l rela tion to the subject,in the In d i c a t i v e a n d Im p e r a t i v e Moods ; in
a n a sser tor ia l on e , in the S u bj u n c t i v e Mo o d ; in a
hypothetical or problema tica l on e , in the C o n
di t i o n a l ; or , la stly ,in a n In fin itive or In defin ite
rela tion , in the I n f i n i t i v e M o o d. The Hun ga r ia n
la n guage ha s proper Verba l forms for ea ch of the
differen t Moods .
B. Gharaoteristics of the different Ten ses and Moods.
Affixes used to express the differen t person a l relation s, a re a dded to the Ch a r a c te r i s t i c of the Verb.
C h a r a c t e r i s t i c is the fin a l con son an t of the
Verba l root , rema in ing a fter the person a l a ffixes a re
taken off.
122
O b s e r v . bit (to) see , ha s la'
tt seen ,
for the first a nd secon d , la'
tott , for the third per
son . Some of the mon osyllabica l roots termin a tingw ith t
, have a regula r a n d a u gm e n t e d form a s
well, ba tt a n d ba tett , from the pr imitive ba t (to)
have impression ; ja tt a n d jutott , from jut (to)
rea ch , (to) get to , (to) become.
B) The Verbal r oot receives the Cha ra cter istic
without the a ccession of a vowel , when ever it
does n ot belong to the preceding rule. Olva s (to)r ead , olvas t read va
'
r vo'
r t v a r (to)
sew , va r t sewed ; ta la'
l (to) fin d , ta ldlt
foun d ; va'
r ta t (to) leave wa itin g , v a'
r i a i t left
wa iting ; te l (to) push , tolt pushed.
O b s . Verbs the roots of which termin a te
with the con son a n ts b,d , f, g , gy , b ,
m, p ,
s ,
ss ,v ,
s,a n d polysyllables with a fin a l t , receive
the cemen ting vowel e,
o ,3 on ly in the t h i r d
P e r s o n o f t h e S i n gu l a r Num b e r . a d , a de lt ;
fagg — (to) freeze , faggett he froze ; do'
f (to) butt,
db’
fb’
tt ; la b— (to) dwell, (to) in habit, lekett he dwelt.
3. The Cha ra cter istic of the Subjun ctive a n d
Impera tive Mood is j, which is added immedia telyto the Verba l root. Va
'
r va'
rf lép (to) step ,lépj lab la bj etc .
O b s . 1. Verba l roots with a fin a l t , s , ss , s
chan ge this Cha ra cter istic j in to s , ss ,s . See
In troduction 3 .
O b s. 2 . The Person a nd the whole Plural
of the Pres. Ten se In d. Mood of the Defin ite Form
123
receive j a s their cha ra cter istic a s well , which is
a ssimila ted to the fin a l con son a n ts s , ss,s,but re
ma in s un cha n ged a fter t fin a l.
4) The Cha ra cter istic of the Con dition a l is 71
a dded to the Verba l root either immedia tely a s in :
a d a dn va'
r v a'
rn la'
t la'
tn
bér (to) petition , be'
r n es (to) fa ll , esn
or by mea n s of the vowels a , e , to such r oots a s
receive the Cha ra cter istic of the Perfect with a
cemen ting vowel (see 2 . a )) Ta n it ta n ita n
men d monda n sogit (to ) a ssist , se
giten etc .
0 . Forms and Person al terminations.
The Active Vo ice ha s two distin ct Forms of
Conjuga tion : a De fi n i t e a n d a n In d e f i n i t e on e.
The Neuter is on ly used in the In defin ite form of the
Active Vo ice.
The Pa ssive Vo ice ha s person a l termin a tion s
difi’
eren t from those of the Active, though r ela ted to
them . These termin a tion s a re used wi th Verbs the
mea n in g of which is a n eutra l on e , a n d which a re
kn own (in Hun ga ria n Gramma rs) a s Verbs of ib,
because their third Person of the Sing. Number en ds
with ib , or a s Neutro -Pa ssives , because they have
the e x t e r n a l form of the Pa ssive voice a n d the
i n t e r n a l mea n ing of a Neuter Verb. I preferred to
ca ll them ,,M e d i u m s“simila r to the Greek, a nd in
fa ct most of them are of the same mea n ing a s the
GreekMedium, their Pa ssive form n ot beingrega rded.
124
1 . THE PERSONAL TERMINATIONSINDEFINITE FORM OF THE ACTIVE VOICE
AND NEUTER.
I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .
Hard ones. Soft ones.
Presen t Ten se.
Sing. ob, ss , r oot ; eb ss , root ;
Plur . a nb, teb, ela b, teb n eb.
Imperfect.
Sin g. éb, a'
l, a ; éb, e
'
l, e,
Plur . dn b, a'
tob, a'
n ab. énb, e
'
teb, én eb.
Perfect.
Sin g. am, a'
l, Cha ra c em,
é l, Cha ra ct. ;Plur . un b, a tob, a n ab . tink
, eteb, en eb .
Pluperfect
ha s the same termin a tion s a s the Perfect , but to
ea ch Person is added the word
Future
is a compoun d Ten se of the Presen t of fog - n i to
seize , to ca tch , a n d the In fin itive of tha t Verb the
Future of which is requ ired. The whole is a fo
reign product.
On the Ten ses oi the Future radica l a n d or
en d see below .
All the Verbs , tha t receive a cemen tin g vowel before
the Cha ra cteri stic of the Perfect , receive such a vowel beforea ll the Person al termin a tion s which begin with a con son an t,
except the j of the Subjun ctive . Thus in stea d of teb , theyhave eteb
,a n d a n a b in stea d of n ab etc The soft on es receive
the correspon ding soft vowel , a s e‘
te'
b, en eb , etc .
126
2 . PERSONAL TERMINATIONS OF THE DEFINITE FORM
OF THE ACTIVE VOICE .
I n d i c a t i v e
Presen t Ten se.
Sing. om, 0 d , em ed i ;
Plur . a le,
a'
k. iik,
Imperfect.
Sin g. u'
m; dd , d,
em é d , é,
Plur . o'
k,
a'
tok, a'
k. 6k,é tek, ék.
Perfect.
Sing. am , a d , a ,em ,
ed , e,
Plur . uk,a'
ta lt , div: div, é tek, ék.
Pluperfect.
The person a l termin a tion s of the Perfect , ea ch
Person receiving the a ddition a l
Future .
The In fin itive a n d the Presen t Ten se of fogn i ,in its Defin ite form.
S u b j u n c t i v e
Hard.
Presen t Ten se.
S in g. am , a d , a,
em , ed ,
Plur. a le , a'
tok,die. I iik, etek ,
Perfect.
Like the Perfect of the In dica tive
which is added légyen .
Preceded by j , the same a s the Plura l. See B Cha
ra cteristics. 3 .
127
C o n d i t i o n a l
Hard.
Presen t.
S ing. u'
m,
a'
d ,em
,éd , é
,
Plur . o’
lc , a'
tok,a'
k. 615 , etele, c'
lc.
Pa st.
In the Pa st is used the Perfect of the In di
ca tive Mood , to ea ch Person of which is added
vo ln a .
The Impera tive Mood is supplied by the Sub
jun ctive . In stead of the longer form of the secon d
Person a d, common ly the shor ter on e with a simple
d , is used ; in such ca ses the Cha racter istic j is
suppressed a s well.
3 . PERSONAL TERMINATIONS OF THE PASSIVE VOICEAND MEDIUM.
I n d i c a t i v e .
Presen t.
0 1, ih ; i ii ,
ta lc, n ak. i a , tel: n elc,
Imperfect .
a'
l,
elc em, é l, e
'
lr
a'
tok, a'
n a lc. lénk, é lek,
én ek.
Medial Verbs tha t receive a vowel before the t of the
Perfect Ten se ha ve the vowel 0 before tok,
a n d a beforen a k. (See Cha ra cteri stic of the Perfect.)
e‘
m,bl,tok a re on ly u sed with Medial Verbs the root of
which ha s 6 for its vowel.
"128
Perfect.
Sing am, a'
l , Cha ra ct. ; em, el , Cha ra ct. ;
Plur . a nk, a tok
,a n ak (ak) . iln lr, en ek
Pluperfectis formed like tha t of the Active voice .
Future ,
like tha t of the Active vo ice .
Presen t.
Sin g. am , a'
l , é lc ; em , c'
l , e'
k ;
Plur . a nk, a tolc , a n ak. itule, etek,
en ek.
Perfect
is formed like the Perfect of the Active Vo ice .
C o n d i t i o n a l .
Presen t.
Sin g. a'
m , a'
l,
eh ; ém , é l , e'
k ;
Plur . (ink,dtok, a
'
n a /t . e'
n lc, é telf , én ek.
Perfect
is formed like the Perfect of the Active Vo ice .
In forming the Impera tive Mood the rules given
for the Active Voice a re to be observed here a s well.
I n f i n i t i v e .
No vowel precedes this termin a tion in the Pa ssive
Vo ice ; a s rega rds the Medium see the Active Voice .
On a ssimila tion of the cha ra cteristic see In troduction § 3.
130
Pluperfect Ten se .
Ta la'
ltam va la or volt, I had
Ta la'
lta'
l v a la , thou hadst
Ta la'
lt v a la ,he had
P lu r . Ta la'
lta nk va la , we had found.
Ta la'
lta tolr va la , you had
Ta la ltak v a lathey hadTa ldlta n a lc va la
Compoun d Future .
Ta la'
ln i fagak, I sha ll or will ‘
Ta la'
ln i fogsz , thou wiltTa la
'
lm'
fog , he will
P lu r . Ta ldln i foga nk, we sha ll or will
Ta ldln i fogtolc , you will
Ta la'
ln i fogn ak, they will
S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
Ta la'
lfa lc , tha t I may”
Ta la'
lfa’
l , tha t thou mayst
Ta la'
lfon , tha t he may
P l u r . Ta la'
ljunk, tha t we mayTa la
'
lia tok, that you mayTa la
'
lfa n a lt , tha t theymay
Pa st Ten se.
Ta la'
ltam leggea'
,tha t I might
Ta la’
lta’
l légyen , tha t thou mightest
Ta la'
lt légyen , tha t he mightP l u r . Ta la
'
lta nk leggea , tha t we mightTa la
'
lta tolc leggea , tha t you mightTa la
'
ltak leggea , tha t they might
13 1
i \ txi , o, n , a 1.
Pr esen t Ten se .
Ta la'
ln ék, I" should or"
would
Ta la'
ln a'
l , thou wouldst
Ta la'
ln a,he '
would'
P l u r . Ta la'
ln a'
nk , we should or would t
Ta ldln dtok, you would
Ta la'
ln a'
n ak, they would
Pa st Ten se .
Ta la'
ltam v o ln a ,I should or wou ld
Ta la'
lta'
l voln a , thou'
wouldst
Ta la'
lt vo ln a ,he would
P l u r . Ta la'
ltun lc voln a, we should or would
Ta la'
lta tok v oln a ,“
you w ould
Ta la'
ltak voln a ,they would
I m p e r a t i v e .
S i n g. Ta la'
lj,P lu r . Ta la
'
lfa tok,
I nVi n z t i v a
Ta la'
ln i , to fin d.
0 b s . 1. ThePres. Tense of the Subjun ctive Mood
is used to express fdims like those : ,,Let us go , let
them go ,let him go ,
“ menfiink , menjen ek, menfen .
O b s . 2 . All the Neuter Verbs a re conjuga teda ccordin g to the In definite Form . of the Active Vo ice .
9 *
132
b . DEFINITE FORM.
I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
Ta la'
lom ,I fin d (it)
Ta la'
lod , thou fin dest (it)Ta ldlfa ,
he fin ds (it) ;P l u r . Ta la
'
lfulc, we fin d (it)
Tal a'
lfdtolf , you fin d (it)
Ta ldljdlr , they fin d (it) .
Imperfect.
Ta la'
la'
m,I foun d (it)
Ta la'
la'
d , thou foun dst
Ta la'
la'
,he foun d ;
P l u r . Ta la'
ldk, we foun d
Ta la'
la'
tok, you foun d
Ta la'
la'
k,they foun d.
Perfect.
Ta ldltam , I have foun d (it) , I did fin d (it)Ta la
'
ltad , thou ha st foun d
Ta la'
lta ,he ha s foun d ;
P l u r . Ta la'
ltuk, we have foun d
Ta la'
lta'
tolc, you ha ve foun d
Ta la'
ltdk, they hav e foun d.
Pluperfect.
Ta ldlta'
m v a la or volt , I had
Ta la'
lta d va la , thou hadstTa la
'
lta va la ,he had
P l u r . Ta la'
ltak va la , we had
Ta la'
lta'
tolc v a la , you had
Ta la'
lta'
k va la , they had
foun d (it) .
134
P l u r . Ta la'
ln o’
lc, If we foun d,' ifwe would
Ta la'
ln a'
tok ,If you foun d ,
‘
if youwould
Ta la'
ln a'
k,If
‘
they foun d ,~if they
‘
would
Pa st Ten se .!
Ta la'
ltam voln a ,I would
'
w'
if I‘have
Ta la'
lta d voln a , thouwouldst Eif thouhave
Ta la'
lta voln a ,he would ” ‘g if be ‘have
P l u r . Ta la'
ltult voln a , we would ifif we haveTa la
'
lta'
tok voln a , youwould i if you have
Ta la'
lta'
k voln a , they would if theyhave .
I m p e r a t i v e .
Ta la'
ld ,fin d (thou) (it).
Ta la'
lja’
tok,fin d (you) (it) .
B) Verbs with soft ivowels q
a . INDEFINITE FORM.
I n d i c a t i v e M o o d
Presen t Ten se:
S i n g. I break
To'
r sz, thou breakest
To‘
r,he breaks ;
P l u r . Tb’
r ilnlc, we break
you break
To'
rn ek, they break.
Imperfect Ten se .
S i n g. To’
r e'
k, I broke
Tb’
r é l , thou br okestTo
'
r e , he broke ;
Verbs with e,a s thei r ra dica l vowel, havea short 8 i n stea d
135
P l u r . To'
r énk , we broke .
Tb’
r é tek, you .broke
To‘
r én ek, they broke .
Perfect.
Ten se .
Tb’
r tem , I ha ve broken , I
Tb’
r té l , thou ha st broken
To’
r t,he ha s broken ;
P l u r . To'
r tilnk, we have broken
To'
r tetek, you have broken
a n d they have broken .
Pluperfect Ten se .
Tb’
r tem va la or volt, I had
To'
r tel v a la , thou hadst
Tb’
r t va la , he had
P l u r . To'
r tilnk v a la , we ha d
Tb’
r tetek va la , you had
To'
r telc va la , they had
broken .
Compoun d Future.
To'
rm'
fogok, I sha ll or w ill
To'
r n i fogsz ,thou wilt
Tb’
rm fog , be wrllbreak.
P l u r . To‘
r n i fogun lc, we sha ll or will
Tb‘
z‘n i fogtolc, you will
To‘
r n i fogn ak, they will
136
S u b j u n é t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
To’
rjek, tha t I may
tha t thou mayst
Tb’
rjo'
n , tha t he mayP l u r . To
'
ry'
ilnk, tha t we may
Tb’
fjetek, tha t you mayTb
’
rjen ek, tha t they may
break.
Pa st Ten se.
Tb’
r tem légyen ,ha t I m ight
Tb’
r lé l légg/en , tha t thou m ightest
To'
r t le'
gyen , tha t he might
P l u r . To'
r tiln lc le'
gyen , tha t we m ight
Tb’
r tetek légyen ,tha t you might
Tb’
r telc le'
gyen , tha t they might
C o n d i t i o n a l .
Presen t Ten se.
To'
r n ék,I should
To‘
r nel , thou wouldst
To‘
r n e , he would
P l u r . Tb‘
r n én lc , we should
To'
r n é tek, you would
To'
r n ének they would
break.
Pa st Ten se.
S i n g. To'
r tem voln a , I should have broken .
To’
r tel voln a , thou wouldst ha ve broken
To'
r t voln a , he would have broken
138
P l u r . To‘
r tz’
lk, we have‘broken etc.
Tb’
r te'
tek, you have broken etc.
To’
r ték,they have broken etc.
Pluperfect.
To'
r tem v a la , I had
To‘
r ted va la ,thou ha st
To°
r te v a la , he had
P l u r . To'
r tilk va la , we had
To‘
r té tek v a la, you had
To'
r ték they had
broken (it) .
Compoun d Future.
To‘
r n i fogom, I sha ll, or w ill
To'
r n i fogod , thou wilt
To‘
r n i fagfa , he w ill
P l u r . To'
r n i fogfuk, we sha ll
To'
r n i fogflitok, you will
To'
r n i fogfa'
k, they will
b reak (it).
S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se . I
Toniem tha t I may
To’
rjed , tha t thou mayst
To'
rje , tha t he may,P lu r . Tdrjillc, tha t we may
To'
rjé telc , tha t you mayTo
’
rjék, tha t they may
break (it) .
In stead of v a la,may be u sed volt.
139
Pa st Ten se .
To'
r tem"
légyen ,tha t I might
To'
r ted légyen , tha t thou m ightest
To'
r te légyen ,tha t he migh t
P l u r . To'
r tilk légyen , tha t we might
Tb’
r té tek légyen tha t “
you“
m ight
To’
r ték [egg/en , tha t they might"
C o n d i t i o n a l }
Presen t Ten se .
Tor nem ,1 should , or would
To'
r néd ,thou wouldst
To'
r n é , he would
P l u r . Tb’
r n dlc , we should , or would
To'
r n e'
tek , you would
To'
r n ék,they would
Pa st Ten se.
Tor tem v oln a ,I should , or would
Ta'
r ted vo ln a , thou wouldst"
To'
r te voln a , he would
P l u r . To'
r tiilc voln a , we should ,
‘
or wouldTo
'
r te'
tek vo ln a , you would
Te'
r tek voln a , they “would
break(it) .
UOIIOJq
CARI]
I m p e r a t i v e .
S i n g. To'
r d ,break (it) .
My }: To’
rjé tek , break (it) .
O b s . Neuter Verbs have n o Defin ite'
form.
140
2 . PASSIVE VOICE
a ) Verbs wi th ha rd vowels.
I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se.
Ta la'
lta tom , I am
Ta ldlta tol , thou a rt
Ta la'
lta tik , he is
P lu r . Ta la'
lta tun lc , we ar e
Ta la'
lta ttok , you a re
Ta la'
lta tn ak, they a re
Imperfect Ten se.
Ta la'
lta ta'
m,I wa s
Ta la'
lta ta’
l , thou wa st
Ta la'
lta té lc , he wa s
P l u r . we were
Ta la'
lta ta'
tok, you were
Ta la'
lta ta'
n ak, theywere
Perfect.
Ta la'
lta ttam,I ha ve
Ta la'
lta tta'
l , thou ha st
Ta la'
lta tott , he ha s
P l u r . Ta la'
lta ttunk, we have been foun d.
Ta la'
lta tta tok, you have
Ta ldlta ttak
a n d they ha ve
Ta la la'
lta ta n a lc
Pluperfect.
S i n g. Ta kilta ttam va la , or volt I had
Ta la'
lta ttdl va la , thou ha dst been found.
Ta ldlta tott v a la ,he had
found.
foun d.
142
Ta la'
lta tn ék , he would
P l u r . Ta la'
lta tn a'
nk , we should
Ta la'
lta ln a'
tok , you would ;
Ta la'
lta tn a'
n ak , they would
Pa st Ten se.
Ta la'
lta tt am v oln a , should
Ta ldlta tta'
l voln a , thou wouldst
Ta la'
lta tott voln a , he would
P l u r . Ta la'
lta tunk voln a , we should
Ta la'
lta tta tok voln a , you would
Ta la'
lta tta lc vo ln a t hey would
I m p e r a t i v e .
The Presen t Ten se‘
ofi
the subjun ctive Mood.
Ta ldlta tn i , to be foun d.
“
6) Verbs w ith soft vowels .
,I . n d i c
,a t i v e M o.
.
t
.
”
Presen t Ten se .
Ko'
teté l , thou a rt bound
Ko'
tetik , he is boun d ;
Kfitetilnk , we -a re boun d.
Ko'
tettek , you . |a re boun d .
Ko'
tetn ek . they -a re boun d
143
Imperfect.
Ko'
tetém , I wa s
Ko'
teté l , thou wa st
Kb‘
teték , he wa s
P lu r . Ko'
teténk, we were
Kb’
teté tek, you were
Kii tetén ek ,
’
they were
boun d.
Perfect.
Kb’
tettem , I have
Ko’
tetté l , thou ha st
Ko'
tetett , he h a s
P lu r . Kb’
tettilnk , we have
Ko’
tette'
tek , you have
Ko‘
té ttelc , they have
been boun d .
Pluperfect.Ko
’
tettem v a la (volt) I had
Kb’
tetté l v a la , thou 'hadst ~
Kb‘
tetett v a la , he had
Plu r . Ko'
tett ilnk va la , we had
Ko’
tettetek v a la , you had
Kb’
tettelc v a la , they ha d
been boun d.
Compoun d Future.
Ko'
tetn i fagak ,I sha ll or will
Ko‘
tetn i fogsz , thou wilt
Ko'
tetn i fog , be w ill be bound.
P l u r . Ko‘
tetn i fogunk , we sha ll on will
Ko'
tetn i fogtok , you w ill
Katetn i fogn ak , they will
144
S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
Ko’
tessem , tha t I mayKo
'
tessé l , tha t thou mayst
Ifdtessék , tha t he mayP l u r . Ko
'
tessilnk , tha t we mayKo
'
tessetek, tha t you maytha t they mayPa st Ten se .
Ko'
tettem légyen , tha t I might ha ve
Ko'
tetté l le'
gyen , tha t thou m ightest
Ko'
tetett le'
gyen , tha t he might been
P l u r . Kb‘
tettiink leggea , tha t we m ight ha ve boun d.
Ko'
tettetek légyen , tha t you might
Kb’
tettek le'
gg/en , tha t they m ight
be boun d.
C o n d i t i o n a l .
Presen t Ten se .
Ko'
tetn e'
m,I should or would
Ko’
tetn e'
l , thou wouldst
Ko'
tetn ék , he would
P l u r . Ko‘
tetn én lc , we should or would
[(dtetn é telc , you would
they would
Pa st Ten se.
Ko’
tettem voln a , I should or would
Kb’
tetté l voln a , thou wouldst
Ko’
telett voln a , he wouldP l u r . Kb
’
tettiznk voln a , we should or would
Kb‘
tettetek voln a , you would
Kb’
tettelc voln a , they would
be bound.
punoq
ueeq
aAeq
146
Compoun d Future .
Csa lo'
dn i fogok ,I sha ll or will delude myself; like
the Fu ture of the Pa ssive.
S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se.
Csa lo'
dfam , tha t I may delude myself; like the Sub
jun ctive of the Pa ssive .
Pa st Ten se .
Csa lodtam légyen , I might have deluded myself ; etc.
C o n d i t i o n a l .
Presen t Ten se .
Csa lo'
dn dm ,I should or would delude myself, etc .
Pa st Ten se .
Csa lo'
dtam voln a , I might have deluded myself , etc .
I m p e r a t i v e .
Sing. Csa lo’
di , delude thyself;Plur . Csa lo
’
dja tok, delude yourselves .
O b s . The Presen t Ten se of the Subjun ctive
Mood is used a s the Imper a tive Mood a s well , the
compoun d forms of the Impera tive : l e t h im d e
l u d e h im s e l f , l e t u s d e l u d e o u r s e l v e s , etc .
a re a lso expressed by the Presen t Ten se of the Sub
jun ctive Mood.
I n f i n i t i v e .
Csa lo’
dn i , to delude on e’
s self.
Der iv a tive Verba l roots ha ve the same forms of
conjuga tion ; but it is to be remarked , tha t a ll der i
147
v a tive Verba l roots which ha ve a t r a n s i t i v e mea n
ing receive the forms of the Ac t i v e V o i c e ; such
a s ha ve a r e fl e x ive mea n in g receive the forms of
the M e d i u m . Csa l - v i to deceive , csa llza t - n i to
be able to deceive (ca n deceive) , forms : csa l/za tok,
csa lha tsz etc . ; cs a la tkoz - n i (to deceive on e’
s self)
to be m istaken ,forms : cs a la tkozom , csa la tkozol,
csa la tkozik, etc .
4. FUTURE ROOT OF ”AND“
.
All Verba l r oots , Der iva tive a s well a s Pr imi
tive on es , ca n be conjuga ted w ith the Future r a dica l
”a n d“
. The Active r oo t v a'
r (va'
r n i , to wa it or to
expect) a n d the Medium la l n'
k (lakn i to dwell , to
live) may serv e a s a pa ttern of this kin d.
a . Ac t i v e .
I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
Va'
r a n dok, I sha ll or w ill
Va’
r a n dsz, thou w ilt
Va'
r a n d ,he w ill
Vdr a n dun lc, we sha ll or wi ll
Va'
r a n da tok, you w ill
Va'
r a n da n ak ,they will
be wa iting.
Imperfect Ten se .
Va'r a n dék,I would
Vdr an ddl thou wouldst wa itingVa
'
r a n da ,he would
148
Plur . Vdr a n da'nk we would
Va'
r a nda'
tok , you would be wa iting.
Va’
r a n da'
n ak they would
Perfect Ten se .
Sing. Vdr a n dottam ,I will
Va’
r a n do tta'
l,thou w ilt
Vdr a n do tt , he w ill
Plur . Vdr a n dotta nk, we w ill
Vdr a n do tta tolc, you w ill
Va’
r a n dotta lc , they w ill
Pluperfect
is formed from the Perfect by the addition of v a la
or v o lt , to ea ch Person a l form .
have wa ited.
S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
Sing. Va'r a n djak ,I sha ll wa it”)
Vdr a n dya'
l thou sha lt wa it
Va’
r a n dion ,he sha ll wa it
Plur . Vdr a n dfunk , we sha ll wa it
Vdr a n dfa tok, you sha ll wa it
Va'r a n dia n ak, they sha ll wa it.
Pa st Ten se .
Va r a'
n dottam leggea , etc ., like the Pa st Ten se
the Active V.
The Media l form i s : Va'
r a n da’
m,Vdr a n ddl , Vdr a n
dek etc.
The Subjun ctive may o ften be tra n sla ted by ,,will be oh
ligod to wa it“.
150
Plur . L aka n ddnk , we would
L aka n da'
tok, you would be liv ing or dwellin g.
L aka n da’
n ak, they would be
Perfect.
Sing. L aka n dottam ,I will
L aka n do tta'
l , thou w ilt
L aka n do tt , he w ill
Plur . L aka n dottunk, we will
L aka n dotta tok, you w ill
L aka n do ttak ,they will
ha ve lived or dwelt.
Pluperfect.
L aka n do ttam v a la or v olt , etc.
,like the Pa ssive .
S u b j u n c t i v e .
Presen t Ten se .
Sing. L aka n dfam , I sha ll be
L aka n djdl , thou sha lt be
L aka n dfék ,he sha ll be
Plur . L aka n dfunk, we sha ll be
L aka n dyatok, you sha ll be
L aka n dfa n a lc, they sha ll be
Pa st Ten se .
L aka n dotta m légyen , etc.
liv in g or dwellin g.
C o n d i t i o n a l .
Presen t.
L aka n dn a’
m , I should beL aka n dn dl , thou wouldst be living or dwelling.
L aka n dn e'
lc , he would be
15 1
Plur . L aka n dn a'
nk, we should be
L aka n dn a'
tok, you WOUId be liv ing or dwelling,
L aka n dn a'
n ak, they would be
Pa st.
L aka ndottam voln a , etc. , like tha t of the Pa ssive.
I n f i n i t i v e .
L aka n dn i , (to) w ill be living.
5 . CONTRACTED VERBAL ROOTS .
a . Ac t i v e V o i c e .
INDEFINITE FORM.
I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
Sodr ok, I twist , a n d I spin
Sodr a sz a n d sodor sz ,thou twistest
Soda r , he twisteth ;
Sodr unk, we twist
S odor tok , you twist
S odor n ak
Sodr a n ak
Imperfect Ten se .
Sodr ék,I twisted , I spun .
Sodr dl , thou twistedst
Sodr a , he twisted ;Sodr a
'
nk, we twisted
Sodr dtok , you twisted
Sodr a’
na k, they twisted.
they twist.
152
Perfect.
£35225: I ha ve twisted , I wa s twisting
tt'
lthou ha st twisted
Sodr o tt , he ha s twisted ;S odr ottunk
Sodor tunk l’ we ha ve twi sted
Sodr otta tok
Sodor ta tolf i’ you have tw i stedSodr o ttak , they ha ve twisted.
Pluperfect.
S odr o ttam v a la
Sodor tam v a la
S odr otta’
l v a la
S odor ta'
l v a la
Sodr ott va la , he had tw isted ;Sodr o ttunk v a la
S odor tunk va la
Sodr o tta tok v a la
Sodor ta tok va la
Sodr o ttak va la , they had twisted.
I had twisted
thou hadst twisted
j, we ha d tw isted
you ha d twisted
Compoun d Future .
S a da nn i fogele, I sha ll or will twist
S a da nn i faysa , thou w ilt twist
S odor n i fog , he w ill twist ;Sodor n i fogunk , we sha ll or w ill twist
S a dann i fogtok , you will twistSodor n i faya dh , they will twist.
154
Sodr otta'
l voln a
S odor ta’
l voln a
Sodr o tt voln a , he would have twisted ;Sodr ottunk v o ln a
Sodor tunk voln a
Sodr o tta tok vo ln a
S odor ta tok vo ln a
Sodr ottak voln a , they would have twisted.
thou wouldst ha ve twisted
l’ we should have twisted
you would have tw isted
I m p e r a t i v e .
Sodmj , twist (thou)S odorja tok , twist (you) .
I n f i n i t i v e .
Sodor n i , to twist , to spin .
The Defin ite form , the Person a l termin a tion s of
which see above ,is liable to the same con tra ction s
a s the In defin ite form given in this pa radigm .
Accordin g to this Pa r a digm a re formed : Bujdo
to wa n der about ; csa tol , to fa sten with a
buckle ,metaphor ica lly to en close ; csep el , to thra sh ;
ebe'
del, to din e ; én ekel, to sin g ; esdelcel, to implore ;
ga’
tol , to hin der ; gydszol , to mourn ; gyb'
to'
r , to
plague ; hajol , to st0 0 p ; hegyez , to po in t ; jegyez,to ma rk ; ka baz , to con fisca te ; kovdcso l , to forge ;
n a'
dol , to steel , to ha rden (iron ) ; p a dol , to cc
ver with boa rds , to wa in scot ; p ecsé tel , to sea l ;
p er el , to plead (a n d to quarrel) ; p o'
tol , to make
The termin a tion of the In fin itive ,,n i
“ bein g a secondary
form , is missed a n d the Verbs a re given in their roots.
155
amen ds ; r obot , to rob ; s ajog , . to sma rt ; ta n dcsol,
to give a dv ice , tip or ,to tread ; tolma
'
csol , to in ter
pret ; ta dakol , to in qu ire ; un ep el , to celebra te ; v a'
dol , to a ccuse , to cha rge (with) .
O b s . 1. Bujdokol , esdekel , hajol , a re used
a s Mediums a s well.
O b s . 2 . Verba l roots w ith soft vowels receive
the same v owels in their Person a l termin a tion s .
b . M e d i u m .
I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
Alszom , I sleep a n d I am sleepin gAlszol , thou sleepest etc .
Alszilc , he sleeps ;Alszunk , we sleep
Alsza tok , you sleep
Alsza n ak a n d a laszn a lc , they sleep .
Imperfect.
Ala v a'
m a n d Alva'
m , I sleptAluva
’
l a n d Alva'
l , thou sleptest
Aluv ék a n d Alvék , he slept ;Aluva
'
nk a n d Alva'
n lc , we slept
Aluva'
tolc a n d Alv a'
tolc, you slept
Aluva'
n ak a nd Alvdn ak , they slept.
Perfect.
Aludtam , I have slept, I wa s sleeping ,
Aludta'
l, thou ha st slept , etc .
Ala dt a n d Aludott , he ha s slept ;
156
Plur . Aludtunk , we ha ve slept
Aludta tolr , you have slept
Aludtak a n d Aludta n ak , they ha ve slept.
Pluperfect
ha s the same Person a l forma tion s , with the addition
of v a la or volt to ea ch Person .
Compoun d Future .
Sing. Aludn i fogok, I sha ll sleep
Aludn i fogsz , thou w ilt sleep
Aludn i fog , he will sleep ;Plur . Aludn i fogunk , we sha ll sleep
Aludn i fogtok , you w ill sleep
Aludn i fogn ak , they w ill sleep .
S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .
Presen t Ten se .
Sing. Aludiam , tha t I may sleep a n d if I sleep
Aludfa'
l , tha t thou mayst sleep
Aludfék , tha t he may sleep ;Plur . Aludiun lf , tha t we may sleep
Aludia tok , tha t you may sleep
Ala dja n a lc , tha t they may sleep .
Pa st Ten se.
Aludi am légye n , tha t I may have slept , etc.
C o n d i t i o n a l .
Presen t Ten se .
Sing. I should sleep
Aludn a'
l , thou wouldst sleepAludn é lc, he would sleep ;
Common ly the forms of the Neuter a la dn ék , a ludn a'
l,
a la dn a are u sed.
15'
s
of the root ; thus , n ot bilnhszem ; dil
hb’
szik ,n ot dillzszi/f ; sovdnyoszilc, n ot sovdnyszik.
O b s . 2 . Such Verba l roots a s ha ve n ot a d a s
their radica l , a re liable merely to con tra ction , n ot
to the a ltera tion of their r adica l con son a n t in to sz,
a s : Iza boz to wa ve , to foam , fuldokol to be chok
in g , form ha bzom ,etc . a n d fuldolrlom etc .
In rega rd to the o ther i rregula r Verbs the
roo ts of which term in a te w ith n,
a s ven - n i, len
n i , hin —n i , v in - n i , in - n i , en - n i , men - u i,the stu
den t is referred to ,,Composition s VII. Verba l r oots
in n“; on ly it m a y be a dded , tha t the Verbs
en n i a n d in n i a re used a s Mediums , a n d ha ve the
Media l form .
The irregula r Verbs the roots of which en d
with a vowel, a s fé , hi , M, m'
,szi , szd
,etc. have
been men tion ed a s well in ,,Composition s VII. Ver
ba l roots of v “, their cha ra cter istic being v .
E. Objective Conjugation .
Before con cluding the Section of Conjuga tion ,the propr iety of the Hun ga r ia n la n guage of hav inga peculia r termin a tion for the first Person of Tr a n
sitive Verbs , when a Person is Spoken to , must be
men tion ed. This form is a lways used when the a ctive
Verb govern s the Objective Ca se of the Person a l
P ron oun of the secon d Person ,this Objective Ca se
bein g then expressed by a n objective termin a tion .
These objective Termin a tion s a re
159
Verbs w ith ha rd vowels Verbs w ith soft vowels
I n d i c a t i v e .
la ir
a lak
S u b j u n c t i v e .
P r e s. a n d P e r f. a lak
C o n d i t i o n a l .
P r e s e n t dlak é lek
P a s t a la lc elelc
These Term in a tion s a re a dded to the Cha ra c
teristic of the Verbs .
O b s. Such Ten ses a s have a ny a uxilia ry word
to complete their form , reta in the auxilia ry in the
Objective Conjuga tion a s well.
P a r a d i g m .
(Verbs with soft vowels receive the correspon din g term in a tion s.)
1 . ACTIVE .
I n d. Pres . Va’
r lak, I wa it for thee , a n d I wa it
for ye .
Perf. Va’
r ta la lc, l ha ve wa ited for thee or ye .
S u bj Pres . Va'
rja lak , tha t I may wa it for theeor ye.
Perf. Va'
r ta lak légyen , tha t I might havewa ited for thee or ye .
C o n d. Pres . Va’r n a'la le, I should w a it for thee or ye.
Past. Vo'r ta lak voln a , I should ha ve wa itedfor thee or ye .
160
2 . FACTITIVE .
In d. Pres . Vdr ta tlak, I leave thee or ye wa iting ;Perf. Va'r ta tta lak, I have left thee or ye
wa i tin g ;S u b . Pres . Vdr ta ssa la lc, tha t I may let thee or ye
wa it ;Pa st. Va
’
r ta tta lak légyen ,tha t I might have
left thee or ye wa i tin g.
Co n d. Pres . Vdr ta tn a'
lak ,I should leave thee or ye
wa i tin g ;Pa st. Vdr ta tta lak voln a ,
I should have left
thee or ye wa iting.
3 . POTENTIAL .
l n d. Pres . Va’
r ba tlak , I m ay (o r I am a ble to)
wa it for thee or ye ;
Perf. Vdr lza tta lak ,I m ight ha ve wa ited or
I wa s able to wa it for thee or ye .
S u bj Pres. Vdr hassa la lc, tha t I may (may be able
to) wa it for thee or ye .
Pa st. Va’
r ha tta lak le'
gyen ,I m ight have wa ited
for thee or ye .
C o n d. Pres . V I should be a ble to wa itfor thee or ye .
Pa st. Va’
r lza tt a la lr voln a , I should have been
able to wa it for thee or ye .
F. Participles .
There a re two differen t ki n ds of Verba l forms
gen era lly men tion ed a s Pa rticiples of the Verb ; their
Termin a tion s a re :
162
P a s s i v e
Ta la'
lta tva’
n,being foun d ; To
'
r etve'
n , being broken ;Ta la
'
lta tva , having been Tn'
r etve , hav ing beenfoun d. broken .
M e d i u m .
Csa lo'
dvdn,deludin g on e
’
s self ;
Csa lo'
dva ,deluded.
N e u t e r .
Elven ,liv ing ;
Elve , having lived , lived.
2 . CONTRACTED ROOTS .
A c t i v e .
S odor va'
n twisting spin n ing ;Sodor va , twisted , spun .
M e d i u m .
Alva'
n a n d Ala va'
n ,sleepin g ;
Alva , slept , hav ing slept , (being a sleep).
3 . FUTURE ROOT (a n d , en d) .
A c t i v e .
Va'
r a n dvdn ,
Va’
r a n dva .
P a s s i v c
Va'
r a ta n dva'
n ,
Va'
r a ta n dva .
3 .°
D e r i v a t i o n a n d C om p o s i t i o n o f n ew
V e r b s .
The der iva tive Verba l roots men tion ed above
a re such a s may be formed from a ny Active , or
Active , Pa ssive , Medium a n d Neuter Verb , a nd a re
163
expressed by a per iphra stica l Conjuga tion in other
European la nguages ; the Verba l roots to be con
sidered in this Section a re such a s may be con sidered
a s Pr imitive roots in rega rd to those men tion ed above,
of which may be formed Factitive, Poten tia l, Pa ssive
etc. ra dica ls.
A con cise a n d br ief en umera tion of Etymologica l
forms strictly taken is subjoin ed.
New Verbs may be formed by mea n s of
Der iva tion a n d Composition .
A. Derivative Verbs.
Verbs a re der ived from Substa n tives , Adjectives,Adverbs , Preposition a l terms (Postposition s) a n d
other Verbs .
From Substa n tives (der iva tive a n d pr imitive on es)
a re der ived Verba l r oots
1) by mea n s of the con son a n t l.
a ) l a dded w ithout a ny a uxilia ry vowel to such Sub
s ta n tives a s termin a te w ith a vowel , formin gActive Verbs : Kap a the hoe , kap a
'
l - n i to dig ;
mese ta le , mesé l - n i to tell ; bor on a the ba rrow,
bor on a’
l- n i to ba rrow.
b) l, w ith the vowels e , o , b’
, a s often a s the Sub
sta n tive ha s a fin a l con son a n t ; p or powder , p a r ol
n i to powder ; p er process , law - su i t , p er el - n i
(to make process) to qua rrel , to ca rry on a
law - su it ; ter k load , ter lzel - n i to burden , to load.
O b s . Some of these Verbs belong to the cla ss
of the Mediums , a n d a re mostly Neuter in foreign
11*
164
la nguages. S ikam (from s ilt pla n ) , sikamolificon tra cted .s
‘ilramlilt‘L (to) slide ; v illa'
m lightn ing,v illa
'
molzk , con tra cted v illa'
mlik ,it lighten s .
c) l, with the vowel ll, it, forms Neuter Verbs : ter ri t
n i to exten d ,from tér spa ce ; lap zll - n i to become
fla t , from lap pla te ; a lap al- n i to be foun ded,
from a lap foun da tion ; ker dl - n i to a void (to go
roun d) , from [Mr circle.
2 . By mea n s of the con son a n t g.
a ) g , preceded by the v owels o , o , 6 ,forms In
tra n sitive Verba l roots : csep eg- n i to dr ip , from
csep drop ; r aygay- n i to be bright ; zafay - n i to
make a n oise ; émelyeg - n i to be loa thsome , to
disgust ; mosolyogn i to smile .
b) g , preceded by the syllable in , on ,en , fin
zajong-n i to brawl , kem’
ng- en i , or ker eng
- en i
to move in a circle ; from ké’
r circle , zay n orse.
3) By mea n s of the con son a n ts szt, w ith a n auxi
lia ry v owel, a re formed Fa ctitive Verbs from other
Verba l roots a n d Substa n tives : Ep eszt - en i to
(make) ga ll, to make a ngry , from ep e ga ll ; veszt
en i to loose , from vesz da nger .
4) By mea n s of the con son a n t z , with or without
auxilia ry vowels , a ccording a s the Substa n tivestermina tte with a vowel or a con son a n t , a re formed
H MN
l 1 Rs:CVC
4» eute r erbs. Ha ngoz n i to soun d, from ha ng
soun d ; olcoz - n i to cause , from 0 k cause ; felezn i to div ide in two pa r ts , from fé l ha lf; etc.
16 6
6 . Der iva tive Substan tives of a'
sz a re a lso used a s
Verba l roots. Ha la'
sz -n i to fish , va da'
sz- n i to
hun t , etc. ,from ha la
'
sz fisher , va da'
sz hun tsma n .
From Adjectives a re der ived Active , Neuter ,
a n d Media l Verbs.
1 . Active Verbs of a frequen tative mea n ing a re
formed: by the syllables ga t , get : a s , é desget-n i to
sweeten ; by i t : v ildgosit- n i to make light , Ice
'
lcit
e ni to make blue , zb’
ldit en i to make green ; by the
syllable ta l , tel : magaszta l- n i to extol , from magas
high , hir esztel -n i to a n n oun ce , to make kn own , from
hir es ren own ed , kn own .
2 . Neuter Verbs : by mea n s of the syllables ill,
ill, a d, ed , a s, n agyobbzll—n i to grow la rger , der tll
- n i
to clea r up , Joza n zil- n i to become sober ; Ité ln i l -n i
to grow blue, zb’
ldz’
il - n i to grow green ; lzigga d-n i to
become liqu id , from big liquid ; v iga d- n i to be
merry ,from v ig merry.
3 . Media l Verbs : by the syllables 0 d, ed, b’
d ; a s,
n agyobbod n i to become la rger , v e’
nhed n i to grow
old , sov a'
nyod-n i to fa ll away , from sova
’
ny meagre,
v ildgosod- n i to become light ; kod , Iced
, a s,
okoskod - n i to a rgue , from pruden t ; [b’
svény
ked -a i to covet , from fo’
svény a va r icious.
The imperson als zb’
ldellilr it is green ish , Ice/cel
lik it is blueish , felzér lik it is whi tish , etc. are
der ivative dimin utive Verbs.
From Adverbs a re der ived
1 . Active a n d Neuter Verbs, by the syllables it,
get, el, a n d the con son a n t z, preceded by a n auxiliary
16 7
vowel. Ko‘
zelit-n i to br ing n ea r ; r ogtb’
n b‘
z-n i to ex
tempor ize ; felebbez—n i to appea l ; felcl-n i , to a n swer ;
from w’
zel n ea r , r b’
gtb’
n sudden ly , felebb higher up,
fel up , on .
2 . Media l Verbs, by mea n s of the syllables Iced,
kod : lzir telen sudden ly, ha stily, hir telenked-n i to over
hurry , esztelen un rea son able , esztelen lted - n i to
commit follies , etc.
From Preposi tion s a re formed Active Verbs ; a s,tzitzit a n i a n d tziloz -n i to exaggera te , mellé lcel-n i
to en close , melldz - n i to avoid , a ldz - n i to humble,to lower ; from l tll beyon d , mellé beside , n ext,a la
'
un der .
From other Verbs a re der ived Active, Neuter ,Frequen ta tive,Media lVerbs , etc. The most frequen tlyoccurr ing syllables of Der iva tion a re the following :
ad , a l , a n , am , amod , amol con tra cted aml , amosz
con tra cted amsz , a ss t , a t,
a s : faya d -n i to
receive , gyula d- n i to in flame , fa v a l -n i to blow,
fogan -n i to become pregn a n t , ma nza n - n i to stir ,
fogam-n i to become pregn a n t , fa tamol v i to take
to flight , ir amol - n i to run , folyamod-n i to
petition , futamod - n i to fly , fogamsz -a n i to become
pregn a n t, fogyaszt - a n i to lessen , sza laszt a n i to
rout , forga t -ui to turn , donga t-n i to bea t , etc. ;
from their respective roots fog , gyzi l , ftl , moz,
fut , ir , foly , fogy , sza la d (sza l a n d szdll) , for ogcon tra cted forg , dong.
Verbs wi th the der iva tive syllables am , amod,
aml , amsz , a re Mediums.
16 8
bol , bb’
l ; a s , zb‘
r b‘
mbb’
l—a i to make a ra ttling n oise ,diir b
'
mbb'
l - n i to make a thun der - like n o ise ; fromzn
’
r en -a i to r a ttle , dor en - n i to thun der .
csa'
l , csel , csol ; a s, fa r agcsa'
l- n i to cut figures , r on
csol - n i to spoil ; from fa r ag , r a n t.
da l , degé l , del , des , dez , doga'
l , dos , doz , db‘
gé l,
db‘
kb'
l , dill , dtll ,’ a s , vagda l
- n i to cu t in pieces,ver degé l
-n i to bea t a little repea tedly , tb’
r del - n i
to break in sma ll pieces , cszpdes -a i to pin ch re
pea tedly ,ir doga
'
l - n i to wr ite frequen tly , ma r dos
n i to bite , kap dos- n i to sn a tch , itldb
’
gé l-n i to sit
down repea tedly , b’
dlo‘
ko'
l- n i to slaughter , for dzll
n i to turn about (Neuter) ; from their r espective
roots v a'
g , v er ,tb
‘
r , osip , ir , ma r , Imp , iil,
61, for .
eget, emed, em, c l ; a s, ver eget-n i to bea t frequen tly,
vetemed n i to think of , to give on e’
s self to ,
ker enget- n i a n d Iter inget
-n i to give a circula r
motion ; from ver , vet , ker eng
ga'
l , yel z hajga'
l - n i to throw , r a ngal- n i to destroy,
dorga'
l - n i to cen sure ; ker esge’
l - a i to look for
(steadily) .
in t : v er in t - en i to touch , csava r in t - a n i to turn
round on ce ; from ver , csava r .
Ked , kod give Media l Verbs : emelked - n i to r ise,elmé lked -n i to muse , to medita te , a
'
lmé llcod - n i
to be a ston ished ; from emel , elme'
l , a'
lmé l.
la t, let , a s, a ss la t—a i to disperse, foszla t-a i to un do,to pick (draw out the threads of silk or
woollen stuff) .
17 0
a n d ellen ta'
ll - a n i to resist , ellenmond - a n i to con tra
dict ; a'
lta l , con tra cted a'
i through , a cross , over
(tra n s) , a'
lta lla'
t -n i , con tra cted a'
tla'
t - n i , to see
through , to pen etra te .
3 . Preposition a l a ffixes a re n ot used in their
pr imitive form , but with the Possessive a ffixes of the
third Person Singula r , a s, belé , hozza'
,r d in stead of
r ed : a s , bele'
v a'
g- n i to hew in , metaphor ica lly to
in terrupt a speaker , hozzaffdr ul - n i to a ccede ,r a
'
a'
ll
a n i to con sen t.
4. Substa n tives . It is aga in st the gen ius of
the Hunga ria n la n guage to form n ew Verbs by
mea n s of Composition of Verbs wi th Substa n tives,the la nguage bein g so r ich in syllables of der iva tion .
The on ly more frequen tly occurr ing Verb of tha t
kin d is ha'
tir n i to in dorse , in other in sta n ces the
Per iphra stica l expression is preferable.
5 . Verba l Pa rticles. These a re on ly used in
composition with Verbs. Such a re el a n d meg el
mea n s away, meg hasn o proper mea n in g in E n glish,a lthough it often may be tra n sla ted by oil ; it is
used when the speaker wishes to express a n a ction
rea lly fin ished or to be fin ished. Ir - a i to wr ite,megir n i (to make it wr itten ) to a chieve wr iting ;
fdl - n i to choke ; meg/‘
dl - a i to become choked ; ven
n i to take , elven -a i to take away, megven-n i to buy.
Meg often gives the Verb a metaphor ica l mea n ing :
vet -n i to throw , elvet-a i to throw away , megvet-n i
to despise. The Presen t Ten se of Verbs com
poun ded with meg often expresses the Future of the
17 1
s imple Verb. 153191. 1 live ,megé lek 1 sha ll live,
I sha ll get my liv in g.
Compoun d Verbs reta in the same forms of con
juga tion , a s the simple on es.
1 1 . Nom i n a l F o rm s .
S ub s t a n t i v e s a n d w o r d s u s e d i n s t e a d o f
S u b s t a n t i v e s .
The forms un der which the Substa n tive appea rs
in the Hun ga r ia n la n guage , a re quite differen t from
those of other E uropea n la n guages .
There is n o distin ction of Gen der n or a ny De
clen sion a s we fin d in other E uropea n la n guages .
Before the differen t forms of the Substa n tives
a re deta iled , tha t pa r t of speech which the Hun ga r ia n
Academy, in its ,,System of the Hunga r ia n la n guage,“
ingen iously styled the P r e n o u n , a n d whi ch com
mouly is ca lled the Ar ticle, may be men tion ed.
It is in deed somewha t differen t from the a rticle
of other Europea n la n guages , for it is used n either
to distinguish the Gen der , a s in Germa n a n d Fren ch ,n or for the sake of determin in g n earer the Substa n
tive , yet it is a n in dispen sable precursor of the
Substan tive : this Pren oun is a s , it rema i n s in va ri
able, an d is in combin able w ith a ny a ffixes of the
Substa n tive . The E uphon istica l a n d Orthographica l
remark on ly may be n oted ,tha t , in stead of az,
a’is used a s often a s the Substan tive begins with
17 2
a con son a n t ; thus , we say : a s a nga the mother ,a s 0 116 the scissors , a
’ha
’
s the house , a’ss oba
the room ,etc.
1 . C h a r a c t e r i s t i c o f th e 0 bje c t i v e C a s e .
The Cha ra cter istic of the Objective Ca se,
both for the Singula r a n d Plura l , is t , which is a l
ways a dded by mea n s of a vowel when the con cur
ren ce of con son a n ts would ha rden the pron un cia tion .
E uphony a n d the a ltera tion of the pr imitive
roots of Substa n tives have produced some Irregula ri
ties . In order to fa cilita te the lea rn in g of such de
v ia tion s from the gen era l rule : ,,th e v o w e l s , b y
m e a n s o f w h i c h a ff i x e s a r e j o i n e d t o t h e
r o o t s , m u s t c o r r e s p o n d w i t h t h o s e o f t h e
r o o t , h a r d o r s o ft o n e s“,leading rules
"
a re
given in the following Subdivision s.
A. The root of the Substantives remains unchanged.
a ) The c h a r a c t e r i s t i c t i s a d d e d w i th o u t
a n y v ow e l
1) To a ll Substa n tives tha t have a fin al vowela s E r dd the wood , a s er dé
’
t the wood ; a’r ds sa
the rose , a’
a’
Ire/"e the brush , a
’Icefé t ;
a s o llo’
the scissors , a s ollo'
t ; as a'
r u wa res,
a s
2 . To Substan tives with a fin a l j , I, if theya re n ot mon osyllables , ng , r a n d s , the dissyllables
of a fin a l os , s , a n d the mon o'
syllables of r .
A’s oref the n oise , s b
’
r ejt ; a s a ss ta l the table , a s
On prolon gation of a , see In trod. § 4.
174
In the Compa ra tive a n d Superla tive degrees of
Adjectives , when they a re used without a Substa n
tive, or when they follow their Substan tive : ga s da
ga bt r icher , ga s daga bba t a r icher on e ; jobb better ,
ja bba i a better on e ; a’
legjobba t the best on e ; etc.
When the Substa n tive is used w ith the Posses
s ive a ffixes ending with a Con son a n t : a s , a ss ta loma t
my table .
2 . By 0 (for ha rd words) .
In a ll Substa n tives tha t a re n o t compre
hen ded un der the preceding rules . A’
fula'
nk the
sting , fula'
n /wt ; a’
p a r a n cs the comma n dmen t , p a
r a n csot ; a’
ka la n d the a dven ture , ka la n dot ; a n d in
the Substa n tives esile the stripe ; ir butter -milk.
3. By e (for soft words) .
In a ll Substa n tives the roots of which have i, e
or e'
,for their r adica l v owels . Ré teg stra tum , r ete
get ; a’
v i te'
sség the bravery . the va lour , v i te'
s séget ;
a’
ver i ték the swea t , ver i téket.
In a ll those tha t shor ten the pr imitively long
vowel of their la st syllable . A’
ss ekér the coa ch,a
’
ss eker et ; a’
gyb'
lrér ,the root , a
'
ggb’
ker et , etc.
In mon osyllables w ith a fin a l I or w ith a n other
fin a l con son a n t preceded by l or r . A’
fill the ea r ,
fa‘
let ; a’
fb‘
ld the ea rth , fb‘
ldet ; a’vb
‘
lgg the va lley,
vb’
lgget.
4. By 0 (for soft words) .
In Substa n tives ha vin g for their vowels 6 ,o,a
or a , a n d n ot belon ging to the preceding rules. As
17 5
es ils t the silver , es astb’
t ; fils t the smoke , fuc in'
i ;
kb’
d the fog , c‘
db‘
t ; a s elno'
k the presiden t , el
n b‘
kb‘
t ; etc.
B. The root of the Substantive changes when the t of the
obj ective case is added.
Altera tion s in the form of the Nom in a tive a re
produced by a C o n t r a c t i o n of the la st syllable,
by c h a n g i n g the root of the Substa n tive in to a
differen t on e from tha t used a s the Nomin a tive .
a ) C o n t r a c t i o n .
The Con tra ction may be effected
1) By abbrev ia tin g the long vowel of the la st syl
lable. Such abbrev ia tion s take place in the followingSubsta n tives a n d words used a s Substa n tives : aga
'
r ,
grey-houn d , boga
’
r in sect , cser ép rsha rd , ea rthen
wa re , dé l n oon , dér frost , derek the trunk , (a s Ad
jective, excellen t a n d brav e) , ég the sky, eger mouse,
eggéb other , elég (used a s a Substa n tive) en ough , é r
the vein , ess rea son , fa s ék pot , fedel cover , fé l
ha lf, fenek bottom , fon dl file , thread , fo‘
ve’
ng sa n d,
fits willow , gereb r a il , obsta cle , ga n dr ga n der , gyn’
ker root , liet the week , Izév hea t , jég ice , [ca n al
a n d ka la'
n spoon , kengér bread ,ker ék wheel , kev és
li ttle , Icés ha n d , kosa’
r ba sket , leo'
te'
l r ope , kb’
s ép
the middle , [n it the well , le'
gg the fly, le'
v the ju ice ,lev é l a letter , ldd goose , ma da
'
r the bird , mess lime,mocsa
'
r mora ss , ma rsh , nga'
r summer , n ebes heavy,n égg four , n ev the n ame , p olza
'
r the gla ss , cup ,
r és copper , r nd a pole , sa'
r mud ,sa ddr summit,
17 6
top of trees , suga'
r the ray , ss ama'
r the a ss , s sel
the win d , ss eleér the\
coa ch , ca r , ss e'
n coa l , tehén
cow , té l win ter , tenger a n d tereng the pa lm (of the
ha n d) , tis ten , tits fire , zir Mister , a gen tlema n ,
zi t the way , vereb a Spa rrow , v is the wa ter . Oh
jective Ca se : Aga r a t , boga r a t , cser ep et , etc .
2) By n eglecting the short vowel of the la st
syllable .
In Substa n tives , or words used a s Substan tives,en ding with the syllable a lom or elem , a s : fajda lom pa in , fejedelem duke, a
'
lom the Sleep hav ingfajda lma t , fejedelmet , a
'
lma t.
Except elem the elemen t , which forms elemet.
As often a s the Con son a n ts 1, lg , r meet w ith the
con son a n t m in the la st syllable . S elgem Silk,o'
lom lead , ko'
r b‘
m finger- n a il a n d the claws ,
selgmet , c'
lmot , leb'
rmb’
t.
Except b’
r b’
m the joy ; O bjective Ca se b’
r b’
met.
When 1, lg , r combin e w ith li‘ to form the fin a l
syllable . Ar a l: the ditch , the tren ch , b’
ltb’
r the
ox , ggilolr the stabber , a lrol the Sheep - cot,having a
'
r ltot , b’
lrr b‘
t , etc
Except a la lt the shape , gger ek the child,leer elr the wheel , b
’
r b’
k etern a l.
When the fin a l g in its syllable is preceded byl , lg ,
r . Doloy the thing , the work , her eg the
ba rk , the crust ; da lga i , leérget.
Except ba log left - ha n ded , bé lgeg a stamp ,
gombolgag a clew (of thread) , ba ll , gga log on foot,
gb‘
r b’
g Greek,ledlgog ca ta ra ct , l w
'
lgag bladder , meleg
47 8
fr om wh a t they ha v e when used in the Nomi
n a tiv e ca s e . Such a r e
l ) The mon osylla bles of a lon g é, o'
, o a n d i t .
The fo llow in g a r e the differ en t r oo ts of the
Nomin a tiv e a n d Obj ectiv e c a s e .
Nomin a t iv e Ca s e . Root of the Obj ec tiv e c a se .
F6 th e hea d
Fit the gr a ss
Ho'
the sn ow
K6 the s ton e
Lo the hor s e
Lé the s oup a n d theju ice
M il the wo rk, c ompos i
tion , p er fo rma n c e
N6 the w ife
Ngii the m a ggot
so the s a lt
S sd the w or d
To’
the la ke
To'
the trun k
Vo’
the s on - in - law
O b s e r v . l . The w or ds n o"w oma n , 36 c om
mon s a lt, to’
n eedle, a r e used r egula r ly ; ssd ma ybe used r egula r ly in the Obj ec tiv e c a s e of the
S in gula r Number .
O b s e r v . 2 . To ha r d w ords the t is a dded
w ith the v ow el a , to soft w ords w ith the v owel e .
2) D issylla bles w ith a fin a l a , it o r ii a r e l ia ble
to a bbrev ia tion , the ir fin a l 22 a n d it be in g n eglec t
47 9
ed when the t of the Obj ectiv e c a se is a dded,
which ther efor e is pr ec eded by the v owel a .
Thes e a r e
Nom in a tiv e Root of the Obj ectiv e Ca se .
i il the c a lf B orjDa r a the c r a n e Da r v
En yil the glue
Fagggii ta llow
Fa lu the v illa ge
Fa ttgii the ba s ta rd
Fen gii the p in e (tree)Fi ll the s on
Ggapjit the fleece, the w ool
Hami l a shes
HOSS Z tl lon g
I/j it the youthKdn ngii ea sy Kon n g
S a rji'
t a fterma th, youn g gr a s s S a riVa rja the c r ow Va rj
O b s . l . B orni , da r n , fa lu , fagggit ,llama ,
sa ijit , v a rjil a r e a ls o u s ed r egula r ly , bu t
it is a tr a n sgr es s ion a ga in s t the pr ecepts of pur ityof the la n gua ge .
O b s e r v . 2. Fm, the boy, ha s r egula r forms ,
lint, fink.
3) The follow in g Subs ta n tives : ier lz the lo a d,burden , p elglt the down , L
'
elgk the c a l ic e , v emil
the foa l (youn g ho r se) a r e obs ole te a s Nomin a
tiv es, bu t a r e us ed a s r oo ts for a ll Gr amma tica l12"
48 0
forms . In the Nom in a tiv e Ca s e teher , p elzelg, ke
kelg, v ekem a r e u s ed fo r the s ake of Euphon y .
L é lek the s oul, is c on tr a c ted in to lelket ; magthe s eed, forms mago t a n d magv a t.
The forma tion of the Obj ectiv e Ca s e be in gthe foun da tion of a ll the follow in g E tymologic a l
forma tion s , it w a s n ec es s a ry to dw ell on this
subj ect a l ittle lon ger , in o r der to exha us t it, a n d
to p r ep a r e the w a y for the subs equen t forms
un der which Substa n tiv es m ake the ir a pp ea r
a n c e in the Hun ga r ia n la n gu a ge . All o ther Af
fixes tha t m a y be j o in ed to Subs ta n tiv es r eta in
th e s ame Ra dic a l which h a s been used for the
Obj ec tiv e c a s e ; the s tuden t be in g a cqua in ted w ith
the d iffer en t forms of the Obj ec tiv e c a s e, it n eeds
of on ly the kn ow ledge of th e differ en t a ffixes tha t
c a n be a dded to Subs ta n tiv es , to en a ble the s tu
den t to giv e a ll the d iffer en t E tymologic a l forms .
4 . T h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i k o f t h e P l u r a l .
The w or d plur a l mea n s the c ompr ehen s ion
of ma n y Obj ec ts of the s ame s or t in on e term .
S ome of the Substa n tiv es r ep r es en t in the ir
Nomin a t iv e c a s e such a plu r a lity ; a n d a r e ther e
for e c a lled Collec tiv e Substa n tiv es ; c ollec tiv e
Substa n tiv es do n ot a s sume the extern a l cha r a c
ter of the P lur a l . When Collec tiv e Substa n tiv es
a r e us ed a s a gen er ic expr es s ion of ma n y Oh
jec ts taken collec tiv ely, they c a n ha v e n o Plur a l,
18 2
Thus , in or der to form the P lur a l , we h a v e
mer ely to exch a n ge t w ith It , the former expr es s
in g the Obj ec tiv e of the S in gula r , the la tter the
Nomin a tiv e of the P lu r a l . A’
r o'
ssa the r os e, Oh
j c et . c a s e a’
r é zSdt the r os e,Nom . Plur . a
’
r ozsdlf
the r os es ; fa t the w a ll, Obj. S in g. fa la t the w a ll,
Nom . Plur . fa la k the w a lls , e tc .
Subs ta n tiv es w ith a fin a l 1, n g, r , 3 , ss, s , whichh a v e n o v owel befor e the t , h a v e 0 befor e the
Plur a l ls when the ir r a di ca l v ow els a r e ha r d
on es , a n d e when the ir r a dic a l v ow els a r e s oft
on es . Aszta l , a szta lt,P lu r Nom . a szta lok; kin ,
kin t , Nom . Plur . lfin olc; ke’
s the kn ife, ké st , ké
sek, etc .
The Obj ec tiv e Ca s e of the P lur a l Number
ha s the s ame cha r a c ter istic a s the S in gula r , v iz,
t, which is a dded to the P lur a l form , w ith the
v owel a for ha rd w o rds a n d w ith the v ow el e
for s oft w ords . Aszta lolt, Obj ectiv e Plur a l a ss
ta loka t; lcé selc, ké seket; Tar akot the Turks , toro
keket, etc .
3 . P o s s e s s i v e Affixe s .
A. Possessors are represented by the Persona l Pronouns
Wh ils t o ther Eu r opea n la n gu a ges h a v e Pr o
n om in a l Adj ec tiv es , to in d ic a te the po s ses s ion of
obj ec ts a n d to d is tin gu ish the per s on s pos s es sin g, the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge, a c c or din g to E a s ter n
cu s tom ,ha s c er ta in Ch a r a c ter is tics , which , a dded
48 3
to Subs ta n tiv es r epr esen tin g the Obj ec ts p o s
s es sed, w ill exp r es s the differ en t P er s on a l r ela
tion s of the p os s essor s thems elves .
Thes e ch a r a c ter is tic s a r e ca lled the P o s
s e s s i v e Affi x e s,a n d they a r e der iv ed fr om
the P er s on a l Pr on oun s é n , te , (i , mink,tile, tilt .
They a r e the follow in O '
.
4. O bj e c t p o s s e s s e d i s b u t o n e .
The Pos s essor is on e,
l s t P er s on m my ;
2d d thy ;
3d ja ; for s oft w or ds — je, his , her , its .
The P o s s‘
es s or s a r e mor e tha n on e,
For ha r d w ords Fo r s oft w or ds
l s t P er s . n k, ou r ; n k,ou r ;
2d tolc, you r ; felt, t6le, your ;3d jolt , the ir ; jok, the ir .
The Poss es s iv e Affixes , a ll of them ha v in ga n in itia l c on son a n t
,a r e a dded by mea n s of a
v ow el,in r ega r d to w hich I r efer to the r ules
giv en fo r the Cha r a c ter is tic of the Plur a l ; fo r
the s ame fo rm of the S ubs ta n tiv e a n d the s ame
v owel th a t p r ec ede the ls, p r ec ede thes e a ffixes
a s w ell ; bu t the a ffixes of the third p ers on a n d
tha t of the firs t in the P lur a l ha v e s ome exc ep
tion s . The la tter a ssume the v ow el a for ha r d
a n d a fo r s oft w o rds , when the Subs ta n tiv e ter
min a tes wi th a con son a n t ; thus , in s tea d of Ice
484
sen k our kn ife , ther e is lte’
siin lc our kn ife . The
c on son a n t j ea s ily c omb in es w ith o ther c on so
n a n ts ; ther efor e , the a ffixes of the thir d Per s on
a r e a dded w ithout a n y a uxilia ry v owel .
This j is m is sed en tir ely ;a ) when the S ubsta n tiv e is con tr a c ted a n d when
it cha n ges the r oot of its Nom in a tiv e a o
c ordin g to the rules giv en for the obj ectiv e
c a s e ;
b) when the Substa n tiv e h a s a fin a l 6, g, 12, p , v ;
0 ) when it termin a tes w ith the sylla bles sdg,
se’
g, olt, ck, 6k, 6k, é k, e t.
In a ll the pr ec edin g c a s es on ly the v owel a
o r e , a n d ok o r 61s, a r e a dded to the r o o t of
the P lur a l of the Substa n tiv e .
Fr om these gen er a l r ules dev ia te
a ) Dissylla bic a l Subs ta n tiv es w ith a fin a l (1'
cha n gin g this v ow el in to e befor e the Affixes je
a n d j'
o‘
lc. Er dé’
the w ood, er dqje his w ood ; ssd
Ieje his v in eya r d, etc .
b) The S ubs ta n tiv es : a n ga mo th er , a lga . fa
ther , bdtga br o ther (elder br o th er ) , n é n ge elder
s is ter , los e the ir fin a l v ow el befor e the Affix of
the thir d Per son S in gula r a n d Plu r a l ; thus , a ngja
his mo ther , a n gjolc the ir mo ther , e tc . Hiiga the
youn ger s is ter ,'
o'
cse the youn ger bro ther , r ema in
un cha n ged in the third P er s . S in g ,a n d h a v e
6 0 364,li 'dgolr in the thir d Per s . Plu r .
c) The fo llow in g S ubs ta n tiv es : ajté the door ,
48 6
son a n t . B a r dt the fr ien d, ba r d iya h is fr ien d, ba ~
r dtja im my fr ien ds .
Subs ta n tiv es which fo rm the thir d Per s on
S in gu la r i r r egu la r ly p r es er v e su ch ir r egula r ities
in the a ddit ion of the P lur a l a ffixes . E specia lly
a ) The Dis sylla bica l Substa n tiv es of 6 cha n ge
th a t in to 6 befor e the Plur a l Affixes , a s mezé’
the
field, mezeim my fields .
b) Ajio, biro fo rm ajta im my doo rs , bir a im
my judges , etc .
In compoun d S ubs ta n tiv es of the form : li a zafip a tr iot , coun tryma n , a iyafi r ela tiv e ,
n ee - n ap
n ame—da y, the fir s t p a r t of the c ompoun d w or d is
us ed w ith the P os s es s iv e a ffixes , l ike a S lmp le
Subs ta n tiv e ,a n d the s ec on d p a r t w ith the a ffix of
the thir d P ers on S in gula r . Atydm—fid my r ela
tiv e, a tydm-fia i my r ela tiv es ; ha zdm-fia i my coun
trymen ; n evem- n apja my n ame-day .
B) Possessors are expressed by a Substantive.
When the P oss es sor is r ep r es en ted by a ny
Subs ta n tiv e Wha tev er , this is used in the P os s es s iv e
Ca s e, which in most of the Eur op ea n la n gua ges
is a p eculia r form of Declen s ion .
The Hun ga r ia n la n gu a ge ha s , a ga in , differ en t
a ffixes to exp r es s this Pos s ess iv e Ca s e . Ther e is
to be dis tin guished the u s e of the p os ses s iv e c a s e
in depen den tly fr om the Subs ta n tiv e in d ica tin g the
48 7
obj ec t or objects posses s ed, from the p ossess iv e
ca s e con s tructed w ith this Subs ta n tiv e .
As often a s the Pos sess iv e Ca s e is u sed by
its elf, the Subs ta n tiv e r ece iv es the a ffix e
’
. The
P lur a l of this a ffix is — é i , formed a c c ordin g to
the p r in c ip le of the Poss ess iv e Affixes . A’
szomszé d the n e ighbour , a’szomszéde
’
the n eigh
bour ’s , a’
szomszé dé i the n e ighbour’
s ; a’
szomszé doké
the n e ighbour s’
.
When the P oss ess iv e C a se is con s truc ted
w ith a n o ther Subs ta n tiv e , the P r epos ition a l Affix n a k is used : In tha t ca se the Hun ga r ia n
la n gu a ge ha s a p r op r iety of con s tru c tion , which
s ee below ,un der
, , S y n t a x C o n s t r u c t i o n s
w i th Pr e p o s i t i o n a l Affix e s ,
All thes e differ en t Forms of P oss es s iv e ex
p r ess ion s a r e to be con s ider ed a s n ew r oots of the
S ubs ta n tiv e, to which m a y b e a dded the cha r a cter is tic of the Objec tiv e Ca s e a n d the Pr epos ition a l
Affixes (ba in , bol ou t, n a k to , For in s ta n cel '
o’
n yv book , Ironyvem- a i my book ,
Irb’
n yveim-et
my books . Icon yc é- t tha t of the book ,
kb'
n yv é it
thos e of the book , L'
b'
n yvemben in my book, etc .
48 8
4. P a r a d i gm o f t h e d i ffe r e n t fo r m s o f a S u b
s t a n t i v e .
A) Regular forms . The root of the Substan tive rema in suncha nged.
Words w ith ha rd v owels . Wor ds w ith soft v owels .
Sin g . N om .
AZ 617 1 the w a tch A’
kefe the br ushObj ect . C a se .
Az omi t the w a tch ; A’
Ire/Ht the brush ;P lur . Nom .
As or dk the w a tches A’
kefek the brushesObject . C a se .
As tir d/ca t the wa tches ; A’
kefé lret the brushes .
P oss . Affixes S in g.As o
'
r dm my w a tch A’
Ice/em my brush
As o'
r dd thy Watch A’
kefé d thy brus h
Az o'
r aja his (her , its) A’
Irefe’
je h is (her , its)
w a tch ; brush ;As o
'
r dnk our w a tch A’
Icefé n k our brush
As o'
r dtok your w a tch A’It'efé tek your brush
As or ajok the ir w a tch . A’
Ice/ej'
o'
k the ir brushObjects possessed are sev er a l .
Az o'
r a zm my w a tches A’
kefé im my brushes
As o'
r did thy w a tches A’
Irefé id thy br us hes
Az o'
r di his (her , its) A”kefé i his (her , its)
w a tches ; brushes ;Az dr am]: ou r w a tches A
’
kefé ink ou r br ushes
As o'f
r ditok your w a tches A’
kefé i tek your bru shes
Az o'
r dik the ir w a tches . A’
Icefé ik the ir brushes .
49 0
A’
ldba ink our feet A’
our books
A’ldba i tok your feet A’
[canyveitek your booksA’
ldba ik the ir feet. A’
lro’
n yf
veik the ir books
P oss . C a se Sin gA
’
ldbé tha t of the foot A’
kon ye é tha t of the book
A’
ldbé i thos e of the A’
kon yv é i thos e of the
foot ; book;
P lu r .
A’
ldba ké tha t of the feet A’
Iron yveké tha t of the
books
A’
ldba kez those of the A’
lcon yvelcei thos e of the
feet . books .
B) Irregula r forms. The root of the Substantive
is a ltered.
4.
S in g . Nom .
A’
ma ddr the b ird A’
kéz the ha n d
Obj. C a se .
A’
ma da r a t the b ird ; A’
Irezet the ha n d ;P lur . Nom .
A’
ma da r ak the birds A’
kezek the ha n ds
Obj. C a se .
A’
ma da r a ka t the birds . A’
kezeket the ha n ds .
P oss . Afi'
. Sin g.
ma da r am my b ird A’
kezem my ha n d
ma dur a d thy b ird A’
kezed thy ha n d
ma dam his (her , its) A’
Ireze his (her , its) ha n d ;b ird ;
49 4
A’
ma da r un k ou r b ird A'
ha snuk our ha n d
A’
ma da r a tok your b ird A’
kezete'
k your ha n d
A’
ma da r ok the ir b ird . A’
kezdk the ir ha n d .
Objects po ssessed a re more .
A’
ma da r a im my b irds A’
Irezeim my ha n ds
A’
ma da r a id thy b ir ds A’
kezeid thy ha n ds
A’
ma dm '
a i h is (her , its) A’
kezei his (her , its)b ir ds ; ha n ds ;
A’
ma da r a in k our b irds A’
kezein k our ha n dsA’
ma da r a itok your A’
kezei tek your ha n dsb irds
A’
ma da r a ik the ir b irds . A’
kezeik the ir ha n ds .
P oss . C a se . Sin g .
A’
ma ddr é tha t of the A’
kézé tha t of the ha n db ir d
A’
ma ddr é i thos e of the A’
kézei thos e of the ha n d ;b ird ;
P lur .
A’
ma da r a ké th a t of the A’
kezeké tha t of theb irds ha n ds
A’
ma da r a ké i thos e of A’
kezekez thos e of the
the b irds . h a n ds .
2 .
Sin g . Nom .
majom the a p e A’
v é tek the v i ce
Obj. C a se .
A’
majmo t the a p e ; A’rvé tlcek the v i ce ;
49 2
P lur . Nom .
A’
majmok the a pes A’
v é tkek the v i ces
Obj. C a se.
A’
majmoka t the a p es . A’
v é tkeket the v ic es .
P oss . Aff. S in g .A
’
majmom my a p e A’
f
v é tkem my v i ce
A’
majmod thy a p e A’
e é tked thy v ice
A ’
majma his (her , its) A’
e é tke his (her , its) v ic e ;a p e ;
A’
majmunk our a p e A’
v é tkun k our v i ce
A’
majmo tok your a p e A’
v é tketek your v ic e
A’
majmuk’
) the ir a p e . A’
v é tk'
o’
k the ir v ice .
Obj ects possessed a r e more .
A’
ma ima im my a p es A’
v é tkeim my v ic esA
’
mqjma id thy a pes A’
v é tlceid thy v ic esA
’
majma i h is (her , its) A’
v é tkei his (her , its)
a p es ; v i ces ;A
’
majma in k our a pes A’
v é tkeink our v ic esA
’
majma i tok your A’
e é tlreitelc your v ic es .
a p es
A’
majma ik the ir a p es . A’
e é tkeik the ir v ic es
P oss . Ca se . S in g.A
’
ma iomé tha t of the a p e
A’
majomé i thos e of the a p e
P lur .
A’
majmolré tha t of the a p es
A’
majmokéi thos e of the a pes .
In order to distin guish i t from the P lur a l Nom . majm ok.
9 4
5 . D e r i v a t i o n a n d C om p o s i ti o n o f S u b st a n
fi v e s .
a) Derivation of Substantives.
The Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge is a s pr oductiv e in
the Der iv a tion of Subs ta n t iv es a s of Verbs . Sub
s ta n tiv es ma y be der iv ed from Verbs , Adv erbs,Substa n tiv es a n d Pr epos ition s .
The Affixes of Der iv a tion be in g us ed p r o
mis cuou sly for Verbs a n d Subs ta n tiv es , it w ill
be o f s ome u se to men tion the mos t fr equen tlyused a ffixes of Der iv a tion , in o r der to form Sub
sta n tiv es , in the ir a lpha betica l order
a , excha n ged w ith 6 , is used to form Sub
s ta n tiv es from Verba l r oots . B ugyoga a bubbl in gSpr in g , a ja r w ith a v ery n a r r ow n eck ,
fr om
bagyog—n i to bubble ; huza -von a to il , from has-i i i,
v on -m’
to dr aw .
I
a b,
Ha sab a log (of wood), cleft wood,
fr om ha s i t-n i to clea v e .
a cs, a dded to Substan tiv es a n d Verba l r oots .
Ur a os a per son pr eten din g to belon g to the gen
try , sziv a cs the spon ge , from szi—n i (mic -m) to
suck ; duga cs the bun g , fr om dug—i i i to s tuff, to
cork a bottle . The sylla ble a cs is con tr a cted
if the Verba l r oot ha s a fin a l r , pr ec eded by a
v ow el . Va ka r cs, in s tea d of v aka r a cs, the s cr a per ,a n d the loa f ma de of the scr a p in gs of the dough,
49 5
from va ka r - a i to s cr a pe ; Iza ba r cs, in stea d '
of Iza
ba r a cs, a nythin g Sp outed out , from Iza ba r -n i to
Spout out.
a da lom, w ith Verba l r oots a n d Substa n tiv es ;a s , for -m
’
to bo il, for a da lom r ev olution ; i ir gen t
lema n , lord, ur a da lom dom in ion .
ag, a dded to Verba l r oots . Forga tag a whir l,whir lw in d , w a ter - Sp out ; fr om forga t—a i to turn
r oun d .
a l, til a n d used to form Subs ta n tiv es fr om
V erba l r oots . Fon a l the file (filum), ya r n ,fr om
fon - n i to Sp in ; e ia da l the fight , fr om v ie-n i (vi
a d)"
to comba t ; hiea ta l the offic e , fr om Iaiva i—n i
to be ca lled for ; ha lal dea th, fr om Ita l- i i i to die ;
dagaly sw ellin g, tumour ; a ka daly‘
the imp edimen t,fr om a ka d-n i to s tick, to be fixed .
a lék, a dded to Verba l r oots ; oszta lék the p r o
r a ta , mdr ta lé lc the s a uce, ta r ta lék a r es erv e .
a lom , giv es Der iv a tiv e Subs ta n tiv es , fir s tlyfrom Verba l r oots : ha ta lom m ight, fr om Iza t-n i to
in fluen ce ; fdr a da lom the fa tigue, fr om fdr a d- n i to
be t ir ed, to ta ke tr ouble ; s econ dly, fr om Ad
jec tiv es , c iga lom mer r imen t, fr om v ig merry .
am a n d am,u sed w ith Verba l r oots . Fo lgam
the s tr eam , fo ly—n i to flow ; n gi lam ca libr e , 92in i to be open ed ; v illain the l ightn in g, whose r oot
is v i ll, of which on ly the p a rti ciple v illa, a body43 “
49 6
tha t giv es light , p hosphor , is used ; cs i llaim the
glimmer,fr om the obsolete cs ill to Shin e .
a n y , a der iv a tiv e sylla ble which r ec ov er ed
its r ight r ec en tly, a n d is espec ia lly us ed fo r theforma tion of s c ien tific terms . Vi lla ny elec tr ic ity,[l iga n y mer cury, fr om My flu id ; fo la n y fluor .
air, by mea n s of which Subs ta n tiv es a r e
formed from o ther s , mea n in g a p er s on employed in
a n y ofiice , or a tr a desma n . Kulcsar housekeep er,
c a ter er , fr om ku les key ; ta n ar p r ofessor , fr om
ta n s c ien c e ; timar ta n n er , ti tkar (c on tr . of titok
dr ) s ec r eta ry ,from titok s ec r et ; [radar c oop er .
as, when a dded to Verba l r o ots , forms c on
c r ete Subs ta n tiv es , which in En glish a r e exp r ess
ed by the P a r tic iple . Ala vas c on tr a cted a leas
sleepin g , c a r ds s ew in g , sza la das run n in g ; fr om
a lud—n i, va r -a i , sza la d—n i .
dsz is us ed to form Subs tan tiv es from other
Subs ta n tiv es ; it is in pr in cip le iden ti ca l w ith the
sylla ble ar . Ha lasz fisher , cada sz hun tsma n . Al
ter a tion s o r c on tr a c tion s of the pr im itiv e form
of the Subs ta n tiv e , ma de in the Plur a l , mus t be
obs erv ed when this sylla ble ofDer iv a tion is used .
Ma da r asz fowler , lovasz a groom,hor s ebr ea ker .
a t , a tyi i , a n iya, used w ith v er ba l r oots , a n d
the Der iv a tiv e Subs ta n tiv es of asz. Ha lasza t fish
in g, szobr asza t s ta tua ry ; valtoza t cha n ge, v i tor ld
za t s a ils ; sziv a tyic the pump , fr om szi-n i to suck,sza v a tyu orga n of speech ; sa rka n tyi i the Spur .
49 8
s chool, fr om ta n s cien c e ; cson a kda r ow in g- s choo l,fr om cso
’
n a k the bo a t .
dék, a n d its iden ti ca l dok, form Substa n tiv es
when a dded to Verba l r oots . Szdmdék a n d szan
dok r esolution , ajdn dék a n d a ian dok the pr es en t ;fr om szdn - n i to r esolv e , ajan l—a n i to pr esen t.
c,a der iv a tiv e a ffix for Verba l r oots us ed
in stea d of o'
Szii lc p a r en t, zscngc, the fir s t fr uit
(fir s tlin g) , surge hur ry , in stea d of sziilo’
, zscngd,
s iirgo’
.
cdclcm,a dded to Substa n tiv es a n d V erba l
r oots . c hea d , fcjcdc lcm pr in ce , sov er eign ;v csz- n i to p er ish , v cszcdc lcm da n ger ; t
'
o’
r n i to
br eak, to’
r cdclcm p en a n ce .
cg , the r a dica l of cgé sz, whole, is used w ith
Subs ta n tiv es a n d V erba l r oots . Rct a mea dow ,
lay , r é tcg s tr a tum ; r cngctcg a n exten s iv e for es t.
c}, w ith Verba l r oots . Z or a}, a r a ttl in g n o is e .
ék a n d ck; us ed to form Der iv a tiv e Subs ta n
tiv es of Verbs a n d Substa n tiv es . B or ité lc the cc
v er , fcn yiték dis c ipl in e, e é tck S in , é tck food ; fr om
bor it—a n i to cov er , fcn yi t—cn i to pun ish , e é t-cn i to
S in , en n i to ea t ; tajék coun try , r egion ,lcbr n yék
en v ir on s , from taj en v ir on s , [cor n y surr oun din g.
c l, é l, é ly. H itc l cr edi t, jo'
vctcl a r r iv a l, It'
o'
tc’
l
the r ope, v cszc'
ly da n ger ; fr om hin -n i to bel iev e,
jo’
n i to c ome, kot-n i to bin d, ecsz
-n i to bec ome los t.
clék, w ith r oots of Verbs . Kotc lék the bon ds,
49 9
fiizc lék v egetables , fr om Ifo t—n i to b in d , fiiz-n i tocook .
c lcm. Szcr clcm the lov e, cngcdclcm obedien ce,tiir clcm p a tien ce, fr om szcr c t—m
’
to lov e, cngcd-n i
to yield, i t'
ér a i to en dur e .
cm. Jclcm cha r a cter , ter em sa loon , fr om jc la Sign , icr Spa ce .
cmén y. Vc tcmc'
n y c r 0 p , n ycr cmc’
ny pr ofit, fr omvet-n i to s ow , n ycr
-n i to ga in .
én y a n d cny , the la tter used especia lly for
techn i ca l exp r es s ion s . c cn y a cake, tcr én y the
p a lm (of the ha n d) , mellé ny w a istco a t , k'
o'
té ny
the a pr on , v izcny hydr ogen , szcn cn y ca rbon i c ga s ,é lcn y oxygen ; from lap a p la te , té r Sp a ce, melt
the ches t, kot—a i to b in d, v izw a ter , szén the cha r
coa l, é l- n i to l iv e .
cp . filep s edimen t , szcr cp the p a rt of a
p lay- a ctor .
é r , cr , iden tica l w ith air . P in czé r the butler ,czimcr the firm ; fr om p in cze cella r , czim title ;to
'
lcsé r the fun n el, from tti lté n i to fill, is somewha t
ir r egul a r .
é s, for soft w ords in stea d of as . Vcr é s hea t
ing , fckv é s p os ition (lyin g) , c elés (the) sowin g,sé r té s offen ce .
é sz, iden ti ca l w ith the der iv a tiv e syllable dsz.
Kcr té sz ga rden er , fcs té sz (portr a i t) p a in ter .
ct, ctyz'
i, cn tyz
'
i, for s oft words in stea d of a t,
20 0
a tyi i . N ce czct n omin a tion , e czé r lc t gu ida n ce , di
r ection , cscngctyi'
c’
a sma ll bell , r opp cn tyii the
r o cket, fr om n ev ez- n i to n ame, v czé r l- cn i to guide,
cscngct—a i to r in g (the bell), r o
'
p th e flight.
i, formin g Subs ta n tiv es der iv ed from Noun s
pr op er , which in the E n glish la n gua ge in mos t
in s ta n c es a r e exp r es s ed by mea n s of the Gen e
t iv e ea s e a n d the Noun c ommon “ in ha b ita n t”.
B uda i a n in ha b ita n t of the c ity of Buda, gyo
’
r i a n
in ha b ita n t of the c ity of Gytir , sza bo lcsi a n in
h a bita n t of the coun ty of Sza bolcs . This sylla ble
of Der iv a tion is often r ep la c ed by bé li ; if tha t
be the ca se , the r esp ec tiv e c ommon Noun must
be us ed w ith the Pr op er Noun ; sza bo lcs—mcgycbé li
in ha b i ta n t of the c oun ty of S c a bolc s .
ja . Gyapju w oo l , from gyap w a ddin g ; this
is mor e a Compos ition tha n a Der iv a tion .
Ira , kc, for dimin utiv e Substa n tiv es , us ed when
the Subs ta n tive is of mor e tha n on e sylla ble w ith
a fin a l c on son a n t ea s ily comb in in g w ith k; su ch
con son a n ts a r e cs , os , l , n , n y , r, pr ec eded by
a v owel . S c iea cska a sma ll spon ge , lap oczka
a Shov el , a s s ia llra a sma ll ta ble , lcdn yka a little
gi r l, kcn yé rkc little br ea d, a sma ll loa f.
man y. Sza kman y s oc a ge , zsakmany pr ey .
n , pr ec eded by a cor r espo n din g v ow el, us ed
w ith Numer a ls in or der to exp r ess a c omp r ehen
s ion of in div idua ls collec tiv ely . Ha ta n s ix of
them,ki lcn czcn n in e of them .
20 2
fa zék the p ot, n ycr cg , the s a ddle, a st the copper
(C opp kettle).
s scy , Der iv a tiv e a ffi xes , used w ith Ad
jec tiv es , Adv erbs a n d P r epo s ition s , in order to
form a bstr a c t Subs ta n tiv es ; 3 629 for Adj ec tiv es
w ith ha rd, sc’
g for thos e w ith s oft v ow els . Jé sag
the goodn es s ,maga ssdg the he ight, v a stagsag the
thickn ess , fc lség maj es ty , c llcn ség the en emy,
tiilsag excess , exa gger a tion ; fr om jo good, maga s
high , v a stag thick , fc l a bov e , up ,’
c llcn a ga in st,tal beyon d.
szag (szég) , former ly v ery likely a Substa n
tiv e which a t the p r es en t time is used a s a syl
lable of der iv a tion . The E n glish a n d Germa n
la n gua ges ha v e a s omewha t S imila r form in the
sylla bles“dom
” “thum“
. Or szag the r ea lm
(kin gdom) , fr om dr —szag coun try to be defen ded,
jé szag possess ion s , fun ded pr operty.
tyii . Kéz the ha n d, kcztyii glov es .
i i , u ; B or it c louds , gyam’
i susp ic ion , gya'
rz'
t'
r in g, bcti'
i’
letter (ch a r a c ter in the a lpha bet) , typ e .
In ma n y of the der iv a tiv e Subs ta n tiv es of this kin d,ii is used in stea d of d : a s , c é sz
’
i chisel , in s tea d of
v c’
so'
,fr om v é s-n i to chis el, to en gr a v e .
b) Compound Substantives.
Compoun d S ubs ta n tiv es may be formed
4) B y m e a n s o f th e s im p l e c o n n ex i o n
o f tw o S u b s t a n t i v e s .
20 3
a ) Noun s common w ith ea ch o ther . Or szag
gyz'
ilés diet, p a r l iamen t (La n d- con gr ega tion ), n ép
isko la commun ity - s chool (p eople - s chool) , t’
o’
r
v ényha tosag jur isdiction , gé’
zleajo’
s teamer , c a sz’
ct
r a ilw a y (iron - r o a d) ; bé rkocs i ha ckn ey- c oa ch .
b) Noun s pr oper w ith the ir r esp ectiv e Noun s
common . P cstmcgyc, c oun ty ofP es t ; ZVIagya r oszag,
Hun ga ry (r ea lm ofHunga ry) Ango lor szag, E n gla n d,B iha rmegye, coun ty of B iha r ; Jaszkcr ii lct, dis tr i ct
the Ja zygia n s .
9 . S ub s t a n t i v e s a n d Adj e c t i v e s b e i n gc o n n e c t e d t o g e t h e r .
a ) The Adjec tiv e p r ec edes . Koza ka r a t gen e
r a l c on sen t , diedr os n ew —town ,Izideg lcgé s fev er ,
for r o’
ldz in flamma tory fev er .
b) The Subs ta n tiv e p r ecedes . Ther e a r e but
few compoun d Subs ta n tiv es of this kin d . Var
n agy ca s tella n ,ha dn agy l ieuten a n t , tdbor n agy
gen er a l , the t0 p of the fin ger- n a il,
é r dckfé l p a r ta ker .
3 . B y a c om b i n a t i o n o f P r e p o s i t i o n s
a n d S u b s t a n t i v e s o r Adj e c t i v e s . E llcno’
r
con troller (cllcn a ga in st , dr gua r d) , e llcnfc’
l the
a dv er s e p a rt , (ellcn con tr e , fc’
l h a lf), tzi lsit ly p r e
pon der a n ce , tzi llco'
ltség super er oga te , u tdn b‘
n tet
c oun terfe it, atmé ro'
(alta lmc'
ro) diameter .
4. B y A'
d v e r b s a n d S u b s t a n t i v e s . Fel
ibld upper -c oun try, high-la n d kii lfii ld for e ign coun
try, elojel pr ogn os tic Sign , u té ser eg r ea r-gua rd.
20 11
5 . B y m e a n s o f V e r b a l Adj e c t i v e s
j o i n e d t o S u b s t a n t i v e s . Ka’
r ea llo tt a ma n
h a v in g suffer ed dama ge ; Iza za- tim
'
tlo'
a tr a itor of
the c oun try, agyafur tsdg shr ew dn ess .
b . B y m e a n s o f th e V e r b a l Adj e c t i v e
i: a (belon gin g to), g o v e r n i n g th e P r e p o
s i t i o n a l a ff i x r a , r e, ba , be . Nya kr a v a lo’
(be
lon gin g to the n eck) n eck—tie , zsebbcea lo (belon gin g in to the po cket) ha n dker chief, a ka sztéfar a"v a le (be in g fit for the ga llows) ga llow s
- cla pp er ,scmmir ev a lo
'
(fit fo r n oth in g) good—for —n oth in g.
Obs . An O r thogr a phic a l r ema rk may be
ma de ; th a t, when thr ee Subs ta n tiv es a r e c on n ec ted
together in or der to form a c ompoun d on e, the
la s t is j o in ed by mea n s of a hyphen . Gyapji iszii
v et-gyar m a n ufa c tory o f woollen cloth ; a lso ,
when tw o Subs ta n tiv es do n o t form a Com
p oun d Substa n tiv e , s tr ic tly taken : a s,
v a s-drot
ir on -w ir e , cson t—faggyii bon e - fa t , etc . ; or if the
former p a r t of the Comp os ition is exp r essed in the
form of a n Adj ectiv e : go’
zkajé zas i—fdr su la t, steam
boa t c omp a n y ; v a su ti r a ilway-sha r e .
I I I . A t t r i b u te s .
The Verb a n d the Subs ta n tiv e mus t be con
s ider ed a s the pr in cip a l P a r ts of Speech . The
n otion s expr essed by ea ch of them ma y be a o
comp a n ied by some s econ da ry n otion , expla in in gthe qua lity , qua n tity , a n y r ela tion to time a n d
20 6
ca s e, the rules on the us e of a ffixes , giv en forSubsta n tiv es , a r e a ppl ied to the Adj ec tiv e a s w ell .
When the Adj ec tiv e is a n a ttr ibute of Sub
sta n tiv es , it pr ecedes them immedia tely a n d in
v a r ia bly, the a ffixes be in g a dded to the Sub sta n
t iv e itself.
a) Form of Comparison .
Comp a r ison is the on ly m o d i fi c a t i o n p r o
p er to Adj ectiv es ; for the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge
does n ot a dmit the u s e of the Adv erbs m o r e
a n d m o s t , like other Eur opea n la n gua ges, in o r der
to expr ess the degr ee of s tr en gth a n d in ten s ity .
The a ffi x of the C omp a r a tiv e a n d Sup er
la tiv e is bb , w hich is pr ec eded by a for Adjec
tiv es w ith ha r d v ow els , a n d by e for Adj ec tiv es
w ith s oft v ow els , when they h a v e a fin a l con son a n t. In order to dis tin guish the Sup er la tiv e de
gr ee fr om the Comp a r a tiv e , the syllable leg is
p r efixed to the Super la t iv e degr ee .
Dr dga dea r , dr dgdbb dea r er , legdr dgdb dea r
Mcr c’
sz bold , mcr é szcbb bolder , lcgmer c'
szcbb
boldes t.
Va stag thick, v a staga bb thicker , lcgv a s taga bb
thickest .
b) Irregularities of Comparison .
Some Dev ia tion s fr om this gen er a l rule take
p la ce r ega rdin g
20 7
a . Th e C om p a r a t i v e a n d S u p e r l a t i v e .
The follow in g Adjectiv es a r e irr egula r .
Hosszd lon g , hossza bb lon ger , lcglzossza bb lon ges t ;
Ifiil youn g, ifja bb younger , legifia bb youn ges t ;Jé good , jobb better , lcgjobb best ;Kon nyz
'
i ea sy, light, k’
o‘
n nyebb ea s ier , lcgkon ngcbb
ea s ies t ;Nagy la rge , n agyobb la rger , lcg
'
n agyobb la rgest.
Szép bea utiful, szcbb mor e bea utiful, legszcbb most
bea utiful .
B es ides the r egula r forms of the Comp a r a tiv e
a n d Sup erla tiv e Degr ees , ther e a r e other s us ed
when the Adj ec tiv e is us ed w ithout a n y Subs ta n
tiv e , the a ffix ik, ika or ilcc be in g a dded to the
forms of the Comp a r a tiv e a n d Super la tiv e . E r o'
sb
str on ger , cr dsbik a n d cr o'
sbilte the str on ger (on e) ;
lcger dsb s tron ges t , lcgcr d’
sbik legei'e
'
sbikc the
s tr on ges t ; n agyobb la rger , n aggobbik a n d n a
gyobbika the la rger (on e) ; legn agyobb la rgest, legn agyobbik a n d lcgn agyob
—bika the la rges t.
Obs . If the Adjec tiv es be of mor e tha n tw o
sylla bles , the' a ffixes ik or ika , a n d ike a r e n ot
used.
(3. Th e t e rm i n a t i o n bb .
4) Adj ec tiv es w ith a fin a l 22, it, or i , ha v e
a double form of the Comp a r a tiv e a n d Sup er la
tiv e, v iz, the bb, be in g a dded e ither r egula r ly or
p receded by the v owel a or e ; a s , r égi a n cien t,
20 8
r eg ibb a n d r egicbb mor e a n cien t , lcgr égibb a n d
legr ég icbb most a n cien t ; la ssit s low,la sszibb a n d
la ssua bb s lower , legla sszibb or lcg la ssua bb Slow es t ;
sz'
lr z’
i thick, den s e , sz
’
ln’
lebb a n d sz’
lr z’
lbb thicker ,legs iir dbb a n d legsilr iiebb thickes t ; exc ep t the
compoun d Adjec tiv es of mer it , which ha v e r e
gula r forms .
2 . Adj ectiv es w ith a fin a l 3 a r e often us ed
in a n a bbr ev ia ted form ,a s in gle b be in g a dded
,
w ithout a n y v ow el . Ma ga s high , maga sb a n d
maga sa bb higher , lcgmaga sb a n d lcgmaga sa bb high
es t. E r as s tr on g , er b’
sb a n d er b’
sebb s tr on ge r ,
legcr b’
sb a n d lcgcr b’
scbb s tr on ges t.
y. Th e S u p e r l a t i v e d e g r e e .
The Sup er la tiv e degr ee is often foun d in
suffi c ien t to expr es s exc ellen c e ; for this r ea son ,
the Adv erbs v e r y or by fa r , etc .,a r e u sed in the
E n glish la n gua ge befor e the Superla tiv e ; a s ,“the
v ery best”; in Hun ga r ia n the p r efix “ leg is
r ep ea ted a n d c on n ec ted by the pa r tic le is or cs :
a s , legis lcgfin oma bb the v ery fin es t , legcslcger a
scbb by fa r the s tron ges t .
6) P l e o n a sm o f C o m p a r i s o n .
It is a pr opr iety of the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge
to giv e a complete Comp a r ison to such Adjec
tiv es a s logi ca lly a dmit but on e or the other de~
gr ee of Comp a r is on ,a n d to u s e in the Sup er la
tiv e degr ee Adj ec tiv es , which do n ot a dmit of it
in other la n gua ges .
240
mus t be used : a s , tdr v é n yszcr il lega l , tor é nysze
m’
ibb mor e lega l .
Observ . If a n y Adj ectiv e be lia ble to a n a l
ter a tion in its r oot when formin g the Obj ec tiv e
C a s e a n d Plur a l, such a lter a tion s mus t be a tten d
ed to in C omp a r ison a s w ell . For in s ta n c e
Ii ig fluid , obj ect . Ca s e , biga t Comp a r a t . Degr . ,
Iziga bb mor e fluid ; v ékon y thin , obj. C a se,fueli ng/a t,
C omp . Degr . c c’
kn ya bb thin er , etc .
d) Derivation of Adjectives.
4. F r om V e r b s , b y m e a n s o f th e a ffi x e s
0'
or 6, a dded to the Verba l r oot . Thes e de
r iv a tiv e Adj ec tiv es w er e gen er a lly kn ow n a s the
P r esen t Pa r tic iples of Verbs , bu t they a r e r ea lly
Adj ectiv es a n d a s such their con struction is tha t of
Adj ec tiv es . Ver b’
bea tin g, szcr c tb’
lov in g, ir o’
w r itin g.
The thir d P er son of the P erfec t Ten s e In d.
Mood is a ls o us ed a s a n Adj ectiv e . Szer ctett
belov ed, megver t bea ten , mcgir t w r itten .
a ss, c’
sz; a s , mcr é sz bold , from mcr to v en
ture ; kop a sz ba ld .
csi . Kicdn csi ea ger , fr om Icivdn to w ish fo r .
dn k, c'
uk. Nyu lank thin ,la nk ; fé lé nk timid.
ékony, eken y. Erzékcn y s en s itiv e ; p or lékonybr ittle .
2 . F r om S u b s t a n t i v e s , b y m e a n s o f th e
a ffi x e sbé li, beli , which is der iv ed fr om the Pr epo
s ition a l a ffix be , in . Vdm ncgycbé li belon gin g to
244
a coun ty ; n émetor szdgbé li of Germa n y , Germa n ;e lmcbé li in tellectua l (of the min d).
da d, ded, which ha s the mea n in g of “bein glike”
,
“ha v in g the sha pe” of. Tojasda d ov a l, from
tojds the egg.
n yi forms der iv a tiv es on ly fr om Subs ta n tiv es
of mea sur e . Labn yi , on e foo t lon g, Cln yi len gth
of a fa thom, a r a sznyi, a Spa n lon g, etc .
ii,72, us ed on ly in comb in a tion w ith o ther Ad
jec tiv es ; é lcs- ldtds ii quick- s ighted, jb-szivz'
i good
hea r ted, etc .
3 . F r om Adj e c t i v e s t h em s e l v e s a r e
d e r i v e d
Dimin utiv e Adj ectiv es , by mea n s of the a ffix
Ira , kc, a cska , ceske. Szege’
n y po or , szcgc’
n yltc little
poor , v a s tag thick, v a s tagocska a little thick, etc .
4. F r om S u b s t a n t i v e s a n d Adj e c t i v e s ,b y m e a n s
a ) of the letter s , pr eceded by a v owel,
when the Subs ta n tiv e ha s a fin a l c on s on a n t . In
r ega rd to the a uxil ia ry v ow el it ma y be r ema rked,
tha t it is the s ame a s tha t which is us ed befor e
the plur a l If. If the Substa n tiv e be lia ble to a bbr e
v ia tion s , in the Plur a l , they mus t be ma de be
for e this letter of der iv a tion a s well . Ro’
zs a
the r os e , r ozsas r o sy ; v ildg the l ight , c i la
gos , l ight ; ha la lom might , ba ta lma s mighty ; fiis t
smoke, fiist'
o'
s smoky ; e tc . Der iva tives fr om Ad
jectiv es ha v e the s ame mea n in g a s the E n glish44”
242
der iv a tiv e Adj ectiv es of islz. Fché r white , feké
r es whitish ; Icék blue, kékes blu ish ; etc .
b) of szcrz’
l . N ép szcr z’
i , popula r , fr om n c'
p
p eople ; n agyszcr z'
l gr a n d, from n agy grea t.
5 . F r om Ad v e r b s , P r e p o s i t i o n s , a n d
S u b s t a n t iv e S .
a ) By mea n s of the termin a tion so’
, sb’
. Felsa
u pper , fr om fc l up ; ti ilsb yon der Oppos ite, fr om till
beyon d ; szc’
lsd extr eme , fr om szé l the border .
b) By mea n s of the a ddition a l v ow el i . Var
mcgyc i of the c ou n ty ; belon gin g to the c oun ty,
fr om cdrmcgyc c oun ty, v i ldg i w or ldly, fr om v i ldg
w or ld ; a la tti un der n ea th , fr om a la tt un der ; mos
ta n i (the) pr es en t, a lt/tor i then be in g ; fr om mos ta u
n ow , a lt/cor then .
6 . F r om S u b s t a n t i v e s , Adj e c t i v e s , a n d
V e r b s .
By mea n s of the termin a tion s ta la n , a tla n te
lcn , ctlcn , mea n in g a n ega tion , equa l to the E n gl ish
u n , the La tin i n . Szamta la n in n umer a ble , fr om
szdm n umber ; kcggetlcn c ruel , fr om lccgy fa v our ;bo ldogta la n un ha ppy, fr om bo ldog h a ppy ; ir a tla n
unw r itten , c lmon dha tla n in expr ess ible .
e) Compound Adjectives .
Compoun d Adj ec tiv es may be formed by Sub
s ta n tives a n d Adj ec tiv es , a n d Adj ec tiv es amon gs t
themselv es . Er dcmdds full of mer its , kor omkefc tc
a s bla ck a s soot , a r a n yszim’
i of a gold c o lour ,v ilagoslcé lr light-blue, seté tba r n a da rk-brown .
24A
o tszor , fiv e times ; ha rma dszor , for the third time ;n eggcdszcr , for the four th time .
2 . Ad v e r b s o f P l a c e .
a ) Pr im itive on es : bo l, wher e ; i tt, her e ; o tt,
ther e ; ki outs ide ; be , in s ide ; fc l , upwa rds ; lc,down wa r ds ; mcsszc, fa r .
(3) Der iv a tiv e a n d compoun d on es : kova ,
wher e to , whither ; oda , thither ; ide , hither (de
r iv ed fr om Izo l, i tt, o tt) tooa , fa r ; tdvo l, fa r aw a y ;
ko’
zel , n ea r ; mdshova , els ewher e (to) ; scho l , n o
wher e ; c a la bo l , s omewher e ; mdslzo l, somewher e
els e ; min dcn li o l, ev erywher e ; kiln n , outs ide ; ki
ea'
l , outs ide ; bc ldl , in s ide ; len t, down ; fen t, up ;kdtnl behin d ; o lda lt , a s ide ; hon n a n , when ce ;in n en , hen ce ; on a n , then c e ; mdsn n n a n , fr om some
wher e els e ; schon n a n , fr om n owher e ; messzz‘
ln n cn ,
from a fa r .
7 ) Adverbs of pla ce , formed by mea n s of
Pr ep os ition a l a ffixes . B lo’
r e , forwa rds ; hdtr a ,
ba ckw a r ds ; felr c, a s ide .
3 . Ad v e r b s o f Qu a n t i ty a r e a ll der iv a
t iv e on es , formed by mea n s of Pr epo s ition a l a f
fixes . N agyobbdr a , fo r the grea test p a r t ; eggen
Icé n t, s in gly (by s in gle on es ) ; barma n /ten t , by
thr ee ; titenké n t, by fiv e ; da r a bon ké nt, by p ieces ;ser cgenké n t, in cr owds ; slaillingcnké n t, in shillin gs .
4. Ad v e r b s o f Qu a l i ty a r e a ll der iv ed
fr om Adjectiv es , by mea n s of l, i ll, a l, n , en , a n .
Jbl, well ; r ossal, ba dly ; c i te
’
zz’
i l, her o i ca lly ; c i la
245
gosa n , p la in ly ; maga sa n , highly ; maga s a bba n , mor e
highly ; szép c n bea utifully ; szieescn , cordia lly,w ill in gly .
5 . Ad v e r b s o f M o d a l i ty .
a ) P r obabil ity : ta ldn , p erha p s ; csa kn cm, n ea r
ly ; a lig, ha rdly ; hikctb’
leg, pr oba bly ; c a lo'
szin iilcg,
v ery likely .
b) As s er tion : Hogy , how? i igy, igg, thus , s o ;
amzigg, th a t w a y (to do) ; emigy, this w a y (to do)o llya tén , o llglt
'ép cn , in such a ma n n er ; dltdldn
a n d a lta ldba n , gen er a lly ; r en dkieu l, extra ordin a r ily ;kivdlt, espec ia lly ; inggen , gr a tis ; min t, a s ; v a la
mikép cn , s omehow ;c) Ap o d i x i s
a ) Affi rma tiv e : igen , yes ; bizong, v er ily ; iga
zan , truly ; c a loba n , r ea lly ; bizon yosa n , sur ely .
6) Nega tiv e : n em, n o ,n o t ; sem, a lso n ot ;
scbogyscm, in n o w a y ; scmmikép en by n o mea n s .
b) Comparison of Adverbs.
Adv erbs , which a r e n ot der iv ed fr om Ad
jec tiv es , ma y be used in the C omp a r a tiv e a n d
S uper la tiv e Degr ees , which a r e formed like tho s e
of Adjectiv es .
Ta’
vo l fa r , dista n t ; tdeo la bb mo r e d is ta n t ;Icg tdvo la bb mos t dista n t ; tova fa r , tovdbb fa rther ,Icg tocdbb fa r thes t . Irr egula r ly , or on ly in the
Comp a r a tiv e, a r e us ed :
oda ther e , oddbb a n d odébb fa rther ;
246
ide her e, ide’
bb n ea r er , closer ;
messzc fa r , messzebb fa r ther , lcgmcsszebb fa r
thes t ;
fc l up , fc ljcbb higher ;lc down , lejcbb low er ;
be in s ide , inw a r ds , bcljcbb mor e inw a r ds ;ki outs ide, outwa rds , kijcbb fa r ther out ;
len t down , lcn tebb low er down ;
fen t up , fcn tcbb higher up .
IV . P r o n o u n s .
Pr on oun s ca lled s o bec a use a n cien t Gr amma r ia n s suppos ed them to be us ed in stea d of
Noun s, ma y be div ided in fiv e gr oups .
1 . P e r s o n a l P r o n o u n s .
P er son a l Pr on oun s a r e those which r ep r e
s en t the n otion s (idea s) : of a s p e a k e r , the fir s tP er son ; a n i n d i v i d u a l S p o k e n t o , the s econ d
P er s on ; a n d a n i o bj e c t S p o k e n o f, the third
P er son .
N a tur e ha s div ided orga n ized bodies in to tw o
s exes ; for this r ea son , in s ome of the Eum p ea n
la n gua ges a pr ecise gen er ic d is tin c tion of the
n ames of Obj ects , a c cordin g to the ir n a tu r a l dis
tin c tion,is m a de ; in o thers this rule, in stituted by
n a tur e , is dev ia ted fr om a n d a gen er ic dis tin c tionin a figur a tiv e mea n in g 1s a ls o ma de . The Hu n
248
Obj ec t possessed is on e .
S i n g. En gem, m in e ; P l u r . Mic'
n lt', ours ;Tid l, thin e ; Tié tck, your s ;Ov é , his , hers , its ; Ov ék, their s .
Objects p oss essed a r e mor e tha n on e .
S i n g. E n yé im, m in e ; P l u r . Mié in k, our s ;Tic id, thin e ; Ti é i tclc, your s ;Oc é i, his , her s , its ; Ov é ik, the ir s .
The Pr ep os ition a l Affixes a re n ot a dded to
the P er s on a l P r on ou ns , a s to Substa n tives a n d
Adjectiv es , but they a r e us ed w ith the P oss es s iv e
Affi xes . The differ en t forms , a r is in g fr om the
comb in a tion of the P oss ess iv e a n d P r epos ition a l
a ffi xes , ha v e been men tion ed in the fir st p a r t. S o
a r e the P r epos ition s s tr i ctly taken (or r a ther P ost
p os ition s , for in the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge the s o
ca lled Pr epos ition s a r e n o t pla c ed befor e the Sub
s ta n tiv e) us ed w ith the Pos ses s iv e a ffixes ; thus,in s tea d of s a yin g é n c lb
’
tt, befor e me, w e s a y c lb’
t
tem ; in stea d of a a la tt un der him, w e s ay a la tta .
2 . R e l a t i v e a n d i n t e r r o g a t i v e P r o n o u n s .
The Pr on oun s ki who , melly which , mi w ha t,a r e us ed in c ompoun d s en ten c es in order to p r e
v en t the r ep etition of a Subs ta n tiv e .
As the s en ten c es ma y be e ither in ter r oga tiv e
o r a ss er tor ia l, these Pr on oun s a r e e ither In ter r o
ga tiv e o r Rela tiv e P r on oun s , a cc or din g to the
n a ture of the s en ten ce w ith which they a r e used .
249
The Pron oun ki is on ly used when Per son s ,mellg a n d mi when a n ima ls a n d in a n ima ted thin gs ,a r e Spoken of.
The Pr on oun s mi llg, mi llyen , wha t, wha t sor t ,min b
’
, wha t ; i lly, i llgen , such ; O lly, o llya n , o llya s,
such , a r e Cor r ela tiv e on es .
All these Pr on oun s a r e used w ith the diffe
r en t Affixes , exc ept the P os ses s iv e a ffi xes m, d,
ja , l ike Subs ta n tiv es , etc . , but ki a n d mi r eta in
the ir shor t v owel, w ha tev er the Affix a dded ma y
be . Thus , ki t whom , mi t wha t (the ir Obj ective
C a ses) ; kik who, mik wha t (the ir Plur a l) .
The Cor r ela tiv e P r on oun s o llya n ,i llgen a r e
often c ompoun ded w ith the Demon str a tiv e Pr o
n oun s , in : amo llya n , such (a s tha t) cmillycn o r
imillycn such (a s this) .
3 . D em o n s t r a t i v e P r o n o u n s .
Demon s tr a tiv e P r on oun s a r e such a s the
s peaker uses , in o r der to p o in t ou t the obj ec ts
s itu a ted n ea r er , o r fa r ther off. They a r e : ez this ,a n d its compoun ds czcn , emex, imez, this her e ,ngya n ez the s ame ; a z tha t , a zon , ama z, ama zon
tha t ther e ; ngya n a z the s ame .
In r ega rd to the ir Gr amma tic a l fo rms theya r e subj ected to the s ame rules a s the Rela tiv ePr on oun s .
I n eed n o t r epea t the r ema rk on the a ss i
mila tion , of the c on son a n t z (in a z, cz), when
220
the Gr amma tic a l Affix begin s w ith a c on son a n t ;
s ee In trod . 3 .
4 . D efi n i t e P r o n o u n s .
Defin ite Pr on ou n s a r e used to a v o id the
r epetition of a Subs ta n tiv e , determin ed by a n
Adj ectiv e . Such a r e : min dcn ki, kiki ev ery body ;
sen ki , n obody ; semmi , n othin g ; cgyik, on e (of
mor e) ; mds ik, the o ther ; min den ik, ev ery on e ;
min d, a ll ; min dn ydja n , a ll (p er s on s) ; min den , a ll .
5 . I n d efi n i te P r o n o u n s .
The in defin ite P r on oun s a r e : Va la ki , s ome
body ; v a lamelly, s ome , a n y o n e ; s a lami, s omethin g ;a kdrki , who soev er ; barki , who ev er ; barmelly,whichev er ; a kdrmelly, whichsoev er a kdrmi, wha t
s oev er ; n émellg, some ; n émellyik, s ome on e .
The defin ite a n d in defin ite Pr on oun s a r e us ed
a s Adj ec tiv es a s w ell, w ith the exception of min
denki , kiki , sen ki , cgyik, masik, min den ik, min d,
min dn ydja n , v a la ki, a kdrki, barki, n émcllgik.
V . P r e p o s i t i o n s .
Con s ider ing the n omin a l mea n in g of the w o rd,
ther e a r e n o terms in the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge
to which the n ame c a n be a pplied .
The differ en t r ela tion s of sp a ce, time, c a us e
a n d effect , the who le a n d its p a r ts , r ep r es en ted
by P r epos ition s , a r e expr es sed by two k in ds of
terms .
2 22
which they r efer ; thus , Gr amma r ia n sfer ed : to ca ll them P o s t p o s i t i o n s .
a ld, un dern ea th
a la tt, un der
a lo'
l, a n d a lill, from un dern ea th
dlta l, thr ough , bya t, ov er
belal a n d belii l, in s ide of
elé , befo re
c llen , a ga in st
e lo'
l, fr om befor e
c lb’
tt, before
felé , tow a r ds
fc lett a n d fo’
la ti, ov er , a bov e
feh'
t’
l. a n d fii lz'
i l, a bov e
fogv a , fr om,for , by
gya n dn t, like, a s
Izegg/ett, ov er , a bov e
be lyctt, in stea d
ir dn t, towa rds , on a ccoun t of
in n en , this Side
kcr csztz’
ll, a cr oss
kim’
il, w ithout, outs ide of
kb'
zé , amon gs t, between
kazb'
tt, amon gst, between
kb’
za'
l, fr om amon gs t
mcgé , behin d
megett, behin d
mcgz'
i l, from behin d
223
mellé, bes ide, n ext to
mellett, a t, a t the s ide of
mellal, from bes ide
mia tt, fo r . beca use of
n é lkz'
ll, w ithout
zcr in t, a cc o rdin gli d
,beyon d (on the o ther s ide)
n tdn , a fter
v égett, for .
V . C o n ju n c t i o n s .
Conj un ction s , us ed to jo in together s imple
s en ten c es , ma y be div ided in to a s ma n y group s
a s ther e a r e k in ds of s en ten ces to be con n ected
together , or per iods , tha t ma y be con s tructed .
Ther efor e , w e dis tin guish : c a u s a l , c o m p a
r a t i v e , e x p l a n a t i v e, c o n c e s s i v e ,c o n d i t i o
n a l , c o n s e c u t i v e , d i s t r i b u t i v e , c o p u l a
t i v e , C o n j u n c t i o n s , etc .
B es ides this d iv is ion of Conjun ction s , theya r e a rr a n ged un der two orders .
4. C o r r e l a t i v e C o n j u n c t i o n s , in order
to form c ompoun d s en ten ces ; they a r e n o t used
s ep a r a tely, bu t a s often a s the a n tec eden t begin s
w ith a Conjun ction the con s equen t must n a tur a llybegin w ith its cor r espon din g on e . Such a r e : mi
e ellzogy beca us e, a ze’
r t ther efo r e ; mier i why, mer t
beca use ; c a lamin t a s , l ike ,i igg or szin tngy like
w ise ; min ian o r min ekutdn a a fter , a kkor o r a n
22A
n a kutdn a then ; ambar a lthough, a n d bar though,még is yet, n ev er theless ; Iza if, a kkor then ; n em
csa k n ot on ly , ba n em but ; mibc lycs t a s s oon a s ,
a son n a l ; mika r when ,a kkor then ; mig wh ile,
a ddig or a za la tt, in the mea n time ; mcn n yir e, a n
n gir a in a s much ; men n é l the ,a n n al the ; a lig
bogy n o s oon er , mar is tha n ; cgyr é szt p a rtly,mdsr ézt p a r tly .
The Conjun ction s , v agg , min d, r essen t , sem,
se, majd, a kar , is, ha v e n o Corr ela tiv e on es , for
the c on sequen t , a n d ther efor e they a r e r epea ted
in the con s equen t. Thus : v agg e ither , v agg o r ;
min d a s w ell , min d a s ; r é szé n t p a r tly , r é szin t
p a r tly ; sem a n d se n e ither , sem, se , n or ; majd
n ow, majd n ow ; a kar e ither , a kar or ; is a n d, a s
well, is a n d, a s .
2 . C o n j u n c t i o n s u s e d w i th o u t c o r r e l a
t i v e o n e s : é s , a n d ; meg , a n d ; is a lso ; min t,
a s , tha n ; n ehogg, lest, tha t n ot ; dc , bu t ; a zon ba n ,
howev er ; bogy , tha t ; csak, on ly ; csnp dn , mer ely
tha t ; telidt, con sequen tly ; é s igg thus ; kc’
ivetkczd
leg, con sequen tly .
V I . I n te rje c t i o n s .
B es ides the In terjection s which a r e commonto a ll la n gua ges , be in g mer ely sylla bles utter ed
in v olun ta r ily in con s equen ce of a n y excitemen t,ther e a r e words or r a ther expr ess ion s of joy ,p a in , or displea sure , pr oper to the Hun ga r ia n s
226
ea ch pa r t , if they wer e used s ep a r a tely ; bu t itsobj ec t be in g to tea ch the method of form in g s en
ten c es by con n ec tin g s ome o r a ll of the differ en tP a r ts of S p eech , Syn ta x ma y be div ided in to
the follow in g div is ion s .
4. Of the c omb in a tion of the differ en t p a r ts
of S p eech , w ithout the in termedia tio n of Gr am
ma tic a l forms .
2 . Of the c ombin a tion of p a r ts of Sp eech
by mea n s of Gramma tic a l forms .
3 . Of the u s e of the d iffer en t Forms , Moods ,
a n d Ten s es of the Verb , a n d p a r ts of S peech , in
o r der ther eby to c on n ec t tw o o r mor e s en ten c es .
4. Of the or der in which the d iffer en t p a r ts
of Sp eech fo llow e a ch o ther .
I .
O f th e c om b i n a t i o n o f th e d i ffe r e n t
p a r t s o f S p e e c h W i th o u t th e i n te r
m e d i a t i o n o f G r a m m a t i c a l fo rm s .
(Con gru en cy of Pa r ts of Speech) .
A. Of the article a s , a’
and its Congruent.
The Ar ti cle , in ma n y of the Europea n la n
gua ges , giv es the Subs ta n tiv e a determin ed mea n
in g , in the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge the Ar ticle is
us ed when the S ubs ta n tiv e is limited to a c er
ta in Spher e, by a n other P a r t of Speech , by s ome
2 27
Gr amma tica l form , o r by the s en ten ce itself, in
which it is the Subject or Obj ec t.
The a r tic le p r ec edes its Subs ta n tiv e imme
dia tely, a n d ted fr om it by themt )
Adjec tivg; i t4. When the demon str a tiv e Pr on oun s a s , cz
pr ecede the Subs ta n tiv e : a s, a s a
’
Iuiz, tha t house ;ez a s a szta l, this ta ble ; ez a
’
p obdr , this gla s s .
2 . W hen the Subs ta n tiv e is used w i th the P o s
s es s iv e a ffixes : a s , a s a tydm, my fa ther ; a z b'
csém,
my br o ther ; a’
kese m, my kn ife .
3 . When the Speaker po in ts to a cer ta in Ob
j cet, in or der to dis tin gu ish it from a n other , when
he r efers to a n obj ec t men t ion ed befor e, or o ther
w is e suppo sed to be a lr ea dy kn own ,o r when
the Subs ta n tiv e is mea n t to r epr esen t the whole
gen der or cla s s of obj ec ts n amed : a s , a z dr szag
ggt'
i lé s bozba t tar v é ngt , the P a r liamen t (a n d n o
o ther P o litica l body) c a n giv e la w s ; Kiilt'
imb/é lcr cn dckr c oszta tn a k fc l a z dlla tok, a n ima ls (c ompr ehen ding a ll a n ima ls) a r e div ided in to differ en t
order s .
4. When the predic a te of the s en ten ce is a ge
n er a l on e, p r oper to the who le cla s s r epr es en ted
by the subj ec t : a s , a’
v ir dg c ir it , the flow er is
blow in g ; a : ember ké tldbii dlla t , ma n is a two
legged a n ima l .
If a n y o ther w or d be u sed to r epla c e the
Substa n tiv e, it is subject to the a bov e ru les ; the
45"
228
Re la tiv e Pr on oun s ki, melly, mi, mi llyen , i lly, 0 111 ,
etc . a r e us ed ther efor e w ith a n d w ithout the
Ar tic le . Thus , w e s a y : a’
ki n em ta d i r n i,a n d
ki ir n i n em ta d, he who ca n n o t w r ite .
The Ar ti cle is n o t used
4. B efor e the n ames o f P er s on s (taken in
div idu a lly), la n ds , tow n s , mon ths,a n d da ys . Jd
n os, John ; Ango lor szag, E n gla n d ; P es t, P es t ; Ja
n ua r’
Ita c a , the mon th of Ja n ua ry ; lté tfb'
,Mon da y .
2 . When s en ten ces a r e c on s tru cted w ith the
a ffix es of P oss ess ion in s te a d of a po s s es s iv e Ca s e,a n d the Pr epo s ition a l a ffix n a k is mis s ed : a s , a s
a tgam’
lidza , in s tea d of a s a tydmn a k a’
h im , my
fa ther ’
s hou s e ; a z or szdg’
kir dlga ,in s tea d of a s
o r szdgn a k a’
kir dlya , the kin g of the la n d .
3 . When the a ttr ibute expr es s ed by the P r e
d ic a te is n o t a gen er a l on e : a s,Izo l or oszldn
n in es , wher e ther e a r e n o lion s (ther e m ight be
s ome o ther a n ima ls) ; cmber ck is okta la n ok, s ome
men a r e un r ea s on a ble ; kcnyer ct eszcm,I ea t s ome
br ea d .
4. In exclam a tion s : a s , szukség tor v é n yt
r en t, n eces s ity kn ow s n o law (br ea ks law s) ; a n d
in expr es s ion s like the fo llow ing : hazamba nf
ea
gyok, I am in my own hous e ; saga t p é n zcmct c l
r esztem,I los e my ow n mon ey .
O b s . Is ten , God, is us ed w ith a n d w ithout
the a r ticle ; when us ed w ith the a r ticle, it ma y be
230
Numer a ls , Adjectiv es , a n d P r on oun s of qua n titya s , har em kb
’
n yv , thr ee books ; har em b tiza t rv et
tem, I ha v e bought thr ee houses ; sok ember t lat
tam, I ha v e seen ma n y men ; n cli dn y to lla t v ettem,
I ha v e bought s ome p en s .
O b s . 4. Ketib’
, befor e Subs ta n tiv es , cha n ges
in to ket : a s , ké t fin, two boys ; ki tszonke'
t shi lling ,
twen ty- two shillin gs .
O b s . 2 . If the Numer a l does n ot r ep r es en t
a p a r t of a la rge n umber , bu t mea n s a c ollee
tion of the whole , the Substa n tiv e must be used
in the Plur a l Number : a s , a’
tizen ké t ap os to lok,
the twelv e a pos tles ; a’
Izdr om kir dlyok, the thr ee
kin gs ; on the con tr a ry , w e s a y tiz ap osto l , ten
a pos tles .
3 . If the Adj ec tiv e be pla ced a fter its Sub
sta n tiv e, for the s ake of Empha s is , the Affixes
used w ith the Subs ta n tiv e must be added to the
Adjectiv e a s w ell . Kong/v et kevcset o lea so tt, he
ha s r ea d but a few books .
C. Subject and Predicate.
The Subject is the p r in c ip a l member of the
s en ten c e , to which a ll o ther wor ds belon g a s
a c ces so ry on es . Common ly, the terms Subj ec t
a n d Pr edic a te a r e defin ed : the former a s the
w or d r epr es en tin g the Obj ec t Spoken of, the la tter
a s the word exp r ess in g wha t is s a id of the S ub
j cet .
2 34
The Subj ect of a s imple s en ten ce is a Sub
s ta n tiv e o r a n y wor d or w ords us ed a s S ubs ta n
tiv es ; the Pr edica te may be a Substa n t iv e , Ad
jec tiv e, or V erb . Wh en the P r edi ca te is a Sub
s ta n tiv e o r Adj ec tiv e, the Verb , ,to be
”is used a s
a C opu la betw een Subj ect a n d P r edic a te ; this Go
pula , when us ed i n t h e p r e s e n t T e n s e , i s e n
t i r e ly n e g l e c t e d in the Hun ga r ia n la n gu a ge .
4. A Substa n tiv e us ed a s a P r edic a te a grees
w ith its Subj ect in n umber : bu t when it is a P r e
dic a te of t wo o r mor e Subs ta n tiv es it is us ed
in the P lur a l n umber ; a s , Jan os dedk, John is
a s tuden t ; P lu to é s Ap o llo is tcn ek e o lta k a’Rb
,
ma ia kn dl , P luto a n d Apollo w er e Gods of the
Roma n s .
Ther e is a n o ther mode of con stru ctin g Subs ta n tiv es , when they a r e con n ected w ithout a n y
Cepula ; in th is ca s e the pr edica ted S ubs ta n tiv eis a lw a ys us ed in the S in gu la r Number , a n d the
whole sen ten ce becomes tr a n spos ed , the P r operNoun be in g p la c ed befor e its Common Noun : a s ,
Is tv a’
n kir aly , Kin g S tephen ; Jdn os é s P dl dedk,the s tuden ts P a ul a n d John .
The s ame in v ers ion is ma de w ith the chr istia n a n d sur n ames of Per s on s : for in s ta n c e, N agy
San dor , Alexa n der N a gy ; Kossntlt Lajos, Lew isKossuth .
2 . An Adjectiv e, us ed a s a Pr edi ca te, a gr ees
w ith its Subj ect in Number . A’
r o'
zsa szép , the
232
r ose is bea utiful ; a’
r bzsdk szép ck the roses a r e
bea utiful .
When two or mor e sep a r a te Substa n tiv es a r e
used a s a Subject, the Adj ectiv e must be in th e
Plur a l : a s , Is tvan c'
s Bela szorga lma tosa k; S te
phen a n d Alber t'
a r e diligen t ; A’
Rema ia k é s a’
Gar age]: sza ba da k c o lta k, the Roma n s a n d Gr eeksw er e fr ee .
3 . Wh en the P r edic a te is a Verb, it a gr ees
w ith the S ubj ec t in Numbe r a n d P er s on ; bu t, when
ther e a r e differ en t S ubs ta n tiv es con n ec ted together
in to on e Subj ec t, the Verb is us ed in the S in gu
la r . As Or oszlan y é s a’
Tigr is Azsiaba n la kik, the
l ion a n d the tiger (liv es) l iv e in As ia ; a z ember
gon do lkozli a tik, (the) ma n is a ble to think ; a s
ifj'
itsdg é s a szep ség c lmi dik, youth a n d bea uty dis
a ppea r (dis a pp ea r s).
O b s . 4. When a c o l l e c t i v e N o u n is used
a s a S ubj ec t, the P r e dic a te is a lwa ys put in the
S in gula r Number . As a lma c’
des, a pp les a r e sweet ;
a’
bor sb a’
mezb’
n termcsztetik, p ea s a r e gr own in
the fields ; a’
n ép szer c ti a’
kir dlgt , p eople lov e
the ir kin g.
O b s . 2 . After the Numer a l S ubsta n tiv es
ketten two of them ,Iza ta n s ix of them , etc .
,the
P r edic a te is us ed in the P lur a l . Heten ir ta k, ther e
w er e s ev en who w r o te (s ev en of them w r o te ) ;
tizcn iiln ek, ten of them a r e s ittin g.
234
I I .
o r th e c om b i n a t i o n o f P a r t s o f
S p e e ch b y l n e a n s o f G r a m m a t i c a l
fo rm s .
S y n t a x o f G o v e r n m e n t.
The Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge posses s in g n o other
Gr amma ti ca l fo rms of Subs ta n tiv es , bes ides the
objectiv e Ca s e a n d the P lur a l , tha n thos e p r oduc ed by the Po s s es s iv e a n d P r epos ition a l a ffixes ,the whole S y n t a x o f G o v e r n m e n t w ill be
r educed to r u l e s o n th e u s e o f th e d i ffe r e n ta ffixes .
A. Of the Objective Case.
All Verbs of a tr a n s itiv e mea n in g gov ern the
objec tiv e C a s e e ither of a per s on o r of a thin g,a s the Objec t of the a ction expr es s ed by the
Verb . A’
ta n i tb ta n i tja a’
flat, the tea cher tea ches
the boy .
Ma n y Neuter a n d Media l Verbs a re c on
s tructed w ith the Obj ectiv e c a s e of Subs ta n tiv es
w hich a r e e ither der iv ed fr om them o r fr om
which the Verbs thems elv es a r e der iv ed . Jo'
c'
lc tet
é l, he l iv es a good life ; szép dlmo t dlmod tam, I
dr e a mt a bea utiful dr eam .
235
B. Of the Possessive Ainzas.
i . The Po s ses s iv e a ffixes m, d,ja or je nk, tok
o r tek,jok orjijk, a n d the ir P lur a ls , a r e to c omp en
s a te fo r the Adj ectiv e P ron oun s : my, i lly, his, her ,c a r , your , their ; the Substa n tiv e, ther efor e, is in
Hun ga r ia n to be us ed w ith thos e a ffixes a s often
a s thes e Pr on oun s a r e us ed in E n glish : a s , a tgam
my fa th er ; a : a tydma t ldttam, I ha v e s een my
fa ther ; a’
kb’
n gv c in ket c la d tnk, w e ha v e sold
our books , a’
bdtydmto’
l jo'
ve'
k, I c ome fr om my
br o ther ’s .
O b s e r v . The ch a r a c ter is ti c of the Obj ectiv e
ca s e is often m iss ed a n d m a rked by a n a pos trophe,especia lly in poetry ,
if the metr e o r rhyme r e
quir e it . M in den kb'
da r a bon mel lyr e szcmcm’
'
ve
tem (in s tea d of szemcmet) , o n whichev er s ton e
I c a s t my eyes .
2 . In s tea d of us in g the Verb ,,to ha v e“, the
Hun ga r ia n s h a v e a con s tru c tion p ecul ia r to them
s elv es . The Subj ec t a s Poss es so r , is used w iththe P r epos ition a l a ffix n a k o r n ek, to , a n d the
Obj ec t p os s ess ed w ith the Pos s es s iv e Affixes ;they a r e c on n ec ted by mea n s of the Verb lcn n i,
to be , a s a c opula, of which ther e a r e us ed the
third P er son S in gula r , when the obj ec t p oss es
s ed is bu t on e , the third Per s on Plura l, when
the obj ec ts pos s es s ed a r e s ev er a l : a s , a : dlla tn a k
n égy ldba c a n , the a n ima l ha s four feet ; Kdr o ly na k
236
lesz kengve , Cha rles w ill ha v e a book a z a tydm
n a k vo lta k lov a i, my fa ther ha d hor s es ; n ekem e a n
n a k ma da r a im, I ha v e b irds .
O b s e r v . In n ega tiv e s en ten ces the Adv erb
n em, n ot , sem, a ls o n ot , a n d the Pr es en t Ten s e c a n
a n d e a n n a k, a r e con tr a c ted in to : n in es a n d n in
esen ek, s in es a n d s in escn ck. As dlla tn a k n in es (n em
c a n ) esse, the a n ima l ha s n o r ea s on ; a z a tydmn a k
s in esen ck (sem v a n n a k) lov a i , n e ither ha s my
fa ther a n y ho r s es (my fa ther ha s a ls o n o ho r s es .)
3 . When S en ten c es a r e c on s truc ted s o tha t
the Obj ect po s s es s ed is n o t expr es s ed in the s ame
s en ten ce , bu t is e ither un der stood , o r expr es s ed
in the pr ecedin g on e , the Hun ga r ia n s ha v e a h
o ther a ffix to expr es s P oss es s ion , the é, which
in such c a ses is a dded to the Subs ta n tiv e r e
pr esen tin g a Po s sessor . If the Obj ec ts pos ses
s ed be mor e tha n on e the cha r a cter istic i of the
p lur a l a ffixes , is a lso a dded .
Such c on s truc tion s a lw a ys take p la ce when
the qu es tion : kic’
a n d kié i who s e ? o r whose a r e
is a sked : a s , kie'
e: a’
ker t, whos e is th a t ga r den ?
a’
kir dlyé , a’
Izcr ezegé n agyobb, it is th a t of the
kin g, the duke’
s (ga r den ) is la rger ; Kdr o ly, te sok
ko'
nyvet r on ta sz, a’
bdtyddé t bemoesko lta d, Jan o
sé t sze’
ttép ted, E rzs ic'
t p cd ig szé tedg ta d . Cha r les ,
you des troy ma n y books , you ha v e s o iled tha t of
y ou r b r o ther , to r n th a t of John ,a n d cu t in two
tha t of E liza be th .
238
csn i , to fa ll s i ck ; baba mer illn i , to gr iev e on e’
s
s elf.
b a n , b e n , in, of, a t , w ith ; us ed to the
question where ? when r ela tin g to p la c e .
4. The Verbs : Iziszik to believ e . bizik to tru st,
ggb‘
ngb’
rkb’
dik to be del ighted , scr é n gkedik to be
s tea dy (in dus tr ious), keee’
lgkcd ik to be p r oud, to
glo ry, a n d the ir syn on ymes , o r Verbs of a c on
tra ry mea n in g, a r e con struc ted w ith the ir Objec
t iv e Substa n tiv e by mea n s of ba n , ben . A’
Ker esz
tgc'
n egg Is ten bcn Itiszik, Chr is tia n s bel iev e in on e
God ; Hun ya di Jan os lids tetteiben kce é lgkedett, dc
n em sziileté sc’
r a n gjdba n , John Hun ya d i glor ied in
her o ic a l deeds, bu t n ot in the r a n k of h is b ir th ;
n in es ke'
ts ég ben n e, ther e is n o doubt of it.
2 . The a ffix ba n , ben is us ed in the expr es
s ion s : tiszté ben all , it belon gs to his offic e ; ko’
te
lcsse'
gé ben (i ll o r c a n , it is h is duty .
3 The Adjec tiv es : jdr ta s exp er ien c ed, biztos
sur e, ngges clev er , tn dbs lea r n ed , biin e‘
s guilty,dr ta tla n in n oc en t , gga n i is susp icious , tn da tla n ,
ign or a n t , jtir a tla n , tap a szta la tla n in exper ien ced,tclhcte tlen in s a tia ble , tchctetlen un a ble, dlllza ta tos
c on s ta n t, dll/za ta tla n in con s ta n t, r en detlen disor
der ly , la ssit slow , gov ern Subs ta n tiv es W i th the
a ffix ba n , ben : a s , Ha n n iba ljar ta s c o lt a’
Iza djdr ds
ba n , Ha n n iba l w a s exper ien ced in the a r t of w a r .
4. To the ques tion when ? the a ffix ba n , benis used in phr a ses Simila r to : men o
'
ben , go in g,
239
men b’
ben c o ltam, ,
I w a s go in g ; Joeobcn , comin g,in dn lo
'
ba n , to be a bout to depa r t, bujdoso’
ba n when
w a n der in g , p n sztn lo'
ba n p er ishin g , dila pida tin g,bajda n dba n fo rmer ly, kbzc lé bcn n ea r , a n d cIIcn é ben
Oppos ite .
S ometimes the Verba l Adjec tiv es of t, o tt,
ett, ti t], a r e u s ed w ith the po s s ess iv e a ffixes a n d
the a ffix ba n , ben : a s , messzc jdr tamba n kifdr a dtam, w a lkin g a lon g w a y I became t ir ed ; a
’
Dun a’
men té be n, a lo n g the Da n ube .
ba l , bb'
l , of, fr om , ou t of, w ith ; the c on
tr a ry of ba , be ; is us ed to the ques tion when c e ?
ou t of wha t ? A’
temp lombo'
l jo'
vo'
k, I c ome fr om
church ; a’
zsebc'
bb’
l eette , he took it ou t o f his
po cket. It is us ed especia lly :
4. With the Verbs : cr ed to‘
be der iv ed, to
Sp r in g, to des c en d, szer ct to lov e, n tdl to detes t,
ggtilc’
i l to ha te , sajn al to p ity .
Szen t lesz min den Itozzdd ir t da lom,
Ner t lzisz a zok a’
me n n gbb'
l c r e d n ek
kek s zemc d bb’
l a ngga lom. P etafi .
S a cr ed a ll the son gs of min e w ill be , which
a r e a ddressed to thee .
For they a r e der iv ed from hea v en ,From thy blue eyes , my lov e (my a n gel).
2 . When a n outw a rd mov emen t, or a tr a n
s itiou from on e c on dition in to a n o ther , is mea n t : a s ,a
’
vdr osbbl c lme nt , he dep a r ted from town ; a’
-40
ker cskcddbb’
l hagos lett , th e mer ch a n t became a
s a ilor .
3 . When the ca use of a ny thin g is t o be
expr ess ed : a s , flisv c’
n gségbb’
l n em is eszik, he does
n ot ea t beca use of h is cov etousn es s .
4. In s tea d of szer in t a ccor din g to , w ith the
Subs ta n tiv es r en dc lé s o r der , p a r a n cs c omma n d,
mcghaggds commis s ion , ta n des a dv ic e : a s , a s a tgam’
meg/ca ggdsdbdl, a c c ordin g, to the commis s ion of
my fa ther .
5 . When a p a r t is ta ken a wa y fr om its
whole . A’
kengé r bb’
l szelt egg ka r ajt , he cu t a
sl ic e of br ea d ; a’
magya r csa k jo'
bor bo’
l iss ik,
Hun ga r ia n s dr ink (of) good w in es on ly .
é r t , fo r , for the s ake ; a ca us a l P r epos i
tion a l a ffix is us ed
4. To the qu es tion mi cr t ? wha t fo r ? why ? A’
It a zdc'
r t mcglza ln i ss c’
p , it is fa ir (n oble) to die for.
on e’
s c oun try ; ba r d tink soka t tcszn ek c’
r tiin k, our
fr ien ds do much fo r ou r s ake .
2 . In stea d of belgc tt, in s te a d . Er ted eszik, he
ea ts in stea d of thee ; a’
fin a’
s ikr a szallo tt a s
a tgdé r t, the s o n w en t to ba ttle in s tea d of h is
fa ther .
3 . M ia tt, bec a us e of, is s ometimes excha n ged
w ith er t. Er tem (in stea d of mia ttam) n e basal}, do
n o t gr iev e fo r me .
ILO Z , li c z o r k o z , to , by the s ide of, to the
question heed ? whither? Ther efor e, it often ma y be
iga s true , Izamis dec e itful , hie fa ithful , bie telcn
fa ithless , szivcs c ordia l, k in d, sziv telen h a rd- hea r
ted, un kin d, keggetlcn c r u el, r esz b a d, jo
'
kin d,i llb
’
becomin g, i llen dd pr oper , ba son lo'
l ike, r okon ,
a tyafi r ela ted, kin dr ed ,ke
'
zc l n ea r , a n d the Pos t
p os ition : kép cst in comp a r ison w ith in con s ider a tion of. Hunya d i Jan os min dég li iv ma r a d t ki
r dlgaboz, John Hun ya di r ema in ed fa ithful fo r ev er
to his kin g.
ig , till, un til , to (r ela tin g to p la c e) , to the
ques tion s : wha t dis ta n c e ? how fa r ? to time to
the ques tion : how lo n g? medd ig ? a s , P es tr b'
l B é es ig
3 8 mé rfbld, fr om P es t to V ien n a ther e a r e 38
m iles ; ket n ap ig ta r to tt a’
csa ta , the ba ttle la s ted
two da ys ; a’
Iza rmin czé ees li dbor i'
t Iza rmin ez esz
tcn dcig ta r to tt, the thirty-
yea r s’
w a r la s ted for
thir ty yea r s “
kep , kep e n ,ke
’
n t, a s,like ; bo th a ffixes
expr es s likeliho od ; the former is a ls o us ed a s
a S ubs ta n tiv e mea n in g figu r e, fa c e , or form : a s,
a tga kép e isc ltc magdt , he beh a v ed a s a fa ther ;sa ské n t lcbcgett a
’
légben , it hov er ed in the a ir
like a n ea gle .
It is often used in s tea d of gga n dn t, for , sze
r in t, a ccor din g, mo'
dr a , in the ma n n er , l ike , min t,a s . S ol: cur ep a i o r szdgokba n c a da kkep e n iild
'
o’
zik
eggmdst a z ember ek, in ma ny Europ ea n c oun tr ies
men p er secute ea ch o ther l ike s a v a ges .
n , o n , upon , a t, to the ques tion wher e ? This
243
Pr epos ition a l a ffix is us ed w ith the P lur a l form
of Subs ta n tiv es , the k be in g exch a n ged w ith it ;thus fr om a s a szta lok, the ta bles , is formed a z
as zta lon , on the ta ble ; a’
til/far the m ir r o r , a’
ta'
kr'
o'
k the m ir r o r s ,a
’
titkr on on the m ir r or .
4. The Verbs : gon do lkozikto c on s ider (to think),okoskodik to philo s ophize ; ta n deskozik to c on sult
(ha v e a c on sulta tio n ), fiigg to depen d, log to da n gle ,to b
'
ob, esz'
igg to ha n g, ta r t to keep (on ) a r e c on
s truc ted w ith this Pr epos ition a l a ffix. ze n g o n
d o lko z ik bogy mikép en szer eikessen p é n zt, he
c o n s ider s how to ea r n mon ey ; a’
ko rmdngok n em
ta n deskozn a k min dég a s or szdg’
ja ean , gov er n
men ts do n ot a lw a ys c on sult a bout the bes t ih
teres t of the coun try .
2 . The Verbs : bils i il to b e a ffl i cted, t‘
o’
p r en kcdik
to be a la rmed , to fr et , bosza nkodik to be a n gry,
s ir to c ry, to w eep , kescr eg to be gr iev ed, dlmé l
kod ik to mus e , bamal to be a s ton ished, n evei to
la ugh , moso lgog to smile , v eszeked ik to qua r r el,v itaz to dispute , a n d s imila r on% gov er n the Objectiv e Subs ta n tiv e w ith this P r ep o s ition a l a ffix . A
’
n ep s ir t Matyas kir dlgfi ha ldldn , p eop le w ep t on
the dea th ofKin g Ma tthew ; a s ti r akt'
o'
k r en desen
tiszszcv cszn ek a z (‘
Jr éikség elosztdsdn , the he ir s c om
mou ly a r e disun ited a bout the div is ion of the in
her ita n ce .
3 . The P os tpos ition s d lta l a n d at ov er , kc
r csztiil a cr oss , kim’
llw ithout, belu l w ithin , a l'cil un
244
der n ea th , fc lu l a bov e,ov er
,in n en this s ide , till
b eyo n d a r e c on s tr uc ted w ith the ir Su bs ta n tiv esby mea n s of the a ffix n . Hon dn a k a
’
ha tdr dn til l
bo lgong a’
ka zafi, beyon d the boun da r ies of his
c oun try the p a tr iot is w a n der in g a bout ; P es t a’
D n n d n i n n e n fekszik , P es t s ta n ds on this s ide
of the Da n ube .
4. The a ffix n is us ed in the expr es s ion s
a zon c a n to en dea v our , r ajta kap to ta ke in the
v ery a c t, r esz n é een e en - n i to be displea s ed w ith ,
jo n é vcnwen -n i to be ple a s ed w ith, fé ken ta r t to
br idle
n a k, n ek, to , (of), tow a r ds , a gam s t ; to the
ques tion s to whom ? or fo r w hom ? This a ffix isa ls o u s ed to r epla c e the Gen itiv e a n d the Da
tiv e c a s es of other Eur op ea n la n gua ges .
a . In o rder to expr ess th e c on s truc tion of the
Gen itiv e or Po ss es s iv e c a se , th e Subs ta n tiv e, when
r equir ed to be us ed in the Pos s es s iv e c a s e , r e
c eiv es the a ffix n a k or n ek, a n d the Subs ta n tiv e
expr es s in g the Obj ec t p o ss es s ed is us ed w ith the
Poss ess iv e a ffix of the third P er s on ; a s , a’
finn a k
a’
kan gec , the boy’
s book ; a finn a k a’
kon geci
the boy’
s bo oks .
When the Subs ta n tiv e is r equir ed to be used
in the Po s ses s iv e c a se of the Plur a l, the n a k o r n ek
is a dded to the Plur a l of the Subs ta n tiv e , a n d the
Poss es s iv e a ffix of the third Per son of the Plur a l
246
O b s e r v . 4. The P r epos ition s : a l‘t tt un der ,fefi tt a bov e, mellett by the s ide Of
, megett behin d,kb
‘
c ctt betw een,a ld un der amo n gs t may be c on
s tru c ted by mea n s Of the a ffix n ak, n ek, l ike Sub
s ta n tiv es . A’
e izn ek a la tta e aggon , it is un der
n ea th the w a ter .
b . The a ffix n a k, n ek is us ed in s tea d of the
Da tiv e c a s e to the ques tion s to whom? for whos e
ben efit o r lo ss ? E sp ec ia lly
4. With the V erbs : a d to give , tn lajdon i t to
a ttr ibute , enged to y ield, ige'
r to p r omis e , Oda szdn
to des tin e (to des ign fo r), ajdn l to offer, fizet to p a y ,
jclen t to a n n oun c e , a n d tho s e of s im ila r m ea n in g.
S aka t tztlajdon i tn n k cmbcr i iiggességn ek, mi c a loba n
a’
szer en ese miiee, w e a ttr ibu te ma n y thin gs to hu
ma n ski ll , which r ea lly a r e the wo rk Of Fo r
tun e .
2 . With the Verbs : e c’
l to th ink, ta ldl to fin d,to be of op i n ion
, to bel iev e , sejt (to d iv in a te) to
for ebode , gga n it to susp ec t, to p r esume,a n d the ir
syn on ymes . To lv ajn a k gga n i tom,I suspect him
Of be in g a th ief ; jo'
n a k v e’
ltem Pdr isba n ta zn i,
I believ ed it to be w ell to go to Pa r is ; a’
ka ton a
r omlo ttn ak ta lalean a’
p n skdjdt a zt eldobta , the
soldier fin din g his musket wa s spo iled thr ew it
awa y.
3 . With the Verbs : Ta n deso l, ja ea so l to a d
v is e, ellen ez to dissua de, to Oppose , p a r a n eso l to
247
comma n d. A: a tga c llcn zc tte a’
fidn a k a’
hdza ssrigo t,
!the fa ther Opp o s ed his s on’
s gettin g ma r r ied .
4. With the Verbs : dr t to hur t, bcszdmit to im
pute , bea d to p r es en t (to ha n d in ), ba szn dl to beuseful, b isz to believ e (to giv e c r edit), Izizclked ik to
fla tter,izc n to s en d w o r d , kin d lkozik to Offer
,k6sz6n
to th a nk , ld tszik, to s eem,megv a ll to c on fes s ,
dr il l to be p lea s ed , r emlik to a pp ea r , to s eem ,
ta r tozik to ow e, e ildg it to giv e light, izlik to ta s te ,
ké szz'
l l to p r ep a r e , kell mus t, i llik to become , tc tszik
to plea s e, to s eem , fdj to sma rt, to a che , jbl es ik
to enjoy (a mea l ,) to be of a dv a n ta ge , a n d the
Verbs mea n ing den omin a tion o r elec tion : a s ,
magan a k Ita szn al, a’
ki mdssa ljo'
t tess , he who do es
good to o ther s is us eful to hims elf; a’
ba dvezé r dr ill
a’
ggb’
zcdelemn ek, the gen er a l is p lea s ed w ith the
v ic to ry ; i itn a k ké szii l, he is p r ep a r in g for a jour
n ey ; Hun ya d i Mdtgtis magya r kir dlgn a k e ti la sz
ta le /t, Ma tthew Hu n ya di ha s been elec ted kin g of
Hunga ry ; ezi a’
flat Kdr o lgn a k It ijdk, th is boy is
c a lled Ch a r les .
5 . With the Adj ec tiv es : a do’
s in debted, a lka l
ma s a n d a lka lma tos c on v en ien t, suita ble , dr ta lma s
i njur ious , ha szn os us eful, i lld fit, jo'
go od, r osz ba d,
kar os p r ejudic ia l , kcdees dea r , a ffec tio n a te,
kellemes a gr eea ble . ke'
ngc lmcs c ommodious , c om
fo r ta ble , leketd p os s ible ,leketetlcn impos s ible
,
sziikséges n ec ess a ry , sza ba d a llow ed , a llow a ble,
n n a lma s tedious , iide'
o’
s s a luta ry ,v a lo
'
fit fo r,
248
good for , szn letett bor n (fo r ) , termctt grown (for)a s , b
’
ka ton dn a k sziile'
lctt, he is bo rn for a s oldier ;a s ember n ck lcketctlen min den t tn dn i , it is imp os
s ible fo r men to kn ow'
ev ery thin g.
0 . When a dir ec tion , a im o r mov emen t towa r ds
a n Obj ec t is in dic a ted , the a ffix n a k or n ek is
us ed w ith the Subs ta n tiv e r epr es en tin g the Obj ec t
a s , a’
edr n a k ir dn gozta a s riggi'
tt, he dir ec ted the gun
tow a rds the for tr es s ; n eki szegzi a’
p uskdt he a ims
a t h im (w ith a gun ) ; i itn a k in dn lt, he w en t on j our
n ey ; Hun ya d i a’
scr egé e cl TOr Okor zdgn a k men t,
Hun ya di w en t a ga in st Turkey w ith his a rmy .
b . Len n i, to be, a n d ven n i, to take , a r e c on
s tructed w ith the a ffix n a k, n ek, when , in E n glish,the Pr edica te or the Obj ec t of the s en ten c e might
be c on stru cted w ith a s o r l i k e . a ok len n i
n ekéz, to be go od is difficult (to be a s a good
ma n a’
szcge’
ngn ek ba r dtja len n i disod,
it is glor ious , to be a fr ien d to the poor ; r oszn a k
e ette, he took it ev il (a s ev il mea n t).
e . S ometimes this a ffix is us ed in stea d of:
i ll for , gga n dn t, a s : a s , ka ton dn a k szdn ta maga t,
he r eso lv ed to be a s oldier ; lbn a k n e'
ztem, I
m is to ok it for a hor s e (I con s ider ed it a s a hor s e) ;in stea d of lo
’
gga n dn t n éztem, a n d ka ton dnl szdn ta
magdt.
fele tow a rds : a s , fa lun a k men t, he w en t to
wa r ds the v illa ge , in s tea d of a’
fa ln fc lé men t.
250
s equ en ce Of w ha t , a n n d l fog'
ea , in c on s equen c e
of tha t, en n é l fogea , in c on s equen c e Of this .
O b s e r v . When the Obj ect c omp a r ed is ex
pr es sed by a P er s on a l Pr on oun ,in s tea d of a
Subs ta n tiv e , the a ffix n al is used pleon a s tica lly :
a s , a’
batgam n dlam- n al n aggobb, in s tea d of a’
bdtgam n aggobb n dlam,my elder br o ther is ta ller
tha n I.
r a a n d r e , on , a t ; to the ques tion whither ?
a s , a s a szta lr a ‘l‘c ttem a’
kangvct , I h a v e pu t the
book on the ta ble .
E sp ec ia lly4. The Verbs : i r iggkcd ik to en vy, Iza r agszik
to be a n gry , a gga rkod ik to be in w r a th , Iza t to
in flu en c e , p a r a n eso l to comma n d gov er n the S ub
sta n tiv e exp r es s in g the P ers o n w ith the a ffix r a
or r e ; a s , a’
ta n i to ha t a’
ta n i tvdn ga ir a , the te a
cher in fluen ces his pup ils ; a’
ka ton a tiszt gga kr a n
a’
kbzember r c p a r a n esolja a’
e itézsc'
get, the offic erOf the a rmy often comma n ds the p r iv a te to be
br a v e .
2 . B eesn l to v a lue , to esteem ,a n d its syn o
nymes a r e c on s tructed w ith the Subs ta n tiv e of
p r i c e , by mea n s Of r a , r e . Har em for in lr a
bees iili a’
fel e ékdt, he v a lues the bushel a t th r ee
flor in s .
3 . Ite'
l to s en ten c e, a n d kdr hozta t to c on demn
gov er n the Subs ta n tiv e expr ess ing p u n i s hm e n t ,
254
w ith the a ffix r a or r e . Ha ldlr a i tc'
ltetett, he w a s
s en ten c ed to de a th .
4. The V e r b s : ker to a sk, to beg, eskn szik to
takeabn oa th , foga d to bet, s ilrgc t to u rge, fc lszo
'
lit
to c a ll up , to summon s , kén gszcr i t to for c e, ta n it
to tea ch, Okta t to in fo rm, to in s truct, to a dmon ish,bizta t to a n ima te, r eset to lea d , esdbi t to en ti ce,
figgc lmcztc t to r emin d, e iggdzik to be a tten tiv e, n ez
to look (a t), tekin t to gla n ce , tb'
r ekcdik to exer t
on e’
s s elf,ip a r kod ik to en dea v our , iggekczik to
con ten d, szdn (magat) to r es olv e, to make u p on e’
s
m in d , ajdn l to r ecommen d, when tr a n s itive, a r e
c on s truc ted w ith the obj ec tiv e Ca se of the Per
s on , the Subs ta n tiv e r ep r es en tin g the Obj ec t r e
c eiv es the a ffix r a or r e : a s,a
’
kor iilmé ngck mn n
kdr a ké n szer itik a z ember t , c ir cums ta n c es c ompel
men to w ork ; a’
Sp dr ta ia k Iza zafisdgr a in tették a’
fia ta lsdgo t, the S p a r ta n s a dmon ish ed their youths
to p a tr io tism .
5 . When the cha n ge of a n y c on dition , the
d iv is ion of a whole in to its p a r ts is to be ex
p res sed , the S ubs ta n tiv e o r Adj ec tiv e den otin g the
cha n ged c on dition o r the p a r ts div ided is u s ed
w ith the a ffix r a o r r e : a s , a s ide’
melcgr e edito
zo tt, the w ea ther (is cha n ged in to w a rm) became
w a rm ; jobbr a for dzi lt a’
do log , thin gs cha n ged
in to (for the) better ; Magya r or szag n égg ker iiletr c
oszlik,Hun ga ry is div ided in to four distr icts .
6 . Emlékezik to r ecollect , to r emember , bdmnl
252
to sta r e a t, gon do l to think of, gov ern the objec
tiv e Subs tan tiv e w ith the a ffixes r a , r e : a s , igen
jbl cmlékczcm a zon tettr c , I r emember the deed
v ery w ell ; Ar r a n em gon do ltam v o ln a ,I should
n o t ha v e thought Of it .
7 . The Adj ec tiv es a lka lma s fit (for), kép cs
ca p a ble , hajla n db in c lin ed, kellb’ p r oper
,a gr eea ble ,
e a lo’
to be fo r , ke’
p telen u n a ble, a lka tma tla n un fit
gov ern the Subs ta n tiv e w ith r a , r e : a s , a s ember
inkdbb Izajla n db a’
e é tckr c min tsem a s cr é n gr c,
p eop le a r e mor e in cl in ed tow a r ds v ic e th a n to
w a rds v ir tue ; ta n a lt ember n em min den r e a lka l
ma tos, a lea rn ed ma n is n o t fit for ev ery thin g.
8 . The P a r ti ciples n esc e a n d tekin tvc, in c on
s ider a tion of,r ega rdin g, a r e c on s truc ted w ith r a
a n d r e : a s , tes ti a lko tdsnkr a n ézec a s dlla tok n égg
fb’
r en dr e fc loszla n a k, in co n s ider a tion of the s true
tur e of the body, a n ima ls a r e div idedkin to four
pr in cip a l or der s .
O b s . N ézv e a lwa ys follows the S ubsta n tiv e
w ith the Pr epos ition a l a ffix tckin tee may pr ec ede
the Substa n tiv e when empha s is r equir es it .
9 . The a ffix r a or r e is us ed in o rder to
l im it time a n d exten s ion Of Sp a c e . Es ter e li a
r a ngozn a k, the bells a r e run g fo r the ev en in g ;n e
'
ggszdz mé rfO'
ldr c terjed a s or szdg’
Iza tdr a , the
boun da r ies Of the r ea lm exten d 400 miles .
40 . B a , r e is a ls o us ed in s tea d Of the Pos tp os i
tion s : felé tow a rds , jobbr a to the r ight (in stea d of
254
d é li Amer ika dr dga koec ir b’
l n cvczctcs , S outh Amer ic a is famou s for its pr ec ious s ton es .
4. In stea d of the Pos tpo s ition s : felti l , fr om
a bov e, a n d bo’
l, ou t Of: a s , o
'
fa ln r o'
l jO'
n , he
comes fr om the v illa ge , in s tea d of fa ln bbl .
s t il l , s t il l , together w ith , mea n s a e com
p a n imen t , it is a dn exed to the Subs ta n tiv e by
mea n s Of the v ow el which p r ec edes the P lur a l
k. Fc lcséges till, ggcrmekesti’
ll ela ta zo tt, he depa r ted,togeth er w ith his w ife a n d childr en .
In s tea d of s til l , s till, the a ffix to’
l, to l is n ow
a n d then us ed a n d a dded to the der iv a tiv e Ad
jec tiv e in s tea d Of the S ubs ta n tive : a s , masod ik
Lajos kir aly lov a s to’
l elecszc tt , kin g Lew is II
per ished, together w ith his ho rs e .
t O'
l , td l , of, fr om is us ed :
4. When a d ista n c e betw een two obj ects is
to be exp r es sed, or a r emov a l of on e Obj ec t fr om
a n o ther . As a lma n em es ik messzc a’
fatal , the
a pple does n ot fa ll fa r fr om the tr ee .
2 . With Verbs mea n in g c omm e n c em e n t ,
(r ela tin g to pla c e or time), c a u s e , d e p e n d e n c ya n d d e r i v a t i o n ,
a n d w ith car to exp ec t, r cmé ngl to
hope , kicdn , a ka r to des ir e, kc’
r to p etition , kdvc e
tel to dema n d, fe’
l to fea r , megijed to be fr igh ten
ed : a s , a’
ki soka t iger a ttbl soka t edr n nk, we
exp ec t much from thos e who pr om is e a gr ea t dea l ;
a z dlla t fé l a s embcr to’
l, a n ima ls a r e a fra id of ma n .
3 .With the Media l Verbs : oea kodik to be ca r e
255
ful, to bew a r e of, idegen kcdik to be a v ers e, un do
r od ik to.ha v e a n a v er s ion , ta r to
’
zkodik to a bsta in ,ir tbdzik to shudder : a s r oss tdr sa ssdgto
'
l in kabb
oeakodial min t a’
r aga dozo’
dlldtto’
l, a v o id (bew a r e
of) ba d c omp a n y mor e th a n a r a p a cious bea s t.
4. With Verbs mea n in g p r ohib ition ,dis tin c
tion , differ en ce , p a r tin g , degen er a tion ,l iber a tion ,
pur ific a tion a n d p r iv a tion : a s , a’
levego'
tiszti'
l l a’
k'
o’
d tbl, a ir bec omes pur ified fr om the fog ; Maggga r
or szdg 6'
si joga ito’
l megfoszta to tt, Hun ga ry ha s been
depr ived of its a n c ien t r igh ts .
5 . Ta d to kn ow ,é r t to un der s ta n d , ha ll to
hea r , a r e c on structed w ith S ubs ta n tiv es by mea n s
Of to'
l , tb’
l. Magdto'
l é r tc tb'
dik, it is un der s tood
by its elf.
6 . Verbs of the P a s s iv e v o i ce a r e c on s tru c
ted by mea n s Of the s ame P r epo s i tion a l a ffix : a s ,
a’
ggermekek sziileiktb’
l szer c tc tn ek, chi ldr en a r e
lov ed by the ir p a r en ts ; a’
c ilag a z Is tcn tdl tcr cm
tetc tt, the wor ld w a s c r ea ted by God .
O b s e r v . To a v o id a r ep etition Of the s ame
a ffix, the Pos tpos ition dlta l, thr ough , is us ed ln
s tea d of to'
l, when the Verb is c on s tructed w ith
the s ame a ffix in the Ac tiv e v o ic e : a s , a’
TO'
r O'
kO'
k
c lijeszte tc ttck Magga r or szdgtbl Hun ya d i dlta l, ih
s tea d Of Hunga d i tbl, the Turks wer e fr ighten ed
a w a y fr om Hun ga ij7 by Hun ya di .
7 . The Adj ec tiv es ilr es emp ty , tiszta pure,clea r , men t free , filggetlen in dep en den t, gov ern
25 6
the Subs ta n tiv e w ith the a ffix to' l, tdl. Bar min d
n gafa n men tck vo ln dnk elb’
i té lc tektb’
l w ould to God
w e w er e a ll fr ee fr om pr ejudic es .
8 . Tbl, to’
l is”u s ed in s tea d of mia tt beca use
of, 0 11 a c c oun t of: a s . a’
kc’
id to’
l n em ldtha t,:he ca n n ot
s ee on a c c oun t of the fog.
il l,fo r (a s), is used :
4. When r ec eption in to a n Offic e, r a n k or S O
c iety is in dic a ted . Alloda lmi titkdr i'
l l fclv é tctctt, he
h a s been in s ta lled a s (fo r ) s ec r eta ry Of s ta te .
2 . In s tea d of min t, l ike, a s : a s , p a r a sztil l v i
sc lte magdt, he beh a v ed like a pea s a n t .
O b s . This a ffix is us ed esp ec ia lly to the
ques tion hogga n bcszé l ? (in ) wh a t la n gua ges does
he Sp ea k : a s,a ngo lnl bessel, h e sp ea ks E n glish ;
fr a n ezia ill tn d, he kn ow s Fr en ch ; etc .
v d ,v é , in to , a n a ffix in d ic a tin g a c h a n g e d
c o n d i t i o n (tr a n sforma tion ). A’
v iz bor r a*
) val
tozo tt, w a ter ha s been cha n ged in to w in e ; N iobe
ko'
v é vdltozo tt, Niobe w a s tur n ed in to a s ton e .
v a l , v e l,
4. V erbs mea n in g a s s o c i a t i o n , c o n v e r s a
t i o n o r the con tr a ry of them, gov er n the objec
t iv e Substa n tiv e w ith this,a ffix : a s , velem eggczik,
he a gr ees w ith me ; bl agga r or szdg soka t kild'
tt
In stea d of bor va’
.
See In tr oduction , on a ssimila tion .
258
4. C'ser é l to exch a n ge , fcnyeget to thr ea ten ,
r e‘ten t to ter r ify ,r emit to fr ighten , v cszddik to
tr ouble on e’
s s elf, a n d its syn on ymes ; gon do l, to
c a r e for , lc lkesit to a n im a te, bdtor i t to en c our a ge,keesegtet to illude , to dec e iv e , ban to tr ea t (to us e
a ny body), fogla lkozik to be o ccup ied, ta r tOi/ ik to
ow e , a do'
zik to p ay gov er n the Obj ectiv e Sub
s ta n tiv e w ith this a ffix : a s,kcvcsc t gon do l a
’
kO'
n g
v ekkel, he c a r es l ittle for books ; min dég o lva sds
sa l fog la lkozik, he is a lwa ys o c cup ied w ith r ea d:
in g ; ki sokka l ta r tozik, a n n a h soka t kell fizctn i, hewho ow es much , ha s much to p a y .
5 . Verbs c ompoun ded by‘
o'
ssze, cggbc a n d
cggn tt (together), gov er n the Subs ta n tiv e w ith '
the
a ffix v a l, v el. As O'
esém osszcvcszctt a’
ba r dtjliv a l,my br other fell ou t w ith his fr ien d ; eggbc ggiljte
’
tte a’kezév el , he collected it w ith his ha n d
(fin ger s).6 . The fa c titiv e Verbs gov er n the Subs ta n
t iv e exp r ess in g the Per s on ma de a ctiv e w ith this’
a ffix : a s , a’
fidv a l ir a tom a’
k‘
o’
n gvet, [ let the boy
w r ite the bo ok (I ha v e the book w r itten by the
boy) ; a’sza bo
’
v a l r n hdt es in dlta tn n k, we ha v e ou r
dr es ses ma de by the ta ilo r .
7 . The Adj ec tiv es dds, ga zdag r ich , telc full,r a ko tt la den , tO
’
mO’
tt s tuffed , ha tdr os border in g,szomszé dos n e ighbour in g, r okon k in dred, osztdlgos
p a r ti c ip a tin g in in her ita n c e, a dos in debted, ow ing,kb
’
tcles be in g boun d, obliged, lcé n telen for ced, ké sz
259
r ea dy'
a r e con str ucted by mea n s of v a l, vel . a s ,
har em szdzfontta l a do’
s n éki he owes him £ 300 ;
M agya r or szag TOr Okor szdgga l ha tdr os, Hun ga ryis border in g on Turkey .
8 . In comp a ris on s , the Substa n tiv e o r Ad
jectiv e exp r ess in g the qua n tity or qua lity Of c om
p a rison is us ed w ith the s ame a ffix : a s , a’mi
ker tiin k ha t O'
lle l hoszza bb a’
tié tckn c’
l, our ga rden
is 6 fa thoms lon ger tha n your s ; a’
Da n a sokka l
n aggobb min t a’
Thcmze , the Da n ube is much
la rger than the Thames .
9 . Wh en the m e a n s , the in s trumen t bywhich
a n y a ction is p erformed, or the p r i c e a t whi ch,a n d the q u a n t i ty (mea sur e) by which thin gs a r esold, is to be exp r es s ed, the a ffix v a l, v el is used.
A’
r e'
gi M agya r ok buzogdngn ga l hbr ezo lta k, the
a n c ien t Hun ga r ia n s fought w ith w hir lba ts (clubs) ;szdzdv a l dr uljdk a
’
d ibt , they s ell n uts by the
hun dr ed ; ké t ga r a sdva l a dja a z i tze'
t, he s ells them
a t tw o p en c e (two p en ce h a lf p en n y) a qua rt .
40 . To the ques tion w hen ? the Substa n tiv es
of time a r e used w ith the a ffix v a l, v el . Napp a l
n em ldtn a k a’
bag lgok, a t da y- time owls do n o t
s ee ; q'
jjcl ho ld v i ldg v a n , a t n ight ther e is moon
sh in e ; n égg hé ttel czelo'
tt Pdr isba n v o ltam,four
weeks a go (befo r e four w eeks) I wa s a t P a r is .
E xc ept : té lben , in the w in ter ; n gar on , in
the summer ; dé lbcn , a t n o on - time ; hajn a lba n , a t
da y-br eak .
2 6 0
Obs . The Subs ta n tive kor , a ge , is useda ls o a s a n a ffix w ith Subs ta n tiv es of time to
the ques tion when ? a s , har em Or a kor é rkczc tt ide,
he a r r iv ed a t thr ee O’c lock .
44. The Adv erb eggiitt, together , gov er n s the
P r ep os i tion a l a ffix v a l , ve l. A’
n agy n e'
n gémmc l
cggiltt eln ta ztn n k, my a un t a n d I dep a r ted together .
6. O f th e a ffi x e s r e l a t i n g t o p l a c e .
Ther e bein g differen t a ffixes r ela ting to p la c e,a n sw er in g to th e ques tion s wh er e ? whi ther ? a n d
when c e ? it w i ll be us eful to a r r a n ge them c o r
r ela tiv ely ,a n d to men tion the r u les a c co rdin g to
which they a r e to be us ed in r ega rd to n ames
Of tow n s a n d coun tr ies .
Cor r ela tiv e a ffixes to the question s
wher e whither when c e
n , a t, in r a , to r o’
l, from
ba n , a t, in ba , to bo’
l, fr om
o tt, 5 tt, a t, in r a , to r o'
l, fr om.
4. n , a n d con sequen tly r a a n d r bl, a r e used
w ith n ames Of town s ha v in g a fin a l v owel , or
when b , cz, es, d, g, gg, j, k, 1, lg, p , r , s,
sz, t , tg, z, zs , a r e fin a l : a s , B udan ,a t Buda ;
P esten , a t P es th ; Ar a don , a t Ar a d .
The E xc eption s a r e : Zagr ab, Gyo’
r , Eger , Mo
der , the n ames of Szomba t(Rima szomba t, Na ggszom
ba t etc) , a n d those w ith i fin a l, which r ece iv e
ba n , ba a n d bo'
l.
2 6 2
fa ther ; w ith r a , r e a n d r ol , r b’
l , or ba , be, a n d
bal, bo l, a dded to the O bj e c t i v e S u b s t a n t i v e
Of the s en ten c e ; a s , cz a’
gomb a’
s ip kdmr a v a lO
this button is for my c a p ; cz a z a lma a r rOl a’
fdr o’
l v a lb, this a pple is fr om tha t tr ee .
As r a a n d r bl r ela te to surfa ce a n d outs ide,a n d ba , bo
'
l, to inw a rdn ess , the us e of e ither of
them w ill be decided by the mea n in g of the speaker ,whether he me a n to expr ess a mo tion on o r fr om a
surfa c e , or in o r out Of a n Obj ect. Thus , we
s a y : a’
ker cszt a’
temp lomr a v a lo’
, the c r oss is
for (is to be put on ) the r oof of the chur ch ; a n d
ez:a’
ker eszt temp lomba v a la, this cr oss is for (is to
be put in s ide of) the chur ch ; ez a’
fa a s isko ldr bl
v a le, th is wood is fr om (the top of) the s chool
buildin g ; a n d cz a’
fa a z isko ldbo’
l v a le, this wood
is from (out of) the s chool -buildin g.
In s tea d Of us in g der iv a tiv e Adj ectiv es (Of
p r op er Noun s) Of i , w e Often u se the Adj ective
v a lé w ith the a ffix r a , r al o r ba , bo'
l, a cc ordin ga s the n ame Of the P la c e is c on s truc ted w ith r a
o r be : a s , P estr b’
l v a le ember ez, in s tea d of ex
a z ember P cs ti , this is a n in ha b ita n t of P es th ;P ozson bé l v a lo
’
va ggok, in s tea d of P ozsongi vaggok,I am from P ozsony (Pr esburgh) .
2 . Leva’
is us ed to the question wher e ? w ith
the a ffixes ba n , n , a n d n al, the former two w ith
n ames of Pla c es , the la tter in c on s truc tion s
s imila r to“a t my fa t h e r ’
s , a n d w i t h my
fa t h e r , a S , a’
P estcn leve'
fe'
iske la lcgelb’
szor Nagg
I szemba tba n d lli tta te tt fel , the a t Pesth
fir s t es ta bl ished baigam
ve ltam, I ha v e been a t my br o ther’
s ; Kdr e lg
ba r dtjan al ebé dc lt, Cha r les h a s din ed w ith
his fr ien d .
,i a ,
has t il y-a l ga.
D. Of the Adjective term s
The p r ec edin g termin a tion s of der iv a tiv e Ad
jec tiv es a r e us ed w ith S ubs ta n tiv es of qua n titya n d qu a lity , wher e in E n glish the Subs ta n t iv e is
us ed in the Obj ec t iv e ca s e .
Qu a n t i ty ma y r ela te to t im e a n d s p a c e .
D i s t a n c c ma y be expr es sed in mea sur es Of Sp a ce
a s w ell a s in mea sur es Of time .
4. To question s r ela tin g to‘
exten s ion a n d
d ista n c e , the Subs ta n tiv e Ofmea sure is us ed w ith
the a ffix ngi : a s , a’
D a n a sek mé r tfe'
ldngi hesszn
fe lge'
, the Da n ube is a r iv er ma n y m iles lon g ; a’
Ca la is’
szor nla tja 2 6 a nge l mc’
r tfe’
ldngi szeles, the
s tr a its Of Ca la is a r e 26 E n glish m iles w ide ; B uda
P estr dl egg n egged br dngi tav é l , Buda is dis ta n t
fr om P es th a qua r ter of a n hour .
O b s . When the Subs ta n tiv e of mea sur e is
us ed w ith the Adv erb tav e l, fa r , or by its elf
w ithout a n y o ther Adj ectiv e expr ess in g qua n tity,it r ec e iv es the a ffix r a or r e , bes ides the Ad
jec tiv e termin a tion n gi : a s , Esztergom fekszik a’
D n n a’
jobb p a r titin , B a dale'
l ha t mér tf'
e’
ldn gir c,
2 64
E sztergom is s itu a ted o n the r ight ba nk Of the
Dun ube 6 m iles fr om Buda .
O b s . The Substa n tiv es n ap ,hé t. hbn ap , cv,
esztcn db’
,when in dic a tin g dis ta n c e
,a r e u s ed in
the Nomin a tiv e c a s e w ithout the termin a tion n gi .
2 . To the ques tion how lon g? the der iv a tiv e
a ffix i is a dded to the Subs ta n tiv e exp r es s in gthe qua n tity of time . Har em n ap i jdr ds , a thr ee
da ys’
w a lk ; n égg heti mn n ka , a four weeks ’ w ork .
3 . TO the ques tion how much ? the Subs ta n
tives fo llow in g the Numer a ls a r e tr a n sformed
in to der iva tiv e Adj ec tiv es of a fin a l s . Ha t he lda s
szdn te’
faldet v e i t, he ha s bought thr ee a c r es of
gr oun d ; cz a’
mall: ké t koble'
s , this is a ba g of
two k'
o'
be l (4 bu shels) .
Qu a l i ty is expr ess ed by mea n s Of the de
r iv a tiv e termin a tion s s, 22 a n d ii . E Sp ec ia lly :
4. In o rder to exp r es s the a ge Of thin gs or
p er s on s, the Subs ta n t iv es of time a r e tr a n sformed
In tO Adj ec tiv es by mea n s of the termin a tiv e c on
s on a n t the Adj ec tiv e “o ld
”be in g n eglec ted .
Ez a’
ggermck ha t hé n ap es, this child is S ix mon thsO ld : Lon don te
'
bb min t ezer é ves, Lon don is mo re
th a n a thou s a n d yea r s Old .
2 . In a ll o th er exp r es s ion s of qua li ty to the
qu e s tio n s wh a t ? wha t s or t of? the S ubs ta n tiv es
On th e fo rm a tion of them see the Deriv a tion of Ad
jec ti v es .
26 6
4. When the demon s tr a tiv e Pr on oun s pr ecede
the Subs ta n tiv e . Azt a’
haza t vess em , I buy th a t
hous e ; a zen flirt ldtem, dc n em a zt ker es cm,I s ee
tha t boy, bu t I do n ot lo ok for th a t on e .
2 . When the Subs ta n tiv e is used w ith the
Pos ses s iv e Affixes . A’
bdtgam ela d i a a’
ka n g
veit, my br other ha s s o ld his books ; [eje'
t eso
vdlja , he sh akes his hea d .
3 . When the Per s on a l P r on oun Of the third
p er son is us ed a s a n Obj ec t : a s , n em ha llem (i t,
n em Latja h b’
kct. The Defin ite P r on oun s : magam
mys elf, maga d thys elf, maga .hims elf, her s elf, it
s elf, e tc . r equir e the s ame c on s truc tion , wh en
the S ubj ec t Of the s en ten c e is a t the s ame time
the Obj ect : a s , a z ember n em ha llja maga magdt,it is impo ss ible to hea r on e
’
s s elf; n em ldtha tom
magama t, I c a n n ot s ee mys elf.
Obs . The Obj ec tiv e c a s es Of the o ther P er
son a l Pr on oun s a r e n o t c on s truc ted w ith the De
fin ite form Of the Tr a n s itiv e Verb . Ha ma jb’
sz
hozzdm esa k engemet fogsz ta ldln i , if thou c omes t
to me to -da y, thou w ilt on ly fin d me .
4. When the Obj ec t Of the s en ten c e is a
Pr op er n ame : a s , C ieer é t o lva sem , I r ea d C icer o ;Jan os i ha llem, I hea r John .
Obs . When Pr Op er n ou n s a r e used in s tea d Of
commo n Noun s a s gen er ic expr es s ion s , the In
defin ite form of the tr a n s itiv e Verb is to be used
26 7
w ith them . M i iddn kbcn heve’
s Hor a tiust ta ldln n k,
in our time w e fin d few Hor a ces ; Anglia Cieer bi t
n em emcljiik a n ngir a min t a’
hajda n i Rbmdc'
t, w e
do n ot extol the C i cer o s of E n gla n d s o much a s
th a t of a n cien t Rome .
5 . It is p la in from wha t ha s been s a id on
the Ar ti cle, tha t the Defin ite form must be used
a s often a s the Ar tic le p r ecedes the Obj ectiv e
c a s e : a s , a’
haze l latem, a’
szo’
t ha llem, a’
levelet
megir em.
2 . MOODS AND TE NSE S OF THE VERB .
a . M o o d s o f th e V e r b .
In r ega rd to the Moods of the Verb, the ir u s e
w ill depen d upon the ma n n er of sp eakin g , the
degr ee of certa in ty which the Speaker ma n ifests
in his a sser tion s , a n d the Object or in ten tion Of
the s p eaker .
When the Obj ect Of the s en ten c e is a s im
p le a s s er tion o r s ta temen t, n o t l ia ble to a n y doubt
or con dition , the In dic a tiv e Mood mus t be us ed .
Kdr o lg tcgn ap c ln ta ze tt, Cha r les dep a r ted yes ter
da y ; he ln ap hezzdd I sh a ll come
to you to mor r ow .
When the s en ten c e expr ess es a des ir e, w ish ,o r c omma n d , a n d when a ques tion is pu t the
a n swer to w hich is doubtful , the Subjun ctiv eMood mus t be used . Aldjen meg a s Islen , God
26 8
bless you ; é n mo n d tam n eki hogg wenjen e l , I
to ld him to go ; in d n lja lek a zen n a l, you (sh a ll)
s ta r t immedi a tely ; n em ta dem e lmenjen—e v a gg n em
?
I kn ow n o t whe ther he (better ) go o r n o t.
When the tru th of a s en ten c e depen ds upon
un c er ta in c o n d ition s , or wh en the Sp ea ker is n o t
c o n v in c ed Of its tr uth , the Co n dition a l is u s ed in
Hun ga r ia n . Ha ma jb’
n n é l a kke r v a'
r n d la k, if you
c ome tO- da y I w ill w a i t for you ; a zt men djahogg c lmcn n e, he s a ys tha t he w ould go ; ha le ttam
hogg e tt lett v o ln a , I hea r d th a t he w a s ther e .
6. T e n s e s o f th e V e r b .
Rega r din g the Ten ses in gen er a l, they a r e
lia ble to the s ame ru les a s the E n glish . Dev ia
tion s fr om thes e rules a r e :
4. The Pr es en t Ten se of the In di ca tiv e ma y be
us ed in s tea d of the Futur e ; ev en the c ompoun d
Futur e is v ery r a r ely us ed by the p eople, which
s eems to p r ove th a t the c omp ou n d Futur e fo rmed
by mea n s of “
f'
egek”is of a E urop ea n in v en tion ,
a n d the Hun ga r i a n n a tion ,a c c o rdin g to the o r ien ta l
cha r a c ter Of its la n gua ge , u s ed on ly tw o Ten s es ,
o n e fo r the p r es en t a n d futur e , a n d the o ther fo r
the p a s t time . Ha ma cs tc c l n em jO‘
n ,if he w il l
n o t c ome to n ight ; je'
vb'
é vr e c lmcggek Pdr isba , I
Sh a ll go to P a r is n ext ye a r ; c lmcggek a n d Jen
a r e Of the Pr es en t Ten s e .
2 . The Fir s t P er fec t, a ls o c a lled the Imp erfe c t
7 0
v ic ious life of the Pep e a t Rome, sepa ra ted him
s elf fr om the Roma n chur ch .
The P a r t ic iple termin a tin g in v a , vc is tha tOf the P a s t ; it w a s former ly us ed w ith the p os
s ess iv e a ffixes m, d, n k, tok, k, a n d v ery l ikelyga v e or igin to the Imp erfect Ten s e, the v Of the
p a r tic iple bein g n eglected . In a n c ien tDocumen ts
Of Hun ga r ia n wr itin g w e fin d the con s truction s :
, ,Es mi a luv a n k elor ezzdk b
’
tet (a ln vdnk in s tea d of
a lv a) , (we) ha v in g fa llen a sleep , they sto le him
s ecr etly ; tévelgé tck n em tn dvatek ir ds t (in s tea d
of n em ta dea) , n ot ha v in g kn own wr itin g, you wer e
ble to m is takes (er r ed) . At p r es en t it is
u s ed a s a P a r tic iple of the P erfect ; a s ,E lr c
'
millve tehin i, 0 tcmctb’
, r ead
A’tiln dér ha la lom, (B crzscn gi)
Glitter in g power looks a la rmed a t thee, O
gr a v e (tr embles a t
O b s e r v . 4. The P a r ticiple Of the Pr esen t is
Often used in tsea d of th a t of the Pa ss ive : a s ,
a dl ib ka ton ds r n hat
Oliven , lc lke’
n emes ldngja
B e in g dress ed in en cour a gin g s oldier ’s dr ess ,
the n oble flames Of his soul bur s t for th .
O b s . 2 . In stea d of the P a st P a r ticiple , or
the P r es en t Ten s e of the In d . Mood of the P a ss .
Vo ic e, the P a st Pa rticiple Of theActiv e may be us ed
a s a pr edica te Of the s en ten ce ; in tha t c a s e it ha s a
plur a l fo rm a s well when the S ubject of the s en
2 7 4
ten c e r equir es it : a s , a’
ggermekck szcr c tv ék a’
szii leiktb’
l, in s tea d of a’
ggcrmekck szii leikte'
l szer e
tetn ek, children a r e belov ed by the ir p a r en ts .
O b s . 3 . The s ame P a r tic ip le is often us ed
Adv erb ia lly w ith other P er s on a l Verbs . l a in k
meg v a n n a k r ekva terhckkel , our shoulder s a r e
la den w ith bur den s meg v a n ir v a , r esza t n e ese
lckcdj, it is wr itten (a s a c omma n d) thou sh a lt
do n o evfl.
O b s . 4. The Pa r tic ip les a n d the Verba l Ad
jec tiv es gov ern the obj ec tiv e Subs ta n tive w ith
the s ame Affix a s the p r im itiv e Verb : a s , a’
gge'
zcdelemhez szoke tt ser eg n aggen is c'
r ezv é n e’
n ap’
esap asdt v issza'
v en n ldsr a ke’
szillt, the a rmy,
used to v i ctory, s en s ible Of the gr ea t los s of the
day, p r ep a r ed fo r r etr ea t.
4. THE INFINITIVE WITH AFFIXE S .
The In fin itiv e of the Verb is us ed w ith thePo sses s iv e Affixes a s often a s s ome p er s on a l r e
p r es en ta t ion is co n n ec ted ther ew ith (when it is
the a pp os itum Of the p r edi ca te of the s en ten ce) .
S uch r ep r es en ta tion s ta ke p la c e :
When the In fin itiv e is con n ected w ith the
Subj ect of the s en ten ce by mea n s Of: sza ba d
a llowed , n chéz d ifficult, ken n gz'
l ea sy , lchetetlen
impos s ible, lehet p o ss ible, a n d the imp er s on a l Verb
he ll , to be obliged, the Subject then r ec e iv es the
a ffix n ak or n ek: a s , Kdr e lgn a k sza ba d ha za men
2 7 2
n ie, Cha r les is a llowed to go home ; n ckem lehe
tc tlen ir n om , it is impos s ible for me to w r ite ;n ekiink men n n n k hell, w e a r e obliged to go .
The Affix het or ha t, a n d the Imp er son a l
Verb lehet a r e of the s ame mea n in g, the la tter
bein g a der iv a tiv e Verba l r oot of len n i, to become,
it m ight be ques tion ed which expr ess ion be p r e
fer a ble ,“ meke lek
”o r
“ men n em lehet ?”
The Con s truction w ith lehet is to be used
when ther e is n o exter n a l Obsta c le, a n d tha t w ith
ha t o r het , when ther e is n o defic ien cy in the
a ctiv e Subj ec t its elf; thus , ki n em lehe t men n em,
I ca n n o t go ou t (when the door is lo cked) ; ki
n em mehctck, I c a n n o t go ou t (be in g ill) .
B. Of terms of Periodica l Constructions.
When s imple s en ten c es a r e c on struc ted in to
p er iods , it m a y a r is e e ither tha t the Same Subj ce t r ela tes to mo r e tha n on e P r edic a te (two
s imple s en ten c es ha v e the s ame S ubj ec t), then ,in o r der to a v o id ba dly soun din g r epetition s of the
s ame Subj ec t , w e u s e r ela tiv e Pr on oun s , or
th a t tw o differ en t Subj ec ts o r Obj ec ts r ela te to
the s ame Pr edic a te a n d tw o differ en t Pr ed ic a tes
r ela te to the s ame subj ec t, o r la s tly tha t two
s en ten c es w ith d iffer en t Subj ec ts a n d Pr edic a tes
a r e to be c on n ec ted together , then the c on n ec tion s
a r e effected by mea n s Of Conjun ction s .
2 7 4
The r ela tiv e Pr on oun a gr ees w ith its Sub
sta n tiv e in Number , r ec e iv in g the a ffix which is
gov er n ed by the Verb of which it is the obj ec t .S eha n e igér} , mi t n em ta r tha tsz, n ev er p r omi se
wh a t you ca n n o t p erform ; a s ember ek, a
’
kikkc l
r osznl ban tal , the men whom you ha v e ill
tr ea ted .
O b s . Although the Subs ta n tiv e is on ly us ed
in the S in gula r Numbe r a fter Numer a ls , yet the
P r on oun r ela tin g to it is u s ed in the P lur a l : a s ,
Mi ss ka ten a , kiket mcgfeg ta k, ten s oldier s whom
they c a ught .
Cor r ela tiv e Pr on oun s a r e thbs e which a r e
n o t u s ed s ep a r a tely, bu t, the on e bein g used in the
a n tec eden t , the o ther c a n n o t be omitted in the
c on s equ en t. Such a r e : r ela tiv e ‘
to q u a n t i ty : a n
n gi, S O ma n y , s o much , a’
men n gi, a s ma n y, a s
much r ela tiv e to q 11 a l i ty min o’
, mi llyen ,millg,wha t,wha t s or t of, e llg o llya n such (like like).
Thes e P r on oun s fo rm the link betw een the Con
jun ction s a n d the r ela tiv e P r on oun s , a n d a r e
Often expr ess ed by mea n s of Conjun ction s , in
fo r e ign la n gua ges . An n gi bilza i hozta k a’
var ba ,
a’
men n git cv’
lefe lgta a la tt n em cmé szthetett vo ln a
a’
vdr b’
r ség, they br ought s o (a s)much cor n in tO
the for tr ess , a s the ga r r is on could n ot h a v e con
sumed in the cours e of a yea r .
2 7 5
2 . Of th e C o n ju n c t i o n s .
Conjun ction s a r e terms us ed to con n ect two
d iffer en t Subj ects o r two differ en t Pr edi ca tes Of
s imple s en ten c es , a n d a ls o to jo in together two
d iffer en t s imple s en ten ces : a s , my b r o th e r a n d
C h a r l e s dep a r ted ; Cha r les left P a r i s a n d
L y o n s ; the ga rden is l a r g e b u t u n c u l t i v a t e d ;Cha r les w en t in the ga r den w h e n William ha d
his din n er .
The cor r ela tiv e Conjun ction s a r e men tion ed
in the fo rma l p a r t . 111 con s ider a tion of the c on
j un ctiv e a n d disjun c t iv e on es is to be r ema rked
r ega rdin g é s , meg , a n d , meg is us ed in
order to compr ehen d two Obj ec ts u n der on e c ol
lec tiv e n otion , a’
s is a mer e c epula o f two w or ds or
s en ten ces . Har em meg kettb’
(i t, thr ee a n d tw o
make fiv e ; Lon don é s P ar is n agg vdr osek.
i s , a ls o, ha s v ery Often a n ir on i ca l mea n in g,a n d tha t of bo a stin g ; in tha t ca s e it is mostly
tr a n s la ted by a s w e l l . Fr a n ezia or szdgba n is u ta z
tam, I ha v e been tr a v ellin g in Fr a n ce a s w ell.
When the c opul a tiv es “a n d, a swell a s
a r e to be exp ress ed, the Conj un c tion is, must ber epea ted in the con sequen t : a s , kép edet is ldtem,
sza v a da t is ha llem,I s ee thy fa ce, a n d hea r thy
v o ice ; magga r ill is a ngo lzll is besze’
l , he SpeaksHun ga r ia n a s w ell a s E n glish .
p ed ig is Of a d isjun ctiv e mea n in g, but is Often48 *
27 6
used a s a c opula tiv e ; hen ce it may be tr a n sla ted
by a n d, bu t, though , ye t, a c c or din g to wha t theme a n in g of the s en ten c e is . Kdr e lg ha za megg c
'
n
p cd ig a’ba lba megyek, Cha r les is go in g home a n d
I am go in g to the ba ll ; a s e’
esém c l n emje'
tt, p ed ig
ir l hogg c l fog je'
n n i, my younger br o ther ha s n o t
a r r iv ed , yet he ha s w r itten to (in form) me he
w ould c ome .
h a,if, when fo llow ed or pr ec eded by a n e
ga tie n , is c on struc ted w ith the C onjun c tion is,
which is pla c ed a fter the pr ed ic a te Of the s en
ten ce; c on s truc tion s of tha t kin d a r e a lwa ys Of a
c on c es s iv e me a n in g . M i sc'
tdln i n em mcggiin k, h a
a s ide’
sze’
p i s, w e Sh a ll n o t ta ke a w a lk
, though
the w e a ther be fin e .
s em a n d s e a r e us ed in stea d of is n em, is
n c, a n d a r e a c c omp a n ied by n em o r n c , when
n e i t h e r a n d n o r a r e to be expr es s ed, in tha t c a s e
the n ega tion is en fo r c ed by the u s e Of n em o r n c ;
when sem a n d se a r e used s ep a r a tely, the n ega
tiv e n em o r n e c a n n ot be u s ed w ith them . A’
fill
sem a’
lcezkejé t n em ta n n lta , sem a s ir dsdt n em
v égezte c l, the boy ha s n e ither lea rn ed his less on
n or fin ished his w r itin g ; Kdr e lg se fog e lmen n i,
n e ither w ill Cha r les go a wa y .
n e is on ly us ed w ith the Subjun ctiv e a n d Im
p er a tiv e Moods . Ne menj, do n ot go ; a zt mon d
tam hogg n e legged, I told you n o t to do it .
2 7 8
c edes it immedia tely : a s , egg ss c’
p ma gga r levelet
ir tam ,I ha v e w r itten a fin e Hun ga r ia n letter ; a
’
ha ta lma s br itt bir eda lem, the m ighty r ea lm of
Br ita n n ia .
4. If a n y Adj ec tiv e, p r ec edin g a Subs ta n tiv e ,be determin ed by a n y o ther word o r w ords wha t
s oev er , they pr ec ede the Adj ectiv e immedia tely.
A’
v c liln k clv r e n é zve r eken embcr ckkc l szivcscn tar
sa lkedn n k, w e c on v er s e w ith p lea sur e w ith thos e
who a r e of the s ame pr in ciple a s w e our selv es
(w ith those r ela ted t'
o u s in r ega rd to pr in ciple
w e w i llin gly con v ers e).
5 . In r ega r d to titles , the follow in g a r r a n ge
men t is con forma ble to the gen ius of the Hun
ga r ia n l a n gua ge : the Adj ectiv es of distin ction ,tckin tctcs hon our ed , mé lte
’
sdgos r ight- hon our a ble,keggclmes gr a cious , etc . pr ecede the whole title
a n d a r e followed immedia tely by the pr edica tiv e
n ame of the family ; a fter these is pla ced the
surn ame , then the Chr is tia n n ame ; the n am in gof the office or r a n k held by the p er s on follow ed
by the words a.» S ir , Mis ter , a sszong Mis tr ess ,or a sszen gsdg la dyship , is pla c ed la st. Meltb
sages Onfa lv i Olmesg P al gr e’
f hr , the r ight
hon our a ble the E a r l of On fa lv a P a ul O lmosy ;Naggsages Cscvcghdti Csevegg E rzsebet bar bn é
a sszen gsdg, the r ight-hon our a ble the la dy E lis a
beth Cs ev egg, ba r on es s Of Gs ev egha t.
6 . In r ega rd to Verbs compoun ded by the Ad
2 7 9
v erbs fel, lc, meg, c l, v issza , essze, etc ., they a r e s e
p a r a ble from the ir V erbs , a n d fo llow them a s often
a s the Empha s is is p la c ed on the p r ecedin g Sub
s ta n tiv e o r the Verb its elf; bu t if they a r e us ed
in Oppos ition to o ther Adv erbs , o r the Emph a s is
is pu t on them , they p r ecede the Verb ,fr om
which they m a y be s ep a r a ted by the Conju n c tion
of the s en ten c e , or by the Verb fog , us ed a s
the Auxi lia ry of the Futur e Ten s e : a s , ki a dfa el
a’
lov a t ? who s old the hor s e ? but : ela d ta d—e a’
lov a t ? ha s t thou s o l d the hor s e ? M i c l fogjnk
a dn i a’
levn nka t, w e sha ll s ell our hor s e .
7 . The n ega tiv e Adv erbs n em a n d n e, p r e
cede the Obj ec t or wo rd den ied . Nem a s a tgdm
vo lt i tt , n o t my fa ther ha s been her e ,a n d a s
a tgam n em vo lt i tt, my fa ther ha s n o t been her e .
S em a n d se ma y be pla c ed after the Subs ta n
tiv e, but they mus t pr ec ede the Verb ; if sem o r se
be follow ed by n em or n e , sem is p la c ed befor e
the Subs ta n tiv e a n d n em befo r e the V erb . S em
é n n em megyek fa ln r a , sem a’
bdtgdm, n e ither I
n or my br o ther w ill go in to the c oun try ; se p é n zt
se r n hdt n em dd , he giv es n either clothes n or
mon ey.
8 . The C onj un c tion s : n eha , bar . ambar ,
a lthough , though , mivel, min thegg, beca us e , dc,
but , min tha , a s if, min tdn ,a fter , miele
’
tt, befor e,
ha , if, hogg, tha t, min t, a s , mihelgt, a s soon a s , a r e
used a t the begin n in g of the s en ten ce .
28 0
R e a d i n g E x e r c i se s .
Hungarian Anecdotes, relating to the last war .
,Comr a de, (br other) tea ch me how to keep
Off the blow s ,“
s a id a r e c en tly lev ied hus s a r to a
her o , who w a s w ell pr ov ed in ba ttle . Of wha t
u s e w ould th a t be a sked the v eter a n ; ,,my s on
do you bu t s tr ike,a n d let the Au s tr ia n s keep Off
the s tr okes .
“
Why don’
t you lea r n the milita ry exer c is es
in Hu n g a r i a n ?“
a sked a n ultr a Ma gya r fr om a
hu s s a r -her o ? it is detes ta ble to hea r the Germa n
c omma n d . S i r (my s a id the huss a r , , ,if
w e w er e c omma n ded in Hun ga r ia n I shou ld u n
der s ta n d, but my hor s e w ould n ot .“
S ur ely I mu s t con fes s , tha t I am a pp r ehen
s iv e for my n a tion ,I l o s e my h e a r t when I
thin k of it ,“
s a id B a r on S ., who w a s well
kn ow n s ec r e tly to belon g to the a n tin a tion a l
p a r ty, a fter he ha d en umer a ted a ll his p a tr iotic deeds befo r e a n offic er of the hu s s a r s . , ,
It
w ould be better , I th ink,“ s a id the hus s a r , , ,if you
lo sfii you r h e a d , you w ou ld be then fr eed fr om a ll
a n xiety (your poo r s oul the n w ould be in r e
28 2
In the s a n guin a ry ba ttle a t Peterv asar a ,a
hus s a r ha d been taken p r ison er , c a ught in the
fa c t of s plittin g the helmet a n d hea d of a n Au s
tr ia n cur a ss ier . The huss a r , a s pr is on er , w a s
brought befor e a n Austr ia n Officer , to whom the
ca p tor s n a r r a ted the hus sa r ’s deed in su ch a
ma n n er a s to make the offic er ’
s ha ir s ta n d on
en d . ,,Ar e ther e a n y mor e of you , p rov ided
w ith such in fern a l a rms ? “ a sked the Offic er .
Why, S ir ,“s a id the huss a r , , ,it dep en ds upon wh a t
humor the hus sa r is in , a c cor din gly he clea v es
w ith his sword to the chin or to the stoma ch of
his en emy .
“
After the o ccup a tion of Pes t , the Aus tr ia n
comma n der ha d qua r ter ed h is s oldier s in the su r
r oun din g v illa ges ; the v illage ma gis tr a te ther e wa s
boun d to con fess on his c on s c ien ce the dispos ition
of the in ha b ita n ts . At on e of thes e con fess ion a l.p r o
c eedin gs w ith a v illa ge -ma gis tr a te , a s the officer
a sked him, en cour a gin gly, to tell whether the in ha
bita n ts of the v illa ge w er e w ell dispos ed ? the
ma gis tra te in n o c en tly decla r ed : ,,S ir , they a r e a ll
hon es t Hun ga r ia n s , except the p r ies t who is a
Germa n (Aus tr ia n ) a n d who ca n n ot toler a te the
Hun ga r ia n s , bec a use , the s tewa rd of ou r v illa ge
s ays he is a bla ck-
yellow .
4)
After the ba ttle of Kapoln a the Aus tr ia n
284
a rmy, bein g dr iv en ba ck tow a rds P est, thr ea ten ed
to pun ish w i th s tick a n d bullet a ll thos e who da r ed
to d iv ulge , tha t the glor iously v ic to r iou s a rmy of
the Emp er or w a s r etr ea tin g. A j our n eyma n, tra
v ellin g from Dr ebeczen tow a rds Pes t, c r o s s ed the
Au s tr ia n c amp ; (on his w a y) bein g a sked by
s ome Au s tr ia n offic er s , whether he kn ew a n y thin gof the Hun ga r i a n s ? ,
Of c our s e l do ,
“s a id he
,
a n d th a t is , they a r e r etr ea tin g ; ,,wher e to ?
wher e to ?“ a sked the fo rmer w ith delight ; , ,a ll
towa r ds P est,“
a n sw er ed the j our n eyma n .
The two w eeks la s t v ery lon g, s a id Lor d D . ,
in Ap r il 4849 to a n Aus tr ia n c olon el, who
w a s qu a r ter ed a t his hous e ,,how shou ld they
n ot la s t lon g w i th such a p eop le, who do n o t
m in d the s tra tegetic fla n k -mo v emen ts , bu t run
w ith fixed ba yo n ets ev en a ga in st the c a n n on s .
When c e Sha ll w e get s o ma ny a rms ?“
a sked the officer s of gen er a l B em, when in Tr a n
S ilv a n i a he lev ied s oldier s w ith gr ea t urgen cy .
The Rus s ia n s h a v e jus t n ow br ought
p r ov ed mu skets in to the c oun try, of wh ich we w ill
ta ke pos ses s ion ,
“a n sw er ed B em . The br a v e
le a der ha s r edeemed his p r om ise .
2 8 6
Remarks .
4) Bdcs i , little, a n d dea r brother , is commo n ly used in a d
dressin g elder person s wh o a re on frien dly term s w ith u s ; espec ia lly, children a ddress the frien ds of the family w ith Ba cs i .
2) The Hu n ga ria n a rmy ha v in g bein g con sider ed a s a sup
p lemen ta ry pa rt of th e imper ia l a rmy ,th e Germa n la n gua ge
ther ein w a s in troduced a s the la n gu a ge of comm a n d,a n d w a s
reta in ed in the old r egimen ts in 4848— 9 .
3) The qu ibble is in : lei/rem esuqqed , a n d tes le esq n c
(to drop the soul,a n d to su spen d (ha n g) the b ody) to lo se
the hea r t . a n d lose the hea d .
4) B la ck-yellow ; the colours of the Au stria n b a n n ers a re
bla ck a n d yellow , a n d pe ople who w ere of the Au str ia n pa rtywere therefor e c a lled b l a ck -
y e l l o w s .
5) When , in the a utumn of 4848 , prin ce Win dischgratz r e
ceiv ed the comma n d o v er the Au stia n a rmy in order to stiflethe Hun ga ria n r e v o lu tion in its b ir th , he pr om ised , to th e c our t
of Vien n a , to extirp a te the Hun ga ria n rev olu tion a ry pa r ty in th e
course of a for tn ight .
28 7
VOCABULARY
TO THE COMPOSITIONS.
(Abbr ev ia ti on s : S Subs ta n tive , co II. , c o lleetis e ; A.,Adjec t i v e ; n n u
mera l ; v .,v erb a l ; Adv Adverb ; C C o njun c tio n ; V . ,
Verb ; V. n .,
Verb n euter ; V. a . ,Verb a c ti v e ; P O . , P os tp o s i tio n ; P O . a . , P os tp o s i
t ion s ! a ffix ; P rep . P rep os i t i o n ; P r . , Pron oun , a . , a djec ti v e ; P a rt
P a rtic ip le .
l . Hungarian-English.
A .
A’a n d a z, Ar t . (a
’
before Substa n ti v es begin n in g w i th a
v ow el), th e .
Abla k, (plur . a blakok) , S .,w in
dow .
Abr osz, S .,ta ble-cloth,
Aesmes ler se’
q, S .,
ca rpen ter ’stra de .
Ad V .,to giv e.
Adds , S .,deb tor .
Ade’
s s a’
g, S . , deb t .
Aggen ld-n i , V .,
sh oofin g .
Aggu , S .
,ca n n on .
to kill by
Ahoqg, C .,a s .
A110 ],Ad . ,
wher e,there .
Aja'
n dékoz- n i , V .,to m ake
a presen t .
Aj lo' , S .,door .
Aka'
r a kdr , C . , e itheror .
Aka r—n i,V . ,
to w ish , to be
w illin g,to w ill .
Aka r a l, S .
,w ill
"
.
Aka r a llamll, Adv . ,u nw illin gly.
Alli , P O . , (to the questionwhither), u n der .
Ala k, S . , sha pe, form .
Alap il—a n i , V .,to fou n d .
Alap ilo'
, S ., foun der .
The Ac t i v e a n d N e u ter Verbs ha v e the te rm in a tion o f the ir Infin i
t ive a n n exed ; o f the Med iums the In fin itive IS in c luded in a p a ren thes i s .
28 8
Ala tl, P O . , (to the questionwhere) ; un der .
Algyzl , S .,ca n n on .
Alka li/t , (a lha t- n i) ,V . , to be
sleepy.
Alko lmdny , S .
,con stitu tion .
Alkuszik, a lkud—m) , V .
,to b id
in the price .
fi ll- (mi , V .,to sta n d .
Alla n dé , A.,con sta n t .
fi lia l, (plur . a n im a l.
fi lli i-a n i, V .,to sta te
,to a sser t .
Alma,S . coll . , a pple .
Atom,S .
, sleep,a dream .
fi lia l, P O ., through , by .
A'
mba'
r , C .
,a lthou gh .
Amer ilfa , S . , Am er ica .
A'
ngo l, Angol, S . A.,E n g
l i shm a n, E n glish .
Angolor szag, S .,E n gl a n d .
Angolzi l, Adv .,E n glish
,in E n g
Anya , S ., m other ; az a rms ,
the m other ,An nyz
'
va l, C . & Adv .,a s mu ch .
A'
p olqa l- n z
'
,V .
,to cher ish .
Ap r ih’
s , S ., Apr il.
Ar a ny, S ., Go ld .
Ar a nyla'
n cz, S ., Gold
-cha in .
A'
r,S .
,pr ice .
A'
rnye'
k,S .
, sha dow .
Afl—am
’
, V .
, to in jure,to be
in jur iou s.
AMI- u i , V ., to sell .
A'
s-m ,V . , to dig.
Aszta l, (pl . table .
Aszta lken dé'
, S ., ta ble-n a pkin .
Asza , S .,Asia .
Atvesz, (dtven V . , to take ,
to r eceiv e .
Alya , (p l . a fydk), S ., fa ther ; d z.
a tya ,the fa ther .
Augusztus , S .,Augu st , (n ame
of th e m o n th .)Az, P r .
,tha t .
Azon n a l, Adv .
,immedia tely.
Azutdn , Adv .,a fterwa rds .
B aj, S ., ev il , trouble .
Ba lv é leményz‘
i , A.
,of a w ron g
op in ion .
Bdn -m'
,V . ,
to trea t, to pr o
ceed .
E dr,C .
,though .
B a rdt, S . , fr ien d ; a ’ba r dt, the
frien d .
B a rdtn é , S ., fem a le frien d .
Bd tor , A., b old, ga lla n t .
Bdlor s a’
q, S . ,cour a ge .
Bdtya , S .
,elder br other .
Becsdl- ui, V . , to esteem ,to
v a lu e .
B e’
lte, S ., pea ce ; bé lte
'
ideje’
n ,
in times of pea ce .
Bekot—m’
,V .
,to b in d, to ti e up .
Hé la,S . , Albert .
Benyomds , S . , impression .
8 67 16, S .
,ten a n t .
Beszé l—m’
, V .,to speak .
Beleg, A ., ill .
Betti , S .
, letter (ch a ra cter inthe Alphabet).
9 0
Elefdn l, S .
,elepha n t .
E lejé l oekel , V .
,ca n pr e
v en t .
E lejé t vesz (eleje'
l ven
V .,to prev en t .
E lemez-n i , V .
,to a n a lyze .
E lenyez-n i, V .
,to hide , to
m a sk.
E le'
r-m'
,V .
,to r e a ch
Eles , e’
lesheqyd fin e
p o in ted .
E les-u i , V.,to fa ll .
Elel, S .,life .
E lev en en , Adv .
, a liv e .
E lfelejl- en i , V .,to forget .
E lizagy-m
'
, V .,to lea ve .
E l/zi-m'
,V .
,to ca ll for .
E Ju’
sz. (el/zin —u i) , V .,to be
liev e .
E lka lon oz—n i , V . ,to sepa r a te .
E llen , P O .,a ga in st .
Ehn eqy (elmen go
aw ay .
E lnyom-m'
, V . ,to oppress
,to
suppr es .
E ldlt, P O .,b efore .
E irejt-em'
, V .,to con cea l .
E lron t—a n i , spo il.E ls iel- ui , V .
,to ha sten aw a y .
E lsza ka d—n i, V. n .,to br eak
(a s tr in g).E lté ved- ii i , V .
,to lose on e
’
s
Wa y .
E luta zik (eluta z V .,to
depa r t .
Elvesz (elven -m) , V .,to take
away .
E lvesz—m’
, V . n .,to perish
,to
become lost .
E lveszetl, A. v .
,lost .
Ember , S .,m a n ;
‘
cc ember ,
the ma n ; d z emberek,,
th e
m en,m en .
Ember i—n em, S .,m a n -kin d .
Embelrla'
rs,S .
,fellow -m a n .
EmlekoszIOp , S .,mon umen t .
En , P r ., 1.
En eltel-m'
,V .
,to sin g ,
E nged—n i
,V .
,to yield , to
,a l
low,to gi v e w a y, to suffer .
E ngedelmes , A.
, ob edien t .
E n qedellen ,A.
, d is obedien t .
Ep i l- en i , V .,to bu ild .
Ep i le’
sz,S .
, bu ilder .
Er dn tz'
a n d ir a'
n tz’
,A .
,tow a rds .
Er cz, S .,o re
,m eta l ; fig . ir on .
Erdek, S .
,the in terest .
Erdemel—u i . V .,to deserv e.
Erdo"
, S .
, forest, w ood .
Breny, S .,vi rtu e .
E r ényes , A .,v ir tu ou s.
Er ett, A . v .,r ipe .
Er ez-u i , V .,to feel .
Er lcezi/t V .,to a r
riv e .
E rkolcs i lég, Adv . ,m ora lly.
Ero'
, S .
, stren gth , for ce .
151153 , A .
, str on g .
Er t- em'
,V . ,
to un dersta n d .
Er tékes , A .,v alu able .
ES ; C .
,a n d .
E sel, ca se .
E sllt (es-m) , V .,to fa ll ; 8 8 6
esik, it ra ins .
29 4
E s tee, S . Adv ., ev en in g, in
the ev en in g .Esz, S .
,rea son
,in tellect ; eszuk,
their r ea son,their in tellect .
Ev , S J, yea r .
Ez, P r .,this .
Ezelo'
ll, Adv .,formerly .
Fa , S .
,w ood .
Fo l, S .,w a ll .
Fa lu , S ., Vi lla ge .
Fdr a dsdq, S .,trouble , exer
tion s .
Februa'
r , S .
,Febru a ry .
Fejedelem, S ., p r ifl ce, sov ereign .
Fekete, A.,b la ck .
Feltszzlt (felrfid V .
,to lie .
Fel, Adv ., up .
Fé l—n i , V .
,to fea r .
Feleba rd t, S .,fellow -cr ea ture
,
(n eighbour) .Feletl, P O .
,ov er .
Feles leges , A ., superflu ou s .
Felez-m’
,V .
,to ha l ve, to di
v ide in to two pa rts .
Felfedez—u i , V .,to discov er .
Felgydjl—a n i , V . ,to set on fir e .
Felhdborodds , S .
, emo tion .
Felmegy (felmen - n i) , V . ,to
a scen d , to amoun t .
Felmon d—a n i , V uto say (a Fuge, S . coll . , a fig, figs .
lesson ), to giv e n o tice .
Felszdmz’
t—a n i V . ,to ca st up
G '
n umbers, to .make a n a o Gdn csol-u i , V . ,to blame .
1 Ga zdag, A.,rich .
49
Feltesz. (felten - n i) , V. ,to sup
po se .
Felv esz (felven V. , to take
up , to r eceiv e .
Fer en cz,S .
,Fr a n cis .
Fes t- (mi , V .,to pa in t .
Fella ldl—u i,V .
,to in v en t .
Felta ldlds , S .,in v en tion .
Fes to"
, S ., pa in ter .
Fige, S . coll.,fig
,figs .
Fill, S .
,b oy, son ; a
’
fill , th eb oy ; a
’
filllr, th e b oys .
Fizel—m'
, V .,to p a y .
Fodroz- n i , V .,to curl
,to
crisp .
Fogla la tos sa’
g, S ., employ
m en t .
Fordt’
ld s,S .
,tr a n sl a tion .
Fordlll-m'
,V . n .
,to tur n .
For dul—n i v a la /filter , V. a .
,to
a ddr ess to a n y on e .
For oq- u i , V . n .
,to mov e
r oun d .
Forr ds , S ., a sour ce .
Forro'
ov i-ta r tomdny, S .,tr opi
ca l region .
Fold, S ., ea rth
,la n d .
Folos leg s , A .,superfluou s .
Fo'
vdr os,S .
,ca pita l (town ).
Fr a n czia or sq ,S .
,Fr a n ce .
Fut—m’
, V .,to run
,to take to
l
29 9
Gazda qsa’
q, S .
, riches . Ha dakozds,S .
,the comb a t .
Gon dol—m’
, V .,to thin k . Ha dser eq, S .
, a rmy .
Gon oszsdg, S .
, wickedn ess . Ha dvezér , S .,lea der o f the
Goromba s a’
g, S .
,in solen ce . a rmy .
Gro'
f, S .,C oun t . Hagy
—m’
, V .,to lea v e .
Hajda n ,Adv .
,form erly .
G y . Hajo’
ser eg, S .,flee t.
ll ajl—a n i , V .,to driv e
,to b en d .Gyakoro l—m , V. a .
,to pra cti se .
Ha l—n i,V .
, to die .
Ha la n dé , S . A., m orta l.
ya 0 9 a on e , so l er onHa ldsz-m
’
, V .,to fish .foo t .
Gya’
msdq, S .,gu a rdia n ship .
Gya rma t, S .,colon y.
Ha la szt—a n i , V .,to delay .
Ha la vdny, A.,p a le.
Ha llza fa t/a n,A.
,imm or ta l .Gye
’
mdn l, S n di am on d .
Ha l/ra l, Adv . softly .
Gyermelr, S .
,child ; gyermeltelc, Ha ll- a n t, V
,
to hea r,to
chlldr en .
hea rken .
Gil/0 k”l S ,r 0 0 t 3
Ha llga t—m
,V.
,to keep sil en ce
,
roo ts .
to listen .
byq nyop Sn Plea sur e
Hdmlz'
lt (lldmol V., to
Gyoz-m , V . n .,to ov ercome
, peel.to v a n quish .
Gyo'
zedelem, S .,v ictory.
Gyo'
zedelmesltedzk (QT/ M edel
meslfed-ui) , V .,to get the
v ictory (to b e v ictori ous).
Gyu la , S ., Ju lius .
Gydj l- em'
, V.,to ga ther .
Gyumolcs , S . coll .,fruit .
Gyd’
rd , S ., a rin g.
Hdmoz—n i , V. a .,to peel.
Ha n em,C .
, bu t .
Ha ngzz’
k (ha nger—M) , V ., to
soun d .
Hdny, A. n .
,how m a ny .
Ha r agszz’
lf (kor agud- u i) , V .,
to b e a n gry.
Ha r c‘zo l- u i, V.
,to fight .
Heir s/a , S .,lime-tr ee
,lin d .
Ha szn ci l—m'
, V.,to be useful
,
to u se .
Ha , if Ha szn ot /l ajl-am'
,V.
,to be p ro
Hdbord,S .
, w a r . fita ble .
Hdboru’
skodik (Iza'
bordslcod Ha szon , S .,profit .
n i) , V .
, to be a t wa r,to Ha ta lma s , A.
, mighty .
make w a r . Ha la lom, S ., might, power .
2 9 4
Ir- n i, V. ,to w rite .
Ird s,S . , w ritin g.
Ir igys ég, S .,the en v y.
’
Ir la n d, S . ,Irela n d .
Iro'
lfon yv , S .,copy—book.
Is,C .
,a lso , a s w ell .
Is li o la , S . , school.Is la n d, S . , Icela n d .
Ismer-a i , V. ,to kn ow (a n y
body)Is tvan
,S .
, Stephen .
Ilé lel,S .
, judgmen t .
Adv .,here .
Itt/ion,Adv
a t home.
a t home (here
Ja n udr , S .
, Ja n u a ry.
Jar—u i,V . ,
to'
w a lk.
Jd tsz—a n i V . , to pla y.
Jo,A.
,good .
Jooba n ,Adv . , better .
Jog, S .,the right.
Jogta la nsdg. S .,in ju stice .
Jol,Advi , w ell ; jo
'
l v isel—ui
magd l, to beha v e w ell.
S . ,w ea lth .
Joszdg. S .,esta tes
, ma n or .
Julius , S . , July.
Jun ius , S . , Jun e .
Ja la lom, S . , rew a rd .
Ka bd i , S .,co a t.
Ka lctn or ka n d l,S .
, spoon .
Ka lap , S .
,h a t.
Kelp—u i , V .,to get, to receiv e .
Ka rd,S .
, sw ord .
”
Karo ly, S . , Char les .
Hé ros , A. ,in jur ious .
Ka ste'ly, S .
,ca stle .
Ka lon a . S ., soldier .
Kedd, S . , Tuesday.
Kedv , S . , plea sure, humor .
Kegyellen , A .,cruel.
Kék, A.,blu e.
Kelet, S .
,E a st ;
E a st In dia .
Kell-en i, V . , to be w a n ted,to
be n ecessa ry .
Kelme, S .
,w a r e (a rti cle) .
Keme’
ny, A., ha rd, keme
’
nyen ,
Adv ., ha rd .
Kenyér , S .
, brea d .
Ké nyszer it—en i , V.,
to force .
Kép , S . , ima ge , pictur e .
Képr dma , S .,pictur e-frame .
Képzel—n i , V .,to ima gin e.
Ker-u i , V . ,to a sk , to pc
tition .
Kérdezdskodik (Itérdezo’
sltod
V .
,to in quir e .
Kereltdedes , A., ov a l.
Keres-u i, V .,to look for , to
seek.
Kereskedik (keresked—n i) . V . ,
to tra de.
Keres/rede'
s ,S .
, .commerce
,
(trade) ; kereskede'
s l dr-m‘
to ca rry on tra de.
Kereszlyé n , S . ,chri stia n .
keletin dza ,
29 5
Ker te'sz, S . , ga rden er .
Ke'
s , S .,kn ife .
Ke'so', A. Adv .,la te .
Ke'sr , "A., ready.
Ke'
z, h a n d .
Ke'
zimunkci s,S . , la bourer .
Kezlyu"
,S .
,glov e , a p a ir of
glov esKl, Pr .
,WhO rb
Kics iny, A., sma ll.
Kiejl- en i , V .,to pron oun ce .
Kzeléqz'
t- en i , V .,to s a tisfy, to
Kiengeszlellzeletlen ,A .
,irre
con cilia ble.
Kigyo'
, S .
, sn ake , serpen t.Kiln lz—n i , V .
,to dr aw .ou t .
Kilterget-ui , S .,to expel .
Kimegy (kimen -mi) , .V ., to go
out .
Kin or - n i , V. a . ,to p la gue .
Kin yujl-am , V .,to stretch ou t .
Kiolf—a n i , V . , to extin guish .Kioszt-a n i, V .
,to distribute .
s uszltl- a n i , V .,to dep opu
la te.
Kira ly, S ., kin g.queen .
Kird lyscig , S .,kin gdom .
Kila r lds , S ., per sev era n ce .
Ki lerjeszl-en i, V .,to exten d .
E idz-u i , V . ,to expel .
Kivdn —ui , V .,to desire , to
wi sh ; Icivdn a t , a desire, a
w ish .
Kiv iltiqlt—a n i , V.
,to illumin a te
,
to light up .
Kiv isz (It iv in—u i) ,V.
,to exp ort .
Kocs i , S . ,co a ch .
Koczlcdzla t—n i, V .,to ha za rd .
Kordn , Adv . , ea rly.
Korbd csol-m’
,V .
,to flog.
Kormci ny, S ., go v ernmen t .
Kormdn yoz- u i, V .
,to gov ern .
KelcsOn oz-u i, V . , to len d, to
borrow .
Ko'
lld,S .
, poet.Kon n yen , Adv . , ea sily .
Ken yordleies , A. , p itiful.Kon go , S .
,b ook .
KOn yvdrus , S .,b o ok-seller .
Kon vykolo'
, S . ,b o ok-bin der .
Kon yvnyomla td s , S . ,typo
gra phy, prin tin g-tra de .
Kor tve, S . coll.,a pea r, pea rs .
Kord l, P O ., roun d , a r ou n d .
Kor i i lbelo'
l,Adv .
,a b ou t .
KoszOrd l-n i , V . , to gr l n d .
Keszorflllel—u i , V .,to let grin d ,
(to ha v e gr oun d).Edi- ii i , V .
,to b in d , to kn i t .
'
Ifgteles se'
g, S ., du ty .
Kowpkor , S .
,m iddle-a ge .
Kozlekedé s , S . ,commerce
(commun ica ti on ) .
Koren se’
ges , common .
Kozo tt a n d MM,P O . , betw een ,
amon gst .Koztdr s a sscig, S .
,r epublic .
Killd- en i , V .
,to send .
Kulomben , ka lon ben , Adv . ,
else, o therw ise.
Kit lombfe'
le, A.,differen t .
Kited- en i,V .
,to struggle.
29 6
La lfi/f (la k-n i) , V . ,to live, to
dwel .
La kds , S .
,residen ce , lodgin g.
Ldmp a ,a n d ldmp ci s , S .
,lamp .
Lcin cz, S .,a cha in .
Ldn y, S .,girl ; Iangolf, girls .
Lapdo , S .,b a ll .
Ld l—m’
,V . ,
to see .
Ld tszik(ld lsz—a n i) ,V .,to seem .
Ledn y , S ., girl ; led n yok, girls .
Lecz/fe S .
,lesson .
Lefelrszik (le/ekud-n i) , V ., to
li e d own , to go to bed .
Leigaz- u i , V .
,to subjuga te .
Le'
leh, S .,sou]
,min d ; lelkiln lr,
our sou l .
Lenyuqszi/f (len yuqod-n i) , Vt o go to res t
,to set (sa id of
the sun .)Ler on l- a n i , V. ,
to demoli sh .
Leveqd, S .
,a ir
,a tmo sphere.
Lev e'
l,S ,
letter ; Obj. ca se,
levelet , P lur . levelelc, letters .
Levet~n i , V .,to throw off o r
dow n .
Ligel, S ., the pa rk .
Lop- Ii i , V .
,to stea l.
Lor a so'
r ser eq S .,horse-gu a rd .
Luther , S .,Lu ther .
Ma,Adv .
,to - da y ; ma es lve,
to- n ight .
Ma ddr , S .,bird .
Ma da rd sz- n i, V. ,to ca tch
birds .
Maga , P r . himself, her self , it_self ; magam,
myself.Mayda y, A.
, priv a te .
Maga s , A., high .
Magd l emé szté’
, A.
, self-consumlug.
Magya r , S . A ., Hun ga ria n .
Magya ror szciq, S .
, Hun ga ry .
Ma gya rzi l, Adv . , in Hun ga ri a n ,Hun ga ria n .
Majd, Adv ., soon , then .
Mar , Adv . , a lrea dy .
Ma r a d-u i , V .,to r ema in
,to
stay .
Mds , P r . a .
, other ; ma sok,o thers.
Ma s/le l, Adv .
, somewhere else .
Md shon n a n , Adv . ,from some
where else .
Mci slror , Adv ., a t a n other time.
Még, Adv .
, still, yet .
Megaka d-u i, V .,to stop .
Meqbdn t—a n i , V ., to offen d.
Meqbun let- n i, V .,to pun ish .
Meqcs a l-a i , V . ,to deceiv e .
Meqé l-u i , S .
,to li ve, to sub
sist, to get on e’
s li vi n g .
Megelégszz’
lt (megeleged- n i) ,V .,
to be sa tisfied .
Megelo'
z—u i , V.,to pr ev en t .
Meqérdemel- n i , V .
,to deserv e.
Mege'
r t-en i, V .,to un dersta n d ,
to comprehen d .
Meggyo'
z-u i , V.,to v a n qui sh .
2 9 8
Mos t, Adv . , n ow ; mos ia n i, A.
,
presen t .
Mozgci s , S .,mo v emen t .
Mula lsdg, S .,amu semen t , plea
suro.
Mall, A. v .
,pa st , la st (in the
expression s ; la st yea r , la st
w eek,
Millva ,P a r t , a fter (pa ssed).
Mun /ta , S .
,lab ou r
,w ork.
Mun /i d s , A.,in du striou s .
Muta l—n i,V .
,to show .
Nagy, A., la rge, grea t .
Nagybd lya , S . , un cle.
Nagyilo'
, S ., micro scope .
Na gykeresltedo”
,S .
,wholesa le
merch a n t .Na gylelltd , A.
, gen erous .
Na gy/elkden , Adv ., gen erou sly.
Na gyn e'
n ye, S .
,a un t .
Nagyszomba t, S . ,n ame of a
town in Hun ga ry.
Nap , S ., sun , day .
Nap on ke’
n t, Adv .
,da ily .
Nelldn y, P r . n ., some.
Nellez, A. ,difficult .
Nellezen ,Adv .
, ha rdly .
Ne'
lktZ l, P O .,w ithout.
Nem,Adv . ,
n ot .
Nemes le/kd , A.,n oble-min ded .
Ne'
metor szdg, S .,Germa n y .
Némeldl, Adv .,Germa n , in
Germa n .
Nemi cf, S .,n a tion .
Nen ye, S .
, elder sister .
Nép , S ., people .
Ne'
v , S .,n am e .
Nevel- n i , V .
,to educa te .
Neven de’
k, S ., pupil .
Ne'
z-n i , V .,to look .
November , S .
, N ov ember .
Né—n i , V .,to grow ; n é vok, I
grow .
No“
oe'
n y , S . , pla n t .
Nya k, S .,n eck.
Nya llr a v a lo'
, S ., cr a v a t.
Nyar , S .
,summer .
Nydreld’
. S ., Jun e .
Nydrho, S ., Ju ly .
Nydru lo'
, S August .Nyelv ,
S .,la n gu a ge .
Nyelvmes lef , S .
,tea cher of
la n gua ges .
Nyer-n i , S .
,to ga in , to w in .
Ngeres , S .
, profit.Nyom
- n i, V .,to press .
Nugszik, (n yugod-n i) , V.,to
repose,Nylljtl-a n i, T .
,to rea ch .
0 .
Odd , Adv . ,there , to the qu es
tion where to ?
Ola szor szag, S ., Ita ly.
0 10 30 , A.
, chea p .Olly, P r .
, so , ,
su ch .
Olva s-u i , V .,to r ea d .
29 9
On n a n , Adv . ,thither, then ce .
Or szdg, S .,r ea lm .
Orszdgldr , S ., politi cia n .
Osko la , S .,school .
Oskola i-w ork.
Oszla lék, S .,sha re .
Osztozik (oszloz—n i) , V . ,to
sha re .
Oll, Adv .,there .
Oil/10 7i , Adv ., (there) a t home .
6 . o .
6 . P r .,he , sh e , i t ; 6k they .
Ocse, S ., youn ger bro ther .
Ollozel, S . ,r a im en t .
On ,P r . , you (a person spoken
to) .
On t—en i . V . ,to shed , to pour .
On loz-n i , V . ,to w a ter .
Onzé s , S .
, ego tism .
Duzd, A. ,selfish .
firegbtt—en i , V.,to in crea se .
(isz, S .,a utumn .
S .,Sep tember .
dszho, S .,October .
(lszin le, A.,sin cere .
Os szehoz- n i , V .,to get up (a
Oszlon ,S .
,in sti n ct.
é szll lo, No v ember .
Pajkos , A.
,n a ughty.
Bapzr , S ., p a per.
Pap is la , S .
,a Ca tholic .
Par is , S . , Pa ris .
Pa lrzdrka , S .,P a tr ia r ch .
Pen tek, S . ,Frid ay.
Pe'
n z, S .
,mon ey.
Pihen - n i , V .,to r est .
Pilla n a lig, Adv .
,for a momen t .
Pironga lci s , S .,repro a ch .
Polqdr , S .,c itizen .
Polgdr osodo ll, A. v . ,ci vilized .
Pomp cis , A.,splen di d .
Poszlo, S .
,clo th .
Poszlokelme, S .,dr a pery.
Poszlo'
s , S . ,cloth-man ufa cturer .
Pa s/ta , S .
,mu sket , gun .
Puskap or , S ., gun powder .
Ra b, S ., sla v e .
Rdbt’
r—n i , V.,to prev a i l upon .
Bajzol- n i , S .
,to dr aw (fi
gur es)Ba v a sz, A.
,cun n in g, a r tful.
Becze, S .,du ck .
Réqen ,Adv .
,lon g a go .
Beggel, S . Adv . , morn in g,i n the morn in g.
Rejlhely, S .,lurkin g-pla ce .
Remenyl- en i , S .
,to hope .
Ren delleté s , S destin a tion .
Ben desen ,Adv . , ordin a ri ly .
Bes t, A ,i dle .
Ré t, S .
,mea dow .
Ringa t—a i , V. , to lull .
Bi l/ta , A.,r a re .
Ritka sag, S ., ra rity, curiosity.
lid/fa , S . , fox.
3 0 0
Bo'
ma i,A .
,Roma n .
Ross , A.
,b a d .
Rubin , S .
,ruby .
flu/l a , S .,dr ess .
S aja l, A.
,own .
Sa n dor , S .
, Alexa n der .
Sco lia , S ., Scotla n d .
Se s e , sem s em,C .
,
n ei ther n o r .
Segl i—en i
,V.
,to a ssist.
Semmi, S ., n othin g.
S é la bo ' S .
,w a lkin g-stick.
S é la l—m,S .
,to take a w a lk.
Siet—m’
, V.,to h a s ten .
S ilterdl—n i, V.
,to succeed .
Sma ragd, V ., em era ld .
Soha , Adv .
, n ev er .
SOlf, A.,much
, m a n y .
Sokd ig , Adv .,for a lon g time.
Sor/lajo'
,S .
,a ship of the lin e .
Sor s , S .
, fa te .
Sulyedo'
,A .
,declin in g .
Surgele'
s,S .
, urgen cy .
Svajoz, S .
, Sw itzerla n d .
Svaj czi , A., Sw iss .
S z .
Sza ba d, A., free .
Sza ba dsag, S .
,freedom , liber ty.
Sza ba s,S .
,th e sha pe of a dress ,
fa shion .
Sza bo, S .,t a ilor .
Sza la d- n i , V ., to run .
Szdm,S . , n umb er .
Szamol—n i , S . ,to r eckon
,t o
coun t .
Szcin de'
lr,S .
,in ten tio n .
Szdn lo'
fo ld, S .,a ra ble la n d .
S t arny , S . , a w in g .Szege
'
ny, A., po or .
Szed—n i , S .
,to ga ther .
Szeles , A.,w ide .
Szelz’
d,A.
, meek, gen tle .
Szé loé sz, S .
, storm .
Szemermes , A. ,m odest .
Szen t, A.,s a cred , holy, sa in t .
Sze'
p , A .
,fin e
, bea u tiful, pleasa n t .
Szép se'
g, S .
,bea u ty .
Szerda,S .
,Wedn esda y.
Szeren cse, S .,for tun e .
Szeren c se'
llen ,A.
,u n for tu n a te .
Szer en cse’
tlen s ég ,S . , m isfor
tun e.
zerel—n i , V .,to lo ve , to like .
Szerez- n i , S .,to purch a se .
Szer szdm,S .
,coll . , to ol .
Szelda r a bo l- n i, V .,to di smem
b er .
Sa id- n i , V. ,to blame
,to scold.
Sziget, S .,i sle .
Szi/aj, A., w ild .
Szzloa ,S .
, coll . , prun e .
Su’
n,S .
,colour .
Szln /zdz, S .,thea tr e .
Szin le'
n,C .
,a s w ell.
Su’
v,S .
, he a rt .Sziva r . S .
,ciga r .
Szives , A. ,kin d.
Su vesen , Adv .,w ilhn gly.
30 2
Termeszlmén y , S .,production .
U .res t 8 , b ody .
Tes ti , I A ., c orpor a l , o f the (log, C . Adv .
, so,thus .
body. U} , A ., recen t ; uja bb idé
’
ben ,Tesz. (ten - n i) , V. , to do ; tel recen tly.
tuft , w e did . Ujscig, S ., n ew s
, n ewsp a per .
Tetszie tetsz plea se. Un a lma s,A.
, tedious .
Tell, S ., deed . Ur , S .
, gen tlema n , S ir, MisTi , P r .
, you (ye). ter .
Tigr is , S .
, t iger .
(ur a l/rod—n i) , V., toTi szlel- n i, V .
,to v en er a te
, to d om in eer .
hon our . Ur a llrodo'
, STo
, S .
, pon d , lake . ler .
To l/, S ., p en .
TON/“56's p en-kn ife . Ula z-n i
,V.
, to tr a v e l.Tovabb Adv . , lon ger , fa rther . Uta zé , S .
,tr a v eller .
Tobbn yzre, Adv . m o stly. Ulcza , S .
, str e éi:Tolfe
'
le/len ,A .
, imperfect. Ulolso'
, A. , la st .a n , P r e. a .
, by , fr om , of.
Ton /tre ten n i , S ., to ru in .
Tor le'
n ilt (fOr le'
n - n i) , V ., to
ha ppen .
'
Tor le'
n el. S . ,history .
Torvé n y, S ,law .
Ugyellen , A., clumsy, in ca
To'
r s a lya , S .
, P a tria r ch .
Fa ble .
Tud—m’
,Vw to kn ow a n )
“ ill—n i , V., to Sit.
thin g.Tuda s , S .
,kn owin g.
Tudoma s , S .
,kn owledge
, n o
tice .
Tulajdon , A. , proper .
Tu lajdon sag, S . ,propriety.
V .Ta n ya sdg, S . ,la zin ess .
Tuzok, S . , bu sta rd (a bird). Va csora . S . , supper .
l fé r‘
rdma,S . , lookin g gla ss Va d, A.
, w ild
fr ame (fr ame of a m irror .) Va da sz, S ., hun tsma n .
T’dzhely , S . , hea rth, the home. Va da sz-ui , V.,to hu n t .
mon a rch, ru
LI, S .
, w a y .
llgy, S .,ca u se
, afl'
a ir .
llgyes , A., clev er .
Uldoz- n i,V.
,to persecute .
llt—n i , V.,to kn o ck, to s trike .
llzen el, S ., messa ge .
Us er let, S . , busin ess (a tr a de).
30 3
Vag- n i
,V. ,
to cut .
Vogy, C ., or .
Vagyon ,S .
, pr operty ; v agyon a ,his pr operty .
Vaj, S .,bu tter ; v aja s ken ge
’
r ,
br ea d a n d butter ; Obj. c . ,
vaja s ken yeret.
Va la ltan yszor ,Adv ., a s o ften
a s .
Va /a ki , P r .
, somebody.
Va lami, P r ., somethin g.
Va lo'
, S . A., rea li ty, r ea l,
true
Va lo'
di, A.,r ea l.
Var-n i , V .,to w a it for , to ex
p ect .
Va r - n i , V.,to sew.
Vdr os , S .,town .
Va sarn ap , S .,Sun da y.
Va s tag, A.
,thick .
Vd szon , S ., lin en .
Ved—en i , V .,to pr otect .
Veyer- n i , V . , to perform ,
to
fin ish , to con clude.
Ve'
ghellen , A. ,infin ite .
Végr en delet, S .,la st w ill.
Ven de'
g, S . , guest.Yer—n i , V.
,to bea t .
Vereb, S .,spa rr ow .
Verem, S .,a p it .
Veres , A.,r ed .
Vé res , A. , sa n guin a ry .
Verzik (oeres-n i) , V. ,to Z ar—m
’
, V. ,to shut .
bleed . Zen e, S . musi c .
Vé sz-u i , V. ,to declin e
,to Zen o-master ,
S . , tea cher of
lin ger . mu sic .
Veszlesség, S . , loss,
Vel- n i, V .,to sow .
Ve'
telc, S.
, sin,v i ce ; vet/felt ,
sms .
Vé lkezik (oetker—n i) , V . ,to
sin .
Vezér , S .,lea der , gu ida n ce.
Veze'
rel- n i , V.,to gu ide .
Vezet-m’
,V .
,to lea d .
Vide'
lc, S . ,cou n try .
Viga szta l-n i , V.
,to con sole, to
com for t .Viga szta lo
'
, A.,con sola tory.
Vigyaza tos , A., cau tiou s.
Vi ldg, S . , w orld .
Vildglenger , S . ,o cea n .
Vi lmos , S .,Willi am .
Vircig , S ., flow er .
Viragmag, S .,flower -seeds .
Vis sza ,Adv .
,ba ck.
Vissw tér—n i , V. n . ,to r e
turn .
Vi to'
s , A.,bra v e .
Vi le'
ziesen ,Adv .
,hero-like , he
ro ica lly.
Vi te'
zse’
g , S .,br a v ery, va
lour .
Vien i , V. ,to fight .
304
Zongor a , S ., p ia n o .
Z old, A. , green .
Z oldse'
g, S . , coll. , v egetables . Z s a rn olr, S .,
l oldse'
gmag, S ., seeds of vege Z sebken dd, S .
, pocket ha n dtables . ker chief.
3 0 6
Ascen d , V ., felmegy (fel
men - n i) .
Asia , A'
rs ia .
Assist, V ., seyi t
—en i .
Asylum , men hely .
Atmo sphere , lev ego'
, le'
gké'
r .
Augu st, Augusztus , n yar uto.
Aun t, n agyn é n ye.
Au tumn, dsz.
B a ck, Adv ., v is sza .
B a d, ross .
B a yon et , sz’
uron y.
B a ll (for pla yin g), lapda .
B a ttle,S .
, cs a ta .
B e a t, V ., ver
- n i,meqver
—n i .
B ea ten , megver t, A . v .
B e a u tiful , sze'
p .
B ea u ty, S .
, szép se’
g.
Beca u se, C ., min t/logy ; of
mia li , P o .
Befor e, P rep . , elci'
li , P o .
B eha ve w ell, V .
, jo'
l v isel-n i
maga t.
B elieve , V ., el/l isz. (el/i in - n i) .
B en d , V .
, [raf t-un i .
B etter , Adv ., iobba n .
B etw een , kozl. P o .
B id (in the pr ice), V., a lliuszilf,
(a lkud- n i) .B in d
,V .
, ko t—n i , belro i—n i .
B ird, ma dar , P lur .
, ma dam/t .
Black, fekete.
B lame,V . , szid-n i, gdn cso l
—n i .
B leed, V .
, vérzilt (oeres- n i) .
B lue, kék.
B ody, les t.
B old, bd tor .
B o ok, kon go .
B ook-b in der , kon yvkotd.
B ookseller, [tong/earns .
B or n, b ein g V .
, szil lelilr,
(szulet- n z) .
B orn eo, Born eo .
B orr ow,V,, Itolcson oz- n i .
B oy, fill ; boys , fills; the boy,a
’
fin .
B r a v e, A.
, v ilez, A.
B ra v ery, v ilézse'
g.
B rea d, S .
, ken ger ; Obj. C a se ,li en yer et ; br ea d a n d bu tter ,
v aj a s Iren yér .
B reak (sa i d of a strin g), V .,
elsza lfa d- n i, V. n . ; to br e ak
(the hea r t) , megsza lta d-n i ,V. n .
B r in g, V ., Izoz-n i .
B r i ta in,A. 85 S .
, br ill, A. S .
B rit a n ia, Br ita n ia .
B ro a d, sze
'
les .
B ro ther,the elder ba
'
lya .
B ru ssels, Br uszel.
Bu ild,V .
, e'
p it—en i .
Builder, e
’
pz’
lesz.
Bu n ch of flow er s, bokr é la ,
Bu rden, S . , ter /i , teller .
Bu sin ess , aze'
r lel, mester s ég.
Busta rd (n ame ofa bird), luzolt .
But,C .
, de, ba n em, csak.
By, tdl, P o . a .
30 7
0 .
C a ll for,V.
, elli i- n i .
C amp , S ., tebor .
C a n n on, cigyl l , a lgya
'
.
C a pita l (town ), fo’
var os .
C a rpen ter’
s tra de,a csmesfer s ég.
C a rry, to c a rry ou t, klein - n i ;
to ca rry on,i'
lz- n i .
C a se, eset.
C a u se,S .
, ngy ; th e cau se
(sour ce , r ea son ), a z. o/f.
C a u tiou s, v igydza tos .
C elebr a ted, hires , A .
Cha in, S .
, lan es .
Cha ra cter (ofthe a lphabet),belii .Cha r les , Karoly.
Chea p , o loso'
.
Cherish , V ., ap olga t
—u i .
Child, gyermelc, children , gyerme/felt .
Christ ia n, kereszlyé n , a n d li e
) eszte’
ny, s . a A .
C iga r , sziv a r .
C itizen, polgcir .
C ivilized, p olgarosodotl, A. v . ,
C lev er , ugyes .
C lose,V .
, bezdr-n i .
C loth, p oszto
'
; cloth-ma n ufa c
tur er, p a s t ia
'
s .
C lumsy, ugyellen .
C oa ch , Itocsi .Coa t , Ita bdl.
C olon y, gya rma t.
C olour,S .
, szin .
C omb a t, S .
, ha dst/rou ts .
Comfort, V., v iga szta l
-rn i .
C omma n d,V.
, p a r a n osol—u i .
C ommer ce , kozlekede'
s (tra
de) , ker eskedé s .
C ommon ,A.
, kozon s éges .
C ompa n y, tars a ssag (v isitor s),la toga tok.
C on cea l , V ., elr ejt
-en i .
C on clude , V , v e’
gez- n i .
C on fess, V . , megv a ll-a n i .
C on quer , V ., meghodil
—a n i .
C on qu eror, lio'dilo.
C on sole , V ., v iqa szta l
—n i .
C on sola tory, v iga szla lo'
. A. v .
C on sta n t, a lla n do
'
,A. v .
C on stitu ti on (of a rea lm), a l
kohn dn y.
C oo l, A., hives
C opy-book, irokon yv .
C ordi a lly, ss ivesen .
C ordia li ty, szivesse’
g.
C orn (whea t or rye) , biiza .
C orp or ea l,A.
, tes ti .
C orrect,V .
, iga zi l—a n i .
C oun t, S .
, Gr o’
f.C oun t
,V .
, srema l—n i ,megszd
mit- un i ; to coun t up , felszdmi l—n i .
Coun try, ta r lomdny (pr ov in ce)fa lu (cou n try-pla ce) .
C ou ra ge, bdlor sdg.
C r a v a t, nya lrr a v a lo.
C rea tor, leremlb
’
.
C rea tur e, teremlé s .
C red i t, S .
, ll i lel.
Cr edito r , hi lelezo".
C r imin a l,A .
, blin ds .
Crisp , V. a ., fodroz—n i .20 *
30 8
Cru el, li egyetlen ,
Cul tiv a te, V ., miveln i .
Cu n n in g,A. , r a v a sz.
Curiosity (r a rity ), r itlta sdg.
Curl,V . a .
, fodr oz—n i .
C ut,V. a .
, vdgn i .
D .
Day, n ap ; da ily, Adv . , n a
ponké n l
Dea d, holt.
De a r , draga .
Debt , a dos sdg.
Deb tor , a do'
s .
Deceiv e , V., megcsa l
- n i .
December , December , té lelb'
.
Decli n e, V . , ve'
sz-ui .
Declin in g, sulyedo".
Deed,tell.
Deficien cy, hirin g.
Delay, V., ha la szi—a n i .
Demoli sh,V. , kron l- a n i .
Den y, V ., taga d
—n i , megta
ga d—n i .
Depa rt, V ., elulaz
-n i .
Depopula te, V ., kipuszli t
—a n i .
Deserv e, V .
,er demel- n i , meg
erdemel—n i .
Desire, S ., kivan a l.
Destin a ti on , r en deltele'
s .
Diamon d, gyéman l.
Die,V .
, ha l—n i , meg/la l-n i .
Differen t, ltu lombfe'
le.
Difficult, n ehe’
z.
Dig, V ., as
- n i .
Diligen t, szorga lma tos .
Din n er , ebe'
d.
Directly (immedi a tely), min d
jdr t, a son n a l.
Discov er , V., felfedez-ui .
Dismember,V.
, sze'
tda r a bo l-n i .
Disobedien t, engedetlen .
Dispose, V., in lézkedilt (in
leaked—i i i) .
Dista n t, messze, Adv . A.
Distribute,V .
, kioszt—a n i.
Disturb, V .
, meghdborga t- n i .
Div ide in tw o , V ., felez- n i.
Do,V.
, lesz. (len n i) , tetlitk,
w e di d .
Domin eer , V., ur a l/todi/t (ur a l
[rod- i i i).
Door , aj lo.
Dr a pery, p oszlo- lfelme.
Draw out,V .
, ltihilz- n i .
Dr ess, S .
, ruha .
Duke, herczeg.
Duty, Irotelesseg.
Dwell, V.
, lakik (lak—n i) .
E a ch, min den ik.E a rly, Adv .
, [for cin
E a rth, fold.
E a sily, Iron nyen .
E a st, kelet,
‘ E a st In dia , kelel
in d ia .
E duca te, V.
, n ovel-n il
E go tism, onzé s .
E ither or , a lcdr a ltar .
3 10
For est , erdo’
.
Forget, V . , elfelejl- en i .
F orm erly, ezeldll.
Fortun e, szer en cse.
Fou n d , V., a lap i t
—a n i .
Foun der , a la p ilo’
.
Fr a n ce , Fr a n ozia or szag.
Fra n cis , Feren cz.
Free, sza ba d, A.
Fr eedom ,sza ba dsag.
Fr iday, pen tek.
Fr ien d , ba ra l ; fema le fr ien d,ba ra in e.
From , to'
l. P o . a .
Fu lfil, v .
, teb/es it—en i .
Furn iture, butor .
Further , tovdbb.
Ga in , V ., n yer
- n é.
Ga lla n t, A. , ba tor , dere'
k.
Garden , Iter t; ga r den er , kertész.
Ga ther , V., gyiljl
-en i .
Gen era l, laborn ok.
Gen erous, n agylelln i gen er ously, n agy/elka
'
en .
Gen tle , szelid .
Gen tlema n, i ir .
Germa n, n émel, A. ; n e
'
meti i l,
Adv .
Germa n y, Ne'
melor szcig.
Get, V ., kap
- n i,meg kap n i ;
to get up (a sum), oszehoz
u i ; to get a liv in g , meqé ln i ,to get los t, elvesz—n i .
Girl, ledn y , ldny ; the girl, a
‘
lean y ; the girls , a’
ledn yok.
Giv e, V .
, a d- n i ; to give w a y,
enged-n i .
Glove , a pa ir of glov es , Irezlyu”.
Go,V .
, megy (men - n i) ; go
ou t, kimegg ; go aw ay, el
megy.
Gold, a r a n y, S .
Gold-cha in , a ra n ylan oz.
Good , jo'
.
Gov ern , V ., kormdn yoz-u i .
Go v ern men t, kormd n y.
Gr a pe, szo’
lo”
,S .
, coll.
Grea t , n agy.
Green , zo id .
Gr in d , V ., Iroszor dl- n i , to let
grin d , koszo‘
r ii ltet—n i .
Grow ,V . n .
, n o"- n i .
Gu a rdi a n ship , gyamsag.
Gu est, v en dég.
Guide, V .
, vezérel-n i .
Gun powder, puskapor , ldp or .
Ha n d, tea ; ha n ds, kezelc.Ha ppen ,V .
, tor témk(tor le'
n -n i .)Ha rd , keme
’
n y, A. ; keme’
nyen ,
Adv . ; h a rdly, n ebesen .
H a sten , s iet—n i to ha sten aw a y,els iet- n i .
Ha t, ka lap .
Ha te,V.
, gy t’
t’
lo l-n i .
Ha za rd, koczkdzla l—n i
He, 6 .
Hea lthy, ege'
szse'
ges .
3“
Hea r , V., ba ll—a n i .
Hea rken , V .
, ha llga l—n i .
H ea r t, sziv .
H ea r th, tile/lely.
Here, i tt
Hero , 1168 .
Her oic, hds igh ero
-like,heroi
c a lly, v ile'
ziesen .
Herself, ma ga .
Hi gh , maga s .
H im self, ma ga .
History , tor ren el.
Hi t,V .
, megiit—n i .
Home, haw ; a t home , i llllon ,
ar s o n
Hon our,V .
, liszlel—n i .
Hope, V ., r emé nyl-en i .
Hor se-gu a rd, lova s—dr sereg.
Hou se, mm; the hou se, a ’
lzdz.
How, /logy, hogga n ; h ow m a n y .
hang ; h ow mu ch , men n yivel,(u sed w ith th e Compa r a tiv e).
Hun gar ia n , magya r , A. S . ;
magya ral, Adv .
Hun ga ry , Magya r or szcig.
Hun t,V .
, v aoda sz- n i .
Hun tsma n , v a dci sz.
I, e'
n .
Icela n d, Izla n d.
Idle, rest.
If, ha .
J ’
Ill , beteg. Ja n ua ry, Ja nuar , te'
lho'
.
Ima gin e, V . , ke'
pzel-n i. Jewels, ekszer .
‘mmort al, Ita l/la la tla n . Judgmen t , i lé lel .
Imperfect , lé lré lellen .
Impression , ben yomd s.
In ca pa ble, ilgyetlen .
In crea se , V ., aregbi l
—en i .
In deed, iga san .
In dia, In dia .
In du striou s, szorga lma s , mun
kd s .
In fin i te, v églzetetlen .
In jur e, V ., ar t
—un i.
In juriou s, In tros ; to be in ju
r iou s,dr l—a n i .
Inju stice,jogta la n sag, igazsdgta la n sdq.
Ink, le'
n la ; inksta n d, te'
n la la r lo'
In qu ire, V., kerdezdské d-n i .
In solen ce, goromba sdg.
In sta n tly, min djdr t, c r on n ol.
In stea d, helyetl‘
,P o .
In stin ct, S .
, oszton .
In ten tion , szdn delt .
In ter est , S .
, erdek.
In v en t , V. , lelta ld l—n i ; in v en
tion , felta ldld s , ta ld lmdn y
(thin gs in v en ted).Irela n d, Ir la n d.
Irrecon cilable , Itiengesztellle
tetlen .
Isle,sziget.
It , P r .,
Ita ly , Ola szor szag.
Itself, maga .
342
Juliu s (ma n’
s n ame) , Gyula .
July , Jdlius , nydrllo'
.
Jun e,Jan ia s , nydrelo
’
.
K .
Keep silen ce, ha llga t—n i .
Kill (by shootin g), V. , agyon
ld-u i .
Kin d,A.
, szives ; kin dn ess, szi
v es seq.
Kin g, kira ly ; kin gdom , [tird ly
sag.
Kn ife , ké s .
Kn it, V . , kol-n i.
Kn ock (a n y on e), V ., ii l- n i.
Kn ow (a n y o n e) ismer—n i ; to
kn ow (a n y-thin g), tud—n i .Kn ow ledge, kn ow in g, S . , in do
mas , tudds .
L .
Labor , S . , mun lta ; laborer ,
Ice'
zzmun ltas .
Lamp , lamp a .
L a n d,S . ,fold ; n a tiv e-la n d, haw .
La n gu a ge, nyelv .
La rge, n agy .
La st (in : la st w eek) , A., mu
'
lt ;
the la st,ulolso'
; la st w ill, ve'
g
ron delet.
La stin g, flos szd .
L a te , A.
, ke'
so'
.
L aw , torvé n lj .
L a zin ess, lun ya sdg.
Lea d, V., vezet- n i .
Lea der , veze'
r ; lea der of theM .
a rmy, ha dvezer .
Lea rn , V ., ta nul- n i ; learn er, Ma n , ember , pl. , emberek ; ma n
ta nulo. kin d, ember i—n em.
Lea v e, S ., bu
'
csii ; to take lea v e ,
elbi icsnzilt (elbu'
cs iiz- n il .
Lea v e, V ., hagy
—n i , elllagy-n i.
Len d, ko lcson oz—n i .Lest , n ehogg.
Lesson , leczlce.
Letter, leve
'
l ; Obj. , C a se lo
velet ;— o i the a lphabet, bold .
Liber ty, sza ba dsag.
L ie (la id down ) feltszik (feltud—n i) ; to go to bed , le
fekszi/t .Life, elei .Ligh t
,A. S ., v ilag , to light
up , It iv ilcigit-a n i .
Like, V., sacret—n i ;
min t.
Lime tree, lin d , hdr sfa .
Lin en , vd szon .
Lin ger , V . , vé sz- n i .
Listen , V ., ha llga t
—n i .
Liv e (dw ell),V . , lakik(lak-n i) .
Lodgin g, S ., lakci s .
Lon g, bossa it ; lon g ago , re'
gen ;
lon ger , tovdbb.
Look, V ., n e
'
z-n i ; to look for ,
ker es- n i .
Lookin g- gla sss fr ame , til/{dr
rdma .
Lose on e’
s w ay, V . , elte'
ved- n i .
Lo ss, vesztese'
q ; lost , elveszetl .
Lo v e, V .
, szerel—n i .
Lull, V .
, r inga l—n i .
Lurkin g-pla ce , r ej lllely.
344
Ora tor, szo
'
n o/r.
Ordin a rily, r en desen .
Or e, e
'
r cz.
O ther, ma s ; o therwise
, [rulomben .
Ov er, a
'
lla l, fe le/f, P o .
O v er com e, V .
, meggl/ O'
z—n i .Ow e
, V., la r tozi/t (ld TlOZ - n l )
Ow n, s aj a'l .
P a le, A.
, ba la v a'
ny.
P a per , S ., p ap iros .
P a r en t, szu/o
".
P a ris, Pa r is , Par i s
P a rk, liget.
P a r t, S . , resz..
P a tria r ch, lorzs a lya .
P a trio t, ll a zafl.
P a y, V., flzeI- n i .
P ea ce,
“
S .
, belie ; in times ofpea ce
, belre’ide/en .
P ea r, bor ivo, S .
, coll .
P erjury, bitszege‘s .
P er sev era n ce, kila r la
’
s .
P ian o, zongor a .
Picture, S ., Ite
'
p .
P la te (soup-pla te), tdn yé rP la y, V , fa ls e- (mi .P la y
-hou se, szi
’
n li az.
P lea sa n t, ss c
'
p , telszds ; i t pleases
, Ielszi/i (letsz—en i) ; pleasure
, Itedv .
P o cket-ha n dker chief, zsebbe
v a lo'
.
P o et, ko llo
".
P on d, S .
, to.
P o liticia n, or szagldr .
P oor, szegé n y .
P ow er, lm la lom ; pow erful
, ll a
P r a ctise, V .
, gya bor l- a n i .P r a ise
, V .
, dicse’
rn i .
P r efer , V., ele
'
be tess (len n i )P resen t , A .
, mo s ia n i .Presen t
, S .
, ajan dé /c; to presen t
, to m ake a presen t,
ajan dé ltoz- n i
P ress, V .
, szor i l- a n z, n yom-n i .
Prev a il up on , rabir-n i.P r ev en t
, V., elejel vess i (ven
n i) ; ca n preven t, eleje'
l vebet-mi
P ri ce, ctr .
Pr in ce, fejedelem.
P rin tin g-tr a de, konyvn yomla
hi s .
P r iv a te, A maga
’
ny.
Pr o ceed, V.
, ban -m:P ro cur e
, V ., szerezn i.
345
(P rodu ce) to be produced, Idma d—n i , V. 11 .
P r oduc t, termé ny.
P r odu ction, lermeszlmén y.
P r ofit , S ., n geres , ha szon ; to
b e profitable, Il a szn o l ll ajl
a n i .
P r om ise, V ., megige
'
r-n i .
P r on oun ce , V .
, Iriejl- en i.
P r oper,A .
, lulajdon
P roper ty, b a ggon .
P r opr iety, ta Iajdon sdg.
P ro secu te, V . , il ldoz- n i .
P ro tect,V .
, v é d—en i .
P r o v in ce, la r lomdn y .
P run e, szilv a , S .
,coll.
P u ll,V .
, ln iz- n z.
P un ish , V.
, megbtin tet-n i ; pu
n ishmen t, bdn tele
’
s .
Pupil , n even dék.
P ur sue,V. , keryel
-n i, dz-ui .
Q.
Queen , kira lyn d.
B .
Ra imen t, é llbzel.
Ra in, es o
"
; it ra i n s, esd’
es ik.
Ra re, r i llta ; r a rity, r itka sdg.
Ra ther, inkdbb.
Rea ch , V ., ele
'
r-n i, n yujl-a n i.
Rea d, V., o lva s-u i .
Ready, Iré sz.
Rea l, v a lodi ; rea lly, iga zdn ,
va loba n .
Rea lm, or szdg.
Rea son, S .
, e’
sz; their rea son ,
eszuh.
Receiv e , V .
, [elvesz (lo/ven
n i) , mogbap- n i .
Recen t, zij.
Recko n , V., szdmil—a n i.
Recogn ize,V.
, meqzsmer-n i.
Red, veres .
Reformer, egyha ZJa v ito.
Refuge , S ., men edé lt .
Region, [dye/i .
Rem a in,V .
, ma r a d- n i .
Ren ow n , S ., hir ; r en ow n ed,
hir e s, A.
Repo se, V . n .
, n yvgszi/t (n yu
god- n i) ,
Repr o a ch , V ., p ironga t
—n i .
Republic , keelars a ssag.
Residen ce, la li ds , la ir/rely .
Rest, p ihen- n i .
Restor e , V ., helgred llit
—a n i .
Return , V. a ., v is sza te
'
r it—en i .
Rew a rd, S .
, jula lom.
Rich, ga zdag ; ri ches, ga sdag
sag.
Right, S ., jog, S .
Righteou s, iga zsagos .
Rin g,S .
,
Ripe, er ell.Rise , V . , tamed-m:
Roo t, S ., gyolré r .
Room , szoba .
Roun d, Pr ., kordl, P o .
Rou t, V., ss a la szt—a n i , e g
ver-n i.
Ruby, rubin .
346
Ru le, V ., iga zqa t
—n i .
Run,V .
, sza la d- n i ; to run
awa y, elsza la d- n i .
S .
S a cred, sa in t , szen l.
S a d, szomor ii .
S a l lin g, A. v ., v i lor ldzo
’
.
S a ilor , tengeresz.
S a lo on , S . ,ter em.
S a n guin a ry, ver es .
S a tisfy, V . a ., hielégil
—en i ; to
be sa tisfied ,megele'
gszilf(me
gele'
ged—n i) .
S a tur day, szomba t.
S a y, V .
, mon d—a n i ; to sa y a
lesson, [elmon da n i a
’
leczlre’
t.
S chola r , ta n a lo'
.
School, S . , oskola .
S cho ol-w ork, oskola i ma n li a .
Scotla n d, Sco
'
lor szdg, Scolia .
Secur ity, biszlos sdg,
S ee, V .
, la'
l-n i .
S eeds of v egeta bles, zoldségmag.
Seek, V ., keres- n i .
Seems , ldlszilt .
Self-co n sum in g,to be ma
gdt emess i—en i .
Selfish, onzb’
.
S ell , V ., dru
’
l—n i .
Sen d, V .
, li ti ld-en i ; to sen d
for (a n ybody) hiva l—n i .
Sepa ra te, V ., eln i lon oz- n i
September , Sep tember , dszelo'
.
Serpen t , Itiqgo'
.
Ser va n t, szolgci lo.
Ser vice, szo lga'
zla l.
Set,V. (sa id o f the sun ), lo
n ugszik (lenyugod—n i) .
S ew,V . , v a r n z.
Sha dow , S ., arn yé/t .
Sha pe or fa shion of a dress,
Sha re, V ., oss toznm
'
; sha r e , S .,
o szta le’
k.
She, (i .
Shed , V . , on l-en i .
Ship of the hue, s or/tajo .
Show , V ., mu la tn i .
Shu t, V . , zdrn i .
S in , V ., bdnhddilt (biinhO
'
d- n i) ,v é llrezik (v é tkez—n i) ; sin , S .
,
v é Ie/t ; sin s, v é lkelt ; sin n er,
btln os ; sin ful , ba s .
S in cere, dszin te.
Sin g, V ., e
'
n eltel—n i .
S it, V,, u l—n i .
S la v e , S ., r a b.
Sleep , S .
, a lom; to be sleepy,a lha tik (a lha t- n i) .
Sma ll, hics iny,
S o , i igy ,olly.
So ciety, Idr sa ss a’
g .
S oftly, ka lkha l.S oldier
, ka lon a ; foot- soldiergya log
- lta ton a .
Some, n ehdn y ; somebody, v a
la hi ; somethin g, v a lami ,
som ewhere else , ma shol,
from somewher e else, ma s
hon n a n .
Soon , majd ; soon a fter , miutan ; soon er , ele
'
bb.
348
Thur sday, cs é tor lolt.Tiger , tigr is .
Time,S .
, ido"
,in time, idején .
Ton gue, n yelv .
Tool, S ., szer szdm,coll .
Tow a rds, erdn ti , A.
Town , v dros .
Tra de , S .
, ip a r , ker esltedé s ;
to tr a de, [tereskedik (ker es
[ted-m) .
Tr a desma n , ip a ros , kereskedd.
Tr a n sla tion , ford fids .
Tr a v el, V ., utazik (uta z- n i) ;
tr a v eller , utazo’
.
Tr ifle,S .
, csekelyse’
g.
Tropica l region , lorr o'
ov i ta r
tomdny.
Tr ouble,S .
, far a dsdg.
True,truth
, iga z.
Tru st , V .
, bizi/c (biz- ii i) .
Tu esday, hodd.
Tur n , V., fordill-ui , V . n .
Tyra n t , zsa rn olc.
U n certa in, bizon yta la n .
U n cle, n agybd tya .
U n der, u n dern ea th, a ld ,a la ttP o .
U n dersta n d,V .
,é r t- en i, mgg
er t-em“
.
U n for tun a te, szeren cse’
tlen .
U n justly, igazsdgta la n i il.U n righteousn ess, iga zsagta la n
sag.
U nw illin gly, aka r a tlami l.Up , Adv .
, fel.
U rgen cy, sfirgete'
s .
U seful, ha szn os ; to be u seful,
ha szn al—n i .
Va lour , v itézse'
g.
Va lu able , e'
r té lfes,dr aga .
Va lue , V ., becsd l—n i .
Va n qu ish, V .
, meggyb’
z—n i .
Vegetables, zoldse'
g, S . coll.
Ven er a te, V .
, tisztel- n i .
Very, igen .
Vice, v é telt , plur . v é lltelt.
Victory, gyozedelem ; to b e v i c
toriou s, gyé zedelmeslredilc
(gyozedetmesked-ui) .
Villa ge, fa lu .
Vir tue , eren g ; v irtu ous, er a'
nyes .
Visit, V ., megld toga t—n i .
W .
Wa ges, ja la lom, ber .
Wa it, V .
, vdr—n i .
Wa lk, V ., ja
'
r - n i ; to take a
w a lk, se
’
tdl—n i .
Wa lki n g-stick, sé la bot.Wa ll
, S ., fa l.
Wa n t (deficien cy), S ., li ta ny ;
to be w a n ted, [tell—en l.
Wa r, hdboru
’
; to be a t w a r,
to make w a r habor iiskodik
(hdboraskod- n i) .
Wa re, S .
, kelme.
Wa ter , S ., v iz; to wa ter, on
toz—n i.
349
Wea lth , jole'
t.
Wea ther , idd.
Wea v er , takacs .
Wed n esda y, szer da .
Week, hel.
Well, jdl , ege
'
szs éges (bein gw ell).
VVhea n bas a .
When , mihor .
When ce, houn a n .
Where, hol.Which
, melly ; plur . mellyek.
While, mig.
Who , Ii i, P r . r el .
Whole , egé sz ; wholesome,
egé szse'
ges .
Wholesa le mer cha n t , n agyh'er est ado.
Wickedn ess, gon oszsag.
Wide,A.
, szeles .
Wild, sa ilaj (sa id of the mi n d),
v a d .
Will, V ., a ka r-n i ;
— S . , aka r a t.
Willi am , Vilmos .
Win g, S .
, szdrn y.
Win ter , tel. f, £ 7137Withou t, n éflti i l, P o .
Wood, erdo
"
, fa , S . coll .
Word, szo
'
.
Wo rk, S ., mun /ta , de lay ; to
w ork, dolgozik (dolgoz- n i) .
Write,V. , ir-u i .
Yea r , c'
v .
Yes , igen is .
Yesterda y,Yet
, me’
g ,
‘
yet n ot, megsem.
Yield , V . , en ged- n i .
Yoke, S . , iga .
You, ti (ye), on (w hen a p er
son i s spoken to) .
Youn ger b r other, 6 0 3 8 .
You th , ifji lsag , i012 (youn g
II.
b . An All egory ,from Cha rles Kisfa ludy 53 .
c . Fa bles , fr om Joseph Karma n 54.
d . Fa bles , from Fr a n cis Ka zin czy 55 .
e . Or a tor ia l, fr om Fr a n cis K610 sey 56 .
f. Hi sto r ica l, from Joseph P é czely 6 8 .
Po etr y 85— 116 .
’I. Rem é n y ,Emlékezet (Hope , Remem
br a n ce), from Fr . Ko lcsey .
2 . Szé p Ilo nka (Fa ir Helen ), from M
Vor o sma r ty .
3 . Juliu s Ca es a r , fr om M. Vo r o sma r ty11 . Az elha gyo tt a n ya (The fo r saken
mother), fr om M. Vo rosma r ty5 . A’
ho n ta la n (The homeless), byVo r o sm a rty
6 . Szoza t (App ea l), by Vo r o sma r ty7 . A’
felkelt n emességhez (To the in
surgen t n obili ty), fr om B erzsen yi
8 . A’ Ma gya rokhoz (To the Hun ga r ia n s),fr om B erzsen yi
9 . Jambo r sa g e'
s kozé p szer (Moder a tiona n d Medium fr om
B erzsen yi
40 . A’
temeto (The church-ya rd), fr om
B erzsen yi
41. Foha szkodas (Sigh from
B erszen yi
12 . Va n ita tum Va n ita s , fr om Ko lcsey .
43. Szii lofo ldem szép ha ta r a (My be a uti fulcoun try), a son g by Cha r les Kisfa ludy
Epigr amms , fr om Vii r iisma r ty ,B erzsen yi
a n d Wa ttayVo ca bu la r y to the se lec tion s
P a ge .
TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS ANDCORRECTIONS.
li n e vl9 , r ea d in stea d of: ver i
7 : 37 mi”, n n mi ,
A soft sof
6 ja - v a l i tt-va l2 egé szse
'
qes ege'
sze’
ges
20 , figyes d ages
30 , Pr ep osition s P repositio n8 , a remore th a n on e a r e m or e
A dr dgabba h. dr aqahba b.
29 lfzvdrmak. hivdn n a h.
5 ki cs iny. kin rs in y.
45 mer t n em mer tn em28 forms orms
22 ha za’
s haza s’
47 , at 61.
26 , kelles sem, keles s em22, On (In
a fter to feed, put : ita l—i i i to giv e to dr ink,
47 , r ea d . v er egethelen d, in s tea d of : v erge/’ceten d .
6 , Verqod-u i. Verqod
-u i,
25 P lur . Tor/etch, Tor/elek,4 s ikamolik, s ikamoli/c2, s ikamlik
, s ikam/zh'
26 , N eu ter,Media l a n d Activ e Verbs . in
stea d of: N euter Verbs .
11 , rea d : sz, CS , 0 1. in stea d of : sz, cz
3 3 ! n W 7 , 1 ) M23a n d S Z , d Z ,
23 , ben nunket a n d ben n eteket 1n s tea d o f
benunket a n d ben eteket.
P a ge 248 lin e 3 rea d : Tied, in stea d o f: Ticid,
i ) 7 , 7 , Tié id, Tieid’
227 6 , Adj ectiv e a n d its depen den cies ; in stea dof: Adjecti v es ;
239 20 Mer l in stea d of : Ner t2713 24 o n es o n s
23 kira ly’
ha ld lan , hir a lyfia latan244 44 n é ven v en—m
’
n é ven ven m246 4 a la tt a lla t
,
2 {elett a bov e, mellett in stea d of : felletta bov e
, mellet2 the fa ther in stea d of : he fa ther2 sztlletetl
,szttlelett.
40 tellem tellem11 a n oa th
,on o a th
9 n yu lr a , he shot the ha re . in stea d o f
nya lr a ha re .
258 4 fenyeget in stea d of : fen qeget2 reten t r en ten t
263 3 a fter Na gyszomba t , put : a t a lyamn a / levour a h‘ , the gen tlemen (th a t a re) wi th my fa ther . O th erw ise the a ffix mi l n é l i s u sed . a s
27 0 lin e 43 , rea d : liable i n stea d of: ila ble
22 Itiqerjedez. hiqerjedes .
280 22 lo sQ, o st
284 47 the ca n n on s a n sw er ed the colon el.
in stea d of : c a n n on s .
289 column fir st li n e 49 , rea d : Bum,in stea d of : Raw ,
302 sec . 47 . str eet . str eel.
307 fir st 22 . r eszté ny , eszté n y.
308 24. leron t—a n i, leron t—a n i .
340 45 . telyesit-en i tetyegit
- en i .
,,wéme ttHAdx. m et-UH.
344 7 . hé’
s i ;h ero-like hé’
s i her ol ike .
45 . otthon 0 110 77 .
344 sec . 34. P r in tin g P rin tin g-ma346 8 . osztoz-u i ; oszloznm
'
:
347 7 . a szla lken dd ;348 first 28 . meg méq349 M ” 11 . ” n et/mil, n et/a i l.
SKETCHESOF THE
HISTORYOFHUNGARIANLITERATURE.
l . LITERARY DEVELOPMENT AND THE FATE
OF THE LANGUAGE.
N A T I O N A L S T E U G GL E S .
’1 GENERAL REMARKS. PERIOD OF THE FIRST
SETTLEMENT OF THE NATION IN PANNONIA.
L a n gu a ge a n d cus toms a r e the fe a tur es of
n a tion s a n d the expr es s ion s of a n a tion a l min d .
As the la tter gr ow s older the former cha n ge
p r oportion a lly .
In the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge w e imedia tely n o
tice the o r ien ta l cha r a c ter of the n a tion , which
ha s been kept up thr ough n e a r ly 9 c en tur ies :
a lthough ha rd s truggles , p a r tly n a tion a l , p a r tlypolit ic a l , a n d la s tin g exter n a l w a r s , u ltima telydimin ished the pr imitiv e p eople .
This p eculia r phen omen on of a n o r ien ta l
la n gua ge in the middle of E ur ope, sur r oun ded a s
it w a s , ev ery wher e by n a tion s o f a n o cc iden ta l4*
A
cha r a c ter , un obs er v ed by the peop le of th e w es ter n
shor es , ha d a ttr a cted the a tten t ion of s ome Ger
ma n philologists a s fa r a s they foun d it n eces s a ryto men tion the Hun ga r i a n la n gua ge ,
in o rder to
s a tisfy the Opin ion whi ch the Germa n publ ic c on
c eiv ed of its philo sopher s . It w a s c on s ider ed a s
ha v in g exha us ted Philologic a l ma ter ia ls , when
the wo rk ha d a s ec tion o r a n a pp en dix , in whichev en the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge w a s men tion ed ;hen c e , the c o n fus ed n otion s of the Hun ga r ia nn a tion a n d of its la n g ua geWe do n o t inher it a n y l iter a ry pr oduction s
Adelun g, th e gr e a t Germa n philo logist,in his Mi th rid a
tes , speakin g of the Hu n ga ri a n la n gu a ge , m en ti on s s ome v ery
str a n ge thin gs . C ompa rin g the Wo rks w ritten by Germa n
a n d S cla v on ia n a u tho rs o n the Hun g a r i a n n a tion a n d o n its
la n gu a ge , w e a re led to co n clude , th a t th e Hun ga r ia n s h a rdly h a da la n gu a ge before they c ame in to P a n n on i a
,a n d tha t a fter their
s ettlem en t l n modern Hun ga ry they m a de excursion s to differen t p a r ts of E u rope in order to r ob o ther people of a few w o rds .
Adelun g, in h is M ithr ida tes,giv es a qu a n tity of w o rds a s
deri v ed from Germ a n ; amo n gst o thers : Lyuk, (h ole) fromlus ta (disorderly idle), from Iafi(faui) ; eszem (I ea t), from
id; efi'
e; Vi tor la (th e sa il), fr om QBetterbabn (w e a ther co ck) ;6120 8 12 (the lea v e) fr om $ufie (the pen a n ce) ; fo ld (the ea r th)from 5?e (fields) ; from Fren ch : Acze’l (steel), fr om a cier ;
ér selt , from a r chev eque ; from L a tin : Sza r va s (the s ta g ,
deer) from , cer vus ; fa lu (vi lla ge), fr om v illa . The S cla v on ia n
writers s till a re w orse. B u t the fa ct , tha t a ll the foreigna u thors disa gree w ith on e a n o ther in their theor ies of deri
v a tio n , depr iv es them of credit , a n d ren ders r efuta tio n a n d
vin dica tio n o f the Hun ga ria n s supe rfluous .
6
a n d in c l in ed, mo r e o r les s , tow a r ds Roma n ism,in
la n gu a ge a n d s o c i a l ch a r a c te r .
B etween these tw o la rge s ec ts of the Chr istia n
chur ch the Ma gya r s h a v e s ettled , c on s ider ed bythe E ccles ia s ti ca l Lo cumten a n t of Rome a s the
ba stion of p a p a l domin a tion a ga in st o r ien ta l in
v a s ion s , a n d Grec i a n en c ro a chmen ts,
c ajolled bythe e a stern poten ta tes , who s ough t to ga in in them
a n a lly a ga in s t the ov ergr owin g Roma n gia n t.
B es ides thes e , ther e wer e thr ee s tr a n ge elemen ts
c omb in ed in the con v er s ion of the he a then Ma
gya r s , who r ec e iv ed ba p tism a bout 4000 yea r s a fter
The c on v er s ion w a s begun by Gr eeks ,
bu t w a s a chiev ed by the ir ow n p r in c e a n d h is
c on sor t,
a n d r ec e iv ed the s a n ction of the P op e .
B es ides , the Ma gya r s , in fa ct, r ec e iv ed ba p tism ,
n o t bec a use they w er e c on v in c ed of the ben efic ia l
effec ts of the Chr is ti a n do c tr in es on huma n s o
c iety, bu t ou t of deep r ev er en c e a n d p a r tly fr om
fea r of th e ir chief,who a lr ea dy ha d been br o ugh t
up in the Chr is tia n r el igion .
All thes e c ir cums ta n c es c omb in ed ha d gr ea t
in fluen c e on the who le s er ies of ev en ts by which
w e tr a c e the l ife of the Ma gya r n a tion , a n d co n
tr ibuted much to p r es erv e the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge .
The c on v er sion h a d b egun in 9 50 ; bu t it w a s only
P rmce S tephen,a ft erw a rds Kin g S tephen I.
,w ho took a dec isiv e
step in r ega rd to this impor ta n t objec t,a fter 9 9 7 a fter Chr ist .
The Kin gs of the Ar p a dia n l in e r ema in ed
v ic to r s in a ll the s truggles a ga in s t the Roma n
Python , up to the 43tu
c en tury . The n a tion a l cu s
toms a n d la n gua ge w er e kep t up w ith the pol i
tic a l r ights of the n a tion . Th e a v er s ion to L a tin
lea rn in g w a s ev er s o gr ea t, tha t it w a s en fo r c ed
by law s a n d s ta tu tes upon p er s on s who w ished
to be Kin g Alber t (Bela ) III. , a
pup il of the Byza n tin e c our t, in troduc ed a cha n
c ery s imila r to tha t of the Byza n tin e c our t, a n d
by r oya l dec r ees l iter a l pr o c eedin gs in the
tr a n s a c tion s , bo th of p r iv a te a n d publ ic a ffa ir s,
wer e, fr om tha t time, en fo r c ed .
Although the in dom ita ble des ir e of the n a tion
for p r imev a l customs s oon ov erpow er ed the w ea k
mon a r chs r e ign in g in the 43th c en tury, a n d fo r e ign
s o c ia l r efo rms w er e a bolished by law , the la n
gua ge r es to r ed to its p r imev a l r ights : n ev er the
les s the fa ta l cus tom of div idin g the r ea lm be
tw een fa ther a n d s on , thus es ta blishin g tw o c our ts
which un dermin ed e a ch o ther , n ea r ly a n n ih ila ted
the r oya l a utho r ity, a n d w ith it the mor a l exis
ten c e of the Ma gya r s .
U n der Kin g C oloma n, 409 2
— 4445 .
3 . THE KlHthCENTURY.
(P er iod of the declin e of(the n a tion a l power .)
The 43th c en tury is the fa ta l cen tury of the
n a tion . The a n c ien t glory v a n ishes , in ter n a l dis
s en tion s , mostly the c on sequence of w eak a n d
mo r a lly p ow er les s Kin gs , begin to gn aw the r oo ts
o f th e n a tion a l s tr en gth . The in cess a n t sho cks ,which the po litic a l in s titut ion s of th e Ma gya r s
r ec e iv ed fr om p a p a l a mb ition , the dev a s ta tin gr a v a ges of Ta r ta r ia n the en emy of
the in stitution s of c iv ilized n a tion s , a n d effemin a te
Kin gs , who h a pp en ed to a s cen d the thr on e when
the misfo r tun es of the n a tion r equ ir ed in defa
tiga ble a n d p er s ever in g exer tion s , w er e blow s
fr om which the n a tion ha s n ev er r ec ov er ed .
With a n c ien t gr a n deur a v itic a l customs de
clin ed , a n d in stea d of p a tr io tism ,the n a tion a l
p r ide often bec ame ov ergr own w ith extuber a n c es
of a n a r chy . The br ight p o in ts , in the His to ry of
the Hun ga r ia n n a tion s , a r e on ly s o ma n y p a ss in gc omets w a n tin g c on s olida tion .
The c oun ties depopula ted by Ta r ta r ia n s wer e
to be r epopula ted by fo r e ign imm igr a n ts ; w ith
In the yea r 4244, un der Kin g Albert (B é la ) IV . , the
Kha n B a tu in v a ded Hun ga ry w ith a bou t Mogolia n s
a n d o ther Ta r ta ria n bords, depopu la tin g it for n e a r ly tw o
yea r s .
40
m a n n er s , a n d desp is ed the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge .
He hims elf r eorga n ized the Cha n c ery, in tr oduc ed
by B ela l l lth
a n d ga v e it a mor e s ta ble foun da
tion ; b e in g supp or ted by the clergy, he in tr oduc ed
the La tin la n gua ge a s the la n gua ge of publ i c
bus in es s . Dr ea din g the p ow er of the Hun ga r ia n
n ob ility, he es ta blished s omethin g like a Hun ga
r ia n c ou r t a t Vis egr a d , the ultima te des ign of which
w a s to bury the r ough n a tion a lism un der th e
s p len dour of a n effemin a tin g Ita l i a n c our t , bu t
n o t to s a tisfy the r ea l des ir es of s ome gr a n dees of
the n afion .
His s on Lew is the F ir s t, en ga ged thr oughout
h is l ife w ith the extern a l in c r ea s e of a n Em
p ir e , ha d little time to s a cr ific e to the in ter es t of
the Hun ga r ia n n a tion . The mon ey r a is ed in
the r ea lm , in s tea d of employin g it to dev elop
the mor a l a n d in tellectua l s tr en gth of the n a tion ,which might h a v e been a dur a ble foun da tion of
his E a s ter n emp ir e , a n d w ou ld ha v e r a ised the
Hun ga r ia n s to the fir s t r a n k of E ur op ea n n a tion s ,he s qua n der ed to suppo r t for e ign c our ts , a n d to
s a tisfy the v a n ity of mediev a l c on c eption s of
gr a n deur .
The La tin s tyle r ec e iv ed its defin ite di plo
ma tica l forms un der the r e ign of this Kin g, a n d
the ga tes of the r oya l c ourt a n d those of the
Jur isdic tion s w er e thus shut a ga in st the n a tio
n a l la n gua ge , which hen cefor th r etir ed to the
44
pea c ea ble home of the a gr icultu r is t, a n d to the
c amps of the a rmy . The a v idity o f the n ob i lityha v in g been s a tisfied by a n ew bur den , imp os ed
upon the p ea s a n try, th ey c ould n o t p er c e iv e a n y
da n ger fo r the n a tion a lity , a s they did a c en tu ry
a go .
Thin gs r ema in ed in th a t s ta te u n til the r e
fo rma ti on in the chur ch br ough t on a n ew er a
fo r liter a tur e .
5 . THE XVtb CENTURY.
(Reforma tion of th e Rom ish Chur ch . The n a tion r ises un der
bra v e lea der s ; John Hun ya di , a n d h i s son Ma tth ew .)
In the Law s of Hun ga ry, in a c ted un der the
Kin gs of the Arp a dia n dyn a sty ,‘
ther e is men tion ed
the n ame of,Hun ga r i a n This s in gula r
fa c t ev iden tly p r ov es , tha t the n a tion n ever sub
mitted en tir ely to p a p a l des potism ; a n d c ous e
qu en tly the r eforma tio n of the chur ch,urged by
the fo llies of the Roma n c le rgy i ts elf, n o s o on er
w a s begun , th a n it s truck r oo t in Hun ga ry . The
imm in en t da n ger of a n in v a s ion fr om Turkish
ho rdes , a lr ea dy r a v a gin g the yon der c o a s ts“
of th e
Mediter r a n ea n , o c cup ied the a tten tion of the E ur o
U n der L a disla us I, a n d An dr ea s III. The former in
his Decree r ega rdi n g the r1tes of the chur ch sa ys : , ,L a t i n i ,
qu i U n g a r o r u m c o n s v e t u d i n e , scd icet s i se n o s t r o
c o n s u e t u d i n i m e l i o r i n on con sen t ir e d ixer in t, qu o cun qu e
v ola n t eo v a da n t .
42
p ea n c our ts,a n d esp ecia lly th a t of the p Op e, s o
much , tha t the la n ds beyon d the Tisza ") w er e
los t s ight off; the n eglec t a n d c on tempt of the
Hun ga r ia n la n guage by thos e pr ies ts who w er e
the fa n a tic a l subj ec ts of the p a p a l thr on e, w er e
v ery fa v our a ble c ir cums ta n ces to pr omote the
pr ogr es s of the Refo rma tion , a n d wer e thus the
c a uses of the r e - es tabl ishmen t of the la n gua ge .
Alr ea dy a t the begin n in g of the XVthcen
tury, we meet w ith a tr a n sla tion of a p a r t of the
b ible (s ee below) in to Hun ga r ia n , thus , a t a time
when n o t ma ny other people of Eur op e c ould enjoythe ben efits of r ea din g the ho ly wr it . The la n gua ge
w a s suc cess iv ely cultiv a ted by the Reformer s,a n d
s c a r c ely h a d Luther a n d C a lv in (in the n ext c en
tury) a w aken ed the s le ep in g m in d of their people,when the p eople of Hun ga ry embr a c ed the n ew
doctr in e w ith a r den t zea l .
The r ev iv a l of the do c tr in e, es ta blished to
a llev ia te the burden s.
of huma n s o c iety, w a s ev ery
wher e followed by th e r ev iv a l of s cien c e a n d
tha t of n a t ion a l ity. Hun ga ry w a s n ot a t this time
ba ckw a rd , bu t ha d its sha r e in a ll of them , a n d
might ha v e r isen to the he ight which w a s a tta in ed
by o ther n a tion s , if extern a l w a r s a n d tyr a n n i ca l
i n tr igues a t home ha d n ot fetter ed the p eople ;the fo rmer thr ea ten in g a n n ihila tion of phys ica l
Tisza , Theis , is a riv er in Hun ga ry, a lon g the shoresof which the Hun ga ria n s a re con cen tra ted .
44
6 THE XVI a XVIIth CENTURIES.
(Hun ga ry u n der the domin ion of the Au str ia n dyn a sty ,
S truggles for n a tion a l a n d r eligious freedom .)
The XVIth a n d XVIIth c en tur ies a r thos e of
ha r d s truggles for n a tion a l exis ten c e . The Turks ,thr ea ten in g to extin gu ish the n a tion phys ic a lly, de
popula ted the c oun try which formed the n a tion ’
s
fo cus ; fo r e ign poten ta tes , who s e gov ernmen ts
ha v e s tigma tized themselv es a s en emies ev en to
the n ame of n a t i o n its elf, a n d a s Gr ea t-In quis i
to r s wher es oev er the existen c e of the lea s t mor a l
pow e r of a n a tion w a s c onj ec tur ed , ha v e en
dea v ou r ed to p r ev en t in tellec tua l dev elopmen t ; in
th is '
w o rk they h a v e been a s s isted by the e c
c l e s i a s t i c s of th e on ly bea tifyi ng chur ch .
The ba ttle a t Mohac s") del iv er ed up the
c oun try to the Tu rks , fo r them to r a v a ge thr ough
a c en tur y a n d a h a lf. The dea th of Lew is the
S ec on d deliv er ed a lso the n a tio n to the Ha bsbu rgia n
dyn a s ty , who , w hile en dea v our in g to sup pr es s
the n a tion a l Spir it , s tifled the n a tion a l la n gua ge .
The m isfo r tun e which ha d befa llen the n a
tion of ha v in g lo s t its Kin g ,expo sed to the
da n ger of bein g c o n quer ed by the Turks , in
du c ed on e p a r t of it to elec t Ferdin a n d, duke of
Austr ia , a s Kin g ofHun ga ry, whils t the other full
Fought in 4526 , in which kin g Lewi s II p er 1shed , w ithhim 2 Ar chbishops 5 B ishops a n d a con sider a ble pa rt of the
n obility .
45
o f d is tru s t, pr efer r ed c on fer r in g the r oya l d ign ityo n a n a tiv e gra n dee . But Hu n ga ry ha d n o ma n
in tellec tua lly o r mor a lly c a p a ble of bea r in g a
c r own on his hea d , a n d fell a s a c r ific e to its
follies of former times .
The dis tru s tin g p a r ty wa s in time jus tified
befor e the wor ld , for , s c a r c elly ha d the Au s
tr i a n duke the c r own he lon ged for , when he
un hes ita tin gly submitted to p ay tr ibute to the Sulta n .
in stea d o f r ev en gin g the ba ttle of Mohacs , bydr iv in g the in v a der s fr om a c oun try who s e mo
n a r ch he p r eten ded to be .
His suc c ess or s subm itted to p a y the s ame
tr ibute . Rudo lph I, bes ides p ayin g the tr ibute , be
ga n publ ic ly to pursue the pr in c iple of Aus tr ia n
p ol icy, which ha s been s o truly obs erv ed by a ll
h is su cc es so r s . The n obility w a s a la rmed a t the
a rb itr a r in ess of Rudolph , a n d ha v in g p la in ly n u
der s tood , tha t Aus tr i a pur sued a n a n ti -ma gya r
p o l icy , they dema n ded , though fruitles sly , the
b a n ishmen t of the for e ign officer s fr om the c oun try .
In the mea n time the n ew do c tr in e of the
Chr is tia n chur ch ha d ga in ed gr oun d a ll ov er
Hun ga ry, a n d the P r o tes ta n ts c on s equ en tly w er e
per s ecuted by the p r o tec to r s of the kin gdom
a n d its l iber ties w ith in defa tiga ble zea l . The
Apos tles of the n ew do c tr in e w orked thr ough
the lumber of a n eglec ted la n gua ge, w ith p a tr io tic
zea l a n d Chr is tia n p er sever a n ce, for the s ake of
46
the ir believ er s th e c a tholi c p r ies ts m o rder to
dam up the r a p id s tr eam of ec cles ia s tica l in n o
v a tion s , w er e obl iged to a s s ist in the work of
cultiv a tin g the n a tion a l la n gua ge . Thus , in the
shor test time , the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge became
the la n gua ge of d iv in es a n d of tho se who p r omul
ga ted the do c tr in e of Chr ist . On the o ther
s ide , the Hun ga r ia n n ob ility, though too la te, s eein gthemselv es dec e iv ed a n d betr a yed , w er e r ea n i
ma ted to r ec ov er the ir n a tion a lity a n d w ith it
the r ights of the la n gua ge . It w a s n ow ev iden t
to them , tha t they ha d a morta l en emy in the
Ha bsbu rgia n dyn a sty , a n d tha t ther e w ould be
n o en d of en emities un til e ither the n a tion or the
dyn a sty be ext in guished .
Th a t p a r t of the n a tion which ha d n o t been
subjuga ted by the Turks r o s e w ith just in dign a tion ,to c omba t for its exis ten ce w ith the Chr is tia n
en emy, o r , if fa te ha d a lr ea dy ma rked the l imits
of the n a tion a l exis ten c e, to s truggle her o ic a lly till
the la s t br ea th ,a n d to fin d a n hon or a ble dea th,
un der the dev ice ,,fo r G o d a n d th e fa t h e r
l a n d In the His tory of thes e s truggles on lylea der s suc ceded ea ch other , the p r in c iple r e
ma in ed the same , a n d w ill be the s ame in ev ery
, ,Is ten ér t é s hazaé r t“(for God a n d the fa therla n d)w ere
the in scription s on the ba n n ers of B o cska y , 4605— 6 , Bethlen ,
4649 , RAké tzy, 4632.
48
ami ca bly a r r a n gin g the d iffer en c es between the
n a tion a n d the r e ign in g hous e . In duc ed by such
mo tiv es the n a tion en ter ed in to a c los er a llia n c e
w ith the dyn a s ty, des ir in g to ma ke its in ter ests
thos e of the r e ign ing hous e ; but the dyn a sty thought
a n d a cted in a con tr a ry dir ection , a n d ma de the
n a tion subs erv ien t to its p r iv a te in ter es ts .
AS a la n gua ge unkn own to the p eOp le,\when
it is us ed to a dmin ister to them the bless in g of
r el igious fa ith, is the sur est foun da tion of the
hie r a r chic a l pow er , a n d a s mon a r chs subdu in gn a ti on s r ely upon tho se who gov er n the in eXp li
c a ble feel in gs of the people ,in o rder to s ecure
a dur a ble r e ign : ec c les ia stic a l a n d p oliti ca l power s
r en der ea ch o ther r ea dy a s s is ta n ce . in o r der to
suffoc a te n a tion s in the ir own la n gu a ge .
The Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge, ther efor e, w a s ba
n ished to the home of the shepherd a n d a gr icul
tur is t, a n d the L a tin w a s in tr oduc ed in s chools
a n d a ll publ ic tr a n s a c tion s ; in the publ ic meetin gs
of the coun ty- c our t-ha lls La tin w a s the la n gua geof tr a n s a c tion s
'
a n d c on v er s a tion .
The Sp a ce of time from 47 0 0 t ill 47 8 0 may
j us tly be c a lled the L a tin P eriod of the n a tion,in
oppos ition to tha t of the Ar p a dia n dyn a sty ; fo r ,
a s in the la tter laws en fo r c in g La tin lea r n in gw er e en a cted c on tin ua lly , so in this dec r ees
wer e s a n ction ed , tha t n o p ers on un a cqua in ted
49
w ith the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge Should be employed
in ec c les i a s tic a l o ffic es .
The v o i ce r a ised by s ome p a tr iots to form
a n a s so cia tion of le a r n ed men , fo r cultiv a tin g a n d
p r opa ga tin g the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge, s till s oun d
ed in the w ildern ess un r e - echoed .
Jo seph Il . , c on s ider in g Hun ga ry a s a n in te
gr a n t p a r t of the Germa n emp ir e (the beha v iour
of his pr edec es sor s ca used him to believ e a s
much), w ished to la y th e foun da tion of a n in ter
n a l c o a l ition of a ll the differ en t n a tion s who
w er e kept together by the iron a rm of des
p otism in to on e emp i r e . He in tr oduced the
Germa n la n gua ge , a s tha t o f publ ic in stru c tion sa n d tr a n s a c tion s , in to a ll the p r ov in c es , w hich
his a n c es to rs ha d br ought u nder his s c ep tr e . His
in n ov a tin g or der s , ther efo r e, thr ew a n ew fermen t
in to the s ca r c ely s ettled m in d of the n a tion . It
on c e mo r e r os e in dign a n tly, a n d the yoke of a
for e ig n gov er nmen t w ould ha v e been thr own off,
ha d n o t th e Emper or ’
s dea th a n d the r ev o ca tion
of h is in n ov a to ry edic ts c ha n ged the fea tur es of
the a ffa ir s of the r ea lm.
8 . PREPARATORY STEPS TOWARDS THE RISEOF THE NATION.
47 9 0— 4830 .
The men a c in g a sp ec t of Fr a n c e suppor ted
the n a tion in its c la ims , a n d it w a s on ly thr ough them ildn ess a n d r ea dy complia n ce of Leopold, w ith
9 *
20
which he met the gr iev a n c es of the n a tion in the
d iet 47 9 0— 4, tha t the dyn a s ty wa s s a v ed fr om
its fa ll .
The lower house *) w a s s a luted by the v ice
ger en t (Locumten en s) Urmé n yi in Hun ga r ia n ; he
a dmon ished the r epr es en ta tiv es to un ite the ir
mor a l s tr en gth , fo r the go od of the n a tion . His
speech w a s a n swer ed by the deputy of the Cha p
ter —hous e (c a p itulum) of E sztergom , who c en
sur ed the in n ov a tion s ma de by the la te mon a r ch .
The low er house then pr oceeded to s ettle
upon the la n gua ge to be us ed in the tr a n s a ction s
of the d iet . It w a s r esolv ed : tha t hen c eforth the
Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge sha ll be r ec e iv ed in p a r lia
men ta ry tr a n s a c tion s , a n d the dia ry (minutes of
the diet) be kept in the n a tion a l la n gua ge , a n d
the publi ca tion of the min utes a s w ell a s the r e
c ep tion of the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge in a l l public
tr a n s a ction s w er e urged .
The upp er - hous e (felsc'
tabla ) obj ec ted to the
la st tw o r esolution s a s run n in g fr om on e extr eme
to a n o ther , a lwa ys a cc omp a n ied by in ter n a l c on
vu ls ion s , which might p rov e da n ger ous un der
the then be in g s ta te of p ol itica l a ffa ir s .
The p a tr io ts , in both hous es , urged the es ta
blishmen t of a Hun ga r ia n Aca demy, a n d a com
Th e low er-hou se (a lsd tabla ) w a s con stitu ted by the
coun ty-depu ties of the n obility a n d the depu ties of the mun i
eipel tow n s (libera regia civ ita s) .
22
lec tua l dev elopmen t of his coun try ; he, ther efo re ,Op en ed h is la rge pr iva te l ibr a ry to Hun ga r ia n
lea rn ed men . In 48 02, his libr a ry w a s tr a n sferr ed
to P es t, a n d Op en ed for publ ic u s e,un der the p a
tr on a ge of the Coun t P a la tin e, the Ar chdukeJo s eph . Thus
, the n oble c oun t immor ta l ized h is
n ame by la y in g the foun da tio n of the Hun ga r ia n
N a t i o n a l Mu s c um , which wa s fin a lly es ta blished
in 4844.
The in defa tiga ble zea l ofNi cola s Rev a y, Pr ofes sor of Hun ga r ia n liter a tur e, a t the U n iv er s ity of
P es t, des er v es due r ega r d ; his w ork,
“An tqu ita
tes liter a tur a e Hun ga r ic a e, P es tin i, 48 03 though
Wr itten in La tin , ha d a twofold effec t : it, fir s t,br ought -to public kn ow ledge s ome mon umen ts of
Hun ga r ia n l iter a tur e of fo rmer c en tur ies , which,up to
- his time , w er e c on c ea led in pr iv a te a n d
publ i c a r chiv es , or a t lea s t n o t duly r ega rded ; s e
c on dly, it a ttr a c ted the a tten tion of the p a tr io ts
a n d en emies of Hun ga r ia n n a tion a l ity ,a n d p r o
du c ed a l iter a ry con tr ov er sy between them which
ha d a ben eficia l in fluen c e on Hun ga r ia n l ite
r a tu r e .
For e ign w a r s r eta r ded the dev elopmen t of
in s titution s for pr omo tin g n a tion a l liter a tur e, a n d
ther efor e, the pr ogr es s of liter a tur e itself, though
they ga v e o r igin to ma ny p a tr ioti c a n d her o ic
s on gs .
After the r es tor a tion of pea ce , the liber a l
23
p a r ty of Hun ga ry c on cen tr a ted its whole s tr en gth ,
to a c t v igor ously in fa v our of n a tion a l dev elop
men t . The es ta blishmen t of the Hun ga r ia n Ac a
demy w a s the chief obj ect tha t o ccup ied the ir
a tten tion ; a n d, when the disputes a n d fruitles s de
liber a tion s a bout r a is in g fun ds for the Ac a demya r os e , the n oble c oun t S tephen Szé ché n yi r a is ed
a n ew mon umen t to his family , by gen er ouslyoffer in g his who le ye a r ly in come
, es tima ted a t
flor in s , a s a con tr ibution (o r , r a ther a s the
fi r s t depos it) to the fun ds of a Hun ga r ia n Ac a
demy ; a n ima ted by such gen er os ity c oun t Kair o
lyi ma de a nf
offer of coun tAn drassy on e of
flo r in s . The lon g w ished-for obj ec t w a s
thus obta in ed . The Ar ti cle XI. of the law-of 4827 ,
fin a lly es ta blished the er ec tion of the Aca demy,u n der the n ame of “A
’ Magya r Tudo’
s Tair sa s
sag”, a n d a commis s ion c o n s is tin g of member s
fr om both houses w a s ch a rged w ith its o rga n i
s a tion . The c ommi s sw n dis cha rged its duty a t
the en d of 4830, a n d the n ew Ac a demy held itsfi rs t gr a n d meetin g on the 4hi b of Februa ry, 4834.
9 . THE RAPID PROGRESS IN LITERATURE OWINGTO THE ACADEMY.
48 3 1— 4848 .
With the yea r 4834, the Hun ga r ia n la n gua gec ommen ced a n ew er a . The Aca demy p ro c la imedto be the ir obj ec t
24
To dir ec t a ll the ir effor ts tow a rds the cul
tiv a tion of s c ien c es a n d belles - letter s , in the n a
tion a l la n gu a ge ; by u ch mea n s , to giv e it elega n c e,to en r ich a n d p r ov ide it w ith a subl ime s tyle ,
tha t it might eter n a lly subs is t in its own Splen dour ;n a tion a l a n d in tellec tua l pow er be in g suc c ess iv elydev elop ed by us eful kn owledge .
“With in defa tiga ble zea l to br in g to light
the tr a c es a n d l iter a ry mon umen ts of the Hun
ga r ia n la n gua ge , wher ev er they might be c on
cea led.
“To pr omulga te a ll the in v en tion s of former
a n d r ec en t times , a n d the pr ogr ess ma de in
s c ien c e .
“La s tly, to en c our a ge fer tile min ds , which
otherw is e, left to thems elv es , m ight la n guish , to
a cc omplish w o rks th a t Should br in g r en own a n d
glory upon the n a tion .
“
The mor e gr a n d the obj ec t of the Ac a demy
w a s , in r ega r d to the n a tion , the mor e obs ta cles
w er e to be r emov ed, in or der to pur sue the p a th
p o in ted ou t : the gr ea ter w er e its mer its , a n d the
higher cla ims ha d its member s to the gr a titude
of the n a tion , which, howev er , be in g pr ev en ted
by fa ta l ev en ts , c ould n ot dis cha rge its duty .
I n less tha n ten yea r s the Hun ga r ia n n a tion
wa s c los e on the heels of thos e n a tion s who ha d
left her behin d, in the former cen tury. Un der the
pr otection of the Aca demy, a n d by mea n s of its
26
gua ge to its r ights , by es ta blishin g it a s the diplo
ma tic a l on e, thr oughout the whole kin gdom ; ev en
the Vien n es e c our t w a s to tr a n s a ct bus in ess w ith
Hun ga ry in the n a tion a l la n gua ge .
The dea th of Cha rles Kisfa ludy a
v ery s a d ev en t, c on s ider in g the ea r ly a n d ir r ep a
r a ble los s of the dr ama tic poet, w a s follow ed
by c on s equen ces v ery ben eficia l to Hunga r ia n liter a tur e . The p a tr iots , in o rder to hon our the me
mo ry of the gr ea t p oet, w ished to a dorn his gr a v e
w ith a pr oper tomb - ston e ; to defr a y thes e ex
p en s es , a subs cr iption of v olu nta ry c on tr ibution s
wa s Op en ed . The c on tr ibution s r ec eiv ed w er e so
a bun da n t , th a t, a fter the expen ses for the er ec
tion of the tomb—s ton e w er e defr a yed , the tr ea
Sur ers of the executiv e c ommiss ion r eturn ed a
sur plus .
No more n oble object could be pursued, n o
higher hon our could b e con fer r ed upon the me
mo ry of the dec ea s ed , tha n by jthe in sti tution of
the “Kisfa ludy tar sa sscig”(Kisfa ludy- a ssocia tion )
fo r pr omotin g Hun ga r ia n polite l iter a ture , to
which pur pos e the a bov e surplus w a s con tr i
buted.
This a ssocia tion w a s a stron g a n d powerful
lev er in r a is in g pol ite l iter a tur e ; bes ides its mo
r a l in fluen ce , it pr ov ided ma ter ia l a s s is ta n ce for
the p oor er liter a ti, a n d, wha t w a s of s till gr ea ter
importa n c e, it became the pr ima ry ca n a l thr ough
2 7
w hi ch p r oduction s in p ol ite liter a tur e w er e c on
v eyed to the publ i c .
Louis Kos suth a s editor of the ,,p esti hir lap ,
(Pes t journ a l, fr om 4844 ga v e the n a tion a
n ew impuls e w ith his le a din g a r ti cles . The pol i
tica l mov emen t, which w a s a n a tion a l on e,
in fluen ced the l iter a ry p r ogr es s in a v ery high
degr ee ; both (the p olitic a l a n d liter a ry mov emen ts)s eemed to un ite in o r der t
'
o r ea l is e the idea of a
gr ea t Hun ga r ia n n a tion . All the in h a b ita n ts of the
c oun try, belon gin g to v ery differ en t n a tion s") wer e
en ta n gled in the gr ea t n a tion a l mov emen t ; in v a
r ion s p a r ts of the r ea lm n ew focus es of Hun ga
r ia n n a tion a lity w er e formed , when ce the ben e
fic ia l r a ys of men ta l a n d mor a l liberty, w ith the
des ir e fo r the forma tion of one gr ea t n a tion , ex
ten ded ov er the sur r oun din g coun tr ies .
The a s s o cia tion “
) for pr otec tin g home ia
dus try , bes ides its ben efic ia l in fluen ce upon the
ma n ufa ctur in g a n d w o rkin g c la s s es , p r oduc ed a
n a tion a l polytechn ic in stitution , a n ew field fors c ien tific a n d l iter a ry la bour .
In the la st fiv e yea r s (fr om 4843) s c ien tificw orks on a ll kin ds of subj ects w er e publ ished ;
Hun ga ry, besides the Hun gar ia n s , is in h abited by : Selav on i a n s (sla v i) , S erbia n s , C ro a tia n s , Ru ssia n s , Ven s , Bulgaria n s, Germa n s , Wa ll a chia n s, Jew s , a n d a few Fren ch, Gr e eks ,a n d o f the Mon te N egro tribe .
Formed un der the pr es iden cy of C oun t B a tth a n yi .
28
ev ery c a p a b le m in d w a s en ga ged in c on voyin gma ter i a ls , or a r r a n gin g the r ea dy on es , for a gr ea t
n a tion a l m o n um e n t. The yea r 4848 s eemed to
thr ow down the a bys s a ll for eign elemen ts , a n d
the n a tion to h a v e the s ame footin g on which the
pr in cip a l n a tion s ofEur op e s tood . Fa te ha d de
cided differ en tly from wh a t huma n con c eption s of
r ighteous n ess could h a v e exp ec ted, a n d lin ger in g
huma n ity would ha v e des ir ed . The mor a l power of
the n a tion w a s ma imed by the phys ic a l for ce of the
colossus of E ur opea n despotism ; the n a tio n w a s
c rushed ; its la n gua ge a n d l iter a tur e w er e bur ied
un der the ru in s of n a tion a lity, a n dwher ev er a glim
mer in g Sp ot yet str ikes a desp o tic a l eye , it is
c a r efully in ter r ed by the en emies of ev en the
n ame of Hu n g a r y .
II. LITERARY PRODUCTIONS ANDAUTHORS.
l . Qu a l ifi c a t i o n o f l i t e r a r y p r o d u c t i o n s .
The history of Hun ga ry is a s er ies of un in
ter rup ted mor a l a n d phys i ca l s truggles for p r i
mitiv e p er son a l in dep en den c e fr om the unjust ia
s titu tion s of Fr a n c on ia n (Germa n ) feuda lism,a n d
a suc ces iv e br eakin g ofAs i a tic *
) fluc tua tion , ex
c ited by'
n a tion a l emotion s , a ga in s t the n a r r ow
Such a s the fr ee a n d n ot subdued n a ti on s of Asia
produced .
30
men t, in which it w a s w r a pped up by Eur opea n
civ ilis a tion
The l iter a ry pr oduc tion s of the Hun ga r iann a tion bea r
,ther efor e, a n a tion a l cha r a c ter , a n d
in tha t r esp ec t they a r e s omewha t differ en t fr om
those of o ther Europ ea n n a tion s .
2 . Au th o r s a n d th e i r W o r k s .
a . 894— 1526.
(Arp a di a n , a n d the fir st period of the subjection of the n a tion
un der foreign dyn a sties .)
Ther e a r e n o tr a c es of l iter a ry production s
yet d is cov e r ed , belon gin g to the 4oth or 44th c en
tury ; the fir s t s ta te of the la n gua ge i s ther efor e ,c on c ea led fr om the phi lo logist . All tha t for e ign
a n d domistic w r iter s r emember is , th a t the Hun
ga r ia n s ha d the ir own ma rt ia l s on gs , tha t the ir
pr in c es a n d gr a n dees kept to amus e
them a t the ir fea ts a n d in the ir c amp a ign s . AS
the fir s t c en tury, r emember ed a s the E ur op ea n
exis ten c e of the n a tion ,r ea lly w a s a c on tin ua l
c amp a ign , thos e s on gs must h a v e been c ommon
amon gs t the Hun ga r ia n s . Public bus in ess w a s
tra n s a c ted in the n a tio n a l
I do n o t mea n c u l t u r e (cu ltur a ), w ith which the
w ord c i v i l i s a t i o n is often , bu t erron eously, excha n ged .
We a re r emin ded of the Germa n w a n der in g son gster s .
U n der Kin g Colema n (409 5 who fo r his lea rn
34
The fir s t l iter a ry mon umen t o f this p er iod is
a liturgic a l book, con ta in in g the fun er a l c er emo
n ies in Hun ga r ia n . Pazman, a n d, a fter h im,
Rev a y,
a n a lyzed its text , in r ega rd to s tyle a n d gen i us ;D6br en tei did the s ame in his , ,Magya r n yelvemlé
heir“ (Mo n umen ts of the Hun ga r i a n la n gu a ge). The
la tter pla c ed its or igin between 447 0 a n d 4200 .
Of mor e v a lue a n d imp or ta n ce is a tr a n sla
tion of a gr ea t p a r t Of the B ible . Author s differ
in r ega r d to the yea r of its or igin ; r ec en t exa
min a tion s Show , tha t it belon gs to the time between
4437 a n d 4440 . This tr a n sla tion , c on ta in in g the
Books of Ruth , E sther , B a r uch , Ma c ca beus , the
Pr ophets (of the four pr in cip a l pr ophets ther e
a re o n ly fr a gmen ts) a n d the four w a s
a chiev ed by tw o fr ia rs , Tamas a n d B alin t, a n d
w a s in ten ded for the u s e of Hun ga r ia n Hus s ites
who took r efuge in Molda v ia .
An o ther tr a n sla tion of the who le B ible by
B er ta la n w a s p r in ted in 4508 . The p r a yer —book
of ma dame P a ul de Kin izs i , con ta in in g forms of
dev o tion in p r o s e a n d p oetry, is of 4543 .
Less impor ta n t p r oduction s , belon gin g to the,
in g w a s ca lled the , ,librifer“ (book-bea rer), a certa in Albricus
w a s cha rged w ith the tra n sla ti on of the K in g’s de crees in to
La t i n .
Th e m a n u scripts a re preserv ed in the roya l li bra r ies a t
Vien n a a n d Mun ich .
32
c lose of the XVthc en tury, a r e : Emle
'
k- da l Mdtya’
rs
ha lalar a ,Memor ia l s on g of the dea th of Kin g
Ma tthew ; S ir a lom é n elt B o t Jan oe l, E legy upon
John Bot ; etc .
b. 1526— 1848 .
(Hun ga ry un der th e rule of Kin gs of the Austria n dyn a sty.
Reform a tion o f the church .)
at. 4527— 47 9 0 .
(Religi ou s struggles , a n d pa cific mea n s o f recon cilin gthe n a tion w ith its fa te )
The r efo rma tion fr om Germa n y soon Spr ea d
ov er Hun ga ry . E n dow ed men r ec e iv ed in s tru c tion ,
in the n ew do c tr in e , in the Germa n un iv er s ities ,a n d bec ame a pos tles Of it in the ir n a tiv e c oun
try . The c on tes t between the r efo rmed chur ches
a n d the c a tholics pr oduced a gr ea t n umber of
r eligious a n d theologica l w orks , mos tly dogma ti
c a l on es .
In the la tter p a r t of the XVIth cen tury fiv e
tr a n s la tion s of the S c r ip tur es a r e upon r ecord .
Komja t h y B e n e d ek: Ze nt P a a l leveley ma
gya r n yeliien 15 3 3 . Letter s of S t. P a ul in
Hun ga r ia n , by B en et Komjé thy , 4533 .
G a br i e l : WjTestamen tommagja r n yeluen 4536 ,New Tes tamen t in Hun ga r ia n , by Ga br iel, 4536 .
Sylvester Jan os . The s ame .
H e l t a i Ga s p a r , Magya r B iblia , Hun ga r ia n
B ible, 4554.
34
a bout 47 40, a n d B a d P e’
ter , a bout 4743, the mos t
celebr a ted ec c les ia stica l w r iter s ; the fir s t on the
p a r t of the C a tho lic , the la tter two on the p a r t of
the Pr otes ta n t Chur ch . B o d , bes ides h is theolo
gic a l w orks , w r ote a His to ry of Hun ga r ia n liter a
tur e : , ,Magya r Athen as“(Hun ga r ia n Athen s), 47 66 .
D a v i d i s , N em e t i , Al v i n c zy , T e lh i b a n y i
(the la tter wr o te on Pur ita n ism a n d K a to n a ,
exer ted themselv es in theo logic a l w r itings in the
XVIIth cen tury ; B e r t a l a n fi , a n d the a u thor es s
D a n i e l P o lyx e n a ,in the XVIIIth c en tu ry ; R i
ma i’
s c elebr a ted Hymn s a r e of the begin n in g of
the XVIIIth c en tury .
Tr a n s la tion s of the S cr i p tur e ha v e been a o
compl ished byKa l d i, a j esuit, who tr a n s la ted the Vulga
ta , 4626 .
K oma r om i C’s i p kes, a p r otes ta n t,who tr a n s
la ted the whole B ible, 4635 .
B a r a n gi Gydrgy (George B a r a nyi), who tr a n sla ted the New Testamen t, 47 54.
In p olite liter a tur e the her o ic poem , ,h i
n ids ,“or the Fa ll of by Nichola s Z r in yi
(c a lled the po et, in o r der to distin guish him from
Szigeth , a for tress in the south of Hun ga ry , w a s takenby th e Tu rks in 4566 . N ichola s Z r in yi defen ded the for tressw i th a ha n dful of tr op s, a ga in st the whole a rmy of th e Turksfor fiv e weeks, a n d died l ike a hero .
3 5
the her o), a n d the lyr i c p oems of Gy'
o‘
ngydsi, bea r
the cha r a cter of pr ogres s though n o t of the pur ityof the la n gua ge . An yo
’
s a n d B a r dthy, lyr i c poets , a n d
Besse nyei, a dr ama tis t, liv ed in the la tter ha lf of
the XVIIIth cen tury , p r ep a r in g the wa y for the
comin g a er a .
As l in guis tic w orks ma y be men tion ed : the
Gr amma r of Ka t o n a,4645, a n d the ,,
Dic tion a r i
um tr ilin gue“(Di ction a ry in thr ee L a tin , Hun ga
r ia n a n d Germa n La n gua ges), by Par iz-p ap a i .
In r ega rd to s c ien ce in gen er a l , Ap titzi w a s
the c omp iler Of a n E n cyclopedia .
6 . 47 9 0 -4848
(The n a tion throw s off the yoke of the dea d La tin l a n gu a ge,a n d sa ves itself from bein g sw a llowed by the ov ergr ow in ggia n t of Germa n culture . Rise of th e li tera ture .)
The Sp a ce of time fr om 47 9 4 un til 4848 ,thus , 7 yea r s a bove ha lf a c en tury , ma y be se
p a r a ted in to two p er iods : the p r e p a r a t o r y on e,
comp r ehen din g the fir s t 40 yea r s , a n d the p er iod
of the r is e of l iter a tur e, compr ehen din g n ot two
decen n iums ; the la tter of which is th a t of giga n ti c
exert ion s in r ega r d to the in tellectua l a n d socia ll ife of the n a tion .
D é c s y S amu e l a n d Ar a n ka (both Of 47 9 4)a r e the firs t who r ouse the s lumber in g n a tion w ith
their c r ies for a Hun ga r ia n Aca demy ; they wer e
fo llow ed by E n dr ady, w ith his His tory ofHun ga r ia nDr ama turgy (History ofHun ga r ia n Thea tr es), 47 94
3*
3 6
by Ka rma n (a n a ttor n ey), w i th his Ur a n ia , a
per iodica l publ ic a tion of pol ite liter a tur e, 47 9 4; the
, ,Magya r Marsak“, a n o ther per iod ic a l of pol ite l ite
r a ture, esta bl i shed a tKa ss a in the n orth ofHun ga ry,47 9 7 . The lyr ic poet C
'sokon a i bega n to w r ite
in the s ame decen n ium .
In the begin n in g of the XIXth cen tury two pol i
tica l Jour n a ls of s ome impor ta n cew er e es tabl ished ;the , ,
Nemze ti Ujsag“
(Na tion a l Journ a l) , a n d the
, ,Ha za i e'
s Kill/ti ldi Tudos itasok“(Domes ti c a n d
For e ign In telligen c e). In r ega r d to belles -letter s,
ther e shon e four gu idin g s ta r s on the hor izon of
Hun ga r ia n l iter a tur eK a zi n c zy F e r e n c z (Fr a n cis Ka zin czy), in
r ega rd to n a tion a l philology a n d the r egen er a
tion of the la n gua ge . GOthe , B ii rger , Os s ia n , of
whose w r itin gs he ma de tr a n sla tion s , Ges sn er ,whos e w o rks he tr a n sla ted en tir ely, s eem to ha v ebeen his touch-s ton es .
B er zsen yi Da n iel (Da n iel Berzs en yi), the
gr ea tes t lyr i c poet in r ega r d to Odes ; he comb in edHo r a tia n elev a tion w ith the lyr i c flow ofMa this
s on ; h is la n gua ge is pur e a n d pr ec is e .
K i sfa lu d y S a n d o r (Alexa n der Kisfa ludy),highly mer ited in r ega r d to Lyr i cs in gen er a l. HisB a l l a d s , R om a n c e s a n d the L o v e s o n gs (a
lon g poem d iv ided in to tw o p a r ts, the fir s t ,,Gyti
tr o’
tt szer elem,
“ Un ha ppy Lov e, the la tter , ,B o ldog
szer elem,
“ Ha ppy lov e), discov er the Opulen ce of
his gen ius .
38
Sophica l subj ec ts , the works of Wa rga , tr ea ting of
p ol itics , of Gyb’
r y a n d N a g y , tr ea tin g ofma thema
t ics , ma y be foun d in suffic ien t to s a tisfy the ex
p ec ta tion s of the His tory of E ur op ea n l itera tur e
of the p er iod ; n or m ight the exer tion s of F r i d
w a l s zky a n d P o’
ly a ,in r ega r d to des cr iptiv e
Na tur a l His tory , a n d the w r itin gs of B i tga t ,
E ins t e i n a n d P a ly a , on medic a l subj ec ts , form
a n epo ch in c on tempor a ry E n gl ish or Fr en ch l ite
r a tur e : bu t, in r espec t to Hun ga ry, which s c a r c elythr ee decen n iums pr ev iously ha d Sha ken off the
hea vy burden of a dea d la n gu a ge tha t'
gr a Sp ed the
n a tiv e on e w ith c old, dea dly ha n ds , a ll thes e w orks
des er ve du e r ega r d, a n d the p er s ev er a n ce of the
a uthor s themselv es des erv es to ha v e the ir mer its
a ckn owledged by fo r e ign n a tion s .
P o lite l iter a ture , ha v in g r ece iv ed a grea t
impulse in the pr ecedin g decen n iums , a dv a n ced
w ith a c c eler a ted sp eed , in o r der to r ea ch the
po in t a tta in ed by o ther The Ac a demy
(up to 48 36) ha d published 36 n ew dr ama s ;
a mon gs t other s , the , ,Fatyo l titha
“(S ecr et of the
V e il) , a comedy by Vor osma r ty, s ta n ds n ext to thePla ys of Kisfa ludy ; Nar ay exer ted hims elf in
There is a certa in poin t of rise in polite litera tur e,
which ev ery n a tion , soon er or la ter , a tta i n s ; beyon d this,
ther e is a declin e , scien tific culture m a y progress or n o t. The
Hun ga ri a n n a tion ha d n o t v et rea ched tha t poin t in l ts l1te
r a tu1e .
9
tr a n sla tin g Sha kesp ea r e a n d ha d tr a n sla ted n ea r ly
a ll his c la ss i c dr ama s in to Hun ga r ia n . H o r c d th
En dr e*
) (An dr ew Horv ath) a n d Vor osma r ty“)
who ha d a lr ea dy w on the pr ize in the epopee,w er e follow ed by Ga r r a y. The lyr ic p oems of
Vti r o sm a r ty , KO‘
l c s ey , B a jza , a n d C zu c zo r
occupy the fi rs t r a n k, a n d ma y be r a nked w ith those
of a n y o ther n a tion ; in the s ame dep a r tmen t exer
ted thems elv es vs ith n ea r ly equa l succes : E r d é
ly i J a n o s (John E rdelyi) , S za bo’
J o'
s ef (Joseph
Sza bo), E 0 tc O’
s s ef (Jos eph E OtVOS) a n d S za
l a y L a s z lo'
(La disla us Sza la y) . Fic tion s, Nov elsa n d Roma n tic w r itin gs wer e cultiv a ted by F ri g
a n d N (t r a y , the former a lr ea dy celebr a ted a s
the Hun ga r ia n Aes op , the la tter a s a s en timen ta l
rom a n cist.
Fr om 48 36 the l iter a ry mov emen ts came to a
mor e s ettled s ta te , a n d mor e un ifo rm Speed
s eemed to in sur e the w ished—for pr ogr es s , a t the
s ame time, to p r ev en t the n a tion a l s tr en gth fr om
be in g ov er s tr a in ed, a n d the liter a ry v ehicles fr ombe in g ov er tu r n ed.
The Ac a demy n ow Op en ed its liter a ry s tor es
to public u s e . The Di ction a r ies of ma thema
tic a l , philos ophi ca l , a n d jur idic a l terms,
a n d
its Hun ga r ia n Germa n Di ction a ry , compr ehen ded
He w rote th e hero ic p oem en titled : ffrpdd, in XII S on gs .
He w r ote the hero i c poems : Z a ldn fa lasa , Cserha lom,
Eger .
40
n ea rly a ll th a t philologis ts ha d ga ther ed in the
c our s e of 6 yea r s ; the , ,Kiilfti ldijatéhszin“(Fo r e ign
Thea tr es), published by the s a me Aca demy, ex
ha us ted n ea r ly a ll tha t for e ign liter a tur e ha d
con tr ibuted to en r ich the n a tion a l on e . The n ew
c our s e of the Tn doman ytar (Ma ga zin e of S cien c e),a ugmen ted by a supplemen ta ry p a r t, the , ,L iter a
tn r a“
(c on ta in in g a n a n n ua l r epor t of for e ign a n d
home l iter a tur e), ha d in cr ea s ed in its l iter a ry v a
lue . Ma teri a ls fo r a n ela bor a te etymologic a l work
on the n a tion a l la n gua ge w er e depos ited in the
, ,Magya r n yelc
’
r en dszer e,“ Sys tem of the Hun ga
r ia n la n gua ge , by the Hun ga r ia n Ac a demy, 4846 .
TheKisfa ludy Tar sa ssag (Ki sfa ludy-Ass o cia tion
for p r omotin g pol ite l iter a tur e), w ith li ttle mon ey,
ha s effected a gr ea t dea l . Its , ,Nemzeti Kan yc tar“
(Na tion al L ibr a ry) is a r epo s itory of works of cc
lebr a ted a uthor s ; the , ,Kii lfti ldi Rege
'
n ytar“(Maga
zin e of Fo r eign Roma n c es), publ ished by the sa me
a ss oc ia tion , c omp r ehen ds tr a n sla tion s of celebr a
ted for e ign a uthor s OfNov els a n d Roma n ces ; the
Co llec tion of n a tion a l s on gs a n d tr a dition s , ma de
by John E r dely i (on c ommiss ion of the Kisfa ludyis a rec en tly r a is ed mon umen t in the
His to ry of n a tion a l p o e try . Amon gs t o ther p er iodi
c a ls of p o lite l iter a tur e , the Athen a eum ma y be
m en tio n ed p a r tic ula ryi .In Philo s ophy, la bo r be tter r ewa r ded S zo n
ta g h th a n a n y of his pr edec es s or s o r c on tempo
42
In r ega rd to Na tur a l His tory, the Asso c ia tion
Of phys ic ia n s a n d n a tu r a l philosopher s of Hun
ga ry m ight h a v e giv en o r igin to a n Ac a demy of
Na tur a l His to ry a n d Phys ic a l s c ien c es , if fa te h a d
been mor e fa v ou r a ble to its exis ten c e . An a ttempt
a t a n illus tr a ted Na tur a l His to ry (exha us tin g a ll
its br a n ches ) w a s ma de by H a n a k; P o’
ly a pub
lished a deta i led a n d lon g tr ea tis e on techn ic a
lities r ega rdin g Na tur a l His to ry a n d Phys iology ,en titled : Termé szetmz’tszdttir e
'
s Lé tszer ir a t.
The in defa tiga ble s tudy of a n c ien t n a tion a l
l iter a tur e by Ddbr en tei Gabor (Ga br iel Dobr en tei)
ma y be es tima ted by his , ,ltégi Ill agya r Nyele
emle'
kek“ , An c ien t L iter a ry Mon umen ts of the Hun
ga r ia n La n gua ge ; in this w ork he c ollec ted a n c ien t
Hun ga r ia n w r itin gs of the X11“ ,
XVI‘“ c en tu r ies , w hich e ither w er e disp er s edly pub
lished by fo rmer wr iter s , o r , un til his time, w er e
c on c ea led in the w o rm—ea ten Shr in es of the mon a s
ter ies , or in a r chiv es to which pr iv a te men a r e
n o t ea s ily a dm itted . T o’
l d y cultiv a ted the liter a
ry His tory of n a tion a l poetry .
The la st dec en n ium w a s n o t less p r oduc tiv e
in po lite liter a tur e . S zi g l ig e t i , N a g y (lgn atz) , Toth , C s a p o, Ob e r n y i k, G a a l , p r ov ided
fo r o r igin a l d rames for the r ec en tly er ec ted n a t i o
n a l T h c a t r e . Ma n y of the ir dr ama s a r e , in r ega rd
to s tyle a n d ela bo r a tion , c o—o rd in a tew ith the c la s s i
ca l works of for e ign n a tion s . y con tr i
43
buted a n ew ser ies Of lyr i c poetry, a n d immor
ta lized himself by his ,,SzOza t“ Appea l
whi ch the Ac a demy a dor n ed w ith the firs t pr ize
a s the bes t p a tr iotic p oem . The son gs of P e ta/i
a r e popula r , a s his lyr i c elev a tion r a r ely a s c en ded
a bov e the a tmospher e of common life . In the
dep a r tmen t of Nov el is ti c a n d Roma n ti c ma n y
s tea dy ha n ds wer e en ga ged . JO’
s i ka M i kld s
(Nichola s JOS ika ) con tin ued to in c r ea s e the s er ies
of his v ery p opula r Roma n ces . The B uda —
p es ti
(ir c izhon yc is a depos itory o f ma n y in s truc tiv e
a n d a mus in g n a r r a tiv es a n d hea r t impr ov in gpo ems , ma n y r en own ed a utho r s ha ve c on tr ibu ted
to this col lec tion . Ba r on E O’
tc O’
s Jo’
s ef is o n e
of the fer tile a n d c la ss ic a l gen iuses tha t a pp ea r ed
in the cour se of the dev elopmen t of n a tion a l l iter a
tur e, his h is tor ic a l a n d fic titious Roma n c es bea r
a p ol itic a l cha r a c ter , a n d, bes ides a ttr a c tin g the
min d of the r ea der , they in s til a des ir e a n d ex
c ite a n en thus ia sm fo r s o c ia l r eform . Ka thy L a
j a s (Lew is Ku thy) is highly esteemed a s a n ov el
is t . The , ,Fr a n czia r egé n ycsa r n ok
“(Ha ll of Fr en ch
Roma n c es ) c on duc ted by Ré cs i , ha d op en ed a
n ew field for thos e who des ir ed to a cc l ima te
exo tic s of p olite li ter a tu r e .
The s tr uggles fo r n a tion a l exis ten c e , in 4848 ,s topped the lite r a ry s tr eam
,c la im ha v in g been
la id to the phys ic a l power of the n a tion in o rder
to in sure the field open ed to liter a ry la bor by
44
r emov in g the ba r s of cen s or ship . Ma n y n ew
per iodic a ls w er e es ta blished in or der to r ec e iv e a ll
the liter a ry tr a sh w hich pour ed fo r th when the
flood-
ga tes w er e op en ed ; n ea r ly the whole lot w a s
of a pol itic a l ch a r a c ter,h a v in g been a c cumula ted
behin d the dams of c en s or ship ; m a r tia l s on gs a n d
exc itin g p o ems o ccupy the lyr ic dep a r tmen t. The
Mus es , shun n in g ma r tia l a r ts , ha s tily r etir ed , to
mee t the n a tion a ga in a fter a plea s a n t a n d pea ce
ful home sh a ll ha v e been in sur ed, or to mourn
etern a lly if the en v ious Ma r s Should spitefullyw oun d the fa ta l ten don Of the ir Achilles .
47
5 . A z i d o p r o fe t a .
A’
szamar elor dito tta magat. Esc’
lesz-e
szo lga , n a gy sze'
l ? ker di a’
juhasz ta le .
‘
itles mi t
se m ta doan p r ofé ta sagdr o'
l, bu ta Ite'
pp el r d mer ed
ga zddjdr a . Mdr hogy idd lesz ga zddcskam, a n y
n yi t mon dha toh'
, felel vegr e bo’
lcs homo lysdgga l
n eki .
Ki n em er t c a lamihez, még is é r tn i a lta r , n agy
bo lcsen ha llga t , n agy ké té r telmiiséggel c dgia hi
mdsok elb’
tt, é r tetlen se'
ge gya n i'
tjdbo'
l maga t.
6 . A’
P e r g a m e n .
Egg, n emes szdrma zdsdba n buszhe , de a r es
sziv ii, feyu , gb'
gosen se'
ta lga to tt fo lyé so’
jdn fel é s
a ld ,
’
s hetylce hé n ybb’
l n yngvo’
ebé t megr i'
tg ta .
Ne ban tsd ga zddm a’
hu tya bb'
r t, mor og felh
'
o lté
ben a’
haz- drzb’
; e’
ta ha rja min den becsed , é r
de med
7 . A’
s za m d/r é : a’
e t i ko.
A’
szamar , helyben lép tetc e, r oc o tt p a doza ton
hajto tt egy c izhi'
tzo'
gép et. A’
tiizes cs iho'
fitlelc e
tekin tett be a’
n yilt ajia’
n . Te szeles, tiizes, i lly
mn n kdr a n ehezen oo ln dl szer .
’ igy szdli tja meg (i t
gnn yo lc a a’
fitles .
Iga z, hogy szamar n a k c a lo'
mn nka ! men d a’
csiho. De ké r leh : mellyi telt' is a
’
ge’
p , tev
e bdtya
n a gy e’
ker ekes a lko tmdn y.
5 0
a z igen gon dost. Felede’
d-e, igy szé lt, hogy'
szi
c es ba r dtolc, r o lcon olc he‘
zt n ta za n dn n k? i lly ti tr a
elég a’
c ider elme, v ig lcedé ly .
’ ’
s lce’
n yelmilleg r a
ga dja la n tjdt, egyedilli an szer ii l hezébe. A’
ha rma d ilc a llja s gon doskodasn a h cb’
n min den hé
szii letet p ar k‘
o’
n ycet tett ntitar sit l zsebe’
be ; egyebet
rv in n i n agy felejtett, n agy feledn i igyekezett, min t
hi tcdn y felesleges lomo t,’
s a ha dalya it tiszta elmé l
kedé sein ek. A’
n egyedikfegyver t'
o'
c edze o'
ta lom
i Zl der ehar a , n em ter hele' ’
s osa lc sziikségessel tdlt
iszdko t cete hatar a ,’s c ider r emén yel foga can
dor -botjat iobbjdba .
In d i i ln a k, men n elt ; de csa k hama r ma r a dozn i
ltezd len yomo'
terhe a la tt a z elsd ,’
s elveszti szeme
eldl ha la db tesve’
r ei t. De tdn elfogja ter hé be'
l
hdn yn i a’
feleslegest? Kor an sem , a’
r ohon okn al,
kilc nek fogyha tla n v a la szivesse’
gO’
k n ta sin khoz, meg
tdbbel n evele lomidt , melly megsziikii lés r emegé se
mia tt kitlb’
n ben is keveset fogya . E n n ek terhe, gon d
ja , é s a’
so’
vargds , mar fel n ton elbetegi ték a dn
dor n nka t; n ap oh, hetch, ho’
n ap o lt teltek el , mig
ha la dha ta . A’
mdsod iltn a lt Or tilc men yehzb’
v a la
n ta zdsa . Tan cz, muzs ika ,c ig r oba i , zajgo tt min
den iitt a’t) mer r e for dn lt ; szilaj de
'
zso lé sek,lt icsa
p ongd ma la tozdsok é s la komdlc lce‘
zt, fajta la n szir é
n ek,’
s mamor es ba r atok feled teték vele n tja
czé ljat. Majd szamdr a r en delt cen dégségek, majd
The a rticle is pla ced w ith propriety before the in terroga tiv e Adv erbs : hol? hogy ? mikor ? met re? etc. when theyare used defin i tely.
54
tilflcad tsdg ezehtb’
l , lce'
slelteté lc in diildsa it ; szivesen
ma r a szta tott , szic esen ma r a dt a’
he'
nyelmii . A’
ha rma dik mar a z elsb'
her esztii tn dl ké tkedn i lcezde
a’ka la nz csi llagocslcdhba n . Illy hetes fen y n tdn
fo ly ta ssam-e é n , ngymon d, n tama t ?’
s szer en csé
met bizon yta la n sdgn a lc dldozam—e fel ? hdt ha e’
csi llagok csa lfa lidé r czek,’
s ingoednyba c ezet nek?
Igg tiin e'
d ih eldbb magdba n , majd megosztv a ba r d
tin a l lce'
tségei t, ezehkel egyiitt elbc'
i lcselhedi a’
ka la uz
iker —csi llagtbl a’
jdmbor szan déko t é s a’
io’
a ka r a
te t. Az ir an ytt'
lt fega dja tehcit biztosa bb c ezé r itl’
s a z ég tiin d'
o’
kle’
bb csillaga i t,’
s ezekn elc lcép zemén yes
vezé r lé se'
k n tan , bnjdolclik ide’
s tova a’
p n sztdk
s iva ta gja in a’
r engeteg er de’
k c a donja in ! P os
c an gok, ta va lc, ingocdn yolc, szé ditb’
mé lységz'
i nyi lafi
sok, mdszha tla n szir tek, zdrjak‘
el ele’
tte a z 6s
c én yeket .
’
s c isszafor dnln i hé sztetilc. Ehség szom
jitsdg in ségei , szagga td tdc isek p reda- lesb
’
v a dak,
szi lyos itjdk, r émitik bo lyongasa i t. Messze , messze
ma r a d ntjdn a k o'
hajtott czé ljdto’
l!
A’
n egyedilc min der c idor a n ha la d eldr e. B e
ter szicesen ktisze'
n tce r okon ihoz é s a tya ba r dlihoz,
kedc te lve mn la t n a'
lok, de n em feledi n tjdt,’
s n a
p on lcén t ha la d ebben . Men té ben , jobbr a ba lr a hajlong h
'in dlkozb rezsdlca t szagga tn i,’
s i lla tjok ba l
zsama in dl ltO’
n nyen feledi a’
te'
v iselt’
hi tcdny ha r
czo ldsa it: a’
lcé tes n ta lcon hicen’
s ké tlcedé s n é lkii l
lcO'
c eti c ezé r ké t csi llagdt ,’
s im Zita kies vb'
lgye,
i lla tos c ir anyiea l moso lyg eleibe ,’
s dombjdn a’
4k
54
n ehé t: ez a’
Hit. Végr e elitin egg tisztes dsz’
s Osz
v eszedve'
n a z elszé r t tO'
r edéhehet a zohha l mds ho
csiha t iga zga t ,’
s a’
min t lehet a’
hor a sii lyedé stdl
mege'
vja : ez a’Tap a szta lds .
c. Fables, from Joseph Kérmzin.
1 . A ’
f o rm ic é : a’c s a t o r n a .
E lla nha dv a a’
n ap hevé te'
l ta lalt egg n ta zb a’
hdszihldh a la tt egy hitves for r asr a . Fr isesség O’
m
le‘
tt t6le min den er eiben é s halddo'
a n valt el a ttol.
B eé rhezih a’
vdr osba ; a’
p ia czon a’
fe lhe’
h felé
szOhe’
llett hev é ly mdr vdnybbl a’
v izbo ltoza t. Laba
a la tt megszo'
la l a’ csa tor n a .
“A’
v iz, mellyet is
szo l, ama z for r dsn a h a’
hb’
szihla a la tt hives v ize, é s
é n hoztam ide.
“, ,A
’
for r ds , melly a’
hdszihldbo'
l
fe ly, fr is ite'
, hives e'
s tiszta volt. Ezen a’
te fenyb’
ized
e’
rzih,“
felelé a z n ta zo'
.
A"ter emtb'
er edeti lelheh r i thdh.
’ idegen e'
rdem
ttibbnyir e a’
mi é r demiin h.
2 . A’
f it tem i l e é : a’
czen t idn o c-b oy dzr .
Ide’s tova szdllongo tt egg csen des nyar i ey
jelen a’
jdn osbogdr . Nevets éges magdv a l v a lo’
meg“
ele'
gedé ssel n ézegette fé n yle'
r é szeit , é s hev é lyen
a zt mon dja°
, ,bizon y , é n v agyoh a
’
legszebb
ter emté s . a z ég a la tt , a’n ap é s ho
'
ld a z é n veté l
hedd‘
tar sa im; é s a’
fhldn eh kir alyi csah azé r t
56
elveszteh. K'
e’
szb’
n tim szives r e’
szv é té t jo’
n r am,
Foga si n r am.
’ B e szdn ahozo’
szive v a n a z ar n a h.
De d x bizony, hialta a’
Komon dor , ha szom»
szé dja’
vesztességé ben 6 mag a v a ll har t.
e. Oratorial , from Kblcsey,
E m lek b eszé d ,
E m i n czy F e r en c z fe l e t t .
(Speech in commera tion of Fra n cis Ka zin czy, held byFra n cis Kdlcsey .)
M i szép a z ember i é let, mide'
n a’
min den n a p i
sdg’
p a r an gi hdr é bb’
l hiemelhedih ,’
s magdt v a lami
n agy é s szen t, e’
s mi lliomoha t é r dehlb’
czé l n tdn
in tes i .’ Mi szép , v i ldgosito cs i llaghé n t tiln n i fel
ezr eh eldtt , é s sza ba don , de d lta lmelegiilt lé lehhel
vdla szzta n i magdn a h p algat ,’s a zt jo é s ba lsze
r en cse'
hO’
zt.'
o'
r iihr e tiszta’
s soha n em hidegii ltf
szen vedelemben fn tn i meg ! Azon ba n ez, a’
mi i l ly
sze’
p , n em egyszer smin d O lly bo ldog lto'
is . Hdnyszor
n em ta ldl a’
hé vv el Olele’
ha r borza lma s hideg i lle
hdn yszor s ii lyed el a’
hiizdb’
fé n yn yel e’
s ve
szé lylyel telfes p dlydja dldds e’
s szdn a ho
dds dlta l n em hisé r ve ! se’
t hdn yszor hell magdn a h
a’
fen r agyOgo czé ln a h n yom é s r emé n y n é lhitl leszdl
la n i,mide
’
n a r é r ette v ivo lelhe’
elheser edé sé ben all
o tt,’
s hon dn a h é s hor dn a h é rzéhetlen ségé t dthozza .
’
A’
sor sn a h hedven czei n in esen eh , csa h eszhe‘
zei .
Kemén y r észv é tlen séggel a z egyeseh i r dn t, in tézi ex
a z egé sz men etele'
t.’
S igg a’
mdr elveszettn eh ldl
59
hev é sn eh mellében tdma dt a’
gon dola t: a’
ha za’
ve
szé lyben forgb nyelv é t r aga dn i meg , ezt felv ir d
gozta tn i , ezt er b’
r e hozn i ,’
s erejével r dzn i fel az
alomba s ii lyedt n ép et hogy ldsson é s é r ezzen . De
a’
n ép dhet n em ha llga ta ; de a’n ép n eh ereje n em
v o lt r eajoh fel’
s j'
o’
vdbe hip illa n ta n i ;’
s igg el
ha gya tva fn tdh meg a’
p dlydt, hilltin hoddhn eh ta r
ta tta h é s hin evetteté n eh ; mer t n em a ha rdh he'
vetn i
a’
b6 lcsességet, melly egyedii l a’
jelen lé t’ha szn a i
r dl gon doshodih. Illy h'
o’
r iilme'
n yeh h'
o'
zt hiid'
tt a’
mi Ka zin czyn h is ; n em ha szon n é lhii l a’
n emzetr e,
n em n yom n é lhii l a’
jdve'
hor r a n ézve , de fajda l
mil l Onmagdn a h. Mer t hoszor ii i n em enyhitéh, ha
n em égette’
h homlohdt ;’
s n eve’
hir es vo ltdt elte’
nyuga lmdva l fizeté . P edig b’
v a la , hi fia ta lsaga’
hii
sze’
ben , még csa h tizen ha t eves gyermeh, ir bin h’
p a
r an yi har é ben megielen v é n , n emes, de tiszteletben,
hevesehtb’
l ta r to tt czé ljdt el n em csiiggedd er liban ,
p dr a tla n dlla n dé sagga l sziin etlen ha la ddsba n he'
vette . O v a la hi n emzeté n eh n egyven é v eldtt hir te
len fellobba no’
s hir telen ela lve'
tiizé t o ltha ta tla n
hor da heblében , még a hhor is , mihor lé lehfagyla lo
'
v é szeh hdr nyéheze'
h. O v a la hi a’
szer en csé t sem
n em igé r b’
, sem n em n yzg’
to’
liter a tor i p dlydr a szd
mosoha t tiizelt fel ;’
s mozgds t é s é letet'
o’
n te'
tt a’
ttiv ises ntr a , mit sch masoh elun a thozv a , hé tség'
te'
l
lever ve p n sztdn hagyta n a h. Ki n em emléhezih v isz
sza a z 6 Ge s s n e r é r e")
’
s
Works of Kazin czy.
6 7
Ré va ir bl") ha lla n i n em a ha r t; melly Ba r o
’
ti Sza bo’
t“)és meg n em si r a tta ;
’
s mellyn eh hebelé ben
a z O‘
tv en ha t evet sza ha da tla n mn n ha hOzt elte'
lt'
o‘
tt
Ka zin czy n yomor itsagga l é lt é s ho lt. 6 szép r e
mén yehr e szii letve , soha t igé re'
ifjiisdgo t é lve, hir
telen a’
sor s dlta l lever etett;’
s middn eldtte min
den p alya , a’
liter a tor in hiv ii l, bezar é déh, ez egyet
len egy p alyan he'
z’
o’
n ség iin h elvon a hezé t a’
ma
ga t n ehi aldozo’
ele'
l,hogy tévelyegjen elhagya tva ,
hiizdje'
n n em segi tve,’
s a r cza’
izza ddsa t’
s szeme’
v é rh'
o‘
n yeit hagyja jelitl he'
zir a ta in ,
’
s ar v a gyer
mehein in séget. Ké t r en dbeli fo lyozr a ta i r é szv é t
len ség mia ttmin djdr t hezdetben ela ha dta n a h ; nyom
ta to tt szamos miivei tizen egy millid n ép esség h’
o‘
zt
vevdt n em lelten eh;'
legn agyobb becsii hézir a ta in a h
n yomta to’
t n e m ta lzi lt, ha ldlig tar to tt fdr a dozdsa i’
ju ta lmat n em a r a tha tta a z or szdgba n , ho l a n n yi
idegen ga zdag tdp ldlds t n yer t magan a k. Vo lta /c
ngya n , ta ga dn i n em fogem, kih 6 felé is r é szvevb’
heblet n yito ttah,’
s hih é leté n eh gen dja it egyes je
téwhhel en yhi tgetéh ; de a’
n emzet’n a gy ir o
’
jdn a h
io'
té tehr e szo r ii ln i n em hellen e ;’
s p i lla n ta ten hén t
n ynjto tt v iga szta lds hbszn hin oha t n em or voso l!
Ah lattam eu e’
hin oha t! mer t ta n iy'
a v a lé h alma t
la n ii l éjjele in eh , ta n iiia v a lé h a’
fajda lma seljajdn ldsn a h, middn ba r ay
'
a’
v idam a szta la mellett
P r ofessor of Hun garia n Litera tu r a t P est .
Tug) Poets of the KVIc a n d XIXth cen turies .
5'k
6 8
gyermeheir e v issza emlé hezett. Megr ezzen t a hhor
min den ideg heblemben ,’
s v é r dldoza tn a h he'
p zelém
a’
szen t O‘
r eget, melly a’
n ép’
biin eiér t‘
n to lso’
h'
o'
r
g ései hO'
zt von aglih,
Tdr sa im! n em szen ved d t'
e‘
bbet! Len yngv éh dsz
flir tjeiben a’
szép ha lmi") la h
’
r omja i h'
o'
zt, tigy hitn y
van el, min t szaza doh elbtt, a’
n yugo ti teng er’
p a r t
ja in egymds ha zdn a h fia Camoen s . Es gyerme
heit idegen héz fogja dp o ln i ; é s s irjat szivszor ii lv a
her iili hi a’
magya r n yelvmiive’
sz, sor sdtbl r ettegv én .
’
S bar emléhezete’
keser it v o ltai szer en csé sebb év eh
hama r feledtetn e'
h el ! hogy a’
ma r a dek elb’
tt csa h
dicsé’
sége r agyogion , hin a i p edig megfogha ta tla n oh
legyen eh.
(1. Historica l. from Péczely.
B u d a’
v i s s za v é t e l e .
Jun in s 15 a i in dn lt meg komar omi tdber dbo’
l
Lo thr ing ia i Kdr o ly. Ser egei Osszes szdma
v o lt, hOztO’
h : Magya r , bir oda lombeli
segi td ha da h , a’
t'
o'
bbieh’
s a’
csaiszdr'
o'
r tihb'
s ta r tomanya ibdl v a lbh. A’
Magya r ok a’
Nd
dor , E szter ha zi’
,P dlfi
’
, Ba tthya n i’
P etn eha zi’
ttibbeh is min d a’
legbdtr a bb, legeszesb, ha r czba n
tap a szta lt fé rfia h’
vezé r lése a la tt , hih he’
za'
l n év
szer in t emliten ddh : a 8000 B r a n den burg ia ha t ve~
Szepha lom was the pla ce where Ka zin czy liv ed.
7 6
ben min t elébb, de egé sz elha tar ozottsagga l vala
szo ld : hogy B a dat , a z osma n eur Op a i bir oda lom
n a h, se’
tma gdt Jer usa lemn eh is hu lcsat, magdt ugya n
n em, de helyette a hdrmelly mas ma gya r vdr a t, to'
b
bet is egyn é l, hé sz dlta lengedn i a’
her czegn eh, csa h
hagyon fel a z ostr omma l. A’
her czeg egyen esen
csa h B uddt hivdn vdn , vegr e ezt is mega idn ld, a zon
fe'
lté tellel , hogy a’
hdborun a h a zza l v ége sza ha d .
M in thogy Kdr o ly ezt n em igé r é meg, ho'
ze lgetn i mon
da tvdn hii ltimben is a’
r ég vdr t n agyvezé r , Abdi
a z a lhudozds t a bba n hagyja .
Augus tus elsd n apjdn v a lo'
sdgga l B uddhoz 4
mé r tft’
i ldnyir e E r esin é l dllo tt ember é vel a’
n agyvezé r . M it megé r tv é n a’
var a t ostr omma l meg
ven n i mielb'
tt a’
segitség elé r hezn é h, v o lt a’
vdla sz
to'
q edelem’
a ha r a tja ,
’s ezt O lly hé vvel s iirgete
'
,
hogy vegr e Kdr o ly is hossza s ellen zé s u tan enge
dett. Megr oha n dh tehdt ig'
r a a’
hé t fdo lda lon se
r egein h a’
var a t, de csa h hama r n agy v esztesse'
g
gel v issza ver etteh ;’
s ldtva , hogy ha szta la n min
den szdn déhjohha l felhagyta h.
Az a la tt h'
o'
zelebb mozdu lt,’s Hamsa beg é s E u
da'
o'
r s h5zt ii tO'
tt tdbor t S u lqjma n ; Kdr o ly p edig
lova sstigdt’s min den er ejé t bsszevon vdn , besdn czo lta
magat B uda h'
o’
r iil O lly mddda l, hogy n é hi Budat
ostr omo ln i a’
mihor a ka ria , min dig ha ta lmdba n
lehessen ; a’
n agyvezé r n eh d hozzd, v agy a’
vdrhoz
fé r n i ep en n e. A’
fia ta l heves v é r ii Maximilidn’
s
vele a’
fb’
ha di tiszteh’
n agy tebbsége , hihben tO'
bb
8 0
Ezen hozben megé r hezteh ,’
s a’
n agyvezé r tdl
a ha ddlyoza tla n , tabor un hha l egyesii lteh S cherfi'
en
berg é s Ca r afa , ama z E r dé lybb’
l tizen hé t ezer ,
ez felsd Magya r or szagbdl 8 000 ember r el. Maxi
mi lian’
s a’
vele egyii tté r tb’
h ujr a ugi lt cs a td t
siirgeté n eh , ha tar oza tta n min t elébb is , ostr om’
s
sdn cza ihba n ma r a dds mellett n yila thozéh Kdr o ly ;
In n en heser it Osszeszo'
la lhozdsoh. Ep en jo'
hor meg
jOn B é csbb’
l udv a r i fb’
ca n cellar Gr o’
f S tr a ttma n ;hibéhitbje lesz a
’
csa h a s eszhO’
zO’
h’
megvala sztdsdba n
hii lb'
mbb’
zb'
p ar tn a h ; Kdr o ly’
e’
r telme ismet gyb’
z’
s
megha tdr ozta tih B a dan a h, a’
n agyvezé r szemldt
tar a ostr omma l megv é tele. De mielb’
tt ezt ten n e'
h,
Kdr o ly, v é r t himé lb’
leg , f’
o’
lhé r eti meg egyszer a’
vdr a t. Abd it ha sajat gon do lhozdsa , a’
becs ii letr e,
edd ig szerzett hir é r e soha t ta r tasa , a’
h'
o'
telesség
é rzete engedtéh v o ln a , n em en gedé egg p i lla n a tig
is hé thedn i a’
su lta n p a r a n csa , melly csdh a’
vdr
fa hzin diosd — c agy a’
vesztb’
helyen gya ldza tos ha lal
h'
o’
zt engedett n éhi’
s'
o’
v é in eh vdla sztdst. E lha tdr
zotta n felelé azé r t ha bozds mé lhitl , hogy maga’
s
v i tézei elszan vdh v agy megv é dn i a’
vdr a t v a yy om
la dé hi h'
o'
zt her esn i hb’
s ha lalt.
E’
vala sz’
v étele u tan min djdr t mdsn ap Sep tember
4é ll meg a ka r ta Kdr o ly r oha n ta tn i a’
var a t , melly,
mto ta a’
n agyvezé r h'
o’
zelé ben v o lt is, sziin telen la
vbddztetv é n , min den felb'
l tetemesen meg v o lt r ou
galv a : de Ma ximi lidn , hogy v ite'
zein eh a’
vdrhoz
juta’
st h'
o'
n nyi tse, egy n ap o t hé r v é n a z omla déhohn a h
8 3
ben a’
ha ld l elb’
l a’
ha ldl’
ha rja i he'
zzé , a’
Du n a’
v é r es ha bja iba v etéh magoha t. Csa h egy ma r ohn yi
ser eg ta r tja meg magdi , a’
zs ido'
u tczdba n , a’
het
ségbeesé s’
megdta lho ttsdgdv a l ha r czo lv a , n em a’
gyb’
zedelemé r t , ha n em hogy min e’
l dr dgdbba n a dja
el é leté t. Egy b’
sz bajn ok hiizd legelb’
l
hé t ha r d v illog he'
t hezé ben ; tes t ha lom h‘
o'
r ii lte ;
oszt é s hap sebehet ; de la n ha da tla n er eje, mig
n em egy la'
vés ta ldlja messzir b’
l: mir e hihull gyi lhos
a czé lja hezibb’
l,
’
s elei n é lhitl r ogyih a’
ha lo tt r a
hdsr a . A’
v ite'
z vdr ba sa Abd i a z. Tdr sa i d icsb’
en
min t b’
végzé h p dlydjoha t ; legt'
o’
bben mellette hu l
lo tta h c l ; hevesen ha r dda l hezb’
hben a’
hir dly i
ha s té lyba vonulta h , o tt t'
o'
bbehhel egyesiilve uja bbcsa tdt hezdteh,
’
s r ov id de d iihO’
s On v é de lem u tdn,
min d levdga tta h.
A’
n agyvezé r , megfogha ta tla n . egy maga s domb’
teteyé r b'
l n ézte Osszedugo tt ha r ohha l a’
ha r cz’
fo rdu la ta i t,
'
o‘
ve'
i szo r onga tta tdsdt , m in dn ydiohn a h, a’
vdr n a h, v eleh a z Ozmdn ur a sdgn a h M agya r or szd
ga n , ege'
sz n yugo ton , s ir a lma s en yé szte’
t. M iddn
ld tta hogy vesztve min den , fé lelem , szégyen , bdn a t
mia tt magdn hivu l s ie t tdbor dba ,r b
’
g tOn in du lbt
fuv a t ,’
s n ya kr a fo’
r e hogy n e iize ttethessé h,
maga n idu a’
hida ha t min den utt felégetve
Belgr ddba sza la d . In n en hilld i tudo’
s itdsdt udv a
r dhoz, hogy Budd t v a hmer b’
her esztye’
n
n el szemhc‘
izt meg ta r ta n ia lehetetlen vo lt ; de men t
ve tdbo r a ; fen n a’
jobb jdven db”r emen ye . A
’
6 35
8 7
Ah de n em va d, hon n yu his p i lla ngd’
S szép s ugdr ldn y, r O’
p tehé n t csap ongo’
.
.,Ta r ha lep he . szép a r a n y p i lla ngo
'
Lepj meg engem,szdllj r dm his ma ddr ;
Vogy v ezess e l, mer r e v a gy szd lla n dd .
A’
he l a’
n a p n ydgodo’
ba fdr .
“
Szo'
l’
s ir dmlih min t a r b’
z’
[u tdsu
Kdn n yii’
s jdtszi a’
ldn y’
i lla n ds a .
, Is ten emr e . szo'
la [blu e /ha lve .
A’
v a ddsz: , , ez mdr l ir a’
lyi va d .
Es lego tta n , min den mds t fe led r e
Hé vvel a’
ldn y n yomflohdn ha la d .
O a’
ldn yé r t, a’
ldn y a’
p illa ngo'
é r t
Ver sen ezn eh titn dé r hedvetelé s é r t.
,Megvagy! igg szo’
l a’
ledug o r ommel.
E lfogvdn a’
szdllongo lep hé t ;
, ,Megv agy ! igg szo
’
l a’
v a ddsz gyon yo r r e l
A’ledn yr a n yi
'
tjtva jobb keze'
l ;’
S r ezzen t hé zbb’
l his p i lla ngo’
elszdll ;
A’
ledug r a b szép sr em’
suga r dn dl !
Il .
Al l-e meg a z b’
sz P eter d i hdza ?
El—e meg a’
r ég i ha r cz’
fia ?
All a’
hdz meg , bdr fogy ga zda sdga’
S telt p ehdr n d l iil a z b’
sz maga .
A’
sugdr ldny AO'
r ben é s a’
ven dég
Ldngszemé ben csdbitb va r dzs ég .
9 4
S zeg e'
n y ha jajdult, C a esa r s ir t v e le ;
A’
n agyra vdgydsn a h n em i lly szelid
Anyagbel hé n e*) szerheztetve len n i .
De Br u tus mon dja hogy n agyohr a tii r t.
S B r utus becses . derek egg fé rfid !Ld ttdtoh a
’
Lup er ca l un ep en ,
Hdr omszor n yig’
tdm a’
ho r on dt n ehi .’
S b’
v issza to lta . Es ez n a gyr a vdgyds?
De B r utus mon dja , hogy n agyohr a to r t,’
S bizonynya l d derek egg fé rfiu.
Nem szo'
loh é n , hogy Br u tusn a h beszé de’
t
Czdfoljam : a zt mon dem csa h mit ta doh.
M in d hedvele’
teh (i t, és v o lt mier i ;
M i tiltha t el mos t é r tte s ir n o toh ?
Va d d lla tohba szdhté l, Oh i té let,’
S a z ember é sz n é lhii l ma r a d t !
Ca esdr r a l szivem o tt a’
gydszp a don v a n
P ihen n em he ll, mig hozzdm v issza te’
r .
Meg tegn ap ha szta la n da czo lt v a la
C a esa r r a l a’
v i ldg . M a i tt hever’
S n in es O lly szegé n y, hi bbho ljon n eki .
oh honfia h, ha d iihr e, ldza ddsr a
Inger len ém a’
lelhet ben n eteh,
M egbdn ta n dm B r utus t, meg C a ss ius t.
Kih tudv a va n , der ekjb fé rfia h.
In stea d o f he’
eue, ough t .
9 5
Nem ban tom (Ske t hat. iukabb leszek
Iga zta la u li o ltuukli oz é s magam/zoz,
Hozzdta k, min t O lly tiszte lt fe’
rfia kli oz,De i tt egg ir a t, r ajt
’
Ca esa r’
p ecs é tfe .
’
Végr eudelmé uye ; li dzdba u lelém.
C sa l ' ba llja ezi a’
kozseg (mellyet eu ,
B o csdssa tok meg, fel uem o lva soljCso
'
ko lu i jur a n d li o lt Ca esa r sebei t ;
Ke ud t'
iket azta t szen t ver ebe ; so’
t
Emlé la'
tl egg li ajszalé r t esdekel’
S majd ha ldoko lv a [elj'
egyzeud i v ég*
)
In té zete'
beu’
s dus 6 r‘
o’
k gya udu t
4 . A : e lh a g y o t t a n y a
I I
lsme'
r ek egg e'
des ; a lt ! a r vu a n ya t,
Melly bun a k er ed teu emé szti ma gat,
E liza gyv a , lfer z'
ilve lean ya ito'
l,
B ar e'
r ttb'
k ep edve a’
b iv a n ya szol
Ola (“
i lembe
S zép gyermeke im ;
Véqin tezet, la s t W ill , th e w ord is div ided beca u se of
the me tr e .
The for saken mo ther,a bea u tifu l a llego ry, in wh ich the
po et comp a res h is cou n try to a m oth er deser ted by her
children .
In s te a d of jéjlete/f, come .
Alddsr a emelten
Vdr ua k kezeim
0 h jer tek! o lt jer tek! a z edes a uydkoz
Itt iil lek'
o’
totten a’
sztir uyii magduylzoz;
Ola jer tek olembe
Gyermekeim
M ig el n em ap a dua k
Hev kon yeim.
En szu ltelek, dlltam
Bo'
lcsé t'
o‘
k eldtt ;
Emlb'
im a dan a k
Ui é letero'
t
M in t kis csecsemé’
lcet
Mar eu emelé lek
M tg ben uetek a lv é k
A’
gyermeki lé lelt .
En ldtuo tok"? a dtam
O lly u ap’
suga r dt,
A’
mellyet ir igyel”0 k f
'
o'
ldi csa ldd .
Szép a r cza i toku a k
Eu ‘
a dta me’
bait,Melly a un gi szivekben
Viszlza ugr a ta lalt.
Eu termetet a dtam.
Olly dzi sugdr t ;
Ld ln o lolt , to see , is the In fin itive With a ffixes.
40 4
Ambar r ég bever e’
sz a’
p uba p amlagon .
Né zd : most fellcii ti
Csdlco’
idn lobogo ko lcsa g emellfed il.‘
B uzd i to ka lon as r ulu i t
lelfe’
n emes langja lcigerjedez,Majd ka r djdr a
M in den t r on t’
s megemé szt, min t heves A/l'ika
’
Busult Tigr ise, a’middn
Or d it kolykeié r t,’
s lco’
rme v ia skod ilc.
M ajd ['
ellt'
eln elf a la tta d is
Ola Josef! n agya n yad’Ther ezia
’
bajn o lci,’
S ba lr a n mégy szer etett v eze'
r ,
A’
Jeg-Alp eszelcen
’
s Adr ia’
oblei n .
E’
n ep n em gyii lev é sz- esop or t,
Nem r a bbe’
r be emelt bus buzogdnyt l'
eze .
On lcé n t (Eldoz a z é le tet,’
S ltorga s ka r dja lcb‘
v é r ha n tja ié r t lea sit.
M iglen li lis i bibor s iiveg
Tun db’
lclik fejeden Hun n ia’
csillaga ,
dieso'
Magya r .
Mtg gyb’
zb’
eleid’
p a losa czombodon
Cs a ttog : gydzn i fog a M a gya r’
S An t/r dsua k r agyogo'
n apja le n em men en d .
’
B e r zs e n y i .
I'
eq er a rms in stea d of ka rd, swo rd .
P rin ce N ico la s E sterha zy w a s the coma n der of the in »
surgen t N obility , a ga i n s t the Fren ch .
10 7
De jaj csa k igy 7a r min den a z e'
g a la tt!
Forgo'
v iszon tagsdg jarma a la tt n yo’
g iin k,
Tiin dé r szer e ncsén lc’
l 'én ye l ainy, v et,
Jatszv a emel,’s moso lyogv a ver te .
Fel/orga t a’
n agy szaza dok’
e'
r cz keze
M in den t : ledb’
lt mar a’
n emes Ilion .
A’
biiszke Ka r tli ago"ka ta lma
Ro’
ma’
s er as Ba bylon leomlo tt.
B e r zs e n y i .
9 . J dm b o r u ig é : kfiz é p czer .
Mas a z Atr idak’
r a gyogo dagalya t.
Ta rka p o’
r dzon mo lyogv a n yiigie,’
S Ta n ta lus szal'
ja l maga s a s zta lolcn a l
Cli'
o'
n ep edve .
Ob ti elr ejtelt ka lybak’
la koji
Régi jambo r scig’
s te a r a n y koze’
p szer ,
filjetek mellém Ir iiszo‘
biimr e : v iga n
Ld tla k,ole llek.
Ulje lek melle'
m b’
s i luzlcelyemr e .
’
’
S maid lu'
v li eu [ozie me llet.
Mdr tsa tob' v iddm aja lta t moso lygo'
B iilcfa lcup cimba .
The po et a ludes to Ho ra tia n n ames .
MO
Jer tek") bdmu la tos bajn okolc e'
s n agyolc’
S ti kik n em mer i tek n e’
zn i a z elmu ldst,
Es ti p or ba n yo‘
gdlf, jer teh ide,’s v elem
Eln i ’
s ha ln i ta n ulja tok.
B e r zs e n y i .
1 1 . F o lu iczk o d dc .
Is ten ! ki t a’
bo’
lcs’
ldngesze fel n em é r ,
Csa k ti tkon é r zb lelke ohajtv a sejt:
Le'
ted v i ldgit min t a z ego‘
Nap , de szemiin k belé n em tela’
n thet.
A’
legmaga sb men n y’
s a ether’
ur dn a i,
Mellyek Ifo'
r ii lted r en dr e ker ingen elc,
A’ldtha tla n fé rgelc,
’
a’
te
Bo'
lcs kezeid’
r emekelt csuda i .
Te hozta d e’
n agy min den”? ezer n eme
’
t
A’
semmiségbo'
l, a’
te szemo’
ldolced
Ron tha t’
s ter emthet szdz v ilago t,’
S a’
n agy ido’
k’
fo lyamit kimer i .
Téged d icso'
it a’ Zen ith é s Na dir
A’
szé lve'
szelc’
bus ha r cza , a z eg i ldng’
Vi llama , ha rma tesepp , v ir dgszdl,
Hirdeti n agy kezed’
a lko tdsdt.
jojjelek.
Min den , un i verse .
M l
Buzgo'
n leomlok szin ed e lb'
tt, (licsb'
!
Majda n ha let/.em zdr a ibo’
l lcike'
l
’S hozzdd ko
’
ze lb jar u lha t, a irl o r
A’
miu tan ep ed o tt elér i .
Add ig let'
o'
r lom kon yeimet’
s megyel'
Ren de lteté sem’
p alya’
fu tdsa in ,A’
jobb’
s n emesb lellcelcn elt utja n .
Mer r e ero'
m’
s in a im v ilzetn el '
.
B izto n te l in tem mé ly s ir om’
ejjele'
t!
Za r don , de, o'
h n em, n em lehet a z gon os
Mer t a’
te mun /a id ; o tt is elszo’
r t
Csou ta ima t keze id ta ka rjak.
B e r zs e n
1 2 . V a n i t a tu m V a n i a “ .
Itt d x ir ds, fo rga ssdtolc
Br ett é szsze l io’
za n on ,
’
S ben n e [elta ldlha tjdtok
Mi t ta n it bo'
lcs S a lomon ;
M ikép szeles e’
v ilagon
M in den ép ii l hi tvdn ysagon ;
Nydr é s ha rma t, té l, é s ho’
,
Min d osn lc hijdba v a lo'
!
Fold iin lc egy kisha ngyafé szekEgy p er cz hozta tiin emé n y
M l
Bs'
a’
r o'
zsdt ha e lhul,
Me'
g egy p er ezel (Eli tell .
Hdt n e gon do li e’
v i lagga l,
B o la s a z, min den t bi megv et
S o r ssa l, l’ ir tussa l, n a gysdgga l
Tudomdn yt, hir t’
s é letet .
Légy min t szikla r en dii lelle n
Tomp a , n yugod t, é r eze tlen’
S kedv emel, va gy bu temet,
S zép uek’
s r utn a k [annyi szemet.
Mer t mozogjon , a v agy dlljon ,
E’
p a r dn yi [old v eled,
Le ngjen fé n yben v a gy homdlyba n
Hold é s n ap fejiin l'
fb'
lett,
Bdr min o'
sziuben ielen tse
Jotté t a’
van do r szer e ncse
Sem r osz a z, sem n em jo,M in d esa /c hijdba
Ko l c s e y.
1 3 . S a m (if ii l d em cz é p h a td r a .
(S on g of Cha rles Kisfa ludy)
Szii lti/Bldem sze'
p li a tdr a
Al egldtla k- e v a la hdr a ?
A’
hot dlto/c, a’
ho t megyek
Min den /tor csa k [eléd n ézek.
li l 8
Alé ln i , V . a .
, to b en um .
Ale'
lta n , Adv .
,fa in tin g, w eak .
Alka /ma tla n l odo,A.
,tr ouble
som e .
Alkonya l, S .
,tw ilight .
Alli ot- u i , V . a .
,to con stitute,
to form .
Alko lds , S .
, form a tion , con sti
tuti on , fig . crea t ion .
Alkudozd s , S .,n ego tia tion .
Al la n i, V . n .,to s ta n d ; uba
’
t
a llam'
,to ob stru ct th e w a y .
Alla n dosdq, S .,con sta n cy.
A'
llds , S .,po sitio n ; d lla s t fog
u i . to t ake a p o sition .
A'
llapot, S .,co n dition , sta te .
Al/ha lo ss ag , S .,persev er a n ce .
Alli a s , Adv .,m ea n , vi le .
A'
lma uamn ,Adv . , sleepless .
Almod- n i, V . a .,to d r eam .
A'
lmodozd s , S . ,dreamin g.
S . A .
,cun n in g
,a cu n
n in g fellow .
Atom,S .
,li tter
,n est .
Alta lellen ben ,Adv . ,
opposite ,(v is a v is).
Al ta /enged- n i , v . a .
,to deliv er ,
to sur ren der .
A . v .,
w a rmed through .
A'
lta l- u i , V . fa ctit . , to deceiv e ,
to delude .
A'
li la’
r-n i , V . a .
,to b rea k through .
Alvezé r , S . ,sub ordin a te c om
'
m a n der , lieu tn a n t gen era l .Am In t . , w ell !
An ya g, S stufi'
.
w a rm ,
Ap a , S .
, fa ther ; plur . apa li ;
a pa in lf, our a n c estors .
Apol—u i , V. a .,to cheri sh , to
fo ster,to take c a re of.
.l r a t- n i , V . a .
,to ga ther
,to
rea p .
Ar cz,S . , fa ce , figur e ; a r e: it
za dds , ha rd la bou r , sw ea t ofthe fa ce .
A’
r , S .,flood .
Arn yé /r, S . , sh a ddow .
A'
rok, S .
,ditch
,tren ch ; b ed
of a ri ver .
Ar ta lom, S .
,n oxiou sn ess .
Ar ia s , S .,doin g ha rm .
Afla tla n sdq, S .,in n ocen ce .
Area,A .
,orpha n
,fig. for saken ;
drvdn ,Adv . orpha n like , de
o
stitu te .
Aszla l, S .,table
,fig. mea l.
Asszonysaq, S .,la dy.
A’
la lkodo lts ag, S .,ob stin a cy.
Alkoza i, V . a . , to cur se .
fi lo/f , S . ,a cur se , impr eca tio n .
Alkol—n i , V . a .
,to bin d, ov er ;
fig . to blo ck up .
rl a t- u i , V. a .,
s oak.
to w et , to
Bab, S .,a doll.
Ba den i , A.,of B a den .
Ba] , S .,cha rm , S .
Ba i lodo , S .
,a person takin g
pa in s o r h a v in g much trouble .
[fa/n ob, S .,ch ampion .
449
B ajn olti, A.,heroic .
B ajor , A . ,B a v a ria n
,of B a
v a d a .
Rdjos , A.,cha rm in g.
Bajszin , S cha rm in g figu r e ,ch a rm in g a ppe a r a n ce .
Boll — left ; ba lr a to the left , o nth e left .
Ba lesel , S . ,mi sfortu n e .
Ba ls or s , S .,a dv erse fa te
,di S
a ster .
Ba lszeren c se , S .
,m isfortun e .
Ba lzs am, S .,b a lsam ,
fra gr a n cy .
Hamill- ii i , V. a .,to a dm ir e .
B a’
mu la tos , A. , a dm ir a ble .
Ban a l, S . , sorrow,a ffliction .
Ba'
n l- a n i , V . a .,to disturb .
Ba rd lsdg, S ., fr ien dship .
B a r la ng, S .,c a v ern .
Bdrmelly, P r . whi ch .
ev er , w ha tev er .
B a s a , S .
,B a sh aw .
Bds lya , S ba sti on,tow er .
Bd tor sag, S .,v a lour
,coura ge .
Be In t .,oh !
Bees , S .,w or th , esteem ,
v a lue .
Becsul-u i , V. a .,to hon our .
Becsulel, S .
, h on ou r , r epu tation .
Bee'
r lrez- u i , V, m .,to a rriv e
(in ).
Bees- u i , V. m .
,to sink
,to de
ca y ; bees etl, A .
,hollow ,
fa llen in .
Befolyd s , S .,in fluen ce .
Indefin i te l ron oun .
Beha la s,S . . impression .
Beker i l—en i , V . a .,to sur
roun d,to in v est (a tow n ).
Bé lyeg, S .
,a s ign , m a rk.
Ben kuzdd, A. v .
,inw a r d strug
glin gBen z/om
—n i , to press (in ) .Bé r
,S , p a y , fig. r ew a rd .
Be'
rcz, S m ou n ta in,cha in of
mou n ta in s .
Ber ova lli o lt, a .,ja gged, n o tched .
B esan czo l-n i,V . a .
,to en tr en ch .
Beszd lli t—a n i,V. a . ,
to c on
v ey, to throw (in ) .Beszé d
,S . , speech .
Belegse'
q, S .,i lln ess.
Bele'
r-ui , V . n .,to e n ter , to
v isit, to c a ll upo n .
Bezaro'
d- n i , V . m .,to c los e
,
to shu t .
B ibor , S ., purple .
B ir- n i , V, a .,to po ssess.
B ira l-u i, megbira l- n i , V. a .
,
to judge , to decide .
B irds , S .
, po ssessio n .
B irkoz- u i, V. m . , to wrin g, t os truggle .
B ir oda lombeli, A.,belon gin g
to th e empir e.
Bir lok, S ., po ssession .
Bizoda lom,S .
,con fiden c e tru st ;
bizoda lma t vetn i , to trust .
B iw n y , Adv ., su rely.
B ison ylta s , S .
, a rgu in g, demon
str a tion .
B izon i/ la la n sdg ,S .
, un cer
ta in ty.
l
B izta t-u i, V ., fa ct . , to en con
r a ge , to c omfor t .
B izla ta s , S ., per su a sion .
B iztos , A. , su re .
B iztos ila s , S .,a ssu r a n ce .
B izlon ,Adv .
,con fiden tly.
Boho'
sdg, S . , fa r ce.
Bdltol—n i , V. n .,to b ow .
BoldOgi lo, Adv . , b lissful .Bo ldogta la n , S ,
u n ha ppy .
Bo ldogul, Adv . ,ha ppy .
Bo ldogsdg ,S . , ha ppin ess .
Bo lon dul, Adv .,fo o lishly .
B a lthajla s , S ., a r ch , v a ul t .
Bo ltoza t, S ,v a ult .
B a lyog-ui
,V . n .
,to w a n der
a bou t .
Bo lyqo'
fé n y , S . ,ign is fa tuu s ,
ja ck w ith a la n tern .
Bo lyongds , S ,w a n der in g a bou t .
Borongo’
,A. v .
, glo omy .
Bor til—u i , V. n . ,to dr aw o ver ,
to b e sprea d o v er ; [eleg bo
r dl, it gr ow s cloudy .
Borza lma s , A.,shiv er in g
,shud
der in gBor s a lom,
S shudder , hor r or .
Borza szloza q, Adv . , shudderin g, dr ea dfully .
Bosw, bos szu, S . ,r ev en ge .
’
Bosztila tla n , A. ,u n rev en ged .
Boszus , A. ,v in dictiv e .
‘
B6 , A . ,sufficien t .
Bo la s , S . ,s a ge, philosopher ;
A . ,w ise .
Bolcselltedo'
,S . , ph ilo sopher ,
A. , philo sophizin g .
6)M 0
C sdbilé , A v temptin g, a llu
r i n g .
Cs a /ad, 8 family .
Bolcsen . Adv . , wisely.
Bolcses se'
g, S .,w isdom .
B o loso'
,S . ,
cr a dle .
Bo'
s éq, S .,abun da n ce, plen ty .
d en , Adv ,copiously , a bun
da n dy .
B il, S ., grief, a ffliction ; bun a k
er edten ,Adv .
,pin in g wi th
grief.Bubor ék, S . ,
bubble.
Bucsuz—n i, V . m . ,to take lea v e .
Bujdoso'
,S . , fugi tive .
B i lrkoz- n i, V . m . ,to w ra p up ,
to con cea l on e’
s self.Bus , A.
,gloomy, sa d, a fflicted .
Bus la ltod-u i , V . m . ,to be
sorrow fu l.Bula ,
A. , stup id .
Buvo'
hely, S .,pla ce of con cea l
m en t .
Buzdi lo’
. A. , en cou ra gin g.Buzgo, A. v .
,zea lou s ; buzqon ,
Adv dev ou tly.
Buzoqdn y, S . ,a club for fight
in g
B ukfa , S . ,beech ; A. ,
b eechen ,of b eech-w oo d .
Bdn , S . , sin , cr ime .
Bdn lellen se'
g , S . , impun ity .
Buszke, A . , proud .
422
Dia da lma s,A.
,vi ctori ou s .
Dia da lma s a n , Adv .,
trium
ph a nfly .
Dicseked- n i , V. m .
,to b oa st .
Dicsd , A.,glor iou s .
Dicsd’
en ,Adv .
,glor iou sly .
Dieso'
il- en i,V. a . ,
to glori fy.
Dicsds ég, S .,glo ry, r en ow n .
Diszl—en i , V. m .,to shin e , to
be decor ou s .
Doboga s , S .,pu lsa tion .
Do lqozds , S .
,the w o rk.
Domb, S .
,hi ll .
Dombocs lra , S . , hillock .
Dog, S .
,murr a in .
Ddl- n i , V . n . ,to fa ll dow n , to
sink .
Don lhellen , A.,in con testab le .
Dé rqd, A. v .,thu n der in g.
Ddzsba r dl , S ., deb a u chee , r e
v eller .
Ddzsolé s , S ., deb a u chery , b a n
qu etti n g.
Drdga li d, S . , pr eciou s ston e .
D il l V . n .,to r a v a ge .
0 1210, A. v .
,depopula tin g .
Durva ,A.
,r ough , rude .
Du'
s , A.,rich .
Didi , S .
,ra ge, fury .
Ddho’
sen ,Adv . , fu riou sly .
Eb, S .,dog.
Ebredezo”
,A. v .
, aw akin g, risin g .Ehres t i—en i , V . a . ,
to aw aken ,
fig. to excite .
Bden i, A., p a r a disia ca l .
By, S .
, hea v en , sky ; e'
qi . A.,
hea v en ly ; égielf, gods .
Bg- n i, V . n .,to burn .
Bgel- u i, V . a .,to bu r n .
E9 6, A. v .,burn i n g.
q befugqé s, S ., con n ectio n .
q bevet—u i , V. a .,to com
p a re together .
Egyé b, P r .,a n ythin g else .
Egyedd li , A , on ly ; eqyeddt,
Ad v .,lon ely , on ly.
q en esen,Adv .
,str a ight-a
lon g.Egyen ellen ,
A .,disun i ted .
Egyes , S .
,a sin gle o n e
,in div i
du a l .
Egyesu’
l-u i, V . n .,to un ite .
q etlen ,A .
, on ly .
q etemi, A.,un iv er sa l.
q ete'
r len i , V . , to a gree .
Egyele'
r lé s , S .,un a n im ity, ha r
mon y .
Egyellen egy . A.,o n ly on e .
Egyir cin l. Adv .,equ a lly.
Egy/ror on , Adv .,
o n ce , for
m erly .
Egy/torn , A.
,con tempor a ry.
Egymd s u tdn , Adv .,
on e a f
ter a n o ther .
q szer smin d, Adv .,
a t the
same tim e, a t o n ce .
Egyutt, Adv .,together .
q ulté ld, S . ,co n tempora ry ,
co ev aL
Egyuttér ld, S . A., (person s)
of th e same opin i on .
Ehs éq, S ., hun ger , fam i n e .
423
Ej, S ., n ight .
Ejjel, Adv .,by n ight .
Ejl- en i, V . a .
,to dr op , to pre
cip ita te ; fig. to m ake,to
prep a re ; bir loli aba ejt, he
brin gs in h is po ssession .
E li , S .
,orn amen t
,decor a tion .
Bl—n i, V . a .,to en j oy ; é ln i ,
V . n .,to liv e ; hi lé ln i, to
ou tliv e .
E la ka d- n i, V. n .,to stop .
B la lud-u i , V. m .,to fa ll a
sleep ; a (ti : ela lszik, the firego es ou t or is extin guished .
E la p a d-u i, V. n .
,to dry up ,
to be exh a u sted .
E lbelegi t- en i
,V. a .
,to m ake ill.
E lbor i l—a n i , V. a .,to over
cha rge , to ov erw helm .
E lbolcselked-u i , V. a .,to dis
con cert .
E lbuA-a i , V . m .,to be o v er
thr ow n,to fa ll .
E lblis i l-a n i, V. a . ,to sa dden ;
e/bus tlo, A. v ., sa dden in g,
sa d .
E lcsflggedci , A . v .
,loo sin g cou
r a ge , despon din g , despa ir in g.E '
del—a i , V . a .
, en joy.
E ldo'
d , S .,a n cesto r .
E lég, Adv .,en ough .
E legei- n i , V . a .
,to burn , to
b la st .
E lelt lr umi , A electrica l.
E lelem, S ., fo od .
E ler - n t , V . n .
,to a rriv e .
E le’
rkez- n i, V . m ., to a rr iv e .
E lesel, w ith a ffixes : eles temeles ted
,eles te. S .
, fa ll ; eles teutdn
,a fter h is , h er or its fa ll .
E les se'
q, S . , food .
BleszI- en i , V . a .,to en liv en ,
to en kin dle (the flame) .
Eleler o'
,S .
,v ita l pow er .
Eletn é lki i l, Adv .,lifelessly.
E leven i i- en i , V. a .,to v iv ify ,
t o a n ima te .
E leven se'
q, S . ,vi v a city.
E lfeledhel-u i , V . fa ctit .
,to c a use
to forge t .E lloq-lt i, V . a .
,to c a tch .
E lfoga d -u i , V . a .,to a ccep t,
to a dop tE ljordi ta
'
s,S . , tu rn in g aw a y ,
a v erti n g .E lgytijl
- a n i , V. a .,to fire off,
to blow up .
E lhagy—u i , V . a .
,to lea v e be
hin d, t o ab a n don , to for sake .
E lli a qyo tt. Adv ., forsaken .
E thajol- u i , V . a ., (to decli n e)
to deca y .
E lhamv a d-n i , V. n .,to be ex
t in gu ished ,fig. to expire,
to die .
E l/i a ngoz- u i
,V . m .
,to die
aw a y (sa id o f the soun d).
B l/zd n y- n i , V. a .
,to thr ow aw a y .
E l/idr il-a n i , V. a .,to turn a w a y,
to r emo v e , to pre v en t .E lha ld tozo lls a
'
q, S .,resolu tio n ,
firmn ess .
E llmll—a n t, V . n .,to fa ll , to
die aw a y.
422i
E lku'
n y-u i , a n d elluin n i , V . n .
,
to expire, to die .
E lfajdula s , S .,
lam en t a tion ,
w a ilin g.E ljé n - n i, V . n . , to a rr iv e .
E lkap- n i ,
’ V. a . ,to sn a p , to
c a tch,to seize .
E lkeser edé s , S .
,exa sp er a tion .
E lla nka d-u i, V. n . ,to fa in t .
E llci t- n i, V. a . ,to pr o v ide for ;
el la'
lv a , pr ov ided .
E llen /é l, S .,coun terpa rty, op
po n en t, a dv er sa ry.
E llen ha ld s , S . , rea ction,coun
ter-effect .
E llen igyeltezel, S .,a con tr a ry
en dea v our,Opposition .
A . , opposite,
con
tra ry .
E llen s égi , A.
,in imic a l.
E llen s éges ,A. , hostile , a d
v erse .
E llen ld ll- a n i, V. n .,to resis t .
E llen zé s , S , oppo sition ,d i s
su a sion .
E lme, S ., m in d , disposit ion .
E lmelli edé s , S . , con templa tion .
r efl ection .
E lmen etel, S .,depa r ture , re
trea t .
E lmetszell, A. v .,cu t off (bein g
cut off).
E lmzl l-u i , V . m .,to pa ss (sa id
of th e time).
E lmulds , S deca y.
E ln émtll- u i V. n .,to grow
mu te,to grow silen t .
E ln yog-ui , V . a , (to groa n
aw a y) to get thr ough a sor
row ful period of life .
E lomla n dr5,A. v .,mort a l
,futile
(thin gs w h ich mu st per ish).E lo
'
lt—a n i,V. a . , to extin guish .
E lordi l—a n i ma gdl, V.,to br a y.
li lo"
, S a n cestor .
E lo'
a d—u i , V. a .,to repor t .
E lé bb, Adv ., firs t .
Flo'
t’
lé lel, S . , pr ejudice .
Edllte'
szu lel, prepa r a tory w ork.
E ldl—u i,V. a .
,to extirp a te .
E ldn yomul-u i, V. n .
,to press
forw a d, to a dv a n ce .
B idre, Adv . , forw a rd .
E ldr emen t, A . v .,precedin g.
E lé’
vtvo'
, S .,those wh o fight
in the fron t .E lp a
'
r lol- n i, V. m .,to desert
(a ca u se).
F lp a tla n—n i, V. n .
,to be blow n
up , to burst a sun der .
E lr a bo l- u i, V. a .
,to rob , to
depriv e .
E’rémdl—u i , V. n .,to tr emble .
B lr on l- a n z, V. a ., to destr oy.
E ls o lé li'
i l- u i , V. n .
, to gr owd a rk .
E lsulyeszl-en i , V. a .
,to sin k,
to submerge .
E lsza n - n i,V. n . , to resolve
(upon )E lsza n ts dg, S .
, reso lu ti o n .
E lszor—ui , V . a .,to sca tter ;
elszo'
r t. , A . v ., sc a tte red .
E lla ka r i lds , S .,r em ov a l.
l 26
Br dekld'
,A. v .
,in te restin g.
E r dé ’y , S .
,Tr a n silv a n ia .
Er dem, S .
,mer it .
Brdemes , a .,w o r thy, deserv ln g.
Er ed- u i, V . n .,w i th n ot n et , to
begin ; uln a l. er edn i , to depa r t .Eredeti , A.
,o r igin a l .
E reszl- em , V. a .,to le t lo o se ;
ellen ii n l Pres s /é , b e lea d a
ga in st u s .
Erezet/en , A. , u n feel in g, a p a
thetic .
Er in l l .s,S .
,con t a c t .
E rko /r s , S .
, mo ra ls , m a n n er .
Er b llfodes , S . , efi’
o rt,con str a in t .
Bro'
s en , Adv ., str o n gly, mu ch .
E r dsdd-u i , V. m to growstron g .
Erd ss ég, S ., fo r t , fo rtress .
Br ee/rujvar , S .
,the n am e of a
pla ce (fort ress)in Hun ga ry .
Er lelem,S .
,in tellect
,r ea son .
fir /ellen s ég, S .,ign or a n ce .
Ere-6 71i , V . m .
,to be felt
,to
be ta s ted .
Brzék, S . , sen se (orga n of sen
s a tion ).
E'
rzéket/en sé q, S .,in sen sibility.
Ewe/em,S .
, feelin gs (in a sub
jectiv e mea n in g).Erzelmi , A.
,sen sible .
Brzemé n y ,S .
, feelin g (in a n oh
jectiv e m ea n in g,tha t which
is felt .)Firm ,
S . , feelin g (felt).En d, A. v . , feeli n g, sen sible .
E sdelrld, S .,a person implorin g .
Esdekel—n i , V. a .,to suppli
ca te,to implo re .
'
E seng-m
’
, V. n . , to implore ,to cra v e .
E s é s,S .
,fa ll.
E set, S .,c a se
,a cciden t .
Bsz, S .,r ea son
,in tellect
,m in d .
Bsza ka , S .
,n ight : e
'
sza kcir a
kelve, grow in g tow a rds n igh t.Esza ki , A.
,n o rther n .
E s t es,A.
,in telligen t .
E szké z, S .,in s trumen t .
E szkozl-em ,V. a .
,to media te
,
to prom o te .
E lele, S .,Attilla .
Ev lized, S .,decen n ium .
Ezredes , S .,colon e l.
Ezr ede’
v,S .
,m illen n ium .
Ezredév i, A.,m illen in ia l
,of a
thou sa n d year s .
Ezus t, S .,silv er .
Fayyla l—n i
,V . to ca use
con gela tion ; fagyla lo'
, A. v .,
freezin g .Fdjda lom,
S . , pa in , a ffliction .
Fay/a loft . A. ,la sciviou s .
Faju l- u i , elfaju'
l-n i, V. n . ,to
degen er a te .
Fa b'
a szl-a n i,to ca u se to spr in g ;
kon yel fa ka szt—a n i, to sta r t
tea r s .
Fa la l, S .,a slice of brea d .
Fa lr on lo'
,A v .
,ba tterin g.
Fa ngor , A.,a s trin gen t.
Fa ctitive Verb.
42 7
Fdr a dl, A. v .,tired .
Far a da lla n A in defa tigable .
Fo’
r odozds , S .,exertion .
Far agn i . V. a .
,to ca rv e .
Fa r lra s , S .,w o lf.
Fegyver , S .,a rms , w ea pon .
Feq er tdr , S .,a rsen a l.
Fegyver lelen ,A.
,un a rm ed .
Feller , A.,white .
Fejen lré n l, Adv . , on e by on e .
Fej l- en i , V . a .
,to de velop .
Febv é s , S . , situ a tion c on di tion .
Fekve'
s ti , A., s itu a ted
,bein g in
a good or ba d con dition .
Fé l,A.
, ha lf.Fela d- n i , V. a .
,to giv e up , fig.
to su r r en der .
Felajzotl, A. v .
,br idled ; [elaj
zol l n yi l, bridled a rrow , a n
a rr ow r ea dy to be sho t ofi'
.
Fela ldoz-n i,V . a .
,to sa crifice .
Feld lli’
t- a n i , V . a . ,to er ect,
to pla ce .
Felcs illa’
mlo,A. v . , glimm erin g .
Feldi i l- n i , V . a .,to desola te , to
dem o lish .
Feled-n i, V. a .,to forget .
Feledlet- n i , V ., fa ct . to ca u se
to fo rget .
Foley, S .,cloud .
Fele'
qel- u i , V . a .
,
dow n .
Felejl- en i . V . a .,to forget .
Felel-u i , V . a .
,to a n sw er .
Felelel, S .,a n sw er .
Felemel—m’
, V, a to elev a te,
to ra ise .
to burn
Felér-m'
,V. a . ,
to r ea ch , to
a tta in .
Feles ég, S .,w ife .
Feles lrud- n i,V. m .
,t o take a n
oa th , to swea r .
Fe lfa l- u i, V. a .,to dev our .
Fellb g- u i , V . a ., to compre
hen d .
F'
e/[orga t—u i , V. a .
,to o v er
throw ,to ov ertu rn .
Felll agy- u i , V, n .
,to discon
tin n e,to desist . , to lea v e 0 3 .
S .,cloud .
Fe'
lig, Adv .,ha lf.
Fe/illa n - u i,V . n . ,
to fly up ;
a’
liup d lt lelilla n ta n a ll , the
cups w er e flyin g , th e cupsw ere pa ssed r o u n d .
Fellfa cza q—n i, V . n .
,to burst
ou t in to a la ugh .
Felli e/t n emes s ég , S .,the ra i
s ed a rmy of the n ob ility
(in sur ection) .
Fellridll—a n i , V. n .
,to ex
cla im .
Felhé lle, S . , gettin g up ,r isin g.
Felltot-n i, V. a .,to tie up , to
gi rd .
Folleg, S ., cloud
, sm a ll cloud .
Fellobba n -u i, V . n .,to bla ze
up ; fellobbam}, bla zin g up .
Fellobba n l , A. v .,bla zed up .
fig . b low n up .
Felocsud—n i, V . m .,to reco
v er fr om stupefa ction .
Fe'
lr elen -u i , V . a ., to pu t a side,
to la y a side .
428
Felr obog- n i , V . n .
,to a ppro a ch
ga llop in g.Belsey, S .
,m aj esty .
176 13 6 ,A .
,upper .
Fels d'
vciros,S .
,upper-tow n ,
(upper pa r t of th e tow n ).
Fé lszdza d, S .,ha lf a cen tury.
Felszoltell—u i , V .,m . ,
to r ise
h a stily (to jump up ).
Fe lla ld l-u i , V. a .,to fin d, to
fin d ou t
Fellama d-u i , V . n .,to ri se .
Fella r lo’
zla l—n i,V . fa ct . , to re
ta rd,to stop .
Felta r to'
zla lo lt, A . v .,pr ev en
ted , hin dered .
Felté lel, S . ,con dition .
Fellii n tel-u i , V . a .,to make
o n e’
s a pp ea ren ce .
Feltri a-n i (s a id of a fla g) , V .,
a .
,to set up , to pla n t .
Felluzel- u i , V. a .,to in flame
,
to en cou r a ge, to a n ima te , to
spur .
Felven - u i , V . a .
,to p ick up ,
to ta ke .
Felvern - n i,V. to get
up) to a pproa ch w ith la bora n d trouble .
Felv ilagos it- a n i , V . a .
, to ex
pla in , to br in g to light .Felv irdgozta l
- n i , V. fa ct . , to
c a use to flourish .Felvon - n i , V. a . ,
to pull up , tobrin g up .
Ver lmm med i um.
Fen n ,Adv . , up .
Fen lridll—a n i,V. n .
, to shou t .Fen r a qyoqé ,
A. v .,highly
br ight.Fen s ég, S .
, sub lime, subllm ity.
Fe'
n y , S ., glimmer
, splen dor,
shin e .
Fen yeqet- n i . V . a .,to threa ten
,
to m en a ce .
Fen yeqeld’
,A. v .
, men a cin g.Fé n yes , A,, br ight ,Fé n ylo
'
,A . v .
,bright
,splen den t .
Fenyd’
,S .
, pin e-tree ; fenydiz,r esin ou s ta ste .
Fe’
r—u i , (w i th hoz. hBZ ), V. n . ,
to get a t, to come to .
Fereg, S .,w o rm .
Férfilta r , S .,m a n ly a rm .
Férfiu . S .
,m a n .
Fergeleg, S ., show er
,tempest
,
w in d-storm .
Feszes s ég, S ., stiffn ess
, p e
da n try .
Feszulten ,Ad v .
, a tten tiv ly.
Pia la t, Adv ., you n g .
Fia ta lsdg, S ., youth .
Fiqyelem,S .
, a tten tion .
Fiqyel-ui , V. a .
,to a tten d
,to
listen .
Figyelmez- n i , V. m .
,to pa y
a tten tion .
Foqa d- n i , V. a .
, to receiv e .
FOga da'
s , S .
,v ow .
Foga do’
, S .
, hotel .Foga s i, S .
, (den ta x) sa id of the
w o lf,beca use of his vor a
ciousn ess .
430
Fa lli os- ui , V . n . ,to ru n abou t .
Futo-san ez, S .
,tren ch .
Fi lo-u i , V. a .,to blow .
Fuv a la l, S .,breeze , br ea th .
Fil l, S .,e a r .
Fil lel- ui , V. n .,to pri ck up
the e a rs .
Fillemile , S .,n ighti n ga le .
Fules , S . , (lon g-ea r) a ss .
Faresztd, A. v .,b a thin g,
Far t, S . ,cur l, lock (of ha ir) .
Fus l, S . , smoke .
Fizz V. a ., to file
,to pu t
on a strin g, fig. to r a n ge .
Ga’
tol—ui, V. a .,to hin der , to
prev en t .
Ga zda , S .,m a ster , husb a n d
ma n ; gazda’
cslca ,little
ma ster , dea r ma ster .
Ga zdagi l—a n i , V. a . ,
to en rich .
Ga zda sag, S .
, household.G y .
Gen ius , S ., gen iu s .
Gép , S . ,en gin e .
Gép szerd se'
q , S . ,mecha n ica l
Gya ldz- n i , V. a . ,
to d isho n our,
to defame ; meggya ldzn i, to
method, like a ma chin e .
disgr a ce .
Gga la za tos , Aw Sh ameflfl, dl S
gra ceful.a rden t .
Gerjelem, S .,a gita tion of min d ,
excitemen t , pas sion (in th e
gen ericmea n in g of thew ord).
Gerjeszt—en i, V. a .,to excite .
Golya , S .,the stork.
Golyafe’
szek, S .,
n est of a
stork.
Gya lrorol—u i , V. a .
,to pra c tise ;
befolyd s t gyakoro ln i , to ha v ein fluen ce, to in fluen ce .
Gya log ezr ed, S . , regim en t of
in fa n try ; la va s ezred, r e
gimen t of c a v a lry.
Gya nzl, S ., suspicion .
Gon d, S .,c a re .
Gon dola t, S .
,thought, idea .
Gon dolkod—n i,V. m .
,to thin k
,
to reflect.Gon dolkozd s . S . ,
thinkin g,
thought, fig. min d .
Gon dos , S . A.,ca reful
,a n
xion s .
Gon doslcod-ui , V. m . , to c a re ,
to prov ide for .
Gon doskoda s , S . , ca re , prov ideu ce .
Gon dsujto ll, A. v ., sorrowful.
Gon osz,A. ,
ev il,b a d
, w icked .
Gdgé sen ,Adv .
, h a ughtily.
Gorbed-u i , V. n .,to ben d
,fig
,
to subm i t .
Griz,S .
,v a p our
, steam .
Gang , S .
, scorn ,der i si on ,
mockery .
Ga’
ngol—n i, V. a . ,
to der ide , to
mock.
43 !
Gyamitla n ,A. ,
u n suspected,n u
su spicious .
Gydszlfise'
ret, S ., fun er a l pro
cess ion .
Gyd szké n y , S .
,m ourn in g tea r
,
(tea rs shed beca use of m our
n in g.)Gydszos , A.
,mour n ful .
Gyctszp a d , S .,bier .
Gyava , A.,cow a rd
,timid .
Gyer lya la'
ng, S ., flame of a
ca n dle .
Gyilli o s , S .
,murder er ;
murder ous .
Gl/or s , A., sw ift
,fig . fugitiv e .
Gyor s a n , Adv . , qu ickly , speedily .
Gyokér , S .
,r o o t ; qyo lfer el ver
u i , to strike ro ot .
Gyé nge, A. , w eak.
Gyé n qeség, S . , w eakn ess, in
Gyé n yor , S .,deli ght .
Gyé n yéfl l , A.,delightful ' fig.
sw eet .
0 3167 1, A. , of Gyo'
r,b elo n gin g
,
to Gydr (a coun ty in Hun ga ry.)Gyolrelem ,
S . , a n gu ish,tor
men t .
Gyolro'
, A. v . , sorrowful, griev ous .
Gyo'
zles,S .
,vi ctor .
Gy li lelrezel , S .
,m eeti n g, a s
sembly .
Gyulev é sz, S . ,crowd of people,
ra bble .
Gyfiloleles , A., h a ted, odious .
Gyumolcs , S ., fru it .
Gyiijt- a n i , V. a . ,
to light (aca n dle
Ha b, S .,a w a v e .
Hdborga l—u i , V. a .
,to disturb ,
to tr ouble.
Hdbori la lla n ,A.
,un disturbed .
Ha bozd s , S .
, flu ctua tio n , fig.hesita t ion .
Ha d, S .
,tro op , tro ops .
A., Ha dd, in stea d of hagyi a d, Im
p er a t . of hagga i, let
Ha dvé sz, S .,da n ger of w a r ;
ha dv é szulle hep ,the da n gers
o f w a r s ettin g on the ir brow s .
Hdg-ui , V. n .
,to lea p , to
a scen d ; ltdgla ln i , V. fa ct .,to
r a ise .
Hagy-n i , to lea v e ; a bba n lla qy
n i , to lea v e a n y thi n g a s it
i s, to desi st .
Hagymdz, S .,typhu s, hight of
a fev er .
Hagyomdn y, S .,lega cy.
Hajigci l—n i , V. a . to thr ow
,
t o ca st.
Hajle'
lr. S .
,dwelli n g, cotta ge
,
hu t .
Hajlong-n i , V. n .
,to stoop .
Hajo'
,S . , ship .
Hajsza l, S .
,a ha ir .
Hd la , S . ,th a nks .
Ha la a do'
s . A.,bein g beholden .
Ha la d-m , V. n .,to a dv a n ce , to
progress ha la do’ , progressin g .9 0
432
Ha la da s , S ., progress .
Hd lddé a n ,Ad v .
,tha nkfully .
Ha la l, S .,dea th ; hold lr a li a
cza qn i maga'
t, to bu rst w ithla ughin g.
Ha ldokoL-n i , V. n .,to die
,to
be in a gon y.
Ha ldoklo’
,A.
,dyin g.
Ha l/l a ta tla n sag, S .,immor ta
lity.
Ha lltufdr , S .
,fishmon ger .
Ha llha la lla n ,A.
,u n hea rd .
Ha lmoz—n i , V. a .,to hea p .
Ha lom, S . , hea p , ama ssmen t.
Ha lo ll, A. v . ,dea d.
Ha lovdn ya n , Adv . pa le .
Hama r , Adv ., soon .
Hamu , llamv , S .,a shes .
Ha u l, S .,tur f, gra s splott , fig.
groun d,la n d .
Hdny- u i . A.
,to throw .
Ha nya tl—a n i , V. m . , to declin e .
Ha n qya bo lyi , A.
, a n t-hill-like(l lke a n a n t-hill) .
Ha ngya /é szelr, S . , a n t-h ill .
Ha ngya ser eg, S .,multitude of
a n ts .
Ha r ag. S ., a n ger .
Ha r cz, S .
, fight, w a r, b a ttle ,
struggle , comba t ; a’
ha r cz.
fo ly ,th e comba t i s ca r
ried o n .
Ha rczolo'
,S . , comb a ta n t , strug
gler .
Harem, S ., ha rem .
Ha rma t, S .,dew ; ha rma tcsepp ,
dew-drop .
Ha s i l- a n i , V . a . ,to split , to
clea ve .
Ha son ltt- a n i ,V. n . ,to r esemble
Ha son li lds , S . ,c ompa rison ,
a llegory .
”0 3 0 7216 , A.
,simila r , like .
Ha szta la n,Adv . , in v a in
,fru it
lessly.
Ha t, In terj.,especi a lly u sed in
in terroga tion s .
Ha t, S the b a ck .
Ha t—n i . V .
, in tr . to a ct uponto a ffect .
Ho lds,S .
,efl
'
ect .
Ha tdr , S . . boun da ry, fig. cou n
try, field .
Ha ldr ido , S .,term (of t ime),
ha tdr ideji i , A.,of a term .
Ha taroz- n i , V . a to deter
m in e,to resolve .
Hd lra hagyd s . S ., lea v in g be
hin d .
Ha lr a l-u i , V . n . ,to retr ea t .
Ba tra la s , S ., retrea t .
Hd lulso'
,A.
, hin dm ost .
Haz S .
, house-gu a rd .
Hegy, S .
,moun ta in .
Hely, S .
,pla ce , room .
Helyezet, S ., posture , situ a t ion .
Helyvd la sztds , S .,the cho ice
of a pla ce,cho ice of a p o
sition .
Herge'
s,S .
, a ra ttlin g n o ise inthe thr oa t .
Herva dci s , S .,witherin g.
Herva da lla n , A.,imperisha ble,
n ot wi therin g .
434
I .
lde, Adv .
, her e to ; ide’s tov a ,
her e a n d ther e , to a n d fro .
l deq, S ., n er v .
Ido'
ja'
r d s , S .,w ea ther .
ldo'
p on l, S .,epo ch .
Ido'
p r o/e a , S the w ea ther spy .
Iddsza lr, S . , per iod .
lqa z, A .,tru e .
Iqa zqa l—u i, V .
,to direct
Iqa zg a ld s , S .,dir ection .
lga zla la n ,A.
,u n true , un ju st .
Igé r- n i , V. a .
,to pr om ise .
lge'
ret, S . , pr om ise, S . ; igér et,
[d lde, th e la n d of pr om ise .
Iqérd'
, A. v .,promi sin g .
Igg, C . , so , thu s .
Igyelrez—n i, V . m . , to en dea
v ou r,to a ttemp t.
q ekezel, S .
,en dea v ou r , exer
tion .
bedls ég, S .
, fr ight .
Illa n d s, S, disa ppea r in g a n d
r ea ppea r in g .Illa t, S .
,odou r
,fra gr a n cy.
Illa tos , A .
, fr a gr a n t ,Ill- en i , V . m .
,to become, to fit .
l llelé s , S . ,c on ta c t ; z/lele
’
sr e
la la ln l, to com e in co n ta ct .
Illellen ,A.
,u n tou ched ; un
fit,in decen t .
[lie/o'
d—u i, V . m .
,to be m ov ed,
to b e tou ched .
[lyedl, (u sed w ith th e po ssesi v e a ffixes ) S .
,bein g fr igh
ten ed , fr lgll t .
1m. imhol, In t ., beho ld .
Imddsdq, S ., pra yer .
In , S .
, mu scle,fig. limb .
In ddl-u i,V. n .
,to set ou t, to
m a r ch , to decamp .
In dulds , S . decampin g,de
pa r tin g.In dula l
,S .
,dispo sition of min d ,
pa ssion (pa ssio ).In dula tzi , A.
,ha v in g a cer t a in
dispo si tion o f m in d .
l n du’
lo,S .
, m a rch ; in dulo'
l [uv a ln i , to soun d the m a rch .
l n dult, veszn i i n du ll, to com to
ru in,to get lost , to b e left
to ru in .
l n qer l—en i , V. a .,to excite .
Ingov a ny, S ., m a r sh
,mora ss .
In s ég, S . , n eed , misery, di stress ,
ln l-em’
,V. n .
,to beckon .
In le'
z-u i,V . n .
,to d ir ec t .
Iramol—u i, V . a . ,to run .
Iran y, S .
, directi on .
Ir an yin , S .,c omp a ss-n eedle .
h a s , S ., w ritin g
, scr iptures .
Ir a l, S ., writ, w ri tin g .
lrga lom, S . , mercy.
Ir igyel—n i , V . a .
,to en vy .
lr tgyle’
s , S .
,en v y .
In ),S .
,w r iter
, a u thor .
l r lo'
zla to, A., horr ible, drea dfu l .
Ismé r - u i , V . a .,to kn ow (a n y
b ody) .
Ismer els ég, S , , a qua in ta n ce .
1smer sz—en z,V . m .,to b ekn ow n
,
to be d l stin guish ab le .
Isme'
l , Adv .,a ga in .
Iszdh, S hev er-sa ck, kn a psa ck.
435
Ita l, S ., dr ink ; e
'
qu id l,'
n ecta r .
Ilé l-u i,V . a .
, to judge .
Ite’
lel, S judgemen t.
Illa s, A.,in toxica ted.
Ir , S .
,times , w i th n um era ls or
Adjecti v es (o"
bb izben ,
m a n y times , more tim es .
lzellen s ég, S .
,ta stelessn ess .
Izlé s , S .,ta ste .
lzlé s i i , of ta ste ; szép izlé s i'
l, o f
a fin e ta ste .
Izza d~n i, to sw ea t,to perspir e
fig . to w ork h a rd .
Izza da s , S ., sw ea tin g
,fig. la
b our .
Jay, S . , lamen ta ti on ; jajdul—n i ,V . n . , to cry, to lamen t .
Jdmbor , A., p iou s .
Jdmbor sdg, S .
, piety, con ten
dedn ess .
Ja n csar , S ., j a n iza ry .
Jar a lla n ,A .
, impa ssable .
Ja rom, S ., yoke .
Jaru l- ui , V. n ., to a ppr o a ch .
to a ccede , to ha v e a ccess .
Jalsa i , A., pla yful, merry .
Ja v a s l—a n i , to a dv ise .
Jel, S . , S ign , s ign al .Jelel—n i , V . a . , to po in t ou t
,to
in dica te .
Jelen el, S phen omen on,a ppa
t ition .
Jelen le'
l,S .
, presen t, presen t Kaczag-u i , V. a .,to la ugh , to
mock a n y on e .
Jelen i—em'
,V. a . , to a n n ou n ce ,
to sign ify .
Jelen va lo, S ., presen t .
Jeles , A.,
emin en t, distin
guished ; S .,
a n em in en t
m a n .
Jobb, in stea d ofjobb héz, rightha n d .
Jobbr a , Adv . , to a n d on the
right.Joyosttotl, A. v . , en titled .
Jokor,Adv .
,in time
, in goodtim e .
Jo'
le'
lemé ny S., ben efit .
Joté l, S .
,ben efit .
Jdte'
vo'
,A. v . ,
ben eficia l.Joza n , A.
, sober .
Jow n on , Adv . , w ith sobriety .
Jolie, S ., a rriv a l .
Joven db'
,S . A.
,fu tur e .
Jdven ddl—n i , V. a .,to pro
gn ostica te .
Jovev én y, A. S . , a rri v in g,
str a n ger .
Jove, A. v . ,future.
Juh, S . , sheep , ew e .
Juhdsz. S ., sheperd .
Ju l—ui , V. n ., to get (in , to) .
Juta lmaz—a i , mewuta /maz- n i ,V. a .
,to remun era te
,to t e
w a rd.
Jus,S .
,right .
436
Ka ha s- v id da l, S .,cockfigh t.
Ka la usz, S ., gu ide .
Ha lyba , S . ,bu t .
Ka n dalr , S . , tom (he ca t).
Kap a szkod—n i , V. m .,to cla sp ,
to clin g.Kapkod—u i , V. a .
,to sn a tch
,to
gra sp .Kapu, S .
, ga te .
Kdr , S .,dama ge .
Ka r , S .,a rm .
Ka r czo lds , S ., scretch .
Ka'
r lya vdr, S .,c a stle built of
cards .
Ka s té ly, S .,ca stle .
Ka lyu , S .,m ire
, po ol .Kebel, S , , b osom .
Kedé ly, S . , m in d, humor .
Kedvel-u i, V. a .,to like, to
fa vour .
Kedven cz, S . , fa v our ite .
Kedvetlen séy, S .,v exa tion .
Kedvlele'
s, S .
,delight
,plea sure .
Kedvtelve, Adv .,w ith delight ,
w i th plea sur e.
Kegyelem,S .
, gra ce .
lid/ do”
, A. v . , blu ish .Kel—ui , a n d he
'
l—n i , V. n .,to
rise , fig. to grow .
Kelletlemi l, Adv . ,for ced .
Kéme'
ny, S . ,chimn ey-p o t .
Ken do", S ., ha n dker chief.
Ké n lelen , Iren yle len , A ., oh
liged , c ompelled .
Ké n y, S ,, humor,a rbitra rin ess .
Kép , S . ,coun ten a n ce
,picture,
ima ge .
Kép e s, A . ,a b le .
Képzel—u i , V. a .,to thin k .
Képzelel , S . ,ima gi n a tion ,
thought.Képzemé n yes , A. , ima gin a ry.
Képze l, S .,ima ge
,fig . represen
ta tio n .
Kérd- en i , V. a .,to a sk.
Ker elfes , A.
,ha vi n g wheels ;
her e/tes a lltolman y ,wheel
w ork.
Kér é s , S ., p etition .
Heresyé le'
s,S .
, frequen t searchin g.
Ker eszlu'
t, S .
,cross-w a y.
Ker in q- en i , V . n . ,
to mov e in
a cir cul a r mo tion , to course .
Kér lredéhen y, A. v ., boa stin g.
Kér lelhellen d l,Adv . in exorable .
Kerul-u i , (w ith ba or be), V.
n . ,to cost, to requ ire .
Kerri l-n i , V . a . ,to a v oid ;
hézbe her uln i , to fa ll in toa n y on e
’
s ha n ds.
Keser ii , A.,bitter .
Keserfien ,Adv . , bitterly, griev ed(w ith grief).
Keser v , S ., sorrow
,grief.
Keserves , A. , b itter , tiresome .
Keshen y, A.,n a rrow .
Ke’
s leltet-n i , V. a .,to dela y.
Ké sztet—ui , V. fa ct ., to compel.Ké szulet, S .
, prepa ra ti on .
Ké szd lo'
, A. v . , prepa rin g.Ké lé r lelmii seg, S .
,duplicity.
Ké les,A .
,doubtful, un certa in .
Ké lhed-m'
,V. m to doubt .
Ké t/cedes , S .
,doub t
, hesitation .
438
Kise'
ret, S .,a tten da n ce.
Kis éro'
, S .,compa n ion , a tten
da n ce .
Kis ér lel, S ., spectr e , ghost .
Kisutlet—u i, V. a ct .,to fir e off.
Kiszé lesi l-en i , V. a .,to en la rge
to w iden .
Ktlér -u i , V. n .,to desert (a p a th).
Ki letszen -u i , V. m .,to b e con
spicu ou s, to excel .113110 26, A. v .
,di sti n guished .
Ki lun lel- u i, V ., fa ct to distin
gui sh (to make be in g distinguished.
Kitties , S ., sa lly, erup tion ,
brea
kin g ou t .
Kiut—u i , V . n . , to break ou t, to
sa lly.
Kiv cig-n i maga t, to di sembar
ra s on e’
s self.Kied lt, Adv .
,especia lly.
Kivell ezlet—m ,V. fa ct . , to n u
dress,to d ivest , fig. to free .
Kweldd- u i ,V. m . ,to b e throw n
ou t .
Hiviv-u i, V. a .
, (to fight out)to gai n (the v ict ory).
Kivon t, A. v .,drawn .
Koes is , S . ,co a ch-ma n .
Ko lcs ey , kbcs a g, S . , a plumeof heron ’
s fea thers .
Komaromi, A., of Komorn a t
Komorn .
Komoly, A., seriou s .
Komolysdg, S .,seriou sn ess .
Komon dor , S .,
.(n ame of a dog)
bull dog (mord ax) .
Komor . A., gloomy, sa d .
Kap on ya , S ., skull .
Kap or so'
, S .,co ffin
,fig. gr a v e .
Kor , S . , a ge .
Kor a , A.,e a rly ; kor a
’
n,Adv .
,
ea rly ; hordn sem, Adv .,n ot
a t a ll.
Kor cs , S . ,deformity, mon stro
sity.
Ké rhdz. S .
, ho spita l.Kor ld l, S .
, b a rrier s .
Kormdn yzci s, S .,go vern in g,
lea din g.Koszoru, S .
,w r ea th , ga rla n d
fig. cir cle (of en imen t men ).
Kdda r a b,S . , p iece of a sto n e .
Kod, S .,fog.
d a l, S . , w a ll.
Ké lfény. S ., aloe-tr ee .
Korma ,A . v .
, ficti tious, forged,in ven ted .
Kellozetlen , Adv .,w a n dered .
Kblyolr, S . , youn g on e (you n ga n ima l).
Ken tos , S .,r a imen t
,coa t, fu r
co a t
Kon y, l onyu”
,S . , tea r .
Ko’
nycsepp , S . , tea r .
Henge/1n d, A., fickle .
KOn yelmd’
leg, Adv . w a n to n ly .
Kon yelmdseq, S .
,lev ity .
Konyezetlen ,A.
,tearless .
Ken nyi t-en i, V. a .,to fa cili
ta te .
Ken yorgé s , S ., pra yin g, pra yer ,
fig. cra v in g (fo r m er cy).
Ker , S . ,circle
, sphere .
439
Karn ye'
hez- n i , V. a .,to sn r Ké zé n ségesen , Adv . ,
common
r oun d .
Kor nyez- n i, V . a .
,to surroun d .
Kor é m, S .,claw .
Kor oshé ru l, Adv . ,r oun d abou t.
Kar a /heriI-en i , V . a .,to sur
r oun d,}to en comp a ss .
Ken t/mé n y, S .
,circumsta n ce .
Ko'
sziltla , S .,r o ck.
Koszon l-en i, V. a .,to greet .
Keven A. , fa t .
Ké vel-u i, V . a .,to follow .
li'
é vellfez—n i , V. m .,t o follow .
Ko'
vetkeze'
s , S .,
c on sequen ce ,result .
fo llow er .
Ké vezel, S . , p a v emen t.
Ké vul- n i , V .,to turn
ston e , to b e petrified .
Ké z,A. ,
common .
Ken,S .
, sp a ce ; ezen kozben,
mea n -while , in the mea n
t im e.
Kozelebbi , A. , recen t , (la tely
ha ppen ed) .Kozelqet
- n i , haze/il- en i , V. n .,
to a ppr o a ch .
Ké zép , S .,m iddle .
S .,m iddlew a y (me
d l o crita s .
Kaziqa zga'
a s , S .
, public a dm i
n istr a t ion .
Il'
ozl in os ta r , S .,c ommon trea~
sn ry .
Kazan seg, S ., publi c .
Kazon se'
ges , A ., common pu
bl i e .
in to
ly , pub licly.
Kozse'g, S .,comm on s .
Ku lcs , S .
, key.
Kup a , S ., a ca n , w in ecu p .
Ka tya , S .,dog .
Ku lya bo'
r , S .
,dogskin .
Kuldete's , S . , mission .
Kulombse'
q, S . , difi'
er en ce .
Kulon lrodb’
,A. S .
, a s tr a n gefellow .
Kit /On o'
s , A. , extr a ordin a ry.
Kur t/l a n t) , S .
, soun d of the
bugle-horn .
Kulso' , A.,exterior .
Kuszdb, S . ,thresho ld, fig. door .
Kuzdé s , S .,struggle .
Lab,S .
, foo t , fig . leg.
La k,S .
, home, dw ellin g.
La ho l—n i,V. n .
,to a ton e for
,
to expia te .
La ho’
, S .
,in hab ita n t .
La homa,S .
, fea st.Lakoz—n i , V. m .
,to dw ell.
Ldn rzs or , S .,
a lin ked (con
n ected) series .
La'
n q, S ., flam e .
Langérzeme’
n y, S . , a rden t fee
li n g .Ldngé sz, S .
,gen ius .
Ldn qle’
leh, S . , (in flamed) a rden tm in d .
La n gle i l u'
,A .
, a rden t (of a n
a rden t min d).
H O
Ldngszem, S . , spa rklin g eye.
La’
n gi'
t , A.
,spa rklin g, flam in g,
fig. gla n cin g.La
'
ngzo, A. v . , a rden t .
La n ka da fla n , A. ,un w ea r ied .
La n ka dt, A. v .,feeble
,fa in t in g.
La nka szt-a n i ,V . a .,to w eeken .
La n t, S ., Lyre .
La’
rma ,S .
, n o ise,a la rm .
i n time , slow
ly, by degrees .
La s szi , A.,slow .
Ld td s , S .
,sight .
Ld t/za lo'
,A. v .
,v i sible .
Ld toga t—n i
,megld toqa tn i , V. n . ,
to p a y a v isi t .
Ldza dds , S ., sedition .
Lebeg-n i , V . n .
,to hov er .
Lebeqé su"
, A.,w aw in g, hov e
r in g, risin g.
Lebegtet- n i , V.
, fa ct . to w a ve,
to cla p (the W in gs).Ledof-u i, V. a .
,to stab , to kill.
Ledé n l-en i , V. a . ,to prostr a te .
Leer eszked-n i , V . m . ,to
humble , to con descen d .
Leer eszkedé s , S .,
con descen
sio n .
Léqd lli lvdny, S .,v o id prop o
s ition s .
Legelé'
l, Adv ., foremo st .
Leqotta n . Adv . ,in sta n tly .
Légy, S .
,fly.
Lekel—u i , V. n . , to brea the, toexh a le .
Lehet, V. n .,ca n be, to be po s
sible.
Leketetlen , A.,impo ssible .
Lehetetlen s ég, S . ,imp ossibi
lity .
Le/zets éqes , A .,possible .
Leir ha ta tla n ,A.
,in describ a ble.
Lej lo'
s , A. , decli vou s .
Leké lelez—n i,V. a .
,to oblige .
Leké té tlen ,Adv . , fetter ed ,
b ou n d .
Lel—u i,V . a .
,to fin d .
Lelek, S .
, soul , min d, coura ge .
Lé lekszor onga to’
,A. v .
,r es
tr a in in g,oppressin g the mi n d .
Lelkiesmé ret,S .
,con scien cious
n ess , con scien ce.
Lelkes , A.,
a n ima te,cour a
geon s .
Lelkesedé s , S .,a n ima tion
,cou
r a ge.
Lelketlen ,A. , in a n im a te
,
Leng-em
’
,V. n .
,to mov e on
ho veri n g.Lengé s , S .
, w awi n g, hov erin g.Len yom
- ui . to oppress ; lenyomo
'
,A. v .
,oppressin g.
Len yugod u i , V. m .,to go to
repose , to die .
Leomol—n z’
,V. n .
,to sin k dow n .
Lep -m’
, meglep n i , V. a .,to sur
pr ise .
Lép-m
'
, V. n .,to step .
Lép csé’
, S ., step , degree .
Lap /te, S .,bu tterfly.
Lép t, lép e'
s , S ., pa ce , step .
Lép lel-n i , V .
, fa ct . to ca use
on e to go in pa ce .
Les , S . ,ambush .
H 2
Ma s ik, Pr . in d a n o ther .
Ma'
sn a p , Adv .,n ext da y .
Mdsz/ca tla n , A ,impa ssable .
Mdlyds , S ., Ma tthew .
Medv e, S . , bea r .
Medvetdn cz , S . , da n cin g of a
bea r .
Mega d—m'
(magd t) ,V . a . ,
to
surr en der .
Megd ll—nz, V . n .,to stop , to
sta n d,to go through (da n ger).
Megd ta lkodott, A. v . , obdu ra te,
fig . obstin a te.
Megdta lko ltsdg, S .
,obstin a cy .
Megba'
n t—a n i , V .,a to ofl
‘
en d .
Megbd n d s , S . ,r epen ta n ce .
Meqbé lm'
ll- u i , V . n . ,to be re
con cfled .
Megbocsd t-um‘
, V. a . ,to for
giv e, to p a rdon .
Megcsip -m'
, V . a . ,to pin ch ; a
dér megcs ip , the fr o st bi tes .
Megcsolfol-u i, V. a to kiss .
Megdo‘
bben t—en i , V. n . ,to be
emba rra ssed .
Megddr dfll—n i , V . n . ,to begin
ro a rin g,thun derin g.
Meqelégedé s , S . , sa tisfa ction ,con ten tedn ess ; magdva l v a lo
'
megelégedé s , self-con ten tedn ess .
Megér- u i (v a lamivel) , V . n .
,
to ha v e en ough .Megérkezté klcel , megér /tezetl,ha v in g a rriv ed .
Megér lel-u i , V. a . ,to ma tur e ,
to brin g to ma tur ity .
Megfogha ta tla n ,A.
,in compre
hen sible .
Megfoqy-u i , V. a .,to be dimi
Men Jt- um'
,V. a .
,to sufl
’
oca te.
Meqqyd l—m'
, V. n to ca tch fir e.
Meg/zdg-m’
,V. a to a scen d
,to
m oun t .
Meghdgds ,S . , a scen d i n g, sca lin g .
Meqha la d-ui, V . a . ,to amoun t ;
hetven é vet megha la dott 63 s ,the old ma n who ha d lived
7 0 yea rs .
Meg/za t‘
a'
r oz- u i, V . a to deter
m in e,to r esolv e .
Megiqér - u i , V. a .,to pr om ise .
Megjam'
t—a n i,V. a .
,to correc t .
Megjelen - u i , V . a . ,to a ppea r .
Meqkuzd- en i , V . n . ,to struggle,
to comba t .
Meqmm’
a da’
s , S . preserv a tion .
Mego'
lta /maz-n i , V. a .
,to pr o
tect .
Megoszt- a n i , V. a .
,to div ide
,
to sha re,fig . to commun ica te
Meqo'
v -m'
,V . a . ,
to pr otect, topreserv e
Mego l-m'
,V. a .
,to kill
Mego lel-m'
,V. a . ,
to embr a ce,
fig . to seize .
Megé les , S . , murder , dea th.Megdr é ln i , megdr l- en i , V. a .
,
to grin d to pieces , fig . to
gn aw thr ough,to ea t (sa id
of the'
w orms).
Megp illa n l—a n i , V . a to per
ceive, to see.
H 3
Meg mga d—u i , V . a .,to seize .
Megr a k-u i , V . a . ,to lo a d ; meg
r akott, burden ed .
Megr émdIt,A. v a la rmed, struck
with terr or .Megren dd l
—u i, V. n to tremble ,
to shake,to qu ake .
Megr epesztett , A. v . ,
(bur sted).
Megr ongd l- ui , V . a .,to dama ge .
Megsebesz’
t—en i , V. a . ,to
w oun d .
Megsdz'
yed-u i V. n . to
sink.
bur st
.l legs ir a t—u i , V. a ,
to deplore ,to w eep .
Megszi lyed- ui , V. n . ,to sink .
Megsza'
lld s,S . , siege .
Meqszeg-u i , V . a .,to cut
,fig .
to v iola te (a law)
prised ; megulké zlen ,Adv . ,
surprised .
Meqvagy, thou a rt ; elip ti ca lly
in stea d of thou a rt caught .Megvd la sztds , S . ,
selection ,
cho ise .
Meqvci ltoz-u i, V m to cha n ge,Megvdscir l- a n i , V . a .
,to pur
cha se.
Megued—u i, V . a .
,to defen d , fig .
to sa v e .
Megvet-m
’
,V . a . , to despise .
Megv é lel, S takin g, con quest .Meqv é tet—u i , pa ssiv e v o ice of
megven n i , to be taken .
Meqv izsgd l- u i , V. a to exa
min e .
Megzdz-m
'
,V . a . ,
to crush .
Megzs ibba sr l-a n i , V . a . ,
to be
n umb .
Megszé la l-m’
,V . n . ,
to begin Méhdongds , S .
,humin g of the
to speakMegszdkd lé s , S . , w a n t , sca rcity .
bees .
Mé la , A . ,mela n choly , gloomy .
MeqszzZn -ui, V. n . , to cease, to Meleged—u i , V . m .,to grow
desist .
Megldma d-u i , V. a . ,to a ssa ult ,
Megldma dd s , S . , a ssault , a tta ck,
a ggression .
Megta r lo'
,S preserver , sa viour .
Megtér m'
, V. n . ,to return .
w a rm,fig . to fa v our .
Melt, S . , chest , fig . bosom,
hea r t .Mellyi lek, P r .w i t h p o s s e s i v e
a f f i x e s o f t h e 24 P e r s .
p l u r which of you .
Megzifi t- a n z’
, V. a . , to r en ew ,to Mé ltdnyo l-u i , V. a .
,to estima te,
refresh . to v a lue .
Megan—721, V . a . ,to be tired of Mé lta t—m
'
,V. a . ,
to estima te,to
a n y thin g,to be w e a ried . deign to v ouchsa fe .
Megfilep ed-m'
, V. m. , to settle, Mellé , A. ,w orthy, deserv in g.
to rest . Me'
lto'
sdg, S .
,dign i ty .
Megfitkdz—n i, V. m . ,to be sur Mé lté scigos , A., gra v e, solemn .
“i t
Mé ly , A.,deep ; mé lyséy S .
,
depth, mé lységd ,
A ., of (a )
depth .
Men ede'
k, S . ,a sylum .
Men cked—u i , V . m to sa v e
on e’
s life , to esca pe .
Men ekv é s , S ., sa fety, esca pe .
Men eta l, S .
,cour se .
Men t- en i , V. a .,to sa v e.
Men tében ,on h is w a y, a lon g .
Men té s , S . ,deliv er a n ce, rescu e .
Men ts ég , S . ,excu se , a pology .
Man ny, S ., hea v en ; men nydé r
gé s , thun der ; men n yké'
,thun
derbolt.
Men yegzé’
, S .
,weddin g.
Me'
r-m'
,V. a .
,to mea sure .
Mer—m'
,V. a .
,to v en ture , to ha v e
cour a ge .
Mer edek, A steep .Mér eg, S . , poison .
Mer é n y ,S . ,h aza rdou s en ter
prise .
Mer é sz, A.
,bold .
Meff e, Adv . ,w here to , to wha t
pl a ce, to which side .
Mer d'
en ,Adv .
, ben umbed .
Merrdl, Adv . ,fr om whi ch side ,
Mé r le'
k, S . ,mea su re , degr ee .
Mer it], elmerul-m'
, V . n . ,to be
submersed .
Ma ls t—em’
,V. a .
,to cut ; metszo
“
cu ttin g ; metszdo’
sve’
ny ,
cross w a y .
Méz,S . , hon ey.
Mido'
u ,C . ,
when .
N iquem, Adv . ,un til.
Mikén t, Adv .,how .
Mz'
kor on,Adv .
,when .
Mimel-m'
, V . a to imita te .
Min da ddig, Adv . ,a s fa r
,a s lon g.
Min denfelé , Adv . , ev erywhere .
Min den n ap i , A.,da ily , fig.
common .
Min den n ap isdg, S .,da ily, ordi
n a ry life .
Min demi tt, Adv ., ev erywhere .
Midta,Adv . , sin ce .
Mi l) , mu"
, S .,w ork.
Mivelé'
dé s , S (cultur e) educa
tion .
Med, S .,ma n n er .
Moha cs , S .
,Mohacs , a pla ce
in Hun ga ry .
Mokdcs i, A .
,ofMohacs , a t Mo
hacs .
Mo/zo'
n ,Adv .
,ha stily .
Mordzi l, Adv .
,spitefu lly .
Morog-m
’
,V. n .
,to grumble .
Mosdrdqyu, S .
,mor ta r piece .
Mosolygd s , S . , smile .
Mosolyoq- n i , V . n . ,to sm ile .
Mozdlll- n i , V. n . ,to mov e
,
zelebbmozddlm’
,to a pproa ch .
Mozdula t, S ., mov emen t , im
pulse .
Mozgds , S . , motio n .
Mozga fé , A. v .
,mov in g .
Mo g-u i , V . n .
,to m ov e .
Mu'
l- n i , V . m .,to pa ss , to pa ss
aw a y ; bdtor sdgdn mil/iii , his
cour a ge fa ils him .
Mula szt—a n i , V. a .,to n eglect .
Mula t—u i, V. n .,to stay, to sport.
446
Nyt'
lcts,S .
,cleft . Olfcid-m
'
, V. a . , to vomit ; lik e!Nyila tlfoz—u i , V. m .
,to expr ess okddo
’
,ign iv omou s .
o n e’
s self, to decla r e . Olf/o
'
,S .
,pri n ciple .
Nyill, A. v . , open . Okla la n sdg, S .
, n on-sen se , stu
Nyz’
lvdn , A publi c, m a n ifest . p idity .
Nyit—u i , V . a . ,to open . Ola sz, S . , Ita lia n .
Nyz'
to lt,A . v . open
, n yilott res , Olcso'
n,Adv . , chea p .
the br ea ch ba ttered . Olda l, o
'
lda l, S .
, side .
Nyom,S . ,
tr a ce, v estige ; nyo O
'
Ita ,P ost . sin ce .
mdba n v a la /fin als , a t a n y Olta lma zé,S . ,
defen da n t .
on e’
s heels . O’
lt/ta tla n . A. , un extin gu isha ble .
Nyoma szto'
,A. v . , oppressin g
, Oltdr , S . ,a lta r .
a fflictin g 0mla de'
lt . S . ,ruin .
A’
yomdok, S . ,tr a ce
,fig . p a th . Omo l-m
'
,V. n .,to flow
,to str eam .
Nyomorzi, A .
, miser a ble . V , m . , to s in k .
’
,4
Nyomor u'
sciq , S . , m isery , p o On t- a n i , V ,t o shed
,to spill.
v er ty . O'
r a n q md ,
’
S qu a rter of a n
Nyomorzi lt, A . v ., di stressed . hour .
Nyomta to’
, S prin ter Ordi t- a n i , V n to roor .
Nyomla tott, A. v,prin ted . Gr id s
,S gia n t .
Nyoy m'
,V. n . , to sigh . Or oszldm
‘
,A of a li on .
Nyuga lom ,S . , r epo se ,
r est, Or vosol-n i , V. a
,to cu re .
qu ietude . Os tor,S , scour ge .
Nyuqodo, S .
,r epose , pla ce of Os tr om, S , , siege , a ssa ult ,
repose . Os tr omlo'
, S besieger .
Nyuqof, S . w est . Os tr omo l-m'
, V. a to besiege.
Nyugo li , A . , w estern . Osz-la n i , V , m . ,to be dis
Nyugvd i A . V .,r eposin g.
p ersed ,to v a n ish .
Nydl , S . ,ha re . Osztci ly , S . ,
div ision .
Nydlv a dd sw t, S . ,ha re-hun tin g. Os slam
'
,V. a . , to clivide ,
to
Nyuy- u i, V. n .
to weigh . distribu te .
O'
ta lom ,olta lom ,
defen ce,
pro tection .
dltajta n i , V to w ish . ii a n d 6 .
(lhajtds , S . ,desir e, w ish .
ok, s . , a rgumen t, ca u se , rea son . 0 60 1, S .,the ba y.
447
01, S ,la p , fig . middle . Or ven d- em
'
,V. n . , to rej oice .
Ol-u i , V. a . ,to kill 63 , S . ,
a n cesto r ; ds i. A., a
Oldé klé s . S . , sla ughter . v itious .
Oldo'
lrlo'
, A. v . , mur derou s . Osmer etes , A., kn own .
Oldé kol-u i , V. a,to kill . Osme
'
retlen , S . , str anger,
Olel-u i,V . a to embr a ce . u nkn own .
Olel/rez- n z'
, V. a .
,to embra ce Osve
’
n y, S . ,p a th , w a y .
on e a n other . 53 s , A . , gr ey, S . , old m a n ,
Oil-en i, V . a,to dr ess . Oszedugott , A. v . cr o ssed
Oml—em'
, V. m . ,to flow . (a rm s).
Omled-ui,V. n . ,
to pour out Oszekon czo l-ui , V. a .,to cu t
(itself) . to piecesOmledez—m
'
,v . n
,to stream
,Oszeo lva dd s , S m eltin g to
to pour for th . gether,clo sely un ited, con n ec
On e'
rze’
s,S con sciou sn ess ted .
On lre'
n l,Adv .
,v olon ta rily . Os szef
’
ombol- n i , V. a . ,to r ui n
,
Onke'
n /es , S v olon tier . to demolish .
On t-en i , V. a .,to pour
,to shed . Osszemmbold s , S .
,destru ction .
On ve’
delem, S . ,self-defen ce . Os szve-r os lra d—n i , V. n .
,to
o’
r , S . , gua rd , arm/lo ,A. v ,
fa ll to the gr oun d ,to sink
gua rdin g. down,fig . to expi r e .
Or eg, A old ;— S .
, oldma n . 0 3 8 2 6 8,A. ,
complete, who le .
dr iz-m’
,meqon
’
z-m'
,V a . to Os szeszed;
-m'
, V . a .,to ga ther
,
keep , to preserv e . to collec t.
C'
lfle’lek, S tutela r gen ius . Os szeszé la l/tozd s , S .,a lter ca
Or b/r, S . , etern ity ; in herita n ce, tion .
pa tr imon y. Osszev agda l-u i , V. a . ,
to cut
Or d/r , dr okos A etern a l ; to pieces .
O'
TUkTe ,for ev er . Osszevon-n i , V. a . ,
to.. con
Or b/$6 8 , A , her edita ry tr a ct , to ga ther tr oops .
Or diremle’
ku,A.
,etern a lly (ev er) Ovedz- en i , V . a . ,
to gird .
memo r a ble Oz, S . ,roe , fawri; Ozfu td s , S .
OrUm, S joy. ro e hun tin g .Of timr ia dd s
,S . , shou tin g .
cramtezen , A. , joyless .1’
Or ser eg, S ., ga risson . Pa dow t, S . , floor of a ro om .
Gr ii l-m'
, V. n .,to rej oice . Pd lya , S . , pa th, ca reer .
40*
M S
Pamla q, S .
,sofa .
Pdr , S . ,pa ir , c ouple , A. , some,
a few .
Par a , S . v a pou r .
Pa r a n es . S . ,comm a n d .
Pa r a n csn olrsdg , S ,the com
ma n d .
Pa r ti n g/ i , A.,un importa n t , little ;
p a r a n gi kor ,n a r row spher e
S tr ifle .
Pdrdu cz, S . ,leopa rd .
Pdr olqo'
,A v e va por a tin g
,
smokin g .Pdr os it- a n i , V. a .
,to co uple ,
to jo in .
Pa r t, S . ,the shore ; sh"p a r t
ja ,the br ink of the gr a v e .
Pdr l,S , p a r ty.
Pdr tos , A , fa ithless .
Pa tkdn y , S r a t .
Pa tkdny em p or l , S qu a n tity(herd) of r a ts .
Pa ltogla t—m
’
,V . a
,to cr a ck
,to
sm a ck .
Pecse’
t, S sea l .
Pedig, C yet, a ga in .
Pe’
lda ,S .
,example .
Pe’
n zvdqy , S . ,immo der a te de
sire of m on ey .
Per ez,S . ,
m in u te (m omen t .)
Per eqve,P a rt .
,a w ith grea t n oise .
Pergamen , S pa r chmen t.Perzsel-n i , V. a . ,
to scor ch .
Pes tis , S . , pest , pestilen ce .
Pha r a o—a szta l,S rich table .
Pia cz,S . ,pla ce, ma rket-pla ce .
Pilla ngo, S . ,bu tterfly.
B .
Ra bbe’
r , S . , p ay ,wa ges pa id
to sla v es .
l lci n fd s , S . , gla n ce , look.
Pin cze, S . , cella r .
Pldn ta,S . , pla n t .
Pre’
da , S . , prey .
Freda A. V .,lurkin g for
pr ey .
Proba l u i , meqp robd l-m'
, V. a
to try ,to test .
Proba le'
tel, S ,tr i a l .
Profela sdq, S .
,ta la n t ofprophe
eyin g .
Pros e ,S . , pro se w ri ti n g.
Pohd r, S .,cup , dri n k
-gla ss .
Po lgar i , A so cia l,civ ic .
Po lya da l- n i
,V. a . ,
to sin g tosleep
,to lu ll.
Pomp a , S . , pomp .
P0 9“
,S . ,
dust, pow der ; p or
szem , gr a in s of du st .
POT/ta , S lea sh,r ein .
Po'
rn e’
p ,S . ,
c ommon people .
Posvdn y , S . ,m a r sh , m or a ss .
Pé to l-m'
, V . a . ,to supply .
Pozn a , S . , pole .
POT, S . , pr ocess .
Pu/za ,A. , soft.
Puszta , puszta sdg, S . , desert ,
w ilder n ess .
Pusztdn ha qy-n z
’
, V. a . ,to de
sert , to qu it .Puszfitd s , S .
,dev a sta t ion ,
de
s tru cti on .
Puszti to , A. v . ,destructi ve .
45 0
Robaf , S .,n oise .
Boqy- n i
,V. m . ,
to sin k.
Holla n d s , S run , ru shin g upona n y on e , a ssa ult .
Roha n é t fuva tn i ,to soun d
a lla rm (to blow a lla rm .)
Rokon , A. ,ki n dered S . kin s
ma n .
Hakka , S . ,distafl
'
, fig. compa n yof spin n in g w omen
Rom, S .,ruin .
Rambold s , S . destructi on .
Romlci s , S depra v ity , cor
ruption .
Ra n t—un i , V . a .,to destr oy.
Boszlelltti,A. S ma lev olen t .
Ropp a n t , A. ,en ormou s, n u
mer ous .
3 69 6 8 , A.,cloddy, r ough .
Ré gtdn , Adv . ,sudden ly.
RON (w ith the p ossesiv e a f
fixes} S .,the flight , flyin g .
Rop dle’
s ,S .
, fli ght .Bal l, A.
,u gly, deformed .
Sajn ci l- n i . V. a .
,to pity .
Sdp a dla n , Adv ., pa le .
Sarman y , S . yellow-hammer .
(a b ird).
Sarmany p ec senye, S a .,mea l
of a goldhammer .
S am . S .
,a ft er-ma th , fig . ten der
gr a ss .
Sci n tz, S . ,in tr en chmen t .
Seb , S .,w oun d .
Sebesen ,Adv .
, qu ickly , r a
p idly .
Sebten ,Adv .
, ha stily.
Segtlé’
,S . , helper, a ssista n t.
Segité’
ha d, S a uxilia ry tr oops .
Segflse'
g, S a ssista n ce .
Sejdit—en i , V. a . ,to foreb ode
,
to for esee .
Sejdi te’
s , S , presen timen t .
Sej t-en i ,V. a .,to pr ogn ostica te,
to forebode .
Send, A. v . ,foreb odin g .
S emmise’
g, S n o thin gn ess,
n ought .Senyveszl
-en z’
,V. a . , to la n gu ish .
Ser dti lo'
,A. v .
,thri v in g growi n g.
Sereg, S ., mu ltitude
, a rmy .
Ser én y, A., a ctiv e , ze a lou s .
S é td lgd l—n i
,V . n . ,
to w a lk,to
a n d fr o .
S alter , S ., su ccess .
S ip , S .,fife
, whistle .
S ir , S ., gr a v e, s irdomb, tomb .
s irba szd llm’
,to be in terr ed .
Sir-n i, V. n .,to w eep , to cry .
S ir a lma s ,A. ,
deplora ble .
Sira t—n i , V. a ,to deplore , to
lamen t .
Sir igla n ,Adv .
,to the gra v e .
S iva tag, S .,the desert , sa n dy
desert .
Sohajt- a n z'
, V. n .,to s igh.
S o'
lzajld s , S , sigh .
Suvdrgci s , S ,l a n guishi n g .
Sor va doz-n i , V. n .,to Ia n
gu ish .
454
Sp a /i i , S .,Sp ahy ,
a kin d of
Turkish ca v a lry .
Sugar ,S .
, beam ,fig gla n ce
(of the eye) .
Sugar , A ,slen der .
S iijt- a n i , V. a .
,to str ike .
S illy, S .,w eight , lo a d .
S tilt/0 s ,A.
,hea v y ,
w eighty ;szi/yos a n , Adv .
,hea v ily .
Szi lyos i .’- a n i , V. a . ,
t o r en der,
Sultogé , A. v whisper in g .Snlyed
- n i , els ulyed—n i , V. n . ,
to sin k, to fa ll ; a ’
bd for s dq
sil lyed ,the cour a ge fa ils .
S ti lt/ edes , S ., sinkin g peri shin g .
S urgel-n i , V . a to u rge .
S ilver] , S .,hea d-cov er , fig hel
met.
Sza ba don ,Adv .
, free .
Sza ba difd s , S dehv era n c e,
r elief.Szagqa /o,
A. v . ,la cer a tin g,
te a r in g ; sza gqa f- u i , V. a .
,
to pluck,to tea r .
Szdj, S .
,mou th .
Sza ka d-n i , V . n .,to br eak,
sa id of strin g ; ve’qe szaka d,to be br oken off (its en d
b r eaks .)Szaka da tla n , A.
,un i n terrupted ;
sza ka da tlan ‘d l , Adv n u
in terruptedly.
Szd lld , S ., spire of gr a ss .
Szci ll- um'
,v . n .
,to fly ; sirba
szd ll-n i,to be in terr ed .
Szd lliI-a n i , V . a ,to dispa tch ,
to con v ey, to thr ow (ga r risonin a fortr ess .)
Szd /long- a n i
,V. n
,to flu tter
(ab ou t .)Szd llongo, A.
,flutter in g.
Szdm, S .,n umb er ; szdmomr a ,
for me ; szdmodr a for thee ;szdmdr a ,for h im ; szdmunkr a ,
for u s ; s zdmo toh‘
a ,for you
szdmokr a . for themSzamdr , S .
,a ss
,don key .
Szdmkivef—m’
,V. a .
,to ba n ish
,
to exi le .
Szdmos , A. ,n umerou s
,m a n y .
Szdmos it—a n i,V. a . ,
to a ug
men t in n umber ,
Szdmnzdtt, S , exile .
Szci n d s,S .
, pity, compa ssion .
Szdn a kodd s , S .
,commisera ti on .
Szdn a koz-n i , V . m .,to pity .
to ha ve pity.
Sz‘
dn akozo, S . v . , comiser a tin g,
(the comm isera tin g bird) .Szdn de
’
kozo’
,A. v . , in ten ded .
Szd n tszdn de’
k, S ., (in ten ded
in ten tion ) ; szdn l—szdn de’
kka l
in ten tion a lly .
Sza pp a n bubor e’
k ,S . , so a p~
bubble.
Szdrma zd
Szdr nga lci s ,S , flu tterin g .
Szci sz, S ., sa xon ia n .
Szdza d, S .
,cen tury .
452
Szdza dos ,A.
, of a cen tu ry,
la stin g fo r a cen tu ry .
Szed- n i , V . a .,to ga ther ; r en d
be szed—n t , to s et in order ,
to d ispo se .
Szc’
dt'
l- en i , V. a .,to ben umb .
A. v ,giddy.
Sze’
dtZl-n i, V . n to b e giddy.
Sze’
dtl ’te, S ,dizzin ess
,giddin ess .
Szeg , S the n a i l .
Szeg-n i , V, a .
,to cu t
,fig to
d i v ide .
Szé gyen ,S sham e .
Szeké r , S .,ca rt , w a gon .
Szé l , (szé le) ,S . ,
the u tmo st
en d, br ink .
8 5 61, S . ,w in d S .
Szellem ,S . , m in d , in tellect,
spir it , gen iu s .
Szeles , A . , w a n ton ,fickle .
Szen'
d,A. ,
meek .
Szeh’
debben . Adv .,more mo
dera tely.
Sze’
lyel nyi l-m
’
,V. m .
,to open
,
to chin kSze
'
lve’
sz ,S . , hurri ca n e, w in d
storm .
Sa em, S . , eye ; ss embe szd ll
n i , V. n . ,to m ake hea d
a ga in st ; ss embe (a n d, A. v . ,
a pp a ren t , imm in en t .
Szemé /yesen , Adv . , person a lly.
Szeme’
lyes , A., per son a l .
Szemkozf, Adv ,oppo site .
Szemld ll , (u sed W i th th e p o sse ssi v e aflixes) S .
, eye-sight.
Szemle’
l—n i , V . a . ,to con tem
pla te .
Szemo/dolf , S .
, eye-brow .
Szemp on l, S ., poin t of v i ew .
Szen leqy/tdz, S .,chur ch
,temple .
Szen feI—n i, V. a .,to con secr a te
,
to dev ote (to dedica te) .Szen tja n o s - ba qeir , S .
,glow
w orm .
Szen ved-m’
, V. n . ,to suffer , to
en dure .
Szen vedelem S ., pa ssion ,
(pa ssio), a ffection .
Szen vede’
s,S .
, sufferin g.Szen vedetI, S .
,suffer er (he w ho
h a s suffered .)Sze
'
p se’
g, S . bea uty.
Szef , S ., stuff
,ma teria l, in stru
m en t .
Szerelem,S . ,
lov e .
Szeren csejel, S ., sign a l of good
fortun e .
Szer e’
ny, A. ,modest .
Szer e'
n yen , Adv ., modestly .
Szer ez-n i , V. a to a cquir e.
Szer in t, P O . , a ccordin gSzerkez- n z
’
,V. a to orga n ize.
Szer szdm,S in strumen t.
Szer ledé’
l-n i, V. n .,to fa ll to
p ieces .
S zerzd’
,S .
, a cqu irer , fig . conqu eror .
Szerzeles , S .
, fr ia r ; leren czzszerzeles , Fr a n ci sca n .
S zé tsza qqa t-n z
,V. a .
,to tea r
to p ieces , to sepa ra te w ith
v iol en ce .
54
Ta lp lré'
,S .
, gr oun d-ston e , founda tion -ston e .
Tdma sz, S .,support
Tci n , Ta /ci n , a dv . , perhaps .
Ta n d cs,S
,cou n sel .
Ta n d cs /o, S a dv iser .
Tdn cz S .,da n ce .
Tdn cz0'- n i , V. m . ,
to da n ce .
Tdn lur z'
t- a n i ,V .a ,to discoura ge,
to shake th e min d .
Tami, S .,w itn ess .
Ta nya , S . , hamletTa p a szla ld s, S experien ce .
Tap a szla .
’t, A . v .
,exper ien ced .
p lci l-n i , V . a . ,to n our ish .
Tap /a id s , S . ,n our ishmen t
Ta p od- n z, V. a . ,
to trample .
Tap s , S . , a ppla u se .
Tar-n i,V. a .
,to expo se .
Tci rgy , S . , obj ect .Ta rka ,
A. , spotted , v a r iega ted .
Tdr s , S compa n ion , fr ien d .
Ta’
r s a sa q, tdr s a ss dq, S com
pa n y ,fig . compa n i on s
Ta’
r szeke’
r ,S ammu n ition
w a gon .
Ta r t-(m i , V. a . n .
,to hold,
to keep ; ter la n ito think
,to con sider .
Ta r lozfa t-n i, V . a . ,to stop , to
r eta in .
Td ldr , S . , Ta rta r .
Td vo l,Adv . ,
fa r ; tdvo l ejtem’
,
to r emov e fa r off ; mayd l’dvol
ej l’
en z, to dev ia te .
Tdvoz-m , V. m . ,to quit , to
retir e .
Tdvozd s , S . ,r emov a l .
Tdvozo tt,
con tr a cted tdvozt,
(used w ith the possessiv ea ffixes). S . , ha v in g qui tted thepla ce, a bsen ce .
Tehci l , C then .
Teltin I-en i, V. m . , to lo ok .
S look, S . figur e ; fig.
r ega rd .
Tel-u i,eltel—n z
’
,V . n to ela pse .
Tel/ es , (d ye s, S . full .Telyesen . Adv . ,
fully .
Tell, A . v . ,filled .
Temet—n z, V. a .
,to bu ry .
Temetkeze'
s S . in huma tion,
Obsequies, buria l .
Temelé’
,S chur ch ya rd,buryin g
gr oun d .
Temp lom,S chur ch
,temple .
Ten ger , S . , sea .
Tenye’
sz- n i ,V . m . n . ,to grow ,
to str iv e .
Ter,S . spa ce room ; le
’
ren,
telen , ov er stumps a n d shrub s .
Te’
rd, S kn ee .
Ter em- n i . V . n to grow .
Teremto"
, V. v .,cr ea tin g .
erhel—n i , V. a to lo a d , to
burden ; ter/zeta”
,A . v . ,
bur
den some .
Ten'
t-en i , V. a .,to cov er
,to
spr ea d ov er , fig . to pr ostr a te .
Ter/edett , A., exten siv e, spa
cion s
Terjedesu, A. , exten s iv e , of ex
ten t .
Termes , S .
, fr uit.
455
Terme’
szeles , A. , n a tur a l .
Termel S gr owth,sha pe .
Tesp edo , A.
, sta gn a tin g .Tes tve
'
r , S . , br other or sister ;
les tv é r ,A. ,germa n .
Te’
lel , S a ct , proposition ;magya rr ci té /el , tra n sla ti on
in to Hun ga r ia n .
Telem ,S .
,limb s , r ema in s .
Tetemes en . Adv con sider ab ly .
Tela'
, S , summit top .
Te’
velyey—n i , V . n .
,to w a n der
a bout,to lose on e
’
s w a y .
Te’
velyqe'
s , S a ber r a tion , error .
Ti/t/ta dci s , see ti/fka dtsdq.
Tilt/ra d/scig, S la ssitude, w ea r i
n ess .
Tilt-un i,eltz
’
ll- a n i,V . a . , to p ro
chibit,to deta in
Tip a r- n a
’
, V. a . ,to tr ample
Tiszla ,A. ,pur e , clea r .
Tisztelet,S . , hon ou r , v en er a tion ;
tisztelelben ta r t - a n i,to
v en er a te, to hon our .
Tiszlela'
, S , a dmirer , rev er er .
Tisztes A . , v en er a ble, ho
n ou rable .
Tit/£ 0 8,S secr et
Tolong- a n i , V . n
‘
to pr essfo rw a rd , t o crow d .
Tola ngd s , S ., thr o n g , crowd .
Ta llil-n i , V . n .
,to be urged
Tamp a ,A.
, b lun t
Ta r a ny, S .,steeple, tow er
Ta ll- en i , V. a to fill , to pa ssor to spen t tim e .
Tu"
, S . ,trun k
, fig fo ot, ba se
(of a moun ta in ), form s tevé
ben , n ea r the sprin g (well) .
Tali e’
let,S .
, perfection , a ccomplishmen t ; wireles swhat ; to
b e a ccomplished.
Ta'
lyy, S .,o ak.
Ta'
r,S stabber , fig. stin g.
Tar,S . , sn a re ; larbe ejlen i , to
ca tch w ith a sn a r e .
Ta r -n i , V. ,to br eak ; n a gyra ,
lar-n i to a sp ir e to gr ea tthin gs .
Tar edék ,S . , fra gmen t .
Tare/teries , S . , en dea v our .
Tore/feds ,A. v . , open in g the
p a th .
Tar e/red-n i ,V m .,to exert on e’s
self.Ta r é s ,
S . ,rupture , brea ch .
Tara/fen ,Adv . , b roken .
Tar ta’
n a l, S . , ev en t.
Tor tel- n i , V . fa ct to dr ive on .
Ta‘
v i s,S . ,
thor n .
Tov ises,A . ,
thor n y, pr ickly.
Tuda t/a n sdq, S ign ora n ce .
Tudamdn y , S . ,scien ce
,kn ow
ledge .
Tudamdn yi , A.
,scien tific .
Tuda si la s , S . , in forma tion , in
telligen ce .
Tl l ’fljdd n , S pr oper ty .
Tl l sa ka d-n i,V. m .
,to struggle
,
co n test .
Tun de’
i'
, A fa iry.
A, bright.
Tiln daka l-n i, V m .
,to shin e fig.
to b e a dorn ed .
45 6
Ti'
in -u i , feltiZn -n i , V. m . ,to
a ppea r .
Tun emen y, S ,phen omen on .
Tun a'
d-n i , V . m .,to trouble on e
’
s
self , to mu se.
Tdr -n i , A a . n . ,to suffer .
Tarde/em , S , pa tien ce .
Taze/é s,S . ,fir in g (bomb a rdin g )
Tuze s‘,A fiery, r ed-hot
s /a lyd s , S . , str eam of fire,
fig . a ctiv e life .
U .
Un a lam, S .,tedi ousn ess , disgu st .
Udva r , S . ,court .
Udv a r i , A . , of the cou rt,he
lon gin g to the cou rt .
Ugar-m
’
,V. m .
,to jump .
Ugr a s ,S . , lea p , jump .
Ugya n a'
,P r . ,
the same .
Ugymon d (con tra c ted of ugyma n d) , so he sa ys , sa ys he .
U/ i ld s , S ., in n ov a tion , r eform .
Uj ilo' , A. v .
,r eform in g .
Un dok , A a bomin a ble.
Un a /ta,S gra n d child .
Ur a sdg , S .,domin ion ;
Utci lt, A . v disgu stful .
Ulczajdr a , A . , w a lkin g in the
streets,w a n derin g.
Uli ldr s,S tra v ellin g — com
pa n ion .
l'
ftkazben ,Adv . , on on e s
j ourn ey.
mmu la la,S .
, gu ide , lea der .Ula
'
,S .
,issue.
Uto'
ljci t‘
a ,Adv . , a t la st.
i i , i } .
Udvaza l-m’
, V . a ,to greet, to
w ellcome .
Un ep ,S . ,festiv a l.
fir es,
empty, v oid , fig . dep r iv ed tires/eju (empty hea ded) ign or a n t .Ut-m
‘
uaza kire v . a .,to fa ll
upon ; tdba r l mm,to p i tch a
camp .Uz- n i , V. a .
,to pur sue .
V 0
Va d , S ,w ild bea st , game .
Va da n , S . ,w ildern ess
Vdgy, S . ,desire .
Vajmi , In t ., Ala s .
Va limera'
, A .,
a uda ciou s , te
mer a ry .
l -n i , megvctl-u i , V. n to
pa rt w ithVe la /ta , Adv , ev er .
Va lami , P r . in d . ,a n y
l a sz, S .
, a n sw er , r eply .
l a szl-a n i , V. a . ,to cho o se .
Vd /a szlci s , S ., electi o n , a lter
n a tiv e .
Va la sa la'
I'
ejedelem, S .,E lecto r
(P r i n ce of germa n y) .Va ll-a n i , V . a . ,
to con fess ;Adrwa lla n l , to suffer d ama ge .
l’d la l/i ozott, A. v .
, en terp r i s in g .Va lo
'
,A. v .
,true , r ea l .
l Oga t-n i, V . a .
,to select, to
to pick out .
458
Vesz, S da n ger , tempest .Vesz-n i , V . n . ,
to perish .
veszm’
tar t, becomin g (getti n g)corrupted, b ein g on the w a y
of depra va tion .
Veszedelem , S ., da n ger .
Veszedelmes , A. , da n ger ou s .
Veszé ly, S da n ger .
Vesze’
lyes , A. , da n gerous .
Vesze’
lytelyes , A. , da n gerous,full of da n gers .
Vesa le , S ., (u sed w ith the
possessiv e a ffixes), loss , ru in ,fa ll .
Veszteget-ui , V. a . ,
to lose ,
to w a ste .
Vesztegle’
s ,S . ,
keepin g on e'
s
self qu iet, fig. i n a ctiv ity.
Vest /iely , S . , pla ce of exe
cu tion ,sca ffold .
Vet-m ,V . a to thr ow ; ma
gd t a’
ba r la n gjdba v ette,
go t in his ca v ern .
Vé tel, S . , r eceivin g .Vele
’
l/teda Mrs , S . ,riv a l, com
petitor .Vevb
'
, S .,buyer
Veze’
r lé s , S .
, guida n ce , di
r ection .
Vezeto'
,A. v . ,
lea di n g .Vid da l, S .
, comba t.
Via da lom , S . ,dispu te, deba te.
Via skod—n i , V. m .,to fight
,to
comb a t.
Vidcim,A. , merry, cheerful .
Vida f , A. , liv ely, aw oke, brisk.
Vidora n , Adv ., lively, merrily.
Vidal-m, megv idtil-m'
, V. n .,
to brighten , to grow cheerful.Vig, A .
,merry, cheerful; vz
'
ga n ,
Adv . ,cheerfully,w ith plea sure .
Viga szta ld s , S comfort,con
sola tion .
Vigydza l , S ., ca re p reca u
tion .
Vibar , S ., hurri ca n e, storm .
Vz'
ldgtl-a n i, V. n to shi n e .
Vildgosita , A. v ., shin in g
,ln
mi n ous .
Villam, S lighten in gVillag
-n i , V. n .
,to gleam .
Vip er a gen er a tion op
v iper s .
Vir a d-n i , V. n .
,to daw n
Vz’
rdgba lror , S . flowerbu sh ,
flow er .
Vir dgszd l , S .,sta lk , stem of
a flow er .
Virdgzo'
,A. v
,flour ishi n g .
Vir dny, S .
, field , mea dow .
Vir il l-n z’
, felm’
rzi l-n i , V. n .,to
blossom , fig . to flou rish,Vi sel-n z
'
,.V . a .
,to wea r ; v ise!
tet-n i , to beha ve .
Viszci ly, S . a dverii ity ,ca
Viszha ng , S . , echo .
Viszon fagsdg, S ., v i ci Si tude .
Visza emle’
lrezé s , S .
,recollection .
Vissza lordul-u i , V. n to
return .
Vis szaba nya tlds , S . , rela pse .
Vissza nyom-n i, V . a . ,
to dr iv e
ba ck.
45 9
Visza té ra, return in g ; v isza fé ra'
l
fa b u la i , to soun d the r etr ea t .
Visza ta l—n z'
, V. a . ,to push ba ck,
to dr iv e ba ck, fig . to refuse .
Visza ve’
lel , S con quest (t econ quest .)
Visza ver-a i , V . a .
,to repulse .
Visza von a s , S discord , dis
sen sion .
Vite’
z, S . , hero .
Vite’
zlred-n i , V . m . ,to beha ve
br a v ely.
Vite’
zd l, Adv . , br a v ely .
Viva s , S .
, (a ssa ilin g) a ssa ult ,
a tt a ck .
Viva, S . ,v
, struggler .
Vizba'
llaza t, S . , jet o r shoo tof w a ter .
Viz/law ge’
p , S .
,w a ter pump .
Vizivar os , S . , (w a ter town )the low er qua rter of Buda .
Vizsga la t , S . ,in qu est .
Volta , S .
,ha v in g been .
Von ago l-n i , V. m .
,to be mov ed
by con vu lsion s fig ,to b e in
a gon y.
V0 n 121-n i,V . Z sa lr, S . ,ba g .
Va”
, S . , so n'in law . Z seb, S .
,po cket .
Volgy, S ' s v a lley . Z s idba da s , S . ,slumber
,
Va n , in stea d of b et a, Imperf. n ess,torp ity .
of ven -m’
,to ta ke . Zs ida' S jew .
Le ipzig , p rin ted by Alexa n der Wiede.
Zaja s , A. , n oisy .
Z ajog-n i , V. n to bawl , to
ru stle .
Zap a r , S ., show er .
Z ar , S . ,lock
,fig fetters .
Z arkoza s , S shu ti n g up , c a n
fin emen t .
s zla'
, S . , sta n da rd, ba n n er .
Za va r , S .,con fusion .
Za va r-n i , V. a to con foun d,to distr a ct .
Z a va roda s , S . ,con fu sion
Zeng-en i , V . n . , to sou n d ;
v is sza zen gen i, to t e-echo .
Z ar dan , A.,r ough .
Z ug, S cor n er .
Zaga s ,S .
,roa rin g , fig . fu ry.
Z uba n -n i , V . n to ru sh down .
Z dz-n i , V. a . ,to brui se .
Zaza , S ., craw , stoma ch o f
b irds
Typographical errors in the seleclions.
P a ge 48 lin e 3 , pu t : leer eszkedé se in stea d of leereszkedo'
se.
53 4, Kisfa ludy
58 27 , volt
60 2 , kan n ya'
42 , r é szv é tlen s égé t r é sw é tlen s éget.
63 43 , fu lemi le [a lmzla66 45
,ra l r o
‘
l .
6 9 44, ka rmanyza sa karmanyza sa .
7 0 24, ka pu'
kapa .
7 7 24, megha tarza mégha ldrza .
80 48,
r s a lr csah.
88 l . 3 , p . 89 , l . 7 , p . 9 0 , l . 19 pu t : é sa in stea d of 0 32.
9 6 li n e 22, put : a dlam e'
in stea d of a dla me’.
9 9 6 , E la stic E vette.
404 6 , cs a ta lt cs a ta .
444 20,
Szuld/bldem Sea afaldem.
446 45 , Ezete